mlx5e_accel_sk_get_rxq is only used in ktls_rx.c file which already
depends on XPS to be compiled, move it from the generic en_accel.h
header to be local in ktls_rx.c, to fix the below build break
In file included from
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:49:0:
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/en_accel.h:
In function ‘mlx5e_accel_sk_get_rxq’:
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/en_accel.h:153:12:
error: implicit declaration of function ‘sk_rx_queue_get’ ...
int rxq = sk_rx_queue_get(sk);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: 1182f36593 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cited commit in fixes tag missed to set the switch id of the PF and VF
ports. Due to this flow cannot be offloaded, a simple command like below
fails to offload with below error.
tc filter add dev ens2f0np0 parent ffff: prio 1 flower \
dst_mac 00:00:00:00:00:00/00:00:00:00:00:00 skip_sw \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens2f0np0pf0vf0
Error: mlx5_core: devices are not on same switch HW, can't offload forwarding.
Hence, fix it by setting switch id for each PF and VF representors port
as before the cited commit.
Fixes: 71ad8d55f8 ("devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Having the users of MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB depend on REGMAP_MMIO was a
bad idea, since that symbol is not user-selectable. So we should have
kept a 'select REGMAP_MMIO'.
When we do that, we run into 2 more problems:
- By depending on GENERIC_PHY, we are causing a recursive dependency.
But it looks like GENERIC_PHY has no other dependencies, and other
drivers select it, so we can select it too:
drivers/of/Kconfig:69:error: recursive dependency detected!
drivers/of/Kconfig:69: symbol OF_IRQ depends on IRQ_DOMAIN
kernel/irq/Kconfig:68: symbol IRQ_DOMAIN is selected by REGMAP
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:7: symbol REGMAP default is visible depending on REGMAP_MMIO
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:39: symbol REGMAP_MMIO is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:15: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:22: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH depends on GENERIC_PHY
drivers/phy/Kconfig:8: symbol GENERIC_PHY is selected by PHY_BCM_NS_USB3
drivers/phy/broadcom/Kconfig:41: symbol PHY_BCM_NS_USB3 depends on MDIO_BUS
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:13: symbol MDIO_BUS depends on MDIO_DEVICE
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:6: symbol MDIO_DEVICE is selected by PHYLIB
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:254: symbol PHYLIB is selected by ARC_EMAC_CORE
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:19: symbol ARC_EMAC_CORE is selected by ARC_EMAC
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:25: symbol ARC_EMAC depends on OF_IRQ
- By depending on PHYLIB, we are causing a recursive dependency. PHYLIB
only has a single dependency, "depends on NETDEVICES", which we are
already depending on, so we can again hack our way into conformance by
turning the PHYLIB dependency into a select.
drivers/of/Kconfig:69:error: recursive dependency detected!
drivers/of/Kconfig:69: symbol OF_IRQ depends on IRQ_DOMAIN
kernel/irq/Kconfig:68: symbol IRQ_DOMAIN is selected by REGMAP
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:7: symbol REGMAP default is visible depending on REGMAP_MMIO
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:39: symbol REGMAP_MMIO is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:15: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:22: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH depends on PHYLIB
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:254: symbol PHYLIB is selected by ARC_EMAC_CORE
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:19: symbol ARC_EMAC_CORE is selected by ARC_EMAC
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:25: symbol ARC_EMAC depends on OF_IRQ
Fixes: f4d0323bae ("net: mscc: ocelot: convert MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH into a library")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Using uninitialized_var() is dangerous as it papers over real bugs[1]
(or can in the future), and suppresses unrelated compiler warnings
(e.g. "unused variable"). If the compiler thinks it is uninitialized,
either simply initialize the variable or make compiler changes.
In preparation for removing[2] the[3] macro[4], remove all remaining
needless uses with the following script:
git grep '\buninitialized_var\b' | cut -d: -f1 | sort -u | \
xargs perl -pi -e \
's/\buninitialized_var\(([^\)]+)\)/\1/g;
s:\s*/\* (GCC be quiet|to make compiler happy) \*/$::g;'
drivers/video/fbdev/riva/riva_hw.c was manually tweaked to avoid
pathological white-space.
No outstanding warnings were found building allmodconfig with GCC 9.3.0
for x86_64, i386, arm64, arm, powerpc, powerpc64le, s390x, mips, sparc64,
alpha, and m68k.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20200603174714.192027-1-glider@google.com/
[2] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CA+55aFw+Vbj0i=1TGqCR5vQkCzWJ0QxK6CernOU6eedsudAixw@mail.gmail.com/
[3] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CA+55aFwgbgqhbp1fkxvRKEpzyR5J8n1vKT1VZdz9knmPuXhOeg@mail.gmail.com/
[4] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CA+55aFz2500WfbKXAx8s67wrm9=yVJu65TpLgN_ybYNv0VEOKA@mail.gmail.com/
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> # drivers/infiniband and mlx4/mlx5
Acked-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com> # IB
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> # wireless drivers
Reviewed-by: Chao Yu <yuchao0@huawei.com> # erofs
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
No need to use snprintf() on a constant string, nor using magic
constant in the fixed code was a good idea.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Code of the form "if(x) x = 0" replaced with "x = 0".
Code of the form "if(x == a) x = a" removed.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Initializing with 0 makes it much easier to identify time stamps from
otherwise uninitialized clock.
Initialization of PTP clock with current kernel time makes little sense as
PTP time scale differs from UTC time scale that kernel time represents.
It only leads to confusion when no actual PTP initialization happens, as
these time scales differ in a small integer number of seconds (37 at the
time of writing.)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
PPS feature could be useful even when hardware time stamping
of network packets is not in use, so remove offending check
for this condition from fec_ptp_enable_pps().
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix support for external PTP-aware devices such as DSA or PTP PHY:
Make sure we never time stamp tx packets when hardware time stamping
is disabled.
Check for PTP PHY being in use and then pass ioctls related to time
stamping of Ethernet packets to the PTP PHY rather than handle them
ourselves. In addition, disable our own hardware time stamping in this
case.
Fixes: 6605b730c0 ("FEC: Add time stamping code and a PTP hardware clock")
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Enable the creation of rules with allow and count actions.
This enables using counters on egress flow tables.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5_fill_page_frag_array() is used to populate dma addresses to
resources that require it, such as QPs, RQs etc. When the resource is
used, PA list permissions are ignored. For resources that use MTT list,
the user is required to provide the access rights. Subsequent patches
use resources that require MTT lists, so modify API and implementation
to support that.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Offload action police when used with a flower classifier. The number of
dropped packets is read from the policer and reported to tc.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add core functionality required to support police action in the policy
engine.
The utilized hardware policers are stored in a hash table keyed by the
flow action index. This allows to support policer sharing between
multiple ACL rules.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In the policy engine, each ACL rule points to an action block where the
ACL actions are stored. Each action block consists of one or more action
sets. Each action set holds one or more individual actions, up to a
maximum queried from the device. For example:
Action set #1 Action set #2
+----------+ +--------------+ +--------------+
| ACL rule +----------> Action #1 | +-----> Action #4 |
+----------+ +--------------+ | +--------------+
| Action #2 | | | Action #5 |
+--------------+ | +--------------+
| Action #3 +------+ | |
+--------------+ +--------------+
<---------+ Action block +----------------->
The hardware has a limitation that prevents a policing action
(MLXSW_AFA_POLCNT_CODE when used with a policer, not a counter) from
being configured in the same action set with a trap action (i.e.,
MLXSW_AFA_TRAP_CODE or MLXSW_AFA_TRAPWU_CODE). Note that the latter used
to implement multiple actions: 'trap', 'mirred', 'drop'.
Work around this limitation by teaching mlxsw_afa_block_append_action()
to create a new action set not only when there is no more room left in
the current set, but also when there is a conflict between previously
mentioned actions.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Expose via devlink-resource the maximum number of single-rate policers
and their current occupancy. Example:
$ devlink resource show pci/0000:01:00.0
...
name global_policers size 1000 unit entry dpipe_tables none
resources:
name single_rate_policers size 968 occ 0 unit entry dpipe_tables none
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add common code to handle all policer-related functionality in mlxsw.
Currently, only policer for policy engines are supported, but it in the
future more policer families will be added such as CPU (trap) policers
and storm control policers.
The API allows different modules to add / delete policers and read their
drop counter.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a resource identifier for maximum global policers so that it could
be later used to query the information from firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add policer bandwidth limits for both rate and burst size so that they
could be enforced by a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The fsl_mc_get_endpoint() function can return an error or directly a
NULL pointer in case the peer device is not under the root DPRC
container. Treat this case also, otherwise it would lead to a NULL
pointer when trying to access the peer fsl_mc_device.
Fixes: 7194792308 ("dpaa2-eth: add MAC/PHY support through phylink")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Straightforward conversion to new infra, 1 VxLAN port, handler
may sleep.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Covert to new infra. Looks like this driver was not doing
ref counting, and sleeping in the callback.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Straightforward conversion to new infra. Driver restores info
after close/open cycle by calling its internal restore function
so just use that, no need for udp_tunnel_nic_reset_ntf() here.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Carbon copy of the previous change.
This driver is just a super thin FW interface, but Derek let us
know the table has 1024 entries.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is just a super thin FW interface, but Derek let us
know the table has 1024 entries.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, now the refcounting will be correct,
and driver gets port replay of other ports when offloaded
port gets removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, this driver is very simple. The check of
adapter->rawf_cnt in cxgb_udp_tunnel_unset_port() is kept from
the old port deletion function but it's dodgy since nothing ever
updates that member once its set during init. Also .set_port
callback always adds the raw mac filter..
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fairly straightforward conversion - no need to keep track
of the use count, and replay when ports get removed, also
callbacks can just sleep.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the new udp_tunnel_nic infra. Don't clear the features
when VxLAN port is not present to make all drivers behave the same.
Driver will now (until we address the problem in the core) leave
the RX UDP tunnel feature always on, since this is what most drivers
do.
Remove the list of VxLAN ports, just program the one core told us to.
The driver seem to want to clear the VxLAN ports on close but it
doesn't seem to flush the port list properly so it'd get wrong
use counts after close/open. Again since it calls its own open
handler we need the reset notification hack.
v2:
- fix kbuild warning
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of looping though the list of ports just check
if the geometry of the packet is correct for VxLAN.
HW most likely doesn't care about the exact port, anyway,
since only first port is actually offloaded, and this way
we won't have to maintain the port list at all.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert be2net to new udp_tunnel_nic infra. NIC only takes one VxLAN
port. Remove the port tracking using a list. The warning in
be_work_del_vxlan_port() looked suspicious - like the driver expected
ports to be removed in order of addition.
be2net unregisters ports when going down and re-registers them (for
skyhawk) when coming up, but it never checks if the device is up
in the add_port / del_port callbacks. Make it use
UDP_TUNNEL_NIC_INFO_OPEN_ONLY. Sadly this driver calls its own
open/close functions directly so the udp_tunnel_nic_reset_ntf()
workaround is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP conversion is pretty straightforward. We want to be able
to sleep, and only get callbacks when the device is open.
NFP did not ask for port replay when ports were removed, now
new infra will provide this feature for free.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is likely firmware causing this but its starting to annoy customers.
Change the message level to verbose to prevent the spam.
Note that this seems to only show up with ISCSI enabled on the HBA via the
qedi driver.
Signed-off-by: Laurence Oberman <loberman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for RTL8125B rev.b. In my tests 2.5Gbps worked well
w/o firmware, however for a stable link at 1Gbps firmware revision
0.0.2 is needed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Rx listener abstraction allows the switch driver (e.g.,
mlxsw_spectrum) to register a function that is called when a packet is
received (trapped) for a specific reason.
Up until now, the Rx listener lookup was solely based on the trap
identifier. However, when a packet is mirrored to the CPU the trap
identifier merely indicates that the packet was mirrored, but not why it
was mirrored. This makes it impossible for the switch driver to register
different Rx listeners for different mirror reasons.
Solve this by allowing the switch driver to register a Rx listener with
a mirror reason and by extending the Rx listener lookup to take the
mirror reason into account.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the mirror reason is valid, retrieve it into the Rx information
so that it could be used during listener lookup in a later patch.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Completion Queue Element version 2 (CQEv2) includes a field called
'mirror_reason' which indicates why the packet was mirrored to the CPU.
Add the field so that it can be used by a later patch.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets that are mirrored to the CPU port are trapped with one of eight
trap identifiers. Add them.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The trap identifier was increased to 10 bits in new versions of the
Programmer's Reference Manual (PRM).
Increase it accordingly in the Host PacKet Trap (HPKT) register and in
the Completion Queue Element (CQE).
This is significant for subsequent patches that will introduce trap
identifiers which utilize the extended range.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirroring packets to the CPU port the mirrored packets are trapped
to the CPU. However, unlike other traps, it is not possible to set a
policer on the associated trap group. Instead, the policer needs to be
set on the SPAN agent.
Moreover, the policer ID must be within a specified range: From a
configurable (even) base ID to this base plus the maximum number of SPAN
agents.
While the immediate use case is to set the policer on a SPAN agent that
mirrors to the CPU port, a policer can be set on any SPAN agent.
Therefore, the operation is implemented for all SPAN agent types.
Extend the SPAN agent request API to allow passing the desired policer
ID that should be bound to the SPAN agent. Return an error for
Spectrum-1, as it does not support policer setting on a SPAN agent.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the only parameter of a SPAN agent is the netdev which
the SPAN agent should mirror to.
The next patch will add the ability to request a SPAN agent that mirrors
to a specific netdev and has a specific policer ID bound to it. This is
required when mirroring packets to the CPU port.
Therefore, encapsulate the sole parameter to mlxsw_sp_span_agent_get()
in a structure, so that it could later be extended with policer
information.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Spectrum-2 and Spectrum-3 ASICs are able to mirror packets towards
the CPU. These packets are then trapped like any other packet, but with
a special packet trap and additional metadata such as why the packet was
mirrored.
The ability to mirror packets towards the CPU will be utilized by a
subsequent patch set that will mirror packets that were dropped by the
ASIC for various buffer-related reasons, such as tail-drop and
early-drop.
Add mirroring towards the CPU as a new SPAN agent type and re-use the
functions that mirror to a physical port where possible.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the destination netdev to which we mirror must be a valid
netdev. However, this is going to change with the introduction of
mirroring towards the CPU port, as the CPU port does not have a backing
netdev.
Avoid dereferencing the destination netdev when it is not clear if it is
valid or not.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parms_set() callback is supposed to fill in the parameters for the
SPAN agent, such as the destination port and encapsulation info, if any.
When mirroring to the CPU port we cannot resolve the destination port
(the CPU port) without access to the driver private info.
Pass the driver private info to parms_set() callback so that it could be
used later on to resolve the CPU port.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The various SPAN agent types differ in their mirror targets (i.e.,
physical port netdev vs. VLAN netdev) and the encapsulation headers that
they need to encapsulate the mirrored packets with.
The Spectrum-2 and Spectrum-3 ASICs support a SPAN agent type that is
able to mirror towards the CPU, whereas the Spectrum-1 ASIC does not.
Prepare for the addition of this new SPAN agent type by splitting the
SPAN agent operations to be per-ASIC.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting mirroring_pid_base using MOGCR register.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting session_id and pid as part of port analyzer
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is no valid MAC address in the device tree,
use a random MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_wm_encode function deals with setting thresholds for pause
frame start and stop. In Ocelot and Felix the register layout is the
same, but for Seville, it isn't. The easiest way to accommodate Seville
hardware configuration is to introduce a function pointer for setting
this up.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seville has a different bitwise layout than Ocelot and Felix.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ocelot switches do not support flow control on Ethernet interfaces
where a DSA tag must be added. If pause frames are enabled, they will be
encapsulated in the DSA tag just like regular frames, and the DSA master
will not recognize them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't want ocelot_port_set_maxlen to enable pause frame TX, just to
adjust the pause thresholds.
Move the unconditional enabling of pause TX to ocelot_init_port. There
is no good place to put such setting because it shouldn't be
unconditional. But at the moment it is, we're not changing that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently Felix and Ocelot share the same bit layout in these per-port
registers, but Seville does not. So we need reg_fields for that.
Actually since these are per-port registers, we need to also specify the
number of ports, and register size per port, and use the regmap API for
multiple ports.
There's a more subtle point to be made about the other 2 register
fields:
- QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_SCH_NEXT_CFG
- QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_INGRESS_DROP_MODE
which we are not writing any longer, for 2 reasons:
- Using the previous API (ocelot_write_rix), we were only writing 1 for
Felix and Ocelot, which was their hardware-default value, and which
there wasn't any intention in changing.
- In the case of SCH_NEXT_CFG, in fact Seville does not have this
register field at all, and therefore, if we want to have common code
we would be required to not write to it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the register definitions for the MSCC MIIM MDIO controller in
preparation for seville_vsc9959.c to create its accessors for the
internal MDIO bus.
Since we've introduced elements to ocelot_regfields that are not
instantiated by felix and ocelot, we need to define the size of the
regfields arrays explicitly, otherwise ocelot_regfields_init, which
iterates up to REGFIELD_MAX, will fault on the undefined regfield
entries (if we're lucky).
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the moment, there are some minimal register differences between
VSC7514 Ocelot and VSC9959 Felix. To be precise, the PCS1G registers are
missing from Felix because it was integrated with an NXP PCS.
But with VSC9953 Seville (not yet introduced), the register differences
are more pronounced. The MAC registers are located at different offsets
within the DEV_GMII target. So we need to refactor the driver to keep a
regmap even for per-port registers. The callers of the ocelot_port_readl
and ocelot_port_writel were kept unchanged, only the implementation is
now more generic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RED qevents early_drop and mark can be offloaded under the following
fairly strict conditions:
- At most one filter is configured at the qevent block
- The protocol is "any"
- The classifier is matchall
- The action is trap, sample, or mirror with the same conditions as
with other SPAN offloads
- The hw_counters type is none
In this patchset, implement offload of mirror for early_drop qevent.
The ECN trigger is currently not implemented in the FW and therefore
the mark qevent is not supported.
The qevent notifications look exactly like regular block binding
notifications with a binder type that identifies them as qevents.
Therefore the details of processing this binding are fairly similar
to the matchall offload.
struct flow_block_offload.sch points at the qdisc in question. Use it to
figure out if the qdisc is offloaded at all and what TC it configures.
Bounce bindings on not-offloaded qdiscs.
Individual bindings are kept in a list so that several qevents can share
the same block and all binding points get configured as the configured
filters change.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two RED qevents have been introduced recently. From the point of view of a
driver, qevents are simply blocks with unusual binder types. However they
need to be handled by different logic than ACL-like flows.
Thus rename mlxsw_sp_setup_tc_block() to mlxsw_sp_setup_tc_block_clsact()
and move the binder-type dispatch from there to spectrum.c into a new
function of the original name. The new dispatcher is easier to extend with
new binder types.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A following patch introduces offloading of filters attached to blocks bound
to the RED tail_drop qevent. The only classifier that mlxsw will permit in
this role is matchall. mlxsw currently offloads matchall filters used with
clsact qdisc. The data structures used for that offload will come handy for
the qevent offload as well. Publish them in spectrum.h.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The field "dev" in struct mlxsw_sp_flow_block_binding is not used. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No clean-up is performed at the target label of this goto. Convert it to a
direct return.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the binding of global mirroring triggers to a SPAN agent is
global, packets are only mirrored if they belong to a port and TC on
which the trigger was enabled. This allows, for example, to mirror
packets that were tail-dropped on a specific netdev.
Implement the operations that allow to enable / disable a global
mirroring trigger on a specific port and TC.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global mirroring triggers are triggers that are only keyed by their
trigger, as opposed to per-port triggers, which are keyed by their
trigger and port.
Such triggers allow mirroring packets that were tail/early dropped or
ECN marked to a SPAN agent.
Implement the previously added trigger operations for these global
triggers. Since such triggers are only supported from Spectrum-2
onwards, have the Spectrum-1 operations return an error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, a SPAN agent can only be bound to a per-port trigger where
the trigger is either an incoming packet (INGRESS) or an outgoing packet
(EGRESS) to / from the port.
The subsequent patch will introduce the concept of global mirroring
triggers. The binding / unbinding of global triggers is different than
that of per-port triggers. Such triggers also need to be enabled /
disabled on a per-{port, TC} basis and are only supported from
Spectrum-2 onwards.
Add trigger operations that allow us to abstract these differences. Only
implement the operations for per-port triggers. Next patch will
implement the operations for global triggers.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per-ASIC SPAN operations are relevant to the SPAN module and
therefore should be implemented there and not in the main driver file.
Move them.
These operations will be extended later on.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register is used for global port analyzer configurations.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register is used to configure the mirror enable for different
mirror reasons.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, shared blocks were only relevant for the pseudo-qdiscs ingress
and clsact. Recently, a qevent facility was introduced, which allows to
bind blocks to well-defined slots of a qdisc instance. RED in particular
got two qevents: early_drop and mark. Drivers that wish to offload these
blocks will be sent the usual notification, and need to know which qdisc it
is related to.
To that end, extend flow_block_offload with a "sch" pointer, and initialize
as appropriate. This prompts changes in the indirect block facility, which
now tracks the scheduler in addition to the netdevice. Update signatures of
several functions similarly.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current completion ring sizing formula is wrong with TPA enabled.
The formula assumes that the number of TPA completions are bound by the
RX ring size, but that's not true. TPA_START completions are immediately
recycled so they are not bound by the RX ring size. We must add
bp->max_tpa to the worst case maximum RX and TPA completions.
The completion ring can overflow because of this mistake. This will
cause hardware to disable the completion ring when this happens,
leading to RX and TX traffic to stall on that ring. This issue is
generally exposed only when the RX ring size is set very small.
Fix the formula by adding bp->max_tpa to the number of RX completions
if TPA is enabled.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.");
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a shared port PHY configuration, async event is received when any of the
port modifies the configuration. Ethtool link settings should be
initialised after updated PHY configuration from firmware.
Fixes: b1613e78e9 ("bnxt_en: Add async. event logic for PHY configuration changes.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was modified to not rely on rtnl lock to protect link
settings about 2 years ago. The pause setting was missed when
making that change. Fix it by acquiring link_lock mutex before
calling bnxt_hwrm_set_pause().
Fixes: e2dc9b6e38 ("bnxt_en: Don't use rtnl lock to protect link change logic in workqueue.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FEC allocates 2K buffers, but looses some of it due to
alignment. It can however support an MTU bigger than the default. This
is particularly interesting when used in combination with Ethernet
switches supporting DSA, which have extra headers. The DSA core will
try to increase the MTU to support these extra headers. If the max
size defaults to that of standard Ethernet we get a warning. By
setting the max to what the driver actually supports, we avoid this
warning.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case devlink reload failed, it is possible to trigger a
use-after-free when querying the kernel for device info via 'devlink dev
info' [1].
This happens because as part of the reload error path the PCI command
interface is de-initialized and its mailboxes are freed. When the
devlink '->info_get()' callback is invoked the device is queried via the
command interface and the freed mailboxes are accessed.
Fix this by initializing the command interface once during probe and not
during every reload.
This is consistent with the other bus used by mlxsw (i.e., 'mlxsw_i2c')
and also allows user space to query the running firmware version (for
example) from the device after a failed reload.
[1]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in memcpy include/linux/string.h:406 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in mlxsw_pci_cmd_exec+0x177/0xa60 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/pci.c:1675
Write of size 4096 at addr ffff88810ae32000 by task syz-executor.1/2355
CPU: 1 PID: 2355 Comm: syz-executor.1 Not tainted 5.8.0-rc2+ #29
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.12.1-0-ga5cab58e9a3f-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:77 [inline]
dump_stack+0xf6/0x16e lib/dump_stack.c:118
print_address_description.constprop.0+0x1c/0x250 mm/kasan/report.c:383
__kasan_report mm/kasan/report.c:513 [inline]
kasan_report.cold+0x1f/0x37 mm/kasan/report.c:530
check_memory_region_inline mm/kasan/generic.c:186 [inline]
check_memory_region+0x14e/0x1b0 mm/kasan/generic.c:192
memcpy+0x39/0x60 mm/kasan/common.c:106
memcpy include/linux/string.h:406 [inline]
mlxsw_pci_cmd_exec+0x177/0xa60 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/pci.c:1675
mlxsw_cmd_exec+0x249/0x550 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:2335
mlxsw_cmd_access_reg drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/cmd.h:859 [inline]
mlxsw_core_reg_access_cmd drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:1938 [inline]
mlxsw_core_reg_access+0x2f6/0x540 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:1985
mlxsw_reg_query drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:2000 [inline]
mlxsw_devlink_info_get+0x17f/0x6e0 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:1090
devlink_nl_info_fill.constprop.0+0x13c/0x2d0 net/core/devlink.c:4588
devlink_nl_cmd_info_get_dumpit+0x246/0x460 net/core/devlink.c:4648
genl_lock_dumpit+0x85/0xc0 net/netlink/genetlink.c:575
netlink_dump+0x515/0xe50 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2245
__netlink_dump_start+0x53d/0x830 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2353
genl_family_rcv_msg_dumpit.isra.0+0x296/0x300 net/netlink/genetlink.c:638
genl_family_rcv_msg net/netlink/genetlink.c:733 [inline]
genl_rcv_msg+0x78d/0x9d0 net/netlink/genetlink.c:753
netlink_rcv_skb+0x152/0x440 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2469
genl_rcv+0x24/0x40 net/netlink/genetlink.c:764
netlink_unicast_kernel net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1303 [inline]
netlink_unicast+0x53a/0x750 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1329
netlink_sendmsg+0x850/0xd90 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1918
sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:652 [inline]
sock_sendmsg+0x150/0x190 net/socket.c:672
____sys_sendmsg+0x6d8/0x840 net/socket.c:2363
___sys_sendmsg+0xff/0x170 net/socket.c:2417
__sys_sendmsg+0xe5/0x1b0 net/socket.c:2450
do_syscall_64+0x56/0xa0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:359
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
Fixes: a9c8336f65 ("mlxsw: core: Add support for devlink info command")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not trigger a warning when a memory allocation fails. Remove
the WARN_ON().
The warning is constantly triggered by syzkaller when it is injecting
faults:
[ 2230.758664] FAULT_INJECTION: forcing a failure.
[ 2230.758664] name failslab, interval 1, probability 0, space 0, times 0
[ 2230.762329] CPU: 3 PID: 1407 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.8.0-rc2+ #28
...
[ 2230.898175] WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 1407 at drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:6265 mlxsw_sp_router_fib_event+0xfad/0x13e0
[ 2230.898179] Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
[ 2230.898183] CPU: 3 PID: 1407 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.8.0-rc2+ #28
[ 2230.898190] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.12.1-0-ga5cab58e9a3f-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
Fixes: 3057224e01 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement FIB offload in deferred work")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Utilize new devlink-health port reporters API to move rx and tx
reporters from device to port.
Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register devlink ports upon NIC init. TX and RX health reporters handle
errors which may occur early on at driver initialization. And because
these reporters are to be moved to port context, they require devlink
ports to be already registered.
Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The calls to pm_runtime_force_suspend/resume() functions are only
relevant if the device is not configured to act as a WoL wakeup source.
Add the device_may_wakeup() test before calling them.
Fixes: 3e2a5e1539 ("net: macb: add wake-on-lan support via magic packet")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Sergio Prado <sergio.prado@e-labworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we now use the phylink call to phylink_stop() in the non-WoL path,
there is no need for this call to netif_carrier_off() anymore. It can
disturb the underlying phylink FSM.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep previous function goals and integrate phylink actions to them.
phylink_ethtool_get_wol() is not enough to figure out if Ethernet driver
supports Wake-on-Lan.
Initialization of "supported" and "wolopts" members is done in phylink
function, no need to keep them in calling function.
phylink_ethtool_set_wol() return value is considered and determines
if the MAC has to handle WoL or not. The case where the PHY doesn't
implement WoL leads to the MAC configuring it to provide this feature.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the way the "magic-packet" DT property is handled in the
macb_probe() function, matching DT binding documentation.
Now we mark the device as "wakeup capable" instead of calling the
device_init_wakeup() function that would enable the wakeup source.
For Ethernet WoL, enabling the wakeup_source is done by
using ethtool and associated macb_set_wol() function that
already calls device_set_wakeup_enable() for this purpose.
That would reduce power consumption by cutting more clocks if
"magic-packet" property is set but WoL is not configured by ethtool.
Fixes: 3e2a5e1539 ("net: macb: add wake-on-lan support via magic packet")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Sergio Prado <sergio.prado@e-labworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the proper struct device pointer to check if the wakeup flag
and wakeup source are positioned.
Use the one passed by function call which is equivalent to
&bp->dev->dev.parent.
It's preventing the trigger of a spurious interrupt in case the
Wake-on-Lan feature is used.
Fixes: d54f89af6c ("net: macb: Add pm runtime support")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5 connection tracking offloads updates:
1) Restore CT state from lookup in zone instead of tupleid
On a miss, Use this zone + 5 tuple taken from the skb, to lookup the CT
entry and restore it, instead of the driver allocated tuple id.
This improves flow insertion rate by avoiding the allocation of a header
rewrite context to maintain the tupleid.
2) Re-use modify header HW objects for identical modify actions.
3) Expand tunnel register mappings
Reg_c1 is 32 bits wide. Before this patchset, 24 bit were allocated
for the tuple_id, 6 bits for tunnel mapping and 2 bits for tunnel
options mappings.
Restoring the ct state from zone lookup instead of tuple id requires
reg_c1 to store 8 bits mapping the ct zone, leaving 24 bits for tunnel
mappings.
Expand tunnel and tunnel options register mappings to 12 bit each.
4) Trivial cleanup and fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8H16UACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7yTwf/eza7ftn9Jq1f6yyTM9qQZ64oC0cboDZQ3EyJtY++frWzo4bNbHFbQ26Y
EDjRGqG0Hiby95dgTrGtRzf9PQuDwWfdNavLKyV1D//cPeTDYpHkwKVF4sozfd5Q
g1RB6rySvYfx8BKALaJBclYlRoiVevLoIEfuMSrmstR1/tBCvmMLiB0p1VsLIS0+
XBDEezO4rqDyNJwuznMYIX44w8Xa4IzIb9/YwEubMPs52WjktXAmTPTChcO8cu/9
4VLsTkFKUDlm3TDXg99Lpk8L+0dfo7dUcHsqaoXMs5eER6kw8bjK/f7muSSIiIcd
Nnba/UaU+FYzA4EF98xQD0bFQJNrmQ==
=NMLY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-07-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-07-09
This series provides updates to mlx5 CT (connection tracking) offloads
For more information please see tag log below.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
The following conflict is expected when net is merged into net-next:
to resolve just use the hunks from net-next.
<<<<<<< HEAD (net-next)
mlx5_tc_ct_del_ft_entry(ct_priv, entry);
kfree(entry);
======= (net)
mlx5_tc_ct_entry_del_rules(ct_priv, entry);
kfree(entry);
>>>>>>> b1a7d5bdfe54c98eca46e2c997d4e3b1484a49af
mlx5 connection tracking offloads updates:
1) Restore CT state from lookup in zone instead of tupleid
On a miss, Use this zone + 5 tuple taken from the skb, to lookup the CT
entry and restore it, instead of the driver allocated tuple id.
This improves flow insertion rate by avoiding the allocation of a header
rewrite context to maintain the tupleid.
2) Re-use modify header HW objects for identical modify actions.
3) Expand tunnel register mappings
Reg_c1 is 32 bits wide. Before this patchset, 24 bit were allocated
for the tuple_id, 6 bits for tunnel mapping and 2 bits for tunnel
options mappings.
Restoring the ct state from zone lookup instead of tuple id requires
reg_c1 to store 8 bits mapping the ct zone, leaving 24 bits for tunnel
mappings.
Expand tunnel and tunnel options register mappings to 12 bit each.
4) Trivial cleanup and fixes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, make use of the ability to sleep in the callback.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, taking advantage of sleeping in callbacks.
v2:
- use bp->*_fw_dst_port_id != INVALID_HW_RING_ID as indication
that the offload is active.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of new common udp_tunnel_nic infra. ixgbe supports
IPv4 only, and only single VxLAN and Geneve ports (one each).
v2:
- split out the RXCSUM feature handling to separate change;
- declare structs separately;
- use ti.type instead of assuming table 0 is VxLAN;
- move setting netdev->udp_tunnel_nic_info to its own switch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It appears the clearing of UDP tunnel ports when RXCSUM
is disabled is unnecessary. Driver will not pay attention
to checksum bits if RXCSUM is not set, so we can let
the hardware parse the packets.
Note that the UDP tunnel port NDO handlers don't pay attention
to the state of RXCSUM, so the ports could had been re-programmed,
anyway.
This cleanup simplifies later conversion patch.
v2:
- break this out of the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this commit, on ft flush, ft entries were not removed
from the ct_tuple hashtables. Fix it.
Fixes: ac991b48d4 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Offload established flows")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
"flow" parameter is not used in __mlx5_tc_ct_flow_offload_clear(),
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Instead of having to deal with converting between int and ERR_PTR for
return values in mlx5_tc_ct_flow_offload(), make the internal helper
functions return a ptr to mlx5_flow_handle instead of passing it as
output param, this will also avoid gcc confusion and false alarms,
thus we remove the redundant ERR_PTR rule initialization.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reg_c1 is 32 bits wide. Originally, 24 bit were allocated for the tuple_id,
6 bits for tunnel mapping and 2 bits for tunnel options mappings.
Restoring the ct state from zone lookup instead of tuple id requires
reg_c1 to store 8 bits mapping the ct zone, leaving 24 bits for tunnel
mappings.
Expand tunnel and tunnel options register mappings to 12 bit each.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use a single byte mapping for zone restore register (zone matching
remains 16 bit).
This makes room for using the freed 8 bits on register C1 for
mapping more tunnels and tunnel options.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After removing the tupleid register which changed per tuple,
tuple modify headers set the ct_state, zone, mark, and label registers.
For non-natted tuples going through the same tc rules path, their values
will be the same, and all their modify headers will be the same.
Re-use tuple modify header when possible, by adding each new modify
header to an hahstable, and looking up identical ones before creating
a new one.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Refactor sharing of mod headers to new file and while there,
remove spin lock and flows list, as this is only used for warn on.
Use the generic API in the next patch to re-use tuple modify headers
for identical modify actions,
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove tupleid, and replace it with zone_restore, which is the zone an
established tuple sets after match. On miss, Use this zone + tuple
taken from the skb, to lookup the ct entry and restore it.
This improves flow insertion rate by avoiding the allocation of a header
rewrite context.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Next patches will remove the tupleid registers that is used
to restore the ct state on miss, and instead use the tuple on
the missed packet to lookup which state to restore.
Disable tuple rewrites after connection tracking.
For tuple rewrites, inject a ct_state=-trk match so it won't
change the tuple for established flows (+trk) that passed connection
tracking, and instead miss to software.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The next patch will pass the mlx5e_priv struct to the
modify_header_match_supported method. Use this opportunity to refactor
the existing pr_info call to a netdev_info call.
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
With ct clear we don't jump to the ct tables, so header rewrite
of 5-tuple can be done in place (and not moved to after the CT action).
Check for ct clear action, and if so, allow 5-tuple header
rewrite.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Save original tuple and natted tuple in two new hashtables.
This is a pre-step for restoring ct state after hw miss by performing a
5-tuple lookup on the hash tables.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When eswitch is unsupported, currently -EPERM error code is returned
instead of -EOPNOTSUPP.
Due to this VF device's devlink virtual port is not enumerated because
port_function_get() callback returned -EPERM instead of -EOPNOTSUPP.
Hence, return the error code -EOPNOTSUPP when eswitch is unsupported.
Fixes: bd93975353 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Introduce and use eswitch support check helper")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
CT entries are deleted via a workqueue from netfilter. If removing the
module before that, the rules are cleaned by the driver itself, but the
memory entries for them are not freed. Fix that.
Fixes: ac991b48d4 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Offload established flows")
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Device unit for port buffers size, xoff_threshold and xon_threshold is
cells. Fix a bug in driver where cell unit size was hard-coded to
128 bytes. This hard-coded value is buggy, as it is wrong for some hardware
versions.
Driver to read cell size from SBCAM register and translate bytes to cell
units accordingly.
In order to fix the bug, this patch exposes SBCAM (Shared buffer
capabilities mask) layout and defines.
If SBCAM.cap_cell_size is valid, use it for all bytes to cells
calculations. If not valid, fallback to 128.
Cell size do not change on the fly per device. Instead of issuing SBCAM
access reg command every time such translation is needed, cache it in
mlx5e_dcbx as part of mlx5e_dcbnl_initialize(). Pass dcbx.port_buff_cell_sz
as a param to every function that needs bytes to cells translation.
While fixing the bug, move MLX5E_BUFFER_CELL_SHIFT macro to
en_dcbnl.c, as it is only used by that file.
Fixes: 0696d60853 ("net/mlx5e: Receive buffer configuration")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Some released FW versions mistakenly don't set the capability that 50G
per lane link-modes are supported for VFs (ptys_extended_ethernet
capability bit). When the capability is unset, read
PTYS.ext_eth_proto_capability (always reliable).
If PTYS.ext_eth_proto_capability is valid (has a non-zero value)
conclude that the HCA supports 50G per lane. Otherwise, conclude that
the HCA doesn't support 50G per lane.
Fixes: a08b4ed137 ("net/mlx5: Add support to ext_* fields introduced in Port Type and Speed register")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When detaching netdev, remove vxlan port configuration using
udp_tunnel_drop_rx_info. During function reload, configuration will be
restored using udp_tunnel_get_rx_info. This ensures sync between
firmware and driver. Use udp_tunnel_get_rx_info even if its physical
interface is down.
Fixes: 4383cfcc65 ("net/mlx5: Add devlink reload")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In mlx5e_configure_flower() flow pointer is protected by rcu read lock.
However, after cited commit the pointer is being used outside of rcu read
block. Extend the block to protect all pointer accesses.
Fixes: 553f932838 ("net/mlx5e: Support tc block sharing for representors")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix eeprom SFP query support by setting i2c_addr, offset and page number
correctly. Unlike QSFP modules, SFP eeprom params are as follow:
- i2c_addr is 0x50 for offset 0 - 255 and 0x51 for offset 256 - 511.
- Page number is always zero.
- Page offset is always relative to zero.
As part of eeprom query, query the module ID (SFP / QSFP*) via helper
function to set the params accordingly.
In addition, change mlx5_qsfp_eeprom_page() input type to be u16 to avoid
unnecessary casting.
Fixes: a708fb7b1f ("net/mlx5e: ethtool, Add support for EEPROM high pages query")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, all the input checks are done in driver.
After adding the split capability to devlink port, move the checks to
devlink.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new attribute that indicates the split ability of devlink port.
Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before
registering the port.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, port attributes like flavour, port number and whether the port
was split are set when initializing a port.
Set the split ability of the port as well, based on port_mapping->width
field and split attribute of devlink port in spectrum, so that it could be
easily passed to devlink in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new devlink port attribute that indicates the port's number of lanes.
Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before
registering the port.
The attribute is not passed to user space in case the number of lanes is
invalid (0).
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, port attributes like flavour, port number and whether the
port was split are set when initializing a port.
Set the number of lanes of the port as well so that it could be easily
passed to devlink in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters,
that most of them are devlink port's attributes.
Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the u16 skb->vlan_tci is being right shifted twice by
VLAN_PRIO_SHIFT, once in the macro skb_vlan_tag_get_pri and explicitly
by VLAN_PRIO_SHIFT afterwards. The combined shift amount is larger than
the u16 so the end result is always zero. Remove the second explicit
shift as this is extraneous.
Fixes: 6e9fdb60d3 ("net: systemport: Add support for VLAN transmit acceleration")
Addresses-Coverity: ("Operands don't affect result")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to use eth_broadcast_addr() to assign broadcast address
insetad of memset().
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NVM config file address will be modified when the MBI image is upgraded.
Driver would return stale config values if user reads the nvm-config
(via ethtool -d) in this state. The fix is to re-populate nvm attribute
info while reading the nvm config values/partition.
Changes from previous version:
-------------------------------
v3: Corrected the formatting in 'Fixes' tag.
v2: Added 'Fixes' tag.
Fixes: 1ac4329a1c ("qed: Add configuration information to register dump and debug data")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all-mask IP address to Big Endian, instead, for comparison.
Fixes: f286dd8eaa ("cxgb4: use correct type for all-mask IP address comparison")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exposes new link modes using 100Gbps per lane, including 100G,
200G and 400G modes.
Signed-off-by: Meir Lichtinger <meirl@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bare-metal use cases require giving firmware and the embedded
application processor control over VLAN offloads. The driver should
not attempt to override or utilize this feature in such scenarios
since it will not work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware VLAN offload feature on our NIC does not have separate
knobs for handling customer and service tags on RX. Either offloading
of both must be enabled or both must be disabled. Introduce definitions
for the combined feature set in order to clean up the code and make
this constraint more clear. Technically these features can be separately
enabled on TX, however, since the default is to turn both on, the
combined TX feature set is also introduced for code consistency.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the new infrastructure in place, we can now support the setting of
the indirection table from ethtool.
When changing channels, in a rare case that firmware cannot reserve the
rings that were promised, we will still try to keep the RSS map and only
revert to default when absolutely necessary.
v4: Revert RSS map to default during ring change only when absolutely
necessary.
v3: Add warning messages when firmware cannot reserve the requested RX
rings, and when the RSS table entries have to change to default.
v2: When changing channels, if the RSS table size changes and RSS map
is non-default, return error.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have the logical indirection table, we can return these
proper logical indices directly to ethtool -x instead of the physical
IDs.
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kicinski@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have the logical table, we can fill the HW RSS table
using the logical table's entries and converting them to the HW
specific format. Re-initialize the logical table to standard
distribution if the number of RX rings changes during ring reservation.
v4: Use bnxt_get_rxfh_indir_size() to get the RSS table size.
v2: Use ALIGN() to roundup the RSS table size.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some chips, this varies based on the number of RX rings. Add this
helper function and refactor the existing code to use it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently does not keep track of the logical RSS indirection
table. The hardware RSS table is set up with standard default ring
distribution when initializing the chip. This makes it difficult to
support user sepcified indirection table entries. As a first step, add
the logical table in the main bnxt structure and allocate it according
to chip specific table size. Add a function that sets up default
RSS distribution based on the number of RX rings.
v4: Use bnxt_get_rxfh_indir_size() for the current RSS table size.
v2: Use kmalloc_array() since we init. all entries afterwards.
Use ALIGN() to roundup the RSS table size.
Use ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() to init. the default entries.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix up bnxt_get_rxfh_indir_size() to return the proper current RSS
table size for P5 chips. Change it to non-static so that bnxt.c
can use it to get the table size.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we allocate one page for the hardware DMA RSS indirection
table. While the size is currently big enough for all chips, future
chip variations may support bigger sizes, so it is better to calculate
and store the chip specific size and allocate accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes ip dst and ipv6 address filters.
There were 2 mistakes in the code, which led to the issue:
* invalid register was used for ipv4 dst address;
* incorrect write order of dwords for ipv6 addresses.
Fixes: 23e7a718a4 ("net: aquantia: add rx-flow filter definitions")
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The queue reset pattern is used in a couple different places,
only slightly different from each other, and could cause
issues if one gets changed and the other didn't. This puts
them together so that only one version is needed, yet each
can have slighty different effects by passing in a pointer
to a work function to do whatever configuration twiddling is
needed in the middle of the reset.
This specifically addresses issues seen where under loops
of changing ring size or queue count parameters we could
occasionally bump into the netdev watchdog.
v2: added more commit message commentary
Fixes: 4d03e00a21 ("ionic: Add initial ethtool support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When generating debug dump, driver firstly collects all data in binary
form, and then performs per-feature formatting to human-readable if it
is supported.
For ethtool -d, this is roughly incorrect for two reasons. First of all,
drivers should always provide only original raw dumps to Ethtool without
any changes.
The second, and more critical, is that Ethtool's output buffer size is
strictly determined by ethtool_ops::get_regs_len(), and all data *must*
fit in it. The current version of driver always returns the size of raw
data, but the size of the formatted buffer exceeds it in most cases.
This leads to out-of-bound writes and memory corruption.
Address both issues by adding an option to return original, non-formatted
debug data, and using it for Ethtool case.
v2:
- Expand commit message to make it more clear;
- No functional changes.
Fixes: c965db4446 ("qed: Add support for debug data collection")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are spelling mistakes in various literal strings. Fix these.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rwlock.h should not be included directly. Instead linux/splinlock.h
should be included. Including it directly will break the RT build.
Fixes: 549c243e4e ("net/mlx5e: Extract neigh-specific code from en_rep.c to rep/neigh.c")
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the ISR, we poll the event register for the queues in need of
service and then enter polled mode. After this point, the event
register will never be read again until we exit polled mode.
In a scenario where a UDP flow is routed back out through the same
interface, i.e. "router-on-a-stick" we'll typically only see an rx
queue event initially. Once we start to process the incoming flow
we'll be locked polled mode, but we'll never clean the tx rings since
that event is never caught.
Eventually the netdev watchdog will trip, causing all buffers to be
dropped and then the process starts over again.
Rework the NAPI poll to keep trying to consome the entire budget as
long as new events are coming in, making sure to service all rx/tx
queues, in priority order, on each pass.
Fixes: 4d494cdc92 ("net: fec: change data structure to support multiqueue")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clang static analysis flags this garbage return
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/sky2.c:208:2: warning: Undefined or garbage value returned to caller [core.uninitialized.UndefReturn]
return v;
^~~~~~~~
static inline u16 gm_phy_read( ...
{
u16 v;
__gm_phy_read(hw, port, reg, &v);
return v;
}
__gm_phy_read can return without setting v.
So handle similar to skge.c's gm_phy_read, initialize v.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rix <trix@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not use legacy power management as they have to manage power
states and related operations, for the device, themselves. This driver was
handling them with the help of PCI helper functions.
With generic PM, all essentials will be handled by the PCI core. Driver
needs to do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not use legacy power management as they have to manage power
states and related operations, for the device, themselves.
With generic PM, all essentials will be handled by the PCI core. Driver
needs to do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method struct pci_error_handlers.error_detected() is defined and
documented as taking an 'enum pci_channel_state' for the second argument,
but most drivers use 'pci_channel_state_t' instead.
This 'pci_channel_state_t' is not a typedef for the enum but a typedef for
a bitwise type in order to have better/stricter typechecking.
Consolidate everything by using 'pci_channel_state_t' in the method's
definition, in the related helpers and in the drivers.
Enforce use of 'pci_channel_state_t' by replacing 'enum pci_channel_state'
with an anonymous 'enum'.
Note: Currently, from a typechecking point of view this patch changes
nothing because only the constants defined by the enum are bitwise, not the
enum itself (sparse doesn't have the notion of 'bitwise enum'). This may
change in some not too far future, hence the patch.
[bhelgaas: squash in
https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200702162651.49526-3-luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.comhttps://lore.kernel.org/r/20200702162651.49526-4-luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200702162651.49526-2-luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
priv->page_pool is an array, so comparing against it will always return true.
Do a meaningful check by checking priv->page_pool[0] instead.
While at it, clear the page_pool pointers on deallocation, or when an
allocation error happens during init.
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Fixes: c2d6fe6163 ("mvpp2: XDP TX support")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, gcc report
the following warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/sun/cassini.c:5206:12: warning:
'cas_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
5206 | static int cas_resume(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~
Mark cas_resume() as __maybe_unused to make it clear.
Fixes: f193f4ebde ("sun/cassini: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The upgraded .suspend() and .resume() throw
"defined but not used [-Wunused-function]" warning for certain
configurations.
Mark them with "__maybe_unused" attribute.
Compile-tested only.
Fixes: b0db0cc2f6 ("sun/niu: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ensure that the octeon MDIO driver has been loaded, the Cavium
ethernet drivers reference a dummy symbol in the MDIO driver. This
forces it to be loaded first. And this symbol has not been cleanly
implemented, resulting in warnings when build W=1 C=1.
Since device tree is being used, and a phandle points to the PHY on
the MDIO bus, we can make use of deferred probing. If the PHY fails to
connect, it should be because the MDIO bus driver has not loaded
yet. Return -EPROBE_DEFER so it will be tried again later.
Additionally, add a MODULE_SOFTDEP() to give user space a hint as to
what order it should load the modules.
v2:
s/octoen/octeon/
Add MODULE_SOFTDEP()
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Cc: Robert Richter <rrichter@marvell.com>
Cc: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYSTEMPORT is capable of performing VLAN transmit acceleration, support
that by configuring it appropriately, providing the VLAN ID and PCP/DEI
where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow Dissector's keys are mostly Network / Big Endian. U{16,32}_MAX are
the same in either of byteorders, but let's make sparse happy with
wrapping them into noops.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the function arguments was renamed some time ago, but this
wasn't reflected in its kernel-doc comment.
Also add the description for return values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code assumes that both host and device operates in Little Endian
in lots of places. While this is true for x86 platform, this doesn't mean
we should not care about this.
This commit addresses all parts of the code that were pointed out by sparse
checker. All operations with restricted (__be*/__le*) types are now
protected with explicit from/to CPU conversions, even if they're noops on
common setups.
I'm sure there are more such places, but this implies a deeper code
investigation, and is a subject for future works.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use intermediate pointers instead of multiple dereferencing to
simplify and beautify parts of code that will be addressed in
the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To not mix functional and stylistic changes, correct indentation
of code that will be modified in the subsequent commits.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the kernel-doc warnings when building with W=1+ by
rewriting the problematic doc comments according to the
recommended format and style.
Note that this only fixes problems found in C source files,
headers aren't in scope for now.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the prototype of qed_hw_err_notify() with the following:
* constify "fmt" argument according to printk() declarations;
* anontate it with __cold attribute to move the function out of
the line;
* annotate it with __printf() attribute;
This eliminates W=1+ warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_hw.c: In function
‘qed_hw_err_notify’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_hw.c:851:3: warning: function
‘qed_hw_err_notify’ might be a candidate for ‘gnu_printf’ format
attribute [-Wsuggest-attribute=format]
len = vsnprintf(buf, QED_HW_ERR_MAX_STR_SIZE, fmt, vl);
^~~
as well as saves some code size:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 2/4 up/down: 40/-125 (-85)
Function old new delta
qed_dmae_execute_command 1680 1711 +31
qed_spq_post 1104 1113 +9
qed_int_sp_dpc 3554 3545 -9
qed_mcp_cmd_and_union 1896 1876 -20
qed_hw_err_notify 395 352 -43
qed_mcp_handle_events 2630 2577 -53
Total: Before=368645, After=368560, chg -0.02%
__printf() will also be helpful with catching bad format strings
and arguments.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix several sparse warnings by moving structs declarations into
the corresponding header files:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c:2402:32: warning:
symbol 'qed_dcbnl_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ll2.c:2754:26: warning: symbol
'qed_ll2_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ptp.c:449:30: warning: symbol
'qed_ptp_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:5265:29: warning:
symbol 'qed_iov_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
(some of them were declared twice in different header files)
Also make qed_hw_err_type_descr[] const while at it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static variables (and functions, unless they're inline) should not
be declared in header files.
Move the static array iro_arr[] from "qed_hsi.h" to the sole place
where it's used, "qed_init_ops.c". This eliminates lots of warnings
(42 of them actually) against W=1+:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed.h:51:0,
from drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c:40:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_hsi.h:4421:18: warning: 'iro_arr'
defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
static const u32 iro_arr[] = {
^~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On link down, the draining of the S/G cache should be done on all
_possible_ CPUs not just the ones that are online in that moment.
Fix this by changing the iterator.
Fixes: d70446ee1f ("dpaa2-eth: send a scatter-gather FD instead of realloc-ing")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable 'err = -ENODEV;' in au1000_probe() is
duplicate, so remove redundant one. And remove the
extra blank lines in the file au1000_eth.c
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Bin <tangbin@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable promisc mode of PF, set VF link state to enable, and
run iperf of the VF, then do self test of the PF. The self test
will fail with a low frequency, and may cause a use-after-free
problem.
[ 87.142126] selftest:000004a0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
[ 87.159722] ==================================================================
[ 87.174187] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in hex_dump_to_buffer+0x140/0x608
[ 87.187600] Read of size 1 at addr ffff003b22828000 by task ethtool/1186
[ 87.201012]
[ 87.203978] CPU: 7 PID: 1186 Comm: ethtool Not tainted 5.5.0-rc4-gfd51c473-dirty #4
[ 87.219306] Hardware name: Huawei TaiShan 2280 V2/BC82AMDA, BIOS TA BIOS 2280-A CS V2.B160.01 01/15/2020
[ 87.238292] Call trace:
[ 87.243173] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x280
[ 87.250491] show_stack+0x24/0x30
[ 87.257114] dump_stack+0xe8/0x140
[ 87.263911] print_address_description.isra.8+0x70/0x380
[ 87.274538] __kasan_report+0x12c/0x230
[ 87.282203] kasan_report+0xc/0x18
[ 87.288999] __asan_load1+0x60/0x68
[ 87.295969] hex_dump_to_buffer+0x140/0x608
[ 87.304332] print_hex_dump+0x140/0x1e0
[ 87.312000] hns3_lb_check_skb_data+0x168/0x170
[ 87.321060] hns3_clean_rx_ring+0xa94/0xfe0
[ 87.329422] hns3_self_test+0x708/0x8c0
The length of packet sent by the selftest process is only
128 + 14 bytes, and the min buffer size of a BD is 256 bytes,
and the receive process will make sure the packet sent by
the selftest process is in the linear part, so only check
the linear part in hns3_lb_check_skb_data().
So fix this use-after-free by using skb_headlen() to dump
skb->data instead of skb->len.
Fixes: c39c4d98dc ("net: hns3: Add mac loopback selftest support in hns3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When unloading driver, if flag HNS3_NIC_STATE_INITED has been
already cleared, the debugfs will not be uninitialized, so fix it.
Fixes: b2292360bb ("net: hns3: Add debugfs framework registration")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When asserts VF reset fail, flag HCLGEVF_STATE_CMD_DISABLE
and handshake status should not set, otherwise the retry will
fail. So adds a check for asserting VF reset and returns
directly when fails.
Fixes: ef5f8e507e ("net: hns3: stop handling command queue while resetting VF")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is a PF reset pending before FLR prepare, FLR's
preparatory work will not fail, but the FLR rebuild procedure
will fail for this pending. So this PF reset pending should
be handled in the FLR preparatory.
Fixes: 8627bdedc4 ("net: hns3: refactor the precedure of PF FLR")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
The driver was calling pci_save/restore_state() which is no more needed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
In this driver:
gem_suspend() calls gem_do_stop() which in turn invokes
pci_disable_device(). As the PCI helper function is not called at the
end/start of the function body, breaking the function in two parts
may change its behavior.
The only other function invoking gem_do_stop() is gem_close(). Hence,
gem_close() and gem_suspend() can do the required end steps on their own.
The same case is with gem_resume(). Both gem_resume() and gem_open()
invoke gem_do_start(). Again, make the caller functions do the required
steps on their own.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rmnet can have only two bridge interface.
One of them is a link interface and another one is added by
the master operation.
rmnet interface shouldn't allow adding additional
bridge interfaces by mater operation.
But, there is no code to deny additional interfaces.
So, interface leak occurs.
Test commands:
ip link add dummy0 type dummy
ip link add dummy1 type dummy
ip link add dummy2 type dummy
ip link add rmnet0 link dummy0 type rmnet mux_id 1
ip link set dummy1 master rmnet0
ip link set dummy2 master rmnet0
ip link del rmnet0
In the above test command, the dummy0 was attached to rmnet as VND mode.
Then, dummy1 was attached to rmnet0 as BRIDGE mode.
At this point, dummy0 mode is switched from VND to BRIDGE automatically.
Then, dummy2 is attached to rmnet as BRIDGE mode.
At this point, rmnet0 should deny this operation.
But, rmnet0 doesn't deny this.
So that below splat occurs when the rmnet0 interface is deleted.
Splat looks like:
[ 186.684787][ C2] WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1009 at net/core/dev.c:8992 rollback_registered_many+0x986/0xcf0
[ 186.684788][ C2] Modules linked in: rmnet dummy openvswitch nsh nf_conncount nf_nat nf_conntrack nf_defrag_x
[ 186.684805][ C2] CPU: 2 PID: 1009 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.8.0-rc1+ #621
[ 186.684807][ C2] Hardware name: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006
[ 186.684808][ C2] RIP: 0010:rollback_registered_many+0x986/0xcf0
[ 186.684811][ C2] Code: 41 8b 4e cc 45 31 c0 31 d2 4c 89 ee 48 89 df e8 e0 47 ff ff 85 c0 0f 84 cd fc ff ff 5
[ 186.684812][ C2] RSP: 0018:ffff8880cd9472e0 EFLAGS: 00010287
[ 186.684815][ C2] RAX: ffff8880cc56da58 RBX: ffff8880ab21c000 RCX: ffffffff9329d323
[ 186.684816][ C2] RDX: 1ffffffff2be6410 RSI: 0000000000000008 RDI: ffffffff95f32080
[ 186.684818][ C2] RBP: dffffc0000000000 R08: fffffbfff2be6411 R09: fffffbfff2be6411
[ 186.684819][ C2] R10: ffffffff95f32087 R11: 0000000000000001 R12: ffff8880cd947480
[ 186.684820][ C2] R13: ffff8880ab21c0b8 R14: ffff8880cd947400 R15: ffff8880cdf10640
[ 186.684822][ C2] FS: 00007f00843890c0(0000) GS:ffff8880d4e00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 186.684823][ C2] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[ 186.684825][ C2] CR2: 000055b8ab1077b8 CR3: 00000000ab612006 CR4: 00000000000606e0
[ 186.684826][ C2] Call Trace:
[ 186.684827][ C2] ? lockdep_hardirqs_on_prepare+0x379/0x540
[ 186.684829][ C2] ? netif_set_real_num_tx_queues+0x780/0x780
[ 186.684830][ C2] ? rmnet_unregister_real_device+0x56/0x90 [rmnet]
[ 186.684831][ C2] ? __kasan_slab_free+0x126/0x150
[ 186.684832][ C2] ? kfree+0xdc/0x320
[ 186.684834][ C2] ? rmnet_unregister_real_device+0x56/0x90 [rmnet]
[ 186.684835][ C2] unregister_netdevice_many.part.135+0x13/0x1b0
[ 186.684836][ C2] rtnl_delete_link+0xbc/0x100
[ ... ]
[ 238.440071][ T1009] unregister_netdevice: waiting for rmnet0 to become free. Usage count = 1
Fixes: 037f9cdf72 ("net: rmnet: use upper/lower device infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and taking care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
.suspend() calls __qlcnic_shutdown, which then calls qlcnic_82xx_shutdown;
.resume() calls __qlcnic_resume, which then calls qlcnic_82xx_resume;
Both ...82xx..() are define in
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_hw.c and are used only in
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_main.c.
Hence upgrade them and remove PCI function calls, like pci_save_state() and
pci_enable_wake(), inside them
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
In this driver:
netxen_nic_resume() calls netxen_nic_attach_func() which then invokes PCI
helper functions like pci_enable_device(), pci_set_power_state() and
pci_restore_state(). Other function:
- netxen_io_slot_reset()
also calls netxen_nic_attach_func().
Also, netxen_io_slot_reset() returns specific value based on the return value
of netxen_nic_attach_func() as whole. Thus, cannot simply move some piece of
code from netxen_nic_attach_func() to it.
Hence, define a new function netxen_nic_attach_late_func() to do the tasks
which has to be done after PCI helper functions have done their job.
Now, netxen_nic_attach_func() invokes netxen_nic_attach_late_func(), thus
netxen_io_slot_reset() behaves normally.
And, netxen_nic_resume() calls netxen_nic_attach_late_func() to avoid PCI
helper functions calls.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending mailbox in the work of aeq event, another aeq event
will be triggered. because the last aeq work is not exited and only
one work can be excuted simultaneously in the same workqueue, mailbox
sending function will return failure of timeout. We create and use
another workqueue to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver changes to perform Idlechk dump during the debug
data collection.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch populates a database of idlechk tests (registers and
predicates) and performs the idlechk using this data.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds register definitions required for Idlechk implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the transmit part of XDP support, which includes:
- support for XDP_TX in mvpp2_xdp()
- .ndo_xdp_xmit hook for AF_XDP and XDP_REDIRECT with mvpp2 as destination
mvpp2_xdp_submit_frame() is a generic function which is called by
mvpp2_xdp_xmit_back() when doing XDP_TX, and by mvpp2_xdp_xmit when
doing AF_XDP or XDP_REDIRECT target.
The buffer allocation has been reworked to be able to map the buffers
as DMA_FROM_DEVICE or DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL depending if native XDP is
in use or not.
Co-developed-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add XDP native support.
By now only XDP_DROP, XDP_PASS and XDP_REDIRECT
verdicts are supported.
Co-developed-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the page_pool API for memory management.
This is a prerequisite for native XDP support.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mvpp2_swf_bm_pool_init_percpu(), a reference to a struct
mvpp2_bm_pool is obtained traversing multiple structs, when a
local variable already points to the same object.
Fix it and, while at it, give the variable a meaningful name.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GENET driver interfaces with internal MoCA interface as well as
external MoCA chips like the BCM6802/6803 through a fixed link
interface. It is desirable for the mocad user-space daemon to be able to
control the carrier state based upon out of band messages that it
receives from the MoCA chip.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If in the process of creating the underlay QP for an IPoIB interface
the user has set the address and specifically the 1st-3rd bytes
representing the QP number, use the requested QP number when creating
the underlay QP.
For a user to be able to request a QP number on QP creation, the MKEY_BY_NAME
NVCONFIG should be set. As mkey_by_name and qp_by_name are coupled in FW.
This requires driver to query the mkey_by_name max cap during initialization
and set the current cap if it was enabled in FW.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Upon a TX timeout handle, if the TX reporter was not able to recover
from the error, reopen the channels. If tried to reopen channels, do not
loop over TX queues for timeout.
With that, the reporters state and separation will better
expose the driver's state.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add helper which retrieves the RQ WQE's head. Use this helper in RX
reporter diagnose callback.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use txrx.h to contain helper function regarding TX/RX. In the coming
patches, I will add more RQ helpers.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change the hierarchy of the RX reporter 'Common config' in the diagnose
output to match the 'Common config' of the TX reporter which reflects
that CQ is a helper to the traffic queues.
Before:
$ devlink health diagnose pci/0000:00:0b.0 reporter rx
Common config:
RQ:
type: 2 stride size: 2048 size: 8
CQ:
stride size: 64 size: 1024
RQs:
...
After:
$ devlink health diagnose pci/0000:00:0b.0 reporter rx
Common config:
RQ:
type: 2 stride size: 2048 size: 8
CQ:
stride size: 64 size: 1024
RQs:
...
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When received a CQE error, the driver inspect the syndrome given by the
firmware. RQ recovery is initiated only as a result of a fatal syndrome;
syndrome which set the RQ into an error state. Hence no need to query
the RQ state at the beginning of the recovery process. Add additional
debug prints before recovering.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
During queue's recovery, driver waits for flush. The flush timeout is
set to 2 seconds. Add a define for this value for the benefit of RX and
TX reporters.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Creation of devlink health reporters is not fatal for mlx5e instance load.
In case of error in reporter's creation, the return value is ignored.
Change all reporters creation functions to return void.
In addition, with this change, a failure in creating a reporter, will not
prevent the driver from trying to create the next reporter in the list.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We have yet another new scheme for NVRAM, and a corresponding new MCDI.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QDMA subsystem on EF100 needs this information.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ethtool_common.o will be built into both sfc and sfc_ef100 drivers,
it can't use KBUILD_MODNAME directly. Instead, make it reference a
string provided by the individual driver code.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously this was only happening in ef10-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
_down() merely removes all our filters and VLANs, it doesn't free
efx->filter_state itself.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we only allocate VIs for the number of TXQs we actually need, we
cannot naively use "channel * TXQ_TYPES + txq" for the TXQ number, as
this has gaps (when efx->tx_queues_per_channel < EFX_TXQ_TYPES) and
thus overruns the driver's VI allocations, causing the firmware to
reject the MC_CMD_INIT_TXQ based on INSTANCE.
Thus, we distinguish INSTANCE (stored in tx_queue->queue) from LABEL
(tx_queue->label); the former is allocated starting from 0 in
efx_set_channels(), while the latter is simply the txq type (index in
channel->tx_queue array).
To simplify things, rather than changing tx_queues_per_channel after
setting up TXQs, make Siena always probe its HIGHPRI queues at start
of day, rather than deferring it until tc mqprio enables them.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Siena needs four TX queues (csum * highpri), EF10 needs two (csum),
and EF100 only needs one (as checksumming is controlled entirely by
the transmit descriptor). Rather than having various bits of ad-hoc
code to decide which queues to set up etc., put the knowledge of how
many TXQs a channel has in one place.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of exposing this old module parameter on the new driver (thus
having to keep it forever after for compatibility), let's confine it
to the old one; if we find later that we need the feature, we ought
to support it properly, with ethtool set-channels.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 only supports MSI-X, so there's no need for the new driver to
expose this old module parameter.
Since it's now visible to the linker, we have to rename it internally
to efx_interrupt_mode to avoid symbol collisions in non-modular
builds.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All NICs supported by this driver are capable of MSI-X interrupts (only
Falcon A1 wasn't, and that's now hived off into its own driver), so no
need for a nic-type parameter. Besides, the code that checked it was
buggy anyway (the following assignment that checked min_interrupt_mode
overrode it).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unprivileged functions (such as VFs) may set their MTU by use of the
'control' field of MC_CMD_SET_MAC_EXT, as used in efx_mcdi_set_mtu().
If calling efx_ef10_mac_reconfigure() from efx_change_mtu(), and the
NIC supports the above (SET_MAC_ENHANCED capability), use it rather
than efx_mcdi_set_mac().
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c:4388:12:
warning: 'mlx4_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4388 | static int mlx4_resume(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c:4373:12: warning:
'mlx4_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4373 | static int mlx4_suspend(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the
compiler that this is going to happen based on the configuration,
which is the standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: 0e3e206a3e ("mlx4: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, gcc report
the following warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:7182:12: warning:
'pcidev_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
7182 | static int pcidev_suspend(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark pcidev_suspend() as __maybe_unused to make it clear.
Fixes: 64120615d1 ("ksz884x: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove is_udp variable that is used in only one place and use
ip_hdr(skb)->protocol == IPPROTO_UDP check instead.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not initialize queue variable. It is already initialized in for loops.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use hweight32() to count set bits in queue_mask.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bit 0 of queue_mask is set at the beginning of
macb_probe_queues() function. Do not set it again after reading
DGFG6 but instead use "|=" operator.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-01
This series contains updates to all Intel drivers, but a majority of the
changes are to the i40e driver.
Jeff converts 'fall through' comments to the 'fallthrough;' keyword for
all Intel drivers. Removed unnecessary delay in the ixgbe ethtool
diagnostics test.
Arkadiusz implements Total Port Shutdown for i40e. This is the revised
patch based on Jakub's feedback from an earlier submission of this
patch, where additional code comments and description was needed to
describe the functionality.
Wei Yongjun fixes return error code for iavf_init_get_resources().
Magnus optimizes XDP code in i40e; starting with AF_XDP zero-copy
transmit completion path. Then by only executing a division when
necessary in the napi_poll data path. Move the check for transmit ring
full outside the send loop to increase performance.
Ciara add XDP ring statistics to i40e and the ability to dump these
statistics and descriptors.
Tony fixes reporting iavf statistics.
Radoslaw adds support for 2.5 and 5 Gbps by implementing the newer ethtool
ksettings API in ixgbe.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-01
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Jacob implements a devlink region for device capabilities.
Bruce removes structs containing only one-element arrays that are either
unused or only used for indexing. Instead, use pointer arithmetic or
other indexing to access the elements. Converts "C struct hack"
variable-length types to the preferred C99 flexible array member.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the pre-C90-extension "C struct hack" method (using a single-
element array at the end of a structure for implementing variable-length
types) to the preferred use of C99 flexible array member.
Additional code cleanups were done near areas affected by this change.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
There are a number of structures that consist of a one-element array as the
only struct member. Some of those are unused so remove them. Others are
used to index into a buffer/array consisting of a variable number of a
different data or structure type. Those are unnecessary since we can use
simple pointer arithmetic or index directly into the buffer to access
individual elements of the buffer/array.
Additional code cleanups were done near areas affected by this change.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add a new devlink region used for capturing a snapshot of the device
capabilities buffer which is reported by the firmware over the AdminQ.
This information can useful in debugging driver and firmware
interactions.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Added full support for new version Ethtool API. New API allow use
2500Gbase-T and 5000base-T supported and advertised link speed modes.
Signed-off-by: Radoslaw Tyl <radoslawx.tyl@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
There is a 4 seconds delay in ixgbe_diag_test() that is holding up other
ioctls such as SIOCGIFCONF that Oracle database applications use.
One of Oracle's product runs "ethtool -t ethX online" periodically for
system monitoring and that is impacting database applications that use
SIOCGIFCONF at that same time.
This 4 second delay was needed in out early 1GbE parts to give the PHY
time to recover from a reset. This code was carried forward to the 10 GbE
driver even it was not needed for the supported PHYs in the ixgbe driver.
CC: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
CC: Jack Vogel <jack.vogel@oracle.com>
Reported-by: Venkat Venkatsubra <venkat.x.venkatsubra@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Commit bac8486116 ("iavf: Refactor the watchdog state machine") inverted
the logic for when to update statistics. Statistics should be updated when
no other commands are pending, instead they were only requested when a
command was processed. iavf_request_stats() would see a pending request
and not request statistics to be updated. This caused statistics to never
be updated; fix the logic.
Fixes: bac8486116 ("iavf: Refactor the watchdog state machine")
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Interfaces already exist for dumping Rx and Tx descriptor information.
Introduce another for doing the same for XDP descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Prior to this, only the Rx and Tx ring statistics were dumped. The XDP
ring statistics are now dumped as well.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Prior to this, only Rx and Tx ring statistics were accounted for.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Move the check if the HW Tx ring is full to outside the send
loop. Currently it is checked for every single descriptor that we
send. Instead, tell the send loop to only process a maximum number of
packets equal to the number of available slots in the Tx ring. This
way, we can remove the check inside the send loop to and gain some
performance.
Suggested-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Eliminate a division in the napi_poll data path. This division is
executed even though it is only needed in the rare case when there are
not enough interrupt lines so they have to be shared between queue
pairs. Instead, just test for this case and only execute the division
if needed. The code has been lifted from the ice driver.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Improve the performance of the AF_XDP zero-copy Tx completion
path. When there are no XDP buffers being sent using XDP_TX or
XDP_REDIRECT, we do not have go through the SW ring to clean up any
entries since the AF_XDP path does not use these. In these cases, just
fast forward the next-to-use counter and skip going through the SW
ring. The limit on the maximum number of entries to complete is also
removed since the algorithm is now O(1). To simplify the code path, the
maximum number of entries to complete for the XDP path is therefore
also increased from 256 to 512 (the default number of Tx HW
descriptors). This should be fine since the completion in the XDP path
is faster than in the SKB path that has 256 as the maximum number.
This patch provides around 4% throughput improvement for the l2fwd
application in xdpsock on my machine.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: b66c7bc1cd ("iavf: Refactor init state machine")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After OS requests to down a link on a physical network port, the
traffic is no longer being processed but the physical link with
a link partner is still established.
Currently there is a feature (Link down on close) which allows
to physically bring the link down (after OS request).
With this patch new feature with similar capability is introduced:
TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN
Allows to physically disable the link on the NIC's port.
If enabled, (after link down request from the OS)
no link, traffic or led activity is possible on that port.
If I40E_FLAG_TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN is enabled, the
I40E_FLAG_LINK_DOWN_ON_CLOSE_ENABLED must be explicitly forced to
true and cannot be disabled at that time.
The functionalities are exclusive in terms of configuration, but
they also have similar behavior (allowing to disable physical link
of the port), with following differences:
- LINK_DOWN_ON_CLOSE_ENABLED is configurable at host OS run-time
and is supported by whole family of 7xx Intel Ethernet Controllers
- TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN may be enabled only before OS loads (in BIOS)
only if motherboard's BIOS and NIC's FW has support of it
- when LINK_DOWN_ON_CLOSE_ENABLED is used, the link is being brought
down by sending phy_type=0 to NIC's FW
- when TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN is used, phy_type is not altered, instead
the link is being brought down by clearing bit
(I40E_AQ_PHY_ENABLE_LINK) in abilities field of
i40e_aq_set_phy_config structure
Introduced changes:
- new private flag I40E_FLAG_TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN for handling the
feature
- probe of NVM if the feature was enabled at driver's port
initialization
- special handling on link-down procedure to let FW physically
shutdown the port if the feature was enabled
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Convert all the remaining 'fall through" code comments to the newer
'fallthrough;' keyword.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable_device, which is not recommended. Hence, removed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Use "struct dev_pm_ops" variable to bind the callbacks.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable_wake(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Use "struct dev_pm_ops" variable to bind the callbacks.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable/disable_device(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable/disable_device(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not use legacy power management as they have to manage power
states and related operations, for the device, themselves. This driver was
handling them with the help of PCI helper functions.
With generic PM, all essentials will be handled by the PCI core. Driver
needs to do only device-specific operations.
The driver defined empty-body .suspend() and .resume() callbacks earlier.
They can now be define NULL and bind with "struct dev_pm_ops" variable.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_save/restore_sate() and pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable/disable_device(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
In this driver:
typhoon_resume() calls typhoon_wakeup() which then calls PCI helper
functions pci_set_power_state() and pci_restore_state(). The only other
function, using typhoon_wakeup() is typhoon_open().
Thus remove the pci_*() calls from tyhpoon_wakeup() and place them in
typhoon_open(), maintaining the order, to retain the normal behavior of
the function
Now, typhoon_suspend() calls typhoon_sleep() which then calls PCI helper
functions pci_enable_wake(), pci_disable_device() and
pci_set_power_state(). Other functions:
- typhoon_open()
- typhoon_close()
- typhoon_init_one()
are also invoking typhoon_sleep(). Thus, in this case, cannot simply
move PCI helper functions call.
Hence, define a new function typhoon_sleep_early() which will do all the
operations, which typhoon_sleep() was doing before calling PCI helper
functions. Now typhoon_sleep() will call typhoon_sleep_early() to do
those tasks, hence, the behavior for _open(), _close and _init_one() remain
unchanged. And typhon_suspend() only requires typhoon_sleep_early().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c:2480:6: warning:
symbol 'qed_hw_err_type_descr' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
get_dev_cap and set_resources_state functions may return a positive
value because of hardware failure, and the positive return value
can not be passed to ERR_PTR directly.
Fixes: 7dd29ee128 ("hinic: add sriov feature support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirror VI is enabled, replicate various VI config params
enabled on main VI to mirror VI. These include replicating MTU,
promiscuous mode, all-multicast mode, and enabled netdev Rx
feature offloads.
v3:
- Replace mirror VI refcount_t with normal u32 variable.
- Add back calling cxgb4_port_mirror_start() in cxgb_open(), which
was there in v1, but got missed in v2 during refactoring.
v2:
- Simplify the replication code by refactoring t4_set_rxmode()
to handle mirror VI, instead of duplicating the t4_set_rxmode()
calls in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirror VI is enabled, allocate the mirror Rxqs and setup the
mirror VI RSS table. The mirror Rxqs are allocated/freed when
the mirror VI is created/destroyed or when underlying port is
brought up/down, respectively.
v3:
- Replace mirror VI refcount_t with normal u32 variable.
v2:
- Use mutex to protect all mirror VI data, instead of just
mirror Rxqs.
- Remove the un-needed mirror Rxq mutex.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mirror Virtual Interface (VI) support to receive all ingress
mirror traffic from the underlying device. The mirror VI is
created dynamically, if the TC-MATCHALL rule has a corresponding
mirror action. Also request MSI-X vectors needed for the mirror VI
Rxqs. If no vectors are available, then disable mirror VI support.
v3:
- Replace mirror VI refcount_t with normal u32 variable.
v2:
- Add mutex to protect all mirror VI data, instead of just
mirror Rxqs.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/pcnet32.c:2928:12: warning:
'pcnet32_pm_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
2928 | static int pcnet32_pm_resume(struct device *device_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/pcnet32.c:2916:12: warning:
'pcnet32_pm_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
2916 | static int pcnet32_pm_suspend(struct device *device_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the compiler
that this is going to happen based on the configuration, which is the
standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: a86688fbef ("pcnet32: Convert to generic power management")
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/amd8111e.c:1623:12: warning:
'amd8111e_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
1623 | static int amd8111e_resume(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/amd8111e.c:1584:12: warning:
'amd8111e_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
1584 | static int amd8111e_suspend(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the compiler
that this is going to happen based on the configuration, which is the
standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: 2caf751fe0 ("amd8111e: Convert to generic power management")
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shrink the code by using the managed variant of of_mdiobus_register().
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have two managed helpers for mdiobus - devm_mdiobus_alloc()
and devm_mdiobus_register(). The idea behind devres is that the release
callback releases whatever resource the devm function allocates. In the
mdiobus case however there's no devres associated with the device by
devm_mdiobus_register(). Instead the release callback for
devm_mdiobus_alloc(): _devm_mdiobus_free() unregisters the device if
it is marked as managed.
This all seems wrong. The managed structure shouldn't need to know or
care about whether it's managed or not - and this is the case now for
struct mii_bus. The devres wrapper should be opaque to the managed
resource.
This changeset makes devm_mdiobus_alloc() and devm_mdiobus_register()
conform to common devres standards: devm_mdiobus_alloc() allocates a
devres structure and registers a callback that will call mdiobus_free().
__devm_mdiobus_register() allocated another devres and registers a
callback that will unregister the bus.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea behind devres is that the release callbacks are called if
probe fails. As we now check the return value of ixgbe_mii_bus_init(),
we can drop the call devm_mdiobus_free() in error path as the release
callback will be called automatically.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function may fail. Check its return value and propagate the error
code.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Find ports accessible by the VF, based on the index of the
mac address stored for the VF in the adapter. If no mac address
is stored for the VF, use the port mask provided by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Nirranjan Kirubaharan <nirranjan@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t4_prep_fw goto bye tag with positive return value when something
bad happened and which can not free resource in adap_init0.
so fix it to return negative value.
Fixes: 16e47624e7 ("cxgb4: Add new scheme to update T4/T5 firmware")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Heng <liheng40@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the actual copyright holder and years in all qede source files.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Remove all the boilerplates in the existing code and replace it with the
correct SPDX tag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Correct already existing but wrong SPDX tags to match the actual
license.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the actual copyright holder and years in all qed source files.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Remove all the boilerplates in the existing code and replace it with the
correct SPDX tag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Correct already existing but wrong SPDX tags to match the actual
license.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error return path when create_singlethread_workqueue fails currently
does not kfree tls and leads to a memory leak. Fix this by kfree'ing
tls before returning -ENOMEM.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Resource leak")
Fixes: 1182f36593 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 won't have an efx->type->tx_remove method, because there's
nothing for it to do. So make the call conditional.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ef100 will need to check this against NIC limits.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define it in nic_common.h, even though the ef100 driver will have a
different implementation backing it (actually a WARN_ON_ONCE as it
should never get called by ef100. But it needs to still exist because
common TX path code references it).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ef100 will need this if it gets GSO skbs it can't handle (e.g. too long
header length).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ef100 RX path will also need to DMA-sync RX buffers.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor it a little as we go, and introduce efx_mcdi_set_mtu() which we
will later use for ef100 to change MTU without touching other MAC settings.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various left-over bits and pieces from efx.c that are needed by ef100.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both the licence notice and the SPDX tag were missing from this file.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of it was already declared in mcdi_port_common.h, so just move the
implementations to mcdi_port_common.c.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are implemented in mcdi_port.c, which will not be linked
into the EF100 driver; thus their prototypes should not be visible in
common header files.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When support for short preambles was added, it incorrectly keyed its
decision off state->speed instead of state->interface. state->speed
is not guaranteed to be correct for in-band modes, which can lead to
short preambles being unexpectedly disabled.
Fix this by keying off the interface mode, which is the only way that
mvneta can operate at 2.5Gbps.
Fixes: da58a931f2 ("net: mvneta: Add support for 2500Mbps SGMII")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove unused but set variable to avoid auto build test WARNING
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-06-29
This series contains updates to only the igc driver.
Sasha added Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) support and Latency Tolerance
Reporting (LTR) support for the igc driver. Added Low Power Idle (LPI)
counters and cleaned up unused TCP segmentation counters. Removed
igc_power_down_link() and call igc_power_down_phy_copper_base()
directly. Removed unneeded copper media check.
Andre cleaned up timestamping by removing un-supported features and
duplicate code for i225. Fixed the timestamp check on the proper flag
instead of the skb for pending transmit timestamps. Refactored
igc_ptp_set_timestamp_mode() to simply the flow.
v2: Removed the log message in patch 1 as suggested by David Miller.
Note: The locking issue Jakub Kicinski saw in patch 5, currently
exists in the current net-next tree, so Andre will resolve the
locking issue in a follow-on patch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i225 device support only copper mode.
There is no point to check media type in the
igc_config_fc_after_link_up() method.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
PHY of the i225 device support only copper mode.
There is no point to check media type in the
igc_power_up_link() method.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the implementation of igc_power_down_link()
method was just calling igc_power_down_phy_copper_base()
method.
We can just call igc_power_down_phy_copper_base()
method directly.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
TCP segmentation TX context fail counter is not
applicable for i225 devices.
This patch comes to clean up this counter.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown<aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add EEE TX LPI and EEE RX LPI counters. A EEE TX LPI event
occurs when the transmitter enters EEE (IEEE 802.3az) LPI
state. A EEE RX LPI event occurs when the receiver detect
link partner entry into EEE(IEEE 802.3az) LPI state.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When Rx timestamping is enabled, we set the timestamp bit in SRRCTL
register for each queue, but we don't clear it when disabling. This
patch fixes igc_ptp_disable_rx_timestamp() accordingly.
Also, this patch gets rid of igc_ptp_enable_tstamp_rxqueue() and
igc_ptp_enable_tstamp_all_rxqueues() and move their logic into
igc_ptp_enable_rx_timestamp() to keep the enable and disable
helpers symmetric.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current igc_ptp_set_timestamp_mode() logic is a bit tangled since it
handles many different hardware configurations in one single place,
making it harder to follow. This patch untangles that code by breaking
it into helper functions.
Quick note about the hw->mac.type check which was removed in this
refactoring: this check it not really needed since igc_i225 is the only
type supported by the IGC driver.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As implemented in igc_ethtool_get_ts_info(), igc only supports HWTSTAMP_
FILTER_ALL so any HWTSTAMP_FILTER_* option the user may set falls back to
HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ALL.
HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ALL is implemented via Rx Time Sync Control (TSYNCRXCTL)
configuration which timestamps all incoming packets. Configuring a
UDP filter, in addition to TSYNCRXCTL, doesn't add much so this patch
removes that code. It also takes this opportunity to remove some
non-applicable comments.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The __IGC_PTP_TX_IN_PROGRESS flag indicates we have a pending Tx
timestamp. In some places, instead of checking that flag, we check
adapter->ptp_tx_skb. This patch fixes those places to use the flag.
Quick note about igc_ptp_tx_hwtstamp() change: when that function is
called, adapter->ptp_tx_skb is expected to be valid always so we
WARN_ON_ONCE() in case it is not.
Quick note about igc_ptp_suspend() change: when suspending, we don't
really need to check if there is a pending timestamp. We can simply
clear it unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The functions igc_ptp_tx_hang() and igc_ptp_tx_work() have duplicate
code which handles Tx timestamp timeouts. This patch does a trivial
refactoring by moving that code to its own function and reusing it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Differently from I210, I225 doesn't report Rx timestamps via the TS bit
Rx descriptor + RXSTMPL/RXSTMPH registers mechanism. Rx timestamps are
reported in the packet buffer only, which is implemented by igc_ptp_rx_
pktstamp(). So this patch removes igc_ptp_rx_rgtstamp() and all code
related to it, copied from igb driver.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The LTR message on the PCIe inform the requested latency
on which the PCIe must become active to the downstream
PCIe port of the system.
This patch provide recommended LTR parameters by i225
specification.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement .get_down_ext_state() as part of ethtool_ops.
Query link down reason from PDDR register and convert it to ethtool
link_ext_state.
In case that more information than common link_ext_state is provided,
fill link_ext_substate also with the appropriate value.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PDDR register enables to read the Phy debug database.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mlxsw_sp1_port_type_speed_ops and mlxsw_sp2_port_type_speed_ops
with the relevant code from spectrum.c to spectrum_ethtool.c.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add spectrum_ethtool.c file for ethtool code.
Move ethtool_ops and the relevant code from spectrum.c to
spectrum_ethtool.c.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() is defined twice - in spectrum.c and in
spectrum_dcb.c, with different arguments and different implementation
but the name is same.
Rename mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_ets_set()
in order to allow using the second function in several files, and not
only as static function in spectrum.c.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE802.3az-2010 Energy Efficient Ethernet has been
approved as standard (September 2010) and the driver
can enable and disable it via ethtool.
Disable the feature by default on parts which support it.
Add enable/disable eee options.
tx-lpi, tx-timer and advertise not supported yet.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the previous commit, in case of insufficient SKB headroom on the Tx
path instead of reallocing the SKB we now send a S/G frame descriptor.
Export the number of occurences of this case as a per CPU counter (in
debugfs) and a total number in the ethtool statistics - "tx converted sg
frames'.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of realloc-ing the skb on the Tx path when the provided headroom
is smaller than the HW requirements, create a Scatter/Gather frame
descriptor with only one entry.
Remove the '[drv] tx realloc frames' counter exposed previously through
ethtool since it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will use CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, but will also make use of
efx_rx_packet_gro(), thus needs to be able to pass the checksum value
into that function.
Drivers for older NICs pass in a csum of 0 to get the old semantics (use
the RX flags for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY marking).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will use the same approach to ARFS as EF10.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoids a call from generic MCDI code into ef10.c.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will use the same mechanisms for PCI error recovery.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 needs to map multiple BARs (sequentially, not concurrently) in
order to read the Function Control Window during probe.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few more ethtool handlers which EF100 will share.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will share EF10's model of filtering, hashing and spreading.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link speeds, FEC, and autonegotiation are all things EF100 will share.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new nic_common.h contains the inlines for NIC-type function dispatch,
declarations for NIC-generic functions in nic.c, and other similar NIC-
generic functionality. Retained in nic.h are NIC-specific declarations
such as the siena and ef10 nic_data structs and various farch functions.
The EF100 driver will thus include nic_common.h but not nic.h.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate the generation-count handling from the format conversion, to
make it easier to re-use both for EF100.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calculate efx->max_vis at probe time, and check against it in
efx_allocate_msix_channels() when considering whether to create XDP TX
channels.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have an _OFST definition for each individual flag bit,
callers of efx_has_cap() don't need to specify which flag word it's
in; we can just use the flag name directly in MCDI_CAPABILITY_OFST.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The script used to generate these now includes _OFST definitions for
flags, to identify the containing flag word.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 'tcfp_burst' with TICK factor, driver side always need to recover
it to the original value, this patch moves the generic calculation and
recover to the 'burst' original value before offloading to device driver.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <po.liu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Improve hardware layouts and structure for kTLS support
2) Generalize ICOSQ (Internal Channel Operations Send Queue)
Due to the asynchronous nature of adding new kTLS flows and handling
HW asynchronous kTLS resync requests, the XSK ICOSQ was extended to
support generic async operations, such as kTLS add flow and resync, in
addition to the existing XSK usages.
3) kTLS hardware flow steering and classification:
The driver already has the means to classify TCP ipv4/6 flows to send them
to the corresponding RSS HW engine, as reflected in patches 3 through 5,
the series will add a steering layer that will hook to the driver's TCP
classifiers and will match on well known kTLS connection, in case of a
match traffic will be redirected to the kTLS decryption engine, otherwise
traffic will continue flowing normally to the TCP RSS engine.
3) kTLS add flow RX HW offload support
New offload contexts post their static/progress params WQEs
(Work Queue Element) to communicate the newly added kTLS contexts
over the per-channel async ICOSQ.
The Channel/RQ is selected according to the socket's rxq index.
A new TLS-RX workqueue is used to allow asynchronous addition of
steering rules, out of the NAPI context.
It will be also used in a downstream patch in the resync procedure.
Feature is OFF by default. Can be turned on by:
$ ethtool -K <if> tls-hw-rx-offload on
4) Added mlx5 kTLS sw stats and new counters are documented in
Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
rx_tls_ctx - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts added to device for
decryption.
rx_tls_ooo - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but did not arrive in the expected order and triggered the resync
procedure.
rx_tls_del - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts deleted from device
(connection has finished).
rx_tls_err - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but were not decrypted due to unexpected error in the state machine.
5) Asynchronous RX resync
a. The NIC driver indicates that it would like to resync on some TLS
record within the received packet (P), but the driver does not
know (yet) which of the TLS records within the packet.
At this stage, the NIC driver will query the device to find the exact
TCP sequence for resync (tcpsn), however, the driver does not wait
for the device to provide the response.
b. Eventually, the device responds, and the driver provides the tcpsn
within the resync packet to KTLS. Now, KTLS can check the tcpsn against
any processed TLS records within packet P, and also against any record
that is processed in the future within packet P.
The asynchronous resync path simplifies the device driver, as it can
save bits on the packet completion (32-bit TCP sequence), and pass this
information on an asynchronous command instead.
Performance:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2687W v4 @ 3.00GHz, 24 cores, HT off
NIC: ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE dual port
Goodput (app-layer throughput) comparison:
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| # connections | 1 | 4 | 8 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| SW (Gbps) | 7.26 | 24.70 | 50.30 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| HW (Gbps) | 18.50 | 64.30 | 92.90 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| Speedup | 2.55x | 2.56x | 1.85x * |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
* After linerate is reached, diff is observed in CPU util
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl73s2kACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4wqAf/ZhcEn7i4N2F9wMMIL6wd4DgwKWWhbGpiREIxDwcRbqH7PGom8nBZMNd9
+3g3zfURvByWehLtYcjmMgR4B7+xDgEs0dSx6pQM9764HqLDV2jW8ENr9Vr/u8s1
hJ/eV8uzIfvx27MzbENZi0oJTw7N9nCgdcv1OyZkIba+Iado9pOeakPgBmTbINgo
46LJI9nIEROE15gfjyxrVeYAs3Nxt+bogQCWYfMqUfRmKcMJ0d4oTHaUdtmm+xQB
jC685/e4gE7jRgZ3qH/xvCZYp7+TVKaXsB0EtaJdPFEkvvvQpgPTfquIQ+6l7vvE
Yf1YUhnDOoxGUQy1CdSZ2reNxLIm8A==
=7+rG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-tls-2020-06-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-tls-2020-06-26
1) Improve hardware layouts and structure for kTLS support
2) Generalize ICOSQ (Internal Channel Operations Send Queue)
Due to the asynchronous nature of adding new kTLS flows and handling
HW asynchronous kTLS resync requests, the XSK ICOSQ was extended to
support generic async operations, such as kTLS add flow and resync, in
addition to the existing XSK usages.
3) kTLS hardware flow steering and classification:
The driver already has the means to classify TCP ipv4/6 flows to send them
to the corresponding RSS HW engine, as reflected in patches 3 through 5,
the series will add a steering layer that will hook to the driver's TCP
classifiers and will match on well known kTLS connection, in case of a
match traffic will be redirected to the kTLS decryption engine, otherwise
traffic will continue flowing normally to the TCP RSS engine.
3) kTLS add flow RX HW offload support
New offload contexts post their static/progress params WQEs
(Work Queue Element) to communicate the newly added kTLS contexts
over the per-channel async ICOSQ.
The Channel/RQ is selected according to the socket's rxq index.
A new TLS-RX workqueue is used to allow asynchronous addition of
steering rules, out of the NAPI context.
It will be also used in a downstream patch in the resync procedure.
Feature is OFF by default. Can be turned on by:
$ ethtool -K <if> tls-hw-rx-offload on
4) Added mlx5 kTLS sw stats and new counters are documented in
Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
rx_tls_ctx - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts added to device for
decryption.
rx_tls_ooo - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but did not arrive in the expected order and triggered the resync
procedure.
rx_tls_del - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts deleted from device
(connection has finished).
rx_tls_err - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but were not decrypted due to unexpected error in the state machine.
5) Asynchronous RX resync
a. The NIC driver indicates that it would like to resync on some TLS
record within the received packet (P), but the driver does not
know (yet) which of the TLS records within the packet.
At this stage, the NIC driver will query the device to find the exact
TCP sequence for resync (tcpsn), however, the driver does not wait
for the device to provide the response.
b. Eventually, the device responds, and the driver provides the tcpsn
within the resync packet to KTLS. Now, KTLS can check the tcpsn against
any processed TLS records within packet P, and also against any record
that is processed in the future within packet P.
The asynchronous resync path simplifies the device driver, as it can
save bits on the packet completion (32-bit TCP sequence), and pass this
information on an asynchronous command instead.
Performance:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2687W v4 @ 3.00GHz, 24 cores, HT off
NIC: ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE dual port
Goodput (app-layer throughput) comparison:
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| # connections | 1 | 4 | 8 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| SW (Gbps) | 7.26 | 24.70 | 50.30 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| HW (Gbps) | 18.50 | 64.30 | 92.90 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| Speedup | 2.55x | 2.56x | 1.85x * |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
* After linerate is reached, diff is observed in CPU util
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AM65x SR2.0 MCU CPSW has fixed errata i2027 "CPSW: CPSW Does Not
Support CPPI Receive Checksum (Host to Ethernet) Offload Feature". This
errata also fixed for J271E SoC.
Use SOC bus data for K3 SoC identification and apply i2027 errata w/a only
for the AM65x SR1.0 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that critical setting can only be configured when there are no
running netdevs - all ports are down.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skip HW configuration when p0-rx-ptype-rrobin is changed as it will be done
by .ndev_open(),
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC SL has to be initialized for each port otherwise
am65_cpsw_nuss_slave_disable_unused() will crash for disabled ports.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pf_p0_rx_ptype_rrobin is global parameter so move its initialization in
probe.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vlan configuration is not restored after interface down/up sequence.
Steps to check:
# ip link add link eth0 name eth0.100 type vlan id 100
# ifconfig eth0 down
# ifconfig eth0 up
This patch fixes it, restoring vlan ALE entries on .ndo_open().
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting polling_delay is now done at thermal_core level (by not polling
DISABLED devices), so no need to repeat this code.
int340x: Checking for an impossible enum value is unnecessary.
acpi/thermal: It only prints debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
[for acerhdf]
Acked-by: Peter Kaestle <peter@piie.net>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-11-andrzej.p@collabora.com
Some thermal zone devices never change their state, so they should be
always enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-9-andrzej.p@collabora.com
Use thermal_zone_device_{en|dis}able() and thermal_zone_device_is_enabled().
Consequently, all set_mode() implementations in drivers:
- can stop modifying tzd's "mode" member,
- shall stop taking tzd's lock, as it is taken in the helpers
- shall stop calling thermal_zone_device_update() as it is called in the
helpers
- can assume they are called when the mode truly changes, so checks to
verify that can be dropped
Not providing set_mode() by a driver no longer prevents the core from
being able to set tzd's mode, so the relevant check in mode_store() is
removed.
Other comments:
- acpi/thermal.c: tz->thermal_zone->mode will be updated only after we
return from set_mode(), so use function parameter in thermal_set_mode()
instead, no need to call acpi_thermal_check() in set_mode()
- thermal/imx_thermal.c: regmap writes and mode assignment are done in
thermal_zone_device_{en|dis}able() and set_mode() callback
- thermal/intel/intel_quark_dts_thermal.c: soc_dts_{en|dis}able() are a
part of set_mode() callback, so they don't need to modify tzd->mode, and
don't need to fall back to the opposite mode if unsuccessful, as the return
value will be propagated to thermal_zone_device_{en|dis}able() and
ultimately tzd's member will not be changed in thermal_zone_device_set_mode().
- thermal/of-thermal.c: no need to set zone->mode to DISABLED in
of_parse_thermal_zones() as a tzd is kzalloc'ed so mode is DISABLED anyway
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
[for acerhdf]
Acked-by: Peter Kaestle <peter@piie.net>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-8-andrzej.p@collabora.com
get_mode() is now redundant, as the state is stored in struct
thermal_zone_device.
Consequently the "mode" attribute in sysfs can always be visible, because
it is always possible to get the mode from struct tzd.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
[for acerhdf]
Acked-by: Peter Kaestle <peter@piie.net>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-6-andrzej.p@collabora.com
Use list_empty_careful() instead of open-coding.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix some coding-style issues, including one which
made the function pointers in the struct ei_device
hard to understand.
Signed-off-by: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all net_device operations are bundled together inside
mscc_ocelot.ko and no longer part of the common library, there's no
reason to export these symbols.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far RTL8401 was treated like a RTL8101e, means we relied on the BIOS
to configure MAC and PHY properly. Make RTL8401 a separate chip version
and copy MAC / PHY config from r8101 vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chip versions 13, 14, 15 are treated the same by the driver, therefore
let's merge them.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to get eeprom information from the plug-in module
with ethtool -m cmd.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to identify physical device by flashing an LED
attached to it with ethtool -p cmd.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to excute internal and external loopback test with
ethtool -t cmd.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to set TX/RX irq coalesce params with ethtool -C and
get these params with ethtool -c.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to set pause params with ethtool -A and get pause
params with ethtool -a. Also remove set_link_ksettings ops for VF
and enable pause by default.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch mlx5e tls rx handler was called unconditionally on
all rx frames and the decision whether a frame is a valid tls record
is done inside that function. A function call can be expensive especially
for regular rx packet rate. To avoid this, check the tls validity before
jumping into the tls rx handler.
While at it, split between kTLS device offload rx handler and FPGA tls rx
handler using a similar method.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
All callers of mlx5e_ktls_build_netdev() check capability
before the call.
Remove the repeated check in the function.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Resync communication with HW for kTLS RX is done via the
async ICOSQs.
kTLS RX resync requests might come in bursts. To improve the
success chances for such bursts, use a larger ICOSQ.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add global and per-channel ethtool SW stats for the device
offload.
Document the new counters in tls-offload.rst.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Implement the RX resync procedure, using the TLS async resync API.
The HW offload of TLS decryption in RX side might get out-of-sync
due to out-of-order reception of packets.
This requires SW intervention to update the HW context and get it
back in-sync.
Performance:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2687W v4 @ 3.00GHz, 24 cores, HT off
NIC: ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE dual port
Goodput (app-layer throughput) comparison:
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| # connections | 1 | 4 | 8 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| SW (Gbps) | 7.26 | 24.70 | 50.30 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| HW (Gbps) | 18.50 | 64.30 | 92.90 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| Speedup | 2.55x | 2.56x | 1.85x * |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
* After linerate is reached, diff is observed in CPU util.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Implement driver support for the kTLS RX HW offload feature.
Resync support is added in a downstream patch.
New offload contexts post their static/progress params WQEs
over the per-channel async ICOSQ, protected under a spin-lock.
The Channel/RQ is selected according to the socket's rxq index.
Feature is OFF by default. Can be turned on by:
$ ethtool -K <if> tls-hw-rx-offload on
A new TLS-RX workqueue is used to allow asynchronous addition of
steering rules, out of the NAPI context.
It will be also used in a downstream patch in the resync procedure.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Modify the implementation of the private kTLS TX HW offload context
getter and setter, so it uses the kernel API functions, instead of
a local shadow structure.
A single BUILD_BUG_ON check is sufficient, remove the duplicate.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Better separate the code into c/h files, so that kTLS internals
are exposed to the corresponding non-accel flow as follows:
- Necessary datapath functions are exposed via ktls_txrx.h.
- Necessary caps and configuration functions are exposed via ktls.h,
which became very small.
In addition, kTLS internal code sharing is done via ktls_utils.h,
which is not exposed to any non-accel file.
Add explicit WQE structures for the TLS static and progress
params, breaking the union of the static with UMR, and the progress
with PSV.
Generalize the API as a preparation for TLS RX offload support.
Move kTLS TX-specific code to the proper file.
Remove the inline tag for function in C files, let the compiler decide.
Use kzalloc/kfree for the priv_tx context.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Given a socket, the function extracts the TCP/IP{4,6} ntuple
and adds rule to steering.
Another function gets the rule and deletes it.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
The framework allows creating flow tables to steer incoming traffic of
TCP sockets to the acceleration TIRs.
This is used in downstream patches for TLS, and will be used in the
future for other offloads.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Store the default destinations of the on-load generated TTC
(Traffic Type Classifier) rules in the ttc rules table.
Introduce TTC API functions to manipulate/restore and get the TTC rule
destination and use these API functions in arfs implementation.
This will allow a better decoupling between TTC implementation and its
users.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Take the CQ params into their respective RQ/SQ params.
Split the params build of the different ICOSQs (sync and async),
as they require different init values.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
There is an upcoming demand (in downstream patches) for
an ICOSQ to be populated out of the NAPI context, asynchronously.
There is already an existing one serving XSK-related use case.
In this patch, promote this ICOSQ to serve as general async ICOSQ,
to be used for XSK and non-XSK flows.
As part of this, the reg_umr bit of the SQ context is now set
(if capable), as the general async ICOSQ should support possible
posts of UMR WQEs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add explicit WQE segment structures for the TLS static and progress
params.
According to the HW spec, TISN is not part of the progress params context,
take it out of it.
Rename the control segment tisn field as it could hold either a TIS or
a TIR number.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
A1 requires additional processing for both egress and ingress to support
PTP.
And it makes sense to get rid of this processing altogether (via ifdef),
if PTP clock is disabled globally.
This patch puts the PTP code under the corresponding IS_REACHABLE check.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds alignment checks in all the helper macros in
hw_atl2_utils_fw.c
These alignment checks are compile-time, so runtime is not affected.
All these helper macros assume the length to be aligned (multiple of 4).
If it's not aligned, then there might be issues, e.g. stack corruption.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a missing space in the comment in aq_nic.h
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a typo in aq_ring_tx_clean.
stats is a union, so the typo doesn't cause any issues, but it's a typo
nonetheless.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes aq_pci_func_init() static, because it's not used anywhere
outside the file itself.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces ENOTSUPP (where it was used by mistake) with
EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the type for variable which is assigned from enum,
as such it should have been int, not u32.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <ndanilov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a checkpatch warning.
Fixes: aec0f1aac5 ("net: atlantic: MACSec offload statistics implementation")
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Organize driver documentation by device type. Most documents
have fairly verbose yet uninformative names, so let users
first select a well defined device type, and then search for
a particular driver.
While at it rename the section from Vendor drivers to
Hardware drivers. This seems more accurate, besides people
sometimes refer to out-of-tree drivers as vendor drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rings bitmap of an interrupt vector encodes
which of the device's rings were assigned to that
interrupt vector.
Hence the iteration range of the tx rings bitmap
(for_each_set_bit()) should be the total number of
Tx rings of that netdevice instead of the number of
rings assigned to the interrupt vector.
Since there are 2 cores, and one interrupt vector for
each core, the number of rings asigned to an interrupt
vector is half the number of available rings.
The impact of this error is that the upper half of the
tx rings could still generate interrupts during napi
polling.
Fixes: d4fd0404c1 ("enetc: Introduce basic PF and VF ENETC ethernet drivers")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some PHYs connected to this ethernet hardware support the WoL feature.
But when WoL is enabled and the machine is powered off, the PHY remains
waiting for a magic packet at max speed (i.e. 1Gbps), which is a waste of
energy.
Slow down the PHY speed before stopping the ethernet if WoL is enabled,
and save some energy while the machine is powered off or sleeping.
Tested using an Armada 370 based board (LS421DE) equipped with a Marvell
88E1518 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-06-25
This series contains updates to i40e driver and removes the individual
driver versions from all of the Intel wired LAN drivers.
Shiraz moves the client header so that it can easily be shared between
the i40e LAN driver and i40iw RDMA driver.
Jesse cleans up the unused defines, since they are just dead weight.
Alek reduces the unreasonably long wait time for a PF reset after reboot
by using jiffies to limit the maximum wait time for the PF reset to
succeed. Added additional logging to let the user know when the driver
transitions into recovery mode. Adds new device support for our 5 Gbps
NICs.
Todd adds a check to see if MFS is set after warm reboot and notifies
the user when MFS is set to anything lower than the default value.
Arkadiusz fixes a possible race condition, where were holding a
spin-lock while in atomic context.
v2: removed code comments that were no longer applicable in patch 2 of
the series. Also removed 'inline' from patch 4 and patch 8 of the
series. Also re-arranged code to be able to remove the forward
function declarations. Dropped patch 9 of the series, while the
author works on cleaning up the commit message.
v3: Updated patch 8 description to answer Jakub's questions
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the network stack know the real number of queues that
we are using.
v2: added error checking
Fixes: 49d3b49367 ("ionic: disable the queues on link down")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify meson8b_init_rgmii_tx_clk() by using struct clk_parent_data to
initialize the clock parents. No functional changes intended.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
The driver was also calling bnx2x_set_power_state() to set the power state
of the device by changing the device's registers' value. It is no more
needed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some occasions task held spinlock (mac_filter_hash_lock),
while being rescheduled due to admin queue mutex_lock. The struct
i40e_spinlock asq_spinlock, which later expands to struct mutex
spinlock. Moved i40e_aq_set_vsi_multicast_promiscuous(),
i40e_aq_set_vsi_unicast_promiscuous(),
i40e_aq_set_vsi_mc_promisc_on_vlan(), and
i40e_aq_set_vsi_uc_promisc_on_vlan() outside of atomic context. Without
this patch there is a race condition, which might result in scheduling
while in atomic context. The race condition is between the thread, which
holds mac_filter_hash_lock, while trying to acquire an admin queue mutex
and a thread, which already has said admin queue mutex. The thread, which
holds spinlock, fails to acquire the mutex, which causes this thread to
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make possible for the i40e driver to bind to the new v710 for 5GBASE-T
NICs.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As with other networking drivers, remove the unnecessary driver version
from the Intel drivers. The ethtool driver information and module version
will then report the kernel version instead.
For ixgbe, i40e and ice drivers, the driver passes the driver version to
the firmware to confirm that we are up and running. So we now pass the
value of UTS_RELEASE to the firmware. This adminq call is required per
the HAS document. The Device then sends an indication to the BMC that the
PF driver is present. This is done using Host NC Driver Status Indication
in NC-SI Get Link command or via the Host Network Controller Driver Status
Change AEN.
What the BMC may do with this information is implementation-dependent, but
this is a standard NC-SI 1.1 command we honor per the HAS.
CC: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
CC: Alek Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
CC: Kevin Liedtke <kevin.d.liedtke@intel.com>
CC: Aaron Rowden <aaron.f.rowden@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Co-developed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
A customer was chain-booting to provision his systems and one of the
steps was setting MFS. MFS isn't cleared by normal warm reboots
(clearing requires a GLOBR) and there was no indication of why Jumbo
Frame receives were failing.
Add a warning if MFS is set to anything lower than the default.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Detect and log information about pre-recovery mode when firmware
transitions to a recovery mode.
When a firmware transitions to a recovery mode it stores a number
of unexpected EMP resets in one of its registers. The number of EMP
resets ranging from 0x21 to 0x2A indicates that FW transitions
to recovery mode. Use these values to emit log entry about transition
process. Previously the pre-recovery mode may not have been detected
and there was no log entry when NIC was in pre-recovery mode.
Reviewed-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Kwapulinski <piotr.kwapulinski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use jiffies to limit max waiting time for PF reset to succeed.
Previous wait loop was unreliable. It required unreasonably long time
to wait for PF reset after reboot when NIC was about to enter
recovery mode
Reviewed-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Kwapulinski <piotr.kwapulinski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove all the unused defines as they are just dead weight.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move i40e_client.h to include/linux/net/intel/*
since its shared between i40iw and i40e.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Minor overlapping changes in xfrm_device.c, between the double
ESP trailing bug fix setting the XFRM_INIT flag and the changes
in net-next preparing for bonding encryption support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basically no drivers care about the return value here, and there's no
__must_check that would make casting to void sensible, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi_gro_receive function no longer returns GRO_DROP ever, making
handling GRO_DROP dead code. This commit removes that dead code.
Further, it's not even clear that device drivers have any business in
taking action after passing off received packets; that's arguably out of
their hands.
Fixes: 6570bc79c0 ("net: core: use listified Rx for GRO_NORMAL in napi_gro_receive()")
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two of the function parameters (qtype and index) were misspelled in the
associated descriptions of dpni_[set/get]_taildrop which led to sparse
warnings. Fix this by using the exact same names as present in the
function definition.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dpaa2-eth.h header file includes dpaa2-eth-trace.h which includes
back dpaa2-eth leading to a recursion in the include path. Fix this by
removing the include of dpaa2-eth.h in the trace header.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should keep retrying to acquire buffers through the software portals
as long as the function returns -EBUSY and the number of retries is
__below__ DPAA2_ETH_SWP_BUSY_RETRIES.
Fixes: ef17bd7cc0 ("dpaa2-eth: Avoid unbounded while loops")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before passing the result of skb_to_sgvec() to dma_map_sg() check if any
error was returned.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the addition of multiple traffic classes support, the number
of available frame queues grew significantly, overly inflating the
debugfs FQ statistics entry. Update it to only show the queues
which are actually in use (i.e. have a non-zero frame counter).
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA buffers were not freed on failure path of at91ether_open().
Along with changes for freeing the DMA buffers the enable/disable
interrupt instructions were moved to at91ether_start()/at91ether_stop()
functions and the operations on at91ether_stop() were done in
their reverse order (compared with how is done in at91ether_start()):
before this patch the operation order on interface open path
was as follows:
1/ alloc DMA buffers
2/ enable tx, rx
3/ enable interrupts
and the order on interface close path was as follows:
1/ disable tx, rx
2/ disable interrupts
3/ free dma buffers.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call pm_runtime_put_sync() on failure path of at91ether_open.
Fixes: e6a41c23df ("net: macb: ensure interface is not suspended on at91rm9200")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mlx5_vxlan_port is not exposed to the outside callers, it is
redundant to return a pointer to it from mlx5_vxlan_port_lookup(), to be
only used as a boolean, so just return a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove the spinlock protecting the vxlan table and use RCU instead.
This will improve performance as it will eliminate contention on data
path cores.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
en_tc.h header file declares several TC-specific functions in
CONFIG_MLX5_ESWITCH block even though those functions are only compiled
when CONFIG_MLX5_CLS_ACT is set, which is a recent change. Move them to
proper block.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After the cited commit, the header net/arp.h is no longer used in en_rep.c.
So, move it to the new file rep/neigh.c that uses it now.
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5e_xsk_first_unused_channel is a leftover from old versions of the
first XSK commit, and it was never used. Remove it.
Fixes: db05815b36 ("net/mlx5e: Add XSK zero-copy support")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use kfree() instead of kvfree() on ft->g in arfs_create_groups() because
the memory is allocated with kcalloc().
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Missing space at the end of a comment line, add it.
Signed-off-by: Hu Haowen <xianfengting221@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Flow metering entries in IEEE 802.1Qci is an optional function for a
flow filtering module. Flow metering is two rates two buckets and three
color marker to policing the frames. This patch only enable one rate one
bucket and in color blind mode. Flow metering instance are as
specified in the algorithm in MEF 10.3 and in Bandwidth Profile
Parameters. They are:
a) Flow meter instance identifier. An integer value identifying the flow
meter instance. The patch use the police 'index' as thin value.
b) Committed Information Rate (CIR), in bits per second. This patch use
the 'rate_bytes_ps' represent this value.
c) Committed Burst Size (CBS), in octets. This patch use the 'burst'
represent this value.
d) Excess Information Rate (EIR), in bits per second.
e) Excess Burst Size per Bandwidth Profile Flow (EBS), in octets.
And plus some other parameters. This patch set EIR/EBS default disable
and color blind mode.
v1->v2 changes:
- Use div_u64() as division replace the '/' report:
All errors (new ones prefixed by >>):
ld: drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/enetc/enetc_qos.o: in function `enetc_flowmeter_hw_set':
>> enetc_qos.c:(.text+0x66): undefined reference to `__udivdi3'
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Base on the tc flower offload police action add max frame size by the
parameter 'mtu'. Tc flower device driver working by the IEEE 802.1Qci
stream filter can implement the max frame size filtering. Add it to the
current hardware tc flower stearm filter driver.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When commit 474ea9cafc ("net: bcmgenet: correctly pad short
packets") added the call to skb_padto() it should have been
located before the nr_frags parameter was read since that value
could be changed when padding packets with lengths between 55
and 59 bytes (inclusive).
The use of a stale nr_frags value can cause corruption of the
pad data when tx-scatter-gather is enabled. This corruption of
the pad can cause invalid checksum computation when hardware
offload of tx-checksum is also enabled.
Since the original reason for the padding was corrected by
commit 7dd399130e ("net: bcmgenet: fix skb_len in
bcmgenet_xmit_single()") we can remove the software padding all
together and make use of hardware padding of short frames as
long as the hardware also always appends the FCS value to the
frame.
Fixes: 474ea9cafc ("net: bcmgenet: correctly pad short packets")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 16-bit value that holds a short in network byte order should
be declared as a restricted big endian type to allow type checks
to succeed during assignment.
Fixes: 3e37095228 ("net: bcmgenet: add support for ethtool rxnfc flows")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function was originally removed by Baoyou Xie in
commit e2072600a2 ("net: bcmgenet: remove unused function in
bcmgenet.c") to prevent a build warning.
Some of the functions removed by Baoyou Xie are now used for
WAKE_FILTER support so his commit was reverted, but this function
is still unused and the kbuild test robot dutifully reported the
warning.
This commit once again removes the remaining unused hfb functions.
Fixes: 14da1510fe ("Revert "net: bcmgenet: remove unused function in bcmgenet.c"")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error DBG_STATUS_NO_MATCHING_FRAMING_MODE was added to the enum
enum dbg_status however there is a missing corresponding entry for
this in the array s_status_str. This causes an out-of-bounds read when
indexing into the last entry of s_status_str. Fix this by adding in
the missing entry.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Out-of-bounds read").
Fixes: 2d22bc8354 ("qed: FW 8.42.2.0 debug features")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When writing the serdes configuration register was moved to
mvneta_config_interface() the whole code block was removed from
mvneta_port_power_up() in the assumption that its only purpose was to
write the serdes configuration register. As mentioned by Russell King
its purpose was also to check for valid interface modes early so that
later in the driver we do not have to care for unexpected interface
modes.
Add back the test to let the driver bail out early on unhandled
interface modes.
Fixes: b4748553f5 ("net: ethernet: mvneta: Fix Serdes configuration for SoCs without comphy")
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mvneta_config_interface() the RGMII modes are catched by the default
case which is an error return. The RGMII modes are valid modes for the
driver, so instead of returning an error add a break statement to return
successfully.
This avoids this warning for non comphy SoCs which use RGMII, like
SolidRun Clearfog:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 268 at drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:3512 mvneta_start_dev+0x220/0x23c
Fixes: b4748553f5 ("net: ethernet: mvneta: Fix Serdes configuration for SoCs without comphy")
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move all arrays related to device dump in header file to C file.
Also, move the function that shares the arrays to the same C file.
Fixes following warnings reported by make W=1 in several places:
cudbg_entity.h:513:18: warning: 't6_hma_ireg_array' defined but not
used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
513 | static const u32 t6_hma_ireg_array[][IREG_NUM_ELEM] = {
Fixes: a7975a2f9a ("cxgb4: collect register dump")
Fixes: 17b332f480 ("cxgb4: add support to read serial flash")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access to on-chip memory for flashing PHY firmware must always
be synchronized. So, ensure the callers take on-chip memory lock.
Also fixes following sparse warning:
sge.c:1641:26: warning: context imbalance in 't4_load_phy_fw' -
different lock contexts for basic block
Fixes: 01b6961410 ("cxgb4: Add PHY firmware support for T420-BT cards")
Fixes: 4ee339e1e9 ("cxgb4: add support to flash PHY image")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we know the xgmac hardware always has a c45
compliant bus, let's try scanning for c22 capable
PHYs first. If we fail to find any, then it will
fall back to c45 automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@oss.nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ACPI support for xgmac MDIO bus registration while maintaining
the existing DT support.
The function mdiobus_register() inside of_mdiobus_register(), brings
up all the PHYs on the mdio bus and attach them to the bus.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@oss.nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves.
Legacy PM involves usage of PCI helper functions like pci_enable_wake()
which is no longer recommended.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI
states changes and device's power state themselves.
Earlier, .suspend() and .resume() were invoking pci_disable_device()
and pci_enable_device() respectively to manage the device's power state.
driver also invoked pci_save/restore_state() and pci_set_power_sitate().
With generic PM, it is no longer needed. The driver is expected to just
implement driver-specific operations and leave power transitions to PCI
core.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves.
Earlier, .suspend() and .resume() were invoking pci_disable_device()
and pci_enable_device() respectively to manage the device's power state.
With generic PM, it is no longer needed. The driver is expected to just
implement driver-specific operations and leave power transitions to PCI
core.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With stable support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves.
Earlier, .resume() was invoking pci_enable_device(). Drivers should not
call PCI legacy helper functions, hence, it was removed. This should not
change the behavior of the device as this function is called by PCI core
if somehow pm_ops is not able to bind with the driver, else, required tasks
are managed by the core itself.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility of a driver to manage PCI
states and also the device's power state. The generic approach is to let the
PCI core handle the work.
The legacy suspend() and resume() were making use of
pci_read/write_config_dword() to enable/disable wol. Driver editing
configuration registers of a device is not recommended. Thus replace them
all with device_wakeup_enable/disable().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dev_pm_ops structure to call generic suspend() and resume() callbacks.
Drivers should avoid saving device register and/or change power states
using PCI helper functions. With the generic approach, all these are handled
by PCI core.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not save device registers and/or change the power state of
the device. As per the generic PM approach, these are handled by PCI core.
The driver should support dev_pm_ops callbacks and bind them to pci_driver.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove legacy PM callbacks and use generic operations. With legacy code,
drivers were responsible for handling PCI PM operations like
pci_save_state(). In generic code, all these are handled by PCI core.
The generic suspend() and resume() are called at the same point the legacy
ones were called. Thus, it does not affect the normal functioning of the
driver.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev cannot be NULL here since its already being accessed
before. Remove the redundant null check.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Singh <gaurav1086@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Virtual functions does not have VPD information. This patch modifies
calling bnxt_read_vpd_info() only for PFs and avoids an unnecessary
error log.
Fixes: a0d0fd70fe ("bnxt_en: Read partno and serialno of the board from VPD")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On older firmware, the hardware statistics are not cleared when the
driver frees the hardware stats contexts during ifdown. The driver
expects these stats to be cleared and saves a copy before freeing
the stats contexts. During the next ifup, the driver will likely
allocate the same hardware stats contexts and this will cause a big
increase in the counters as the old counters are added back to the
saved counters.
We fix it by making an additional firmware call to clear the counters
before freeing the hw stats contexts when the firmware is the older
20.x firmware.
Fixes: b8875ca356 ("bnxt_en: Save ring statistics before reset.")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kicinski@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kicinski@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older firmware may not support legacy TX push properly and may not
be disabling it. So we check certain firmware versions that may
have this problem and disable legacy TX push unconditionally.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently only store the firmware version as a string for ethtool
and devlink info. Store it also as a version code. The next 2
patches will need to check the firmware major version to determine
some workarounds.
We also use the 16-bit firmware version fields if the firmware is newer
and provides the 16-bit fields.
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtek added new members to the RTL8125 chip family, therefore rename
RTL8125 to RTL8125a. Then we use the same chip naming as in the r8125
vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than requiring every hw crypto capable NIC driver to do a check for
slave_dev being set, set real_dev in the xfrm layer and xso init time, and
then override it in the bonding driver as needed. Then NIC drivers can
always use real_dev, and at the same time, we eliminate the use of a
variable name that probably shouldn't have been used in the first place,
particularly given recent current events.
CC: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
CC: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
CC: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Suggested-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update several kernel-doc line comments to fix warnings reported by
make W=1.
Fixes following class of warnings reported by make W=1 in several
places:
cxgb4vf_main.c:275: warning: Function parameter or member 'persistent'
not described in 'cxgb4vf_change_mac'
cxgb4vf_main.c:275: warning: Excess function parameter 'persist'
description in 'cxgb4vf_change_mac'
Fixes: 16f8bd4be7 ("cxgb4vf: Add core T4 PCI-E SR-IOV Virtual Function hardware definitions and device communication code")
Fixes: c6e0d91464 ("cxgb4vf: Add T4 Virtual Function Scatter-Gather Engine DMA code")
Fixes: e0a8b34a9c ("cxgb4vf: Add and initialize some sge params for VF driver")
Fixes: c3168cabe1 ("cxgb4/cxgbvf: Handle 32-bit fw port capabilities")
Fixes: 0e23daeb64 ("drivers/net: chelsio/cxgb*: Convert timers to use timer_setup()")
Fixes: 3f8cfd0d95 ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Program hash region for {t4/t4vf}_change_mac()")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update several kernel-doc line comments to fix warnings reported by
make W=1.
Fixes following class of warnings reported by make W=1 in several
places:
l2t.c:616: warning: Cannot understand * @dev: net_device pointer
t4_hw.c:3175: warning: Function parameter or member 'adap' not
described in 't4_get_exprom_version'
t4_hw.c:3175: warning: Excess function parameter 'adapter' description
in 't4_get_exprom_version'
Fixes: 56d36be4dd ("cxgb4: Add HW and FW support code")
Fixes: fd3a47900b ("cxgb4: Add packet queues and packet DMA code")
Fixes: 26f7cbc0a5 ("cxgb4: Don't attempt to upgrade T4 firmware when cxgb4 will end up as a slave")
Fixes: 793dad94e7 ("RDMA/cxgb4: Fix bug for active and passive LE hash collision path")
Fixes: ba3f8cd55f ("cxgb4: Add support in cxgb4 to get expansion rom version via ethtool")
Fixes: f7502659ce ("cxgb4: Add API to alloc l2t entry; also update existing ones")
Fixes: ddc7740d9a ("cxgb4: Decode link down reason code obtained from firmware")
Fixes: 193c4c2845 ("cxgb4: Update T6 Buffer Group and Channel Mappings")
Fixes: 8f46d46715 ("cxgb4: Use Firmware params to get buffer-group map")
Fixes: a456950445 ("cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP")
Fixes: 9c33e4208b ("cxgb4: Add PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support")
Fixes: c3168cabe1 ("cxgb4/cxgbvf: Handle 32-bit fw port capabilities")
Fixes: 5ccf9d0496 ("cxgb4: update API for TP indirect register access")
Fixes: 3bdb376e69 ("cxgb4: introduce SMT ops to prepare for SMAC rewrite support")
Fixes: 736c3b9447 ("cxgb4: collect egress and ingress SGE queue contexts")
Fixes: f56ec6766d ("cxgb4: Add support for ethtool i2c dump")
Fixes: 9d5fd927d2 ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: add support for ndo_set_vf_vlan")
Fixes: 98f3697f8d ("cxgb4: add tc flower match support for tunnel VNI")
Fixes: 02d805dc5f ("cxgb4: use new fw interface to get the VIN and smt index")
Fixes: 3f8cfd0d95 ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Program hash region for {t4/t4vf}_change_mac()")
Fixes: d429005fdf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add support for SGE doorbell queue timer")
Fixes: 0e395b3cb1 ("cxgb4: add FLOWC based QoS offload")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the set but unused variable when DCB is disabled. Instead,
do the calculation directly inline.
Fixes following warning in make W=1:
cxgb4_main.c: In function 'cfg_queues':
cxgb4_main.c:5380:29: warning: variable 'n1g' set but not used
[-Wunused-but-set-variable]
u32 i, n10g = 0, qidx = 0, n1g = 0;
^
Fixes: 116ca924ae ("cxgb4: fix checks for max queues to allocate")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DCB version string array extern to header file.
Fixes following sparse warning:
cxgb4_dcb.c:13:12: warning: symbol 'dcb_ver_array' was not declared.
Should it be static?
Fixes: ebddd97afb ("cxgb4: add support to display DCB info")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The checksum field in IPv4 header is in __sum16 and ip_fast_csum()
also returns __sum16. So, no need to cast it to u16.
Fixes following sparse warning:
sge.c:1539:47: warning: cast from restricted __sum16
sge.c:1539:44: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
sge.c:1539:44: expected restricted __sum16 [usertype] check
sge.c:1539:44: got unsigned short [usertype]
Fixes: d0a1299c6b ("cxgb4: add support for vxlan segmentation offload")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data in destination buffer is expected to be be parsed in big
endian. So, use the right context.
Fixes following sparse warning:
cudbg_lib.c:2041:44: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different
base types)
cudbg_lib.c:2041:44: expected unsigned long long [usertype]
cudbg_lib.c:2041:44: got restricted __be64 [usertype]
Fixes: 736c3b9447 ("cxgb4: collect egress and ingress SGE queue contexts")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use correct type to check for all-mask exact match IP addresses.
Fixes following sparse warnings due to big endian value checks
against 0xffffffff in is_addr_all_mask():
cxgb4_filter.c:977:25: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:983:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:984:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:985:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:986:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
Fixes: 3eb8b62d5a ("cxgb4: add support to create hash-filters via tc-flower offload")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The source and destination L4 ports in filter offload need to be
in CPU endian. They will finally be converted to Big Endian after
all operations are done and before giving them to hardware. The
L4 ports for NAT are expected to be passed as a byte stream TCB.
So, treat them as such.
Fixes following sparse warnings in several places:
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: warning: cast from restricted __be16
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different
base types)
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: expected unsigned short [usertype] val
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: got restricted __be16 [usertype] dst
Fixes: dca4faeb81 ("cxgb4: Add LE hash collision bug fix path in LLD driver")
Fixes: 62488e4b53 ("cxgb4: add basic tc flower offload support")
Fixes: 557ccbf9df ("cxgb4: add tc flower support for L3/L4 rewrite")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC-U32 passes all keys values and masks in __be32 format. The parser
already expects this and hence pass the value and masks in __be32
natively to the parser.
Fixes following sparse warnings in several places:
cxgb4_tc_u32.c:57:21: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base
types)
cxgb4_tc_u32.c:57:21: expected unsigned int [usertype] val
cxgb4_tc_u32.c:57:21: got restricted __be32 [usertype] val
cxgb4_tc_u32_parse.h:48:24: warning: cast to restricted __be32
Fixes: 2e8aad7bf2 ("cxgb4: add parser to translate u32 filters to internal spec")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use get_unaligned_be64() to fetch the timestamp needed for ns_to_ktime()
conversion.
Fixes following sparse warning:
sge.c:3282:43: warning: cast to restricted __be64
Fixes: a456950445 ("cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for whether PTP is enabled or not at the caller and perform
locking/unlocking at the caller.
Fixes following sparse warning:
sge.c:1641:26: warning: context imbalance in 'cxgb4_eth_xmit' -
different lock contexts for basic block
Fixes: a456950445 ("cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move code handling L2T ARP failures to the only caller.
Fixes following sparse warning:
skbuff.h:2091:29: warning: context imbalance in
'handle_failed_resolution' - unexpected unlock
Fixes: 749cb5fe48 ("cxgb4: Replace arpq_head/arpq_tail with SKB double link-list code")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a fashion similar to the other Spectrum systems, enforce a specific
firmware version for Spectrum-3 so that the driver and firmware are
always in sync with regards to new features.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This version comes with fixes to the following problems, among others:
- Wrong shaper configuration on Spectrum-1
- Bogus temperature reading on Spectrum-2
- Problems in setting egress buffer size after MTU change on Spectrum-2
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a spelling typo in spectrum_dcb.c
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable 'abs_ppfid' in qed_dev.c:qed_llh_add_mac_filter() always gets
printed, but is initialized only under 'ref_cnt == 1' condition. This
results in:
In file included from ./include/linux/kernel.h:15:0,
from ./include/asm-generic/bug.h:19,
from ./arch/x86/include/asm/bug.h:86,
from ./include/linux/bug.h:5,
from ./include/linux/io.h:11,
from drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:35:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c: In function 'qed_llh_add_mac_filter':
./include/linux/printk.h:358:2: warning: 'abs_ppfid' may be used uninitialized
in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
printk(KERN_NOTICE pr_fmt(fmt), ##__VA_ARGS__)
^~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:983:17: note: 'abs_ppfid' was declared
here
u8 filter_idx, abs_ppfid;
^~~~~~~~~
...under W=1+.
Fix this by initializing it with zero.
Fixes: 79284adeb9 ("qed: Add llh ppfid interface and 100g support for offload protocols")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sizes of all ILT blocks must be reset before ILT recomputing when
disabling clients, or memory allocation may exceed ILT shadow array
and provoke system crashes.
Fixes: 1408cc1fa4 ("qed: Introduce VFs")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set edev->cdev pointer to NULL after calling remove() callback to avoid
using of already freed object.
Fixes: ccc67ef50b ("qede: Error recovery process")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently PTP cyclecounter and timecounter are initialized only on
the first probing and are cleaned up during removal. This means that
PTP becomes non-functional after device recovery.
Fix this by unconditional PTP initialization on probing and clearing
Tx pending bit on exiting.
Fixes: ccc67ef50b ("qede: Error recovery process")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is likely a copy'n'paste mistake. The amount of ILT lines to
reserve for a single VF was being multiplied by the total VFs count.
This led to a huge redundancy in reservation and potential lines
drainouts.
Fixes: 1408cc1fa4 ("qed: Introduce VFs")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
25ms sleep cycles in waiting for PF response are excessive and may lead
to different timeout failures.
Start to wait with short udelays, and in most cases polling will end
here. If the time was not sufficient, switch to msleeps.
usleep_range() may go far beyond 100us depending on platform and tick
configuration, hence atomic udelays for consistency.
Also add explicit DMA barriers since 'done' always comes from a shared
request-response DMA pool, and note that in the comment nearby.
Fixes: 1408cc1fa4 ("qed: Introduce VFs")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set rdma_wq pointer to NULL after destroying the workqueue and check
for it when adding new events to fix crashes on driver unload.
Fixes: cee9fbd8e2 ("qede: Add qedr framework")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qed_spq_unregister_async_cb() should be called before
qed_rdma_info_free() to avoid crash-spawning uses-after-free.
Instead of calling it from each subsystem exit code, do it in one place
on PF down.
Fixes: 291d57f67d ("qed: Fix rdma_info structure allocation")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new resource dump segments - PRM_QUERY_QP,
PRM_QUERY_CQ and PRM_QUERY_MKEY. These segments contains the resource
dump in PRM query format.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Export some of the resource dump API. mlx5_ib driver will use
it in downstream patches.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
This patch adds the phy loopback support on A2.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds link partner capabilities reporting support on A2.
In particular, the following capabilities are available for reporting:
* link rate;
* EEE;
* flow control.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds flow control support on A2.
Co-developed-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds EEE support on A2.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <ndanilov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes 2.5G baseX wrong usage/reporting, since it shouldn't have
been mixed with baseT.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <ndanilov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for 10M/100M/1G half duplex rates, which are
supported by A2 in additional to full duplex rates supported by A1.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the mtk_eth_soc driver to use the finalised link parameters in
mac_link_up() rather than the parameters in mac_config().
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current procedure for installing a multicast address is hardcoded
for IPv4. But, in the ocelot hardware, there are 3 different procedures
for IPv4, IPv6 and for regular L2 multicast.
For IPv6 (33-33-xx-xx-xx-xx), it's the same as for IPv4
(01-00-5e-xx-xx-xx), except that the destination port mask is stuffed
into first 2 bytes of the MAC address except into first 3 bytes.
For plain Ethernet multicast, there's no port-in-address stuffing going
on, instead the DEST_IDX (pointer to PGID) is used there, just as for
unicast. So we have to use one of the nonreserved multicast PGIDs that
the hardware has allocated for this purpose.
This patch classifies the type of multicast address based on its first
bytes, then redirects to one of the 3 different hardware procedures.
Note that this gives us a really better way of redirecting PTP frames
sent at 01-1b-19-00-00-00 to the CPU. Previously, Yangbo Lu tried to add
a trapping rule for PTP EtherType but got a lot of pushback:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/patch/20190813025214.18601-5-yangbo.lu@nxp.com/
But right now, that isn't needed at all. The application stack (ptp4l)
does this for the PTP multicast addresses it's interested in (which are
configurable, and include 01-1b-19-00-00-00):
memset(&mreq, 0, sizeof(mreq));
mreq.mr_ifindex = index;
mreq.mr_type = PACKET_MR_MULTICAST;
mreq.mr_alen = MAC_LEN;
memcpy(mreq.mr_address, addr1, MAC_LEN);
err1 = setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_ADD_MEMBERSHIP, &mreq,
sizeof(mreq));
Into the kernel, this translates into a dev_mc_add on the switch network
interfaces, and our drivers know that it means they should translate it
into a host MDB address (make the CPU port be the destination).
Previously, this was broken because all mdb addresses were treated as
IPv4 (which 01-1b-19-00-00-00 obviously is not).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current iterators are impossible to understand at first glance
without switching back and forth between the definitions and their
actual use in the for loops.
So introduce some convenience names to help readability.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the mdb hooks in felix and exports the mdb functions from
ocelot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When used in DSA mode (as seen in Felix), the DEST_IDX in the MAC table
should point to the PGID for the CPU port (PGID_CPU) and not for the
Ethernet port where the CPU queues are redirected to (also known as Node
Processor Interface - NPI).
Because for Felix this distinction shouldn't really matter (from DSA
perspective, the NPI port _is_ the CPU port), make the ocelot library
act upon the CPU port when NPI mode is enabled. This has no effect for
the mscc_ocelot driver for VSC7514, because that does not use NPI (and
ocelot->npi is -1).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot hardware designers have made some hacks to support multicast
IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Normally, the MAC table matches on MAC
addresses and the destination ports are selected through the DEST_IDX
field of the respective MAC table entry. The DEST_IDX points to a Port
Group ID (PGID) which contains the bit mask of ports that frames should
be forwarded to. But there aren't a lot of PGIDs (only 80 or so) and
there are clearly many more IP multicast addresses than that, so it
doesn't scale to use this PGID mechanism, so something else was done.
Since the first portion of the MAC address is known, the hack they did
was to use a single PGID for _flooding_ unknown IPv4 multicast
(PGID_MCIPV4 == 62), but for known IP multicast, embed the destination
ports into the first 3 bytes of the MAC address recorded in the MAC
table.
The VSC7514 datasheet explains it like this:
3.9.1.5 IPv4 Multicast Entries
MAC table entries with the ENTRY_TYPE = 2 settings are interpreted
as IPv4 multicast entries.
IPv4 multicasts entries match IPv4 frames, which are classified to
the specified VID, and which have DMAC = 0x01005Exxxxxx, where
xxxxxx is the lower 24 bits of the MAC address in the entry.
Instead of a lookup in the destination mask table (PGID), the
destination set is programmed as part of the entry MAC address. This
is shown in the following table.
Table 78: IPv4 Multicast Destination Mask
Destination Ports Record Bit Field
---------------------------------------------
Ports 10-0 MAC[34-24]
Example: All IPv4 multicast frames in VLAN 12 with MAC 01005E112233 are
to be forwarded to ports 3, 8, and 9. This is done by inserting the
following entry in the MAC table entry:
VALID = 1
VID = 12
MAC = 0x000308112233
ENTRY_TYPE = 2
DEST_IDX = 0
But this procedure is not at all what's going on in the driver. In fact,
the code that embeds the ports into the MAC address looks like it hasn't
actually been tested. This patch applies the procedure described in the
datasheet.
Since there are many other fixes to be made around multicast forwarding
until it works properly, there is no real reason for this patch to be
backported to stable trees, or considered a real fix of something that
should have worked.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spectrum-2 supports an ACL action L4_PORT, which allows TCP and UDP source
and destination port number change. Offload suitable mangles to this
action.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fields related to L4_PORT_ACTION, which is used for changing of TCP and
UDP port numbers.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain ACL actions are only available on some Spectrum revisions. In
particular, L4_PORT_ACTION is not available on Spectrum-1. Introduce a
new ops struct intended to hold these differences, mlxsw_sp_rulei_ops.
Prime it with a sole member, act_mangle_field, meant for handling of
pedit mangles.
Create two ops structures, one for Spectrum-1, the other for Spectrum-2
and above. Add callbacks for act_mangle_field and dispatch to the common
handler.
Invoke mlxsw_sp_rulei_ops.act_mangle_field from the field mangler
instead of calling the common handler directly.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The second commit cited below performed a cast of 'u32 buffsize' to
'(u16 *)' when calling mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_8x_adjust():
mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_8x_adjust(mlxsw_sp_port, (u16 *) &buffsize);
Colin noted that this will behave differently on big endian
architectures compared to little endian architectures.
Fix this by following Colin's suggestion and have the function accept
and return 'u32' instead of passing the current size by reference.
Fixes: da382875c6 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Extend to support Spectrum-3 ASIC")
Fixes: 60833d54d5 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Adjust headroom buffers for 8x ports")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Suggested-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify rtl8169_runtime_resume() by calling rtl8169_resume().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the critical sections are protected with RTNL lock, we don't
need a separate mutex any longer.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most relevant ops (open, close, ethtool ops) are protected with RTNL
lock by net core. Make sure that such ops can't be interrupted by
e.g. (runtime-)suspending by taking the RTNL lock in suspend ops
and the PCI error handler.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out bringing device up to a new function rtl8169_up(), similar
to rtl8169_down() for bringing the device down.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because the netdevice is marked as detached now when parent is not
accessible we can remove quite some checks.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark the netdevice as detached whenever we go into PCI D3hot.
This allows to remove some checks e.g. from ethtool ops because
dev_ethtool() checks for netif_device_present() in the beginning.
In this context move waking up the queue out of rtl_reset_work()
because in cases where netif_device_attach() is called afterwards
the queue should be woken up by the latter function only.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Amlogic Meson G12A, G12B and SM1 have the same (at least as far as we
know at the time of writing) PRG_ETHERNET glue register implementation.
This implementation however is slightly different from AXG as it now has
an undocument "auto cali idx val" register in PRG_ETH1[17:16] which
seems to be related to RGMII Ethernet.
Add a new compatible string for G12A SoCs so the logic for this new
register can be implemented in the future.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add board.serial_number field info to info_get cb via devlink,
if driver can fetch the information from the device.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've been unable to get my hands on suitable supported hardware to date,
but I believe this ought to be all that is needed to enable the mlx5
driver to also work with bonding active-backup crypto offload passthru.
CC: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
CC: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
CC: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slave devices in a bond doing hardware encryption also need to be aware
that they're slaves, so we operate on the slave instead of the bonding
master to do the actual hardware encryption offload bits.
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <Jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable user to set mac address of the PCI PF and VF port function.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor mac address setting function to let caller hold the necessary
state_lock mutex, so that subsequent patch and use this helper routine.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support querying mac address of the eswitch devlink port function.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To use port number to port index conversion at eswitch level, move it to
eswitch header.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an helper routine to get esw from a devlink device and use it
at eswitch callbacks and in subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since none of the functions need to modify the input mac address,
constify them.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the flow control settings in mvpp2_mac_link_up() for 10G links
just as we do for 1G and slower links. This is now the preferred
location.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to read-modify-write a register, and use it in the phylink
helpers.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to convert the struct phylink_config pointer passed in
from phylink to the drivers internal struct mvpp2_port.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2 code has tests scattered amongst the code to determine
whether the port supports the XLG, and whether the port supports
RGMII mode.
Rather than having these tests scattered, provide a couple of helper
functions, so that future additions can ensure that they get these
tests correct.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typically the firmware takes care that tp->ocp_base is reset to its
default value. That's not the case (at least) for RTL8117.
As a result subsequent PHY access reads/writes the wrong page and
the link is broken. Fix this be resetting tp->ocp_base explicitly.
Fixes: 229c1e0dfd ("r8169: load firmware for RTL8168fp/RTL8117")
Reported-by: Aaron Ma <mapengyu@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Ma <mapengyu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Continue the reset path when partner adapter is not ready or H_CLOSED is
returned from reset crq. This patch allows the CRQ init to proceed to
establish a valid CRQ for traffic to flow after reset.
Signed-off-by: Dany Madden <drt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even with moving netif_tx_disable() to an earlier point when
taking down the queues for a reconfiguration, we still end
up with the occasional netdev watchdog Tx Timeout complaint.
The old method of using netif_trans_update() works fine for
queue 0, but has no effect on the remaining queues. Using
netif_device_detach() allows us to signal to the watchdog to
ignore us for the moment.
Fixes: beead698b1 ("ionic: Add the basic NDO callbacks for netdev support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function prototypes from ocelot_police.h and make these
functions static. We need to move them above their callers. Note that
moving the implementations to ocelot_police.c is not trivially possible
due to dependency on is2_entry_set() which is static to ocelot_vcap.c.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access Control Lists (and their respective Access Control Entries) are
specifically entries in the VCAP IS2, the security enforcement block,
according to the documentation.
Let's rename the structures and functions to something more generic, so
that VCAP IS1 structures (which would otherwise have to be called
Ingress Classification Entries) can reuse the same code without
confusion.
Some renaming that was done:
struct ocelot_ace_rule -> struct ocelot_vcap_filter
struct ocelot_acl_block -> struct ocelot_vcap_block
enum ocelot_ace_type -> enum ocelot_vcap_key_type
struct ocelot_ace_vlan -> struct ocelot_vcap_key_vlan
enum ocelot_ace_action -> enum ocelot_vcap_action
struct ocelot_ace_stats -> struct ocelot_vcap_stats
enum ocelot_ace_type -> enum ocelot_vcap_key_type
struct ocelot_ace_frame_* -> struct ocelot_vcap_key_*
No functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access Control Lists (and their respective Access Control Entries) are
specifically entries in the VCAP IS2, the security enforcement block,
according to the documentation.
Let's rename the files that deal with generic operations on the VCAP
TCAM, so that VCAP IS1 and ES0 can reuse the same code without
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot hardware library shouldn't contain too much net_device
specific code, since it is shared with DSA which abstracts that
structure away. So much as much of this code as possible into the
mscc_ocelot driver and outside of the common library.
We're making an exception for MDB and LAG code. That is not yet exported
to DSA, but when it will, most of the code that's already in ocelot.c
will remain there. So, there's no point in moving code to ocelot_net.c
just to move it back later.
We could have moved all net_device code to ocelot_vsc7514.c directly,
but let's operate under the assumption that if a new switchdev ocelot
driver gets added, it'll define its SoC-specific stuff in a new
ocelot_vsc*.c file and it'll reuse the rest of the code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_regs.c actually shouldn't be part of the common library. It
describes the register map of the VSC7514 switch. The way ocelot
switches work, they'll have highly optimized register maps, so another
SoC will likely have the same registers but laid out completely
different in memory (so there's little room for reusing this structure).
So move it to ocelot_vsc7514.c instead.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Putting 'ocelot' in the config's name twice just to say that 'it's the
ocelot driver running on the ocelot SoC' is a bit confusing. Instead,
it's just the ocelot driver. Now that we've renamed the previous symbol
that was holding the MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_OCELOT into *_LIB (because
that's what it is), we're free to use this name for the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hide the CONFIG_MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH option from users. It is meant to be
only a hardware library which is selected by the drivers that use it
(ocelot, felix).
Since it is "selected" from Kconfig, all its dependencies are manually
transferred to the driver that selects it. This is because "select" in
Kconfig language is a bit of a mess, and doesn't handle dependencies of
selected options quite right.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mscc_ocelot is a slightly better name for a module than ocelot_board or
ocelot_vsc7514 is, so let's use that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To follow the model of felix and seville where we have one
platform-specific file, rename this file to the actual SoC it serves.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of sparse "cast to restricted __be16" warnings.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sparse is rightfully complaining about the fact that:
warning: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
26 | __builtin_constant_p((l) > (h)), (l) > (h), 0)))
| ^
note: in expansion of macro ‘GENMASK_INPUT_CHECK’
39 | (GENMASK_INPUT_CHECK(h, l) + __GENMASK(h, l))
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
note: in expansion of macro ‘GENMASK’
127 | mask = GENMASK(width, 0);
| ^~~~~~~
So replace the variables that go into GENMASK with plain, signed integer
types.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max MTU limit defined for ibmveth is not accounting for
virtual ethernet buffer overhead, which is twenty-two additional
bytes set aside for the ethernet header and eight additional bytes
of an opaque handle reserved for use by the hypervisor. Update the
max MTU to reflect this overhead.
Fixes: d894be57ca ("ethernet: use net core MTU range checking in more drivers")
Fixes: 110447f826 ("ethernet: fix min/max MTU typos")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the representor is removed, then identify the indirect flow_blocks
that need to be removed by the release callback and the port representor
structure. To identify the port representor structure, a new
indr.cb_priv field needs to be introduced. The flow_block also needs to
be removed from the driver list from the cleanup path.
Fixes: 1fac52da59 ("net: flow_offload: consolidate indirect flow_block infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare fix the bug in the next patch. use flow_indr_block_cb_alloc/remove
function and remove the __flow_block_indr_binding.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN tag insertion/extraction offload is correctly
activated at probe time but deactivation of this feature
(i.e. via ethtool) is broken. Toggling works only for
Tx/Rx ring 0 of a PF, and is ignored for the other rings,
including the VF rings.
To fix this, the existing VLAN offload toggling code
was extended to all the rings assigned to a netdevice,
instead of the default ring 0 (likely a leftover from the
early validation days of this feature). And the code was
moved to the common set_features() function to fix toggling
for the VF driver too.
Fixes: d4fd0404c1 ("enetc: Introduce basic PF and VF ENETC ethernet drivers")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Undo previously done operation in case macb_phylink_connect()
fails. Since macb_reset_hw() is the 1st undo operation the
napi_exit label was renamed to reset_hw.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle and, audited and
fixed manually.
Addresses-KSPP-ID: https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/83
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes. Also, remove unnecessary
variable _size_.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle and, audited and
fixed manually.
Addresses-KSPP-ID: https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/83
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for queue action to steer Rx traffic
hitting the flows to specified Rxq.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to fetch the requested ethtool n-tuple filters by
translating them from hardware spec to ethtool n-tuple spec.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to delete ethtool n-tuple filter. Fetch the appropriate
filter region (HPFILTER, HASH, NORMAL) in which the filter exists,
and delete it from the respective region, accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to parse and insert ethtool n-tuple filters.
Translate n-tuple spec to flow spec and use the existing tc-flower
offload infra to insert ethtool n-tuple filters.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate and manage resources required for ethtool n-tuple filters.
Also fetch the HASH filter region size and calculate nhash entries.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a drop frames counter to tc flower offloading.
Reporting h/w dropped frames is necessary for some actions.
Some actions like police action and the coming introduced stream gate
action would produce dropped frames which is necessary for user. Status
update shows how many filtered packets increasing and how many dropped
in those packets.
v2: Changes
- Update commit comments suggest by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the AF_XDP buffer allocator was introduced, the Rx SW ring
"rx_bi" allocation was moved from i40e_setup_rx_descriptors()
function, and was instead done in the i40e_configure_rx_ring()
function.
This broke the ethtool set_ringparam() hook for changing the Rx
descriptor count, which was relying on i40e_setup_rx_descriptors() to
handle the allocation.
Fix this by adding an explicit i40e_alloc_rx_bi() call to
i40e_set_ringparam().
Fixes: be1222b585 ("i40e: Separate kernel allocated rx_bi rings from AF_XDP rings")
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The READ_ONCE macro is used when reading rings prior to accessing the
statistics pointer. The corresponding WRITE_ONCE usage when allocating and
freeing the rings to ensure protected access was not in place. Introduce
this.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
READ_ONCE should be used when reading rings prior to accessing the
statistics pointer. Introduce this as well as the corresponding WRITE_ONCE
usage when allocating and freeing the rings, to ensure protected access.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
READ_ONCE should be used when reading rings prior to accessing the
statistics pointer. Introduce this as well as the corresponding WRITE_ONCE
usage when allocating and freeing the rings, to ensure protected access.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support to dump flash memory via
ethtool --get-dump
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update set_flash to flash boot cfg image to flash region
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update set_flash to flash boot image to flash region
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update set_flash to flash PHY image to flash region
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chelsio adapter contains different flash regions and each
region is used by different binary files. This patch adds
support to flash images like PHY firmware, boot and boot config
using ethtool -f N.
The N value mapping is as follows.
N = 0 : Parse image and decide which region to flash
N = 1 : Firmware
N = 2 : PHY firmware
N = 3 : boot image
N = 4 : boot cfg
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>"
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tlen field into struct tso_t, and change tso_start()
to return skb_transport_offset(skb) + tso->tlen
This removes from callers the need to use tcp_hdrlen(skb) and
will ease UDP segmentation offload addition.
v2: calls tso_start() earlier in otx2_sq_append_tso() [Jakub]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to increase TSO_HEADER_SIZE from 128 to 256.
Since otx2_sq_init() calls qmem_alloc() with TSO_HEADER_SIZE,
we need to change (struct qmem)->entry_sz to avoid truncation to 0.
Fixes: 7a37245ef2 ("octeontx2-af: NPA block admin queue init")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now they are empty functions for our SoC since hardware can keep
cache coherent, but it is still good to align with streaming DMA APIs
as device drivers should not make an assumption of SoC.
Reviewed-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
disable_irq() after request_irq() is still risk as there is a chance irq
can come after request_irq() and before disable_irq().
this should be done by IRQ_NOAUTOEN flag.
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the type of buffer address from unsigned char to void
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since we are using device-managed function, it is unnecessary
to free in probe.
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a valid mac address is present in dt, use that before using
CSR's or a random mac address.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far we can not configure irq coalescing when link is down. Allow the
user to do this, and assume that he wants to configure irq coalescing
for highest speed. Otherwise the irq rate is low enough anyway.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relevant chip clocks are disabled in rtl_pll_power_down(), therefore
move calling clk_disable_unprepare() there. Similar for enabling the
clock.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Counters are updated whenever we go down, therefore move the call to
rtl8169_down().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtl8169_hw_reset() meanwhile does more than a hw reset, therefore rename
it to rtl8169_cleanup(). In addition move calling napi_disable() to this
function.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtl8169_hw_reset() may be called under RTNL lock, therefore switch to
synchronize_net().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the following scenario WoL isn't configured properly:
- Driver is loaded, interface isn't brought up within 10s, so driver
runtime-suspends.
- WoL is set.
- Interface is brought up, stored WoL setting isn't applied.
It has always been like that, but the scenario seems to be quite
theoretical as I haven't seen any bug report yet. Therefore treat
the change as an improvement.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 9d3679fe0f ("r8169: inline rtl8169_make_unusable_by_asic")
this constant isn't used any longer, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of problems it facilitates the bug analysis if we know whether
DASH is active. Therefore emit a message in probe if this is the case.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle and, audited and
fixed manually.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver function tg3_io_error_detected() calls napi_disable twice,
without an intervening napi_enable, when the number of EEH errors exceeds
eeh_max_freezes, resulting in an indefinite sleep while holding rtnl_lock.
Add check for pcierr_recovery which skips code already executed for the
"Frozen" state.
Signed-off-by: David Christensen <drc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle and, audited and
fixed manually.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The older SoCs like Armada XP support a 2500BaseX mode in the datasheets
referred to as DR-SGMII (Double rated SGMII) or HS-SGMII (High Speed
SGMII). This is an upclocked 1000BaseX mode, thus
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_2500BASEX is the appropriate mode define for it.
adding support for it merely means writing the correct magic value into
the MVNETA_SERDES_CFG register.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MVNETA_SERDES_CFG register is only available on older SoCs like the
Armada XP. On newer SoCs like the Armada 38x the fields are moved to
comphy. This patch moves the writes to this register next to the comphy
initialization, so that depending on the SoC either comphy or
MVNETA_SERDES_CFG is configured.
With this we no longer write to the MVNETA_SERDES_CFG on SoCs where it
doesn't exist.
Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set up vlan_features for use by any vlans above us.
Fixes: beead698b1 ("ionic: Add the basic NDO callbacks for netdev support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is busy resetting queues after a change in
MTU or queue parameters, don't bother checking the link,
wait until the next watchdog cycle.
Fixes: 987c0871e8 ("ionic: check for linkup in watchdog")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vzalloc/vzalloc_node instead of the vmalloc/vzalloc_node and memset.
Also, notice that vzalloc_node() function has no 2-factor argument form
to calculate the size for the allocation, so multiplication factors need
to be wrapped in array_size().
This issue was found with the help of Coccinelle and, audited and fixed
manually.
Addresses-KSPP-ID: https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/83
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-06-16
This series contains fixes to e1000 and e1000e.
Chen fixes an e1000e issue where systems could be waken via WoL, even
though the user has disabled the wakeup bit via sysfs.
Vaibhav Gupta updates the e1000 driver to clean up the legacy Power
Management hooks.
Arnd Bergmann cleans up the inconsistent use CONFIG_PM_SLEEP
preprocessor tags, which also resolves the compiler warnings about the
possibility of unused structure.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CONFIG_PM_SLEEP #ifdef checks in this file are inconsistent,
leading to a warning about sometimes unused function:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/netdev.c:137:13: error: unused function 'e1000e_check_me' [-Werror,-Wunused-function]
Rather than adding more #ifdefs, just remove them completely
and mark the PM functions as __maybe_unused to let the compiler
work it out on it own.
Fixes: e086ba2fcc ("e1000e: disable s0ix entry and exit flows for ME systems")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility of a driver to manage PCI
states and also the device's power state. The generic approach is to let PCI
core handle the work.
e1000_suspend() calls __e1000_shutdown() to perform intermediate tasks.
__e1000_shutdown() modifies the value of "wake" (device should be wakeup
enabled or not), responsible for controlling the flow of legacy PM.
Since, PCI core has no idea about the value of "wake", new code for generic
PM may produce unexpected results. Thus, use "device_set_wakeup_enable()"
to wakeup-enable the device accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the system will be woken up via WOL(Wake On LAN) even if the
device wakeup ability has been disabled via sysfs:
cat /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1f.6/power/wakeup
disabled
The system should not be woken up if the user has explicitly
disabled the wake up ability for this device.
This patch clears the WOL ability of this network device if the
user has disabled the wake up ability in sysfs.
Fixes: bc7f75fa97 ("[E1000E]: New pci-express e1000 driver")
Reported-by: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Cc: <Stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Chen Yu <yu.c.chen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Without a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE the attributes are missing that create
an alias for auto-loading the module in userspace via hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port's headroom buffers are used to store packets while they
traverse the device's pipeline and also to store packets that are egress
mirrored.
On Spectrum-3, ports with eight lanes use two headroom buffers between
which the configured headroom size is split.
In order to prevent packet loss, multiply the calculated headroom size
by two for 8x ports.
Fixes: da382875c6 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Extend to support Spectrum-3 ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The remove function does not destroy all
BM Pools when per cpu pool is active.
When reloading the mvpp2 as a module the BM Pools
are still active in hardware and due to the bug
have twice the size now old + new.
This eventually leads to a kernel crash.
v2:
* add Fixes tag
Fixes: 7d04b0b13b ("mvpp2: percpu buffers")
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool rx and tx queue statistics are reporting wrong values.
Fix reading out the correct ones.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rocker_dma_rings_init, the goto blocks in case of errors
caused by the functions rocker_dma_cmd_ring_waits_alloc() and
rocker_dma_ring_create() are incorrect. The patch fixes the
order consistent with cleanup in rocker_dma_rings_fini().
Signed-off-by: Aditya Pakki <pakki001@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During development we tried to make the interrupt handling as fine-grained
as possible with TX and RX interrupts being disabled/enabled independently
and the counter registers reset from workqueue context.
Unfortunately after thorough testing of current mainline, we noticed the
driver has become unstable under heavy load. While this is hard to
reproduce, it's quite consistent in the driver's current form.
This patch proposes to go back to the previous approach of doing all
processing in napi context with all interrupts masked in order to make the
driver usable in mainline linux. This doesn't impact the performance on
pumpkin boards at all and it's in line with what many ethernet drivers do
in mainline linux anyway.
At the same time we're adding a FIXME comment about the need to improve
the interrupt handling.
Fixes: 8c7bd5a454 ("net: ethernet: mtk-star-emac: new driver")
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will avoid many uneccessary error logs when driver or firmware is
in reset.
Fixes: 230d1f0de7 ("bnxt_en: Handle firmware reset.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AER reset should follow the same steps as suspend/resume. We need to
free context memory during AER reset and allocate new context memory
during recovery by calling bnxt_hwrm_func_qcaps(). We also need
to call bnxt_reenable_sriov() to restore the VFs.
Fixes: bae361c54f ("bnxt_en: Improve AER slot reset.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If VFs are enabled, we need to re-configure them during resume because
firmware has been reset while resuming. Otherwise, the VFs won't
work after resume.
Fixes: c16d4ee0e3 ("bnxt_en: Refactor logic to re-enable SRIOV after firmware reset detected.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The separate steps we do in bnxt_resume() can be done more simply by
calling bnxt_hwrm_func_qcaps(). This change will add an extra
__bnxt_hwrm_func_qcaps() call which is needed anyway on older
firmware.
Fixes: f9b69d7f62 ("bnxt_en: Fix suspend/resume path on 57500 chips")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race condition exist during termination. The path is
alx_stop and then alx_remove. An alx_schedule_link_check could be called
before alx_stop by interrupt handler and invoke alx_link_check later.
Alx_stop frees the napis, and alx_remove cancels any pending works.
If any of the work is scheduled before termination and invoked before
alx_remove, a null-ptr-deref occurs because both expect alx->napis[i].
This patch fix the race condition by moving cancel_work_sync functions
before alx_free_napis inside alx_stop. Because interrupt handler can call
alx_schedule_link_check again, alx_free_irq is moved before
cancel_work_sync calls too.
Signed-off-by: Zekun Shen <bruceshenzk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VNIC driver's "login" command sequence is the final step
in the driver's initialization process with device firmware,
confirming the available device queue resources to be utilized
by the driver. Under high system load, firmware may not respond
to the request in a timely manner or may abort the request. In
such cases, the driver should reattempt the login command
sequence. In case of a device error, the number of retries
is bounded.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent change added a disable to NAPI into macb_open, this was
intended to only happen on the error path but accidentally applies
to all paths. This causes NAPI to be disabled on the success path, which
leads to the network to no longer functioning.
Fixes: 014406babc ("net: cadence: macb: disable NAPI on error")
Signed-off-by: Charles Keepax <ckeepax@opensource.cirrus.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a spelling mistake in a comment. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix cfg80211 deadlock, from Johannes Berg.
2) RXRPC fails to send norigications, from David Howells.
3) MPTCP RM_ADDR parsing has an off by one pointer error, fix from
Geliang Tang.
4) Fix crash when using MSG_PEEK with sockmap, from Anny Hu.
5) The ucc_geth driver needs __netdev_watchdog_up exported, from
Valentin Longchamp.
6) Fix hashtable memory leak in dccp, from Wang Hai.
7) Fix how nexthops are marked as FDB nexthops, from David Ahern.
8) Fix mptcp races between shutdown and recvmsg, from Paolo Abeni.
9) Fix crashes in tipc_disc_rcv(), from Tuong Lien.
10) Fix link speed reporting in iavf driver, from Brett Creeley.
11) When a channel is used for XSK and then reused again later for XSK,
we forget to clear out the relevant data structures in mlx5 which
causes all kinds of problems. Fix from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
12) Fix memory leak in genetlink, from Cong Wang.
13) Disallow sockmap attachments to UDP sockets, it simply won't work.
From Lorenz Bauer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (83 commits)
net: ethernet: ti: ale: fix allmulti for nu type ale
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw-nuss: fix ale parameters init
net: atm: Remove the error message according to the atomic context
bpf: Undo internal BPF_PROBE_MEM in BPF insns dump
libbpf: Support pre-initializing .bss global variables
tools/bpftool: Fix skeleton codegen
bpf: Fix memlock accounting for sock_hash
bpf: sockmap: Don't attach programs to UDP sockets
bpf: tcp: Recv() should return 0 when the peer socket is closed
ibmvnic: Flush existing work items before device removal
genetlink: clean up family attributes allocations
net: ipa: header pad field only valid for AP->modem endpoint
net: ipa: program upper nibbles of sequencer type
net: ipa: fix modem LAN RX endpoint id
net: ipa: program metadata mask differently
ionic: add pcie_print_link_status
rxrpc: Fix race between incoming ACK parser and retransmitter
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix some error pointer dereferences
net/mlx5: Don't fail driver on failure to create debugfs
net/mlx5e: CT: Fix ipv6 nat header rewrite actions
...
On AM65xx MCU CPSW2G NUSS and 66AK2E/L NUSS allmulti setting does not allow
unregistered mcast packets to pass.
This happens, because ALE VLAN entries on these SoCs do not contain port
masks for reg/unreg mcast packets, but instead store indexes of
ALE_VLAN_MASK_MUXx_REG registers which intended for store port masks for
reg/unreg mcast packets.
This path was missed by commit 9d1f644727 ("net: ethernet: ti: ale: fix
seeing unreg mcast packets with promisc and allmulti disabled").
Hence, fix it by taking into account ALE type in cpsw_ale_set_allmulti().
Fixes: 9d1f644727 ("net: ethernet: ti: ale: fix seeing unreg mcast packets with promisc and allmulti disabled")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ALE parameters structure is created on stack, so it has to be reset
before passing to cpsw_ale_create() to avoid garbage values.
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 84af7a6194 ("checkpatch: kconfig: prefer 'help' over
'---help---'"), the number of '---help---' has been gradually
decreasing, but there are still more than 2400 instances.
This commit finishes the conversion. While I touched the lines,
I also fixed the indentation.
There are a variety of indentation styles found.
a) 4 spaces + '---help---'
b) 7 spaces + '---help---'
c) 8 spaces + '---help---'
d) 1 space + 1 tab + '---help---'
e) 1 tab + '---help---' (correct indentation)
f) 1 tab + 1 space + '---help---'
g) 1 tab + 2 spaces + '---help---'
In order to convert all of them to 1 tab + 'help', I ran the
following commend:
$ find . -name 'Kconfig*' | xargs sed -i 's/^[[:space:]]*---help---/\thelp/'
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Ensure that all scheduled work items have completed before continuing
with device removal and after further event scheduling has been
halted. This patch fixes a bug where a scheduled driver reset event
is processed following device removal.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print the PCIe link information for our device.
Fixes: 77f972a707 ("ionic: remove support for mgmt device")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-06-11
This series contains fixes to the iavf driver.
Brett fixes the supported link speeds in the iavf driver, which was only
able to report speeds that the i40e driver supported and was missing the
speeds supported by the ice driver. In addition, fix how 2.5 and 5.0
GbE speeds are reported.
Alek fixes a enum comparison that was comparing two different enums that
may have different values, so update the comparison to use matching
enums.
Paul increases the time to complete a reset to allow for 128 VFs to
complete a reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't leave "counter" set to an error pointer. Otherwise either it
will lead to an error pointer dereference later in the function or it
leads to an error pointer dereference when we call mlx5_fc_destroy().
Fixes: 07bab95026 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor eswitch ingress acl codes")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Clang warns:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/main.c:1278:6: warning: variable
'err' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is true
[-Wsometimes-uninitialized]
if (!priv->dbg_root) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/main.c:1303:9: note:
uninitialized use occurs here
return err;
^~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/main.c:1278:2: note: remove the
'if' if its condition is always false
if (!priv->dbg_root) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/main.c:1259:9: note: initialize
the variable 'err' to silence this warning
int err;
^
= 0
1 warning generated.
The check of returned value of debugfs_create_dir() is wrong because
by the design debugfs failures should never fail the driver and the
check itself was wrong too. The kernel compiled without CONFIG_DEBUG_FS
will return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) and not NULL as expected.
Fixes: 11f3b84d70 ("net/mlx5: Split mdev init and pci init")
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/1042
Reported-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Set the ipv6 word fields according to the hardware definitions.
Fixes: ac991b48d4 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Offload established flows")
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Current below problems exists.
1. devlink device is registered by mlx5_load_one(). But it is
not unregistered by mlx5_unload_one(). This is incorrect.
2. Above issue leads to,
When mlx5 PCI device is removed, currently devlink device is
unregistered before devlink ports are unregistered in below ladder
diagram.
remove_one()
mlx5_devlink_unregister()
[..]
devlink_unregister() <- ports are still registered!
mlx5_unload_one()
mlx5_unregister_device()
mlx5_remove_device()
mlx5e_remove()
mlx5e_devlink_port_unregister()
devlink_port_unregister()
3. Condition checking for registering and unregister device are not
symmetric either in these routines.
Hence, fix the sequence by having load and unload routines symmetric
and in right order.
i.e.
(a) register devlink device followed by registering devlink ports
(b) unregister devlink ports followed by devlink device
Do this based on boot and cleanup flags instead of different
conditions.
Fixes: c6acd629ee ("net/mlx5e: Add support for devlink-port in non-representors mode")
Fixes: f60f315d33 ("net/mlx5e: Register devlink ports for physical link, PCI PF, VFs")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
While unregistration is in progress, user might be reloading the
interface.
This can race with unregistration in below flow which uses the
resources which are getting disabled by reload flow.
Hence, disable the devlink reloading first when removing the device.
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
local_pci_remove() devlink_mutex
remove_one() devlink_nl_cmd_reload()
mlx5_unregister_device() devlink_reload()
ops->reload_down()
mlx5_unload_one()
Fixes: 4383cfcc65 ("net/mlx5: Add devlink reload")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Changing RX hash function requires rearranging of RQT internal indexes,
the user isn't exposed to such changes and these changes do not affect
the user configured indirection table. Rebuild RQ table on hfunc change.
Fixes: bdfc028de1 ("net/mlx5e: Fix ethtool RX hash func configuration change")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After an XSK is closed, the relevant structures in the channel are not
zeroed. If an XSK is opened the second time on the same channel without
recreating channels, the stray values in the structures will lead to
incorrect operation of queues, which causes CQE errors, and the new
socket doesn't work at all.
This patch fixes the issue by explicitly zeroing XSK-related structs in
the channel on XSK close. Note that those structs are zeroed on channel
creation, and usually a configuration change (XDP program is set)
happens on XSK open, which leads to recreating channels, so typical XSK
usecases don't suffer from this issue. However, if XSKs are opened and
closed on the same channel without removing the XDP program, this bug
reproduces.
Fixes: db05815b36 ("net/mlx5e: Add XSK zero-copy support")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Variable "in" in dr_create_rc_qp() is allocated with kvzalloc() and
should be freed with kvfree().
Fixes: 297cccebdc ("net/mlx5: DR, Expose an internal API to issue RDMA operations")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, in case of fatal error during mlx5_load_one(), we cannot
enter error state until mlx5_load_one() is finished, what can take
several minutes until commands will get timeouts, because these commands
can't be processed due to the fatal error.
Fix it by setting dev->state as MLX5_DEVICE_STATE_INTERNAL_ERROR before
requesting the lock.
Fixes: c1d4d2e92a ("net/mlx5: Avoid calling sleeping function by the health poll thread")
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
With an increased number of VFs, it's possible to encounter the following
issue during reset.
iavf b8d4:00:02.0: Hardware reset detected
iavf b8d4:00:02.0: Reset never finished (0)
iavf b8d4:00:02.0: Reset task did not complete, VF disabled
Increase the reset complete wait count to allow for 128 VFs to complete
reset.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 4ae4916b56 ("i40e: fix 'Unknown bps' in dmesg for 2.5Gb/5Gb
speeds") added the ability for the PF to report 2.5 and 5Gb speeds,
however, the iavf driver does not recognize those speeds as the values were
not added there. Add the proper enums and values so that iavf can properly
deal with those speeds.
Fixes: 4ae4916b56 ("i40e: fix 'Unknown bps' in dmesg for 2.5Gb/5Gb speeds")
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Witold Fijalkowski <witoldx.fijalkowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
adapter->link_speed has type enum virtchnl_link_speed but our comparisons
are against enum iavf_aq_link_speed. Though they are, currently, the same
values, change the comparison to the matching enum virtchnl_link_speed
since that may not always be the case.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Kwapulinski <piotr.kwapulinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Link speeds are communicated over virtchnl using an enum
virtchnl_link_speed. Currently, the highest link speed is 40Gbps which
leaves us unable to reflect some speeds that an ice VF is capable of.
This causes link speed to be misreported on the iavf driver.
Allow for communicating link speeds using Mbps so that the proper speed can
be reported for an ice VF. Moving away from the enum allows us to
communicate future speed changes without requiring a new enum to be added.
In order to support communicating link speeds over virtchnl in Mbps the
following functionality was added:
- Added u32 link_speed_mbps in the iavf_adapter structure.
- Added the macro ADV_LINK_SUPPORT(_a) to determine if the VF
driver supports communicating link speeds in Mbps.
- Added the function iavf_get_vpe_link_status() to fill the
correct link_status in the event_data union based on the
ADV_LINK_SUPPORT(_a) macro.
- Added the function iavf_set_adapter_link_speed_from_vpe()
to determine whether or not to fill the u32 link_speed_mbps or
enum virtchnl_link_speed link_speed field in the iavf_adapter
structure based on the ADV_LINK_SUPPORT(_a) macro.
- Do not free vf_res in iavf_init_get_resources() as vf_res will be
accessed in iavf_get_link_ksettings(); memset to 0 instead. This
memory is subsequently freed in iavf_remove().
Fixes: 7c710869d6 ("ice: Add handlers for VF netdevice operations")
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nemov <sergey.nemov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We no longer support the mgmt device in the ionic driver,
so remove the device id and related code.
Fixes: b3f064e974 ("ionic: add support for device id 0x1004")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A multiplication for the size determination of a memory allocation
indicated that an array data structure should be processed.
Thus use the corresponding function "devm_kcalloc".
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disable frames injection in mvneta_xdp_xmit routine during hw
re-configuration in order to avoid hardware hangs
Fixes: b0a43db908 ("net: mvneta: add XDP_TX support")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netif_running() test looks at __LINK_STATE_START which
gets set before ndo_open() is called, there is a window of
time between that and when the queues are actually ready to
be run. If ionic_check_link_status() notices that the link is
up very soon after netif_running() becomes true, it might try
to run the queues before they are ready, causing all manner of
potential issues. Since the netdev->flags IFF_UP isn't set
until after ndo_open() returns, we can wait for that before
we allow ionic_check_link_status() to start the queues.
On the way back to close, __LINK_STATE_START is cleared before
calling ndo_stop(), and IFF_UP is cleared after. Both of
these need to be true in order to safely stop the queues
from ionic_check_link_status().
Fixes: 49d3b49367 ("ionic: disable the queues on link down")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The replacement of <asm/pgrable.h> with <linux/pgtable.h> made the include
of the latter in the middle of asm includes. Fix this up with the aid of
the below script and manual adjustments here and there.
import sys
import re
if len(sys.argv) is not 3:
print "USAGE: %s <file> <header>" % (sys.argv[0])
sys.exit(1)
hdr_to_move="#include <linux/%s>" % sys.argv[2]
moved = False
in_hdrs = False
with open(sys.argv[1], "r") as f:
lines = f.readlines()
for _line in lines:
line = _line.rstrip('
')
if line == hdr_to_move:
continue
if line.startswith("#include <linux/"):
in_hdrs = True
elif not moved and in_hdrs:
moved = True
print hdr_to_move
print line
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Cain <bcain@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Cc: Greg Ungerer <gerg@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@pku.edu.cn>
Cc: Guo Ren <guoren@kernel.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Nick Hu <nickhu@andestech.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Stafford Horne <shorne@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Vincent Chen <deanbo422@gmail.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Will Deacon <will@kernel.org>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200514170327.31389-4-rppt@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The include/linux/pgtable.h is going to be the home of generic page table
manipulation functions.
Start with moving asm-generic/pgtable.h to include/linux/pgtable.h and
make the latter include asm/pgtable.h.
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Cain <bcain@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Cc: Greg Ungerer <gerg@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@pku.edu.cn>
Cc: Guo Ren <guoren@kernel.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Nick Hu <nickhu@andestech.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Stafford Horne <shorne@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Vincent Chen <deanbo422@gmail.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Will Deacon <will@kernel.org>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200514170327.31389-3-rppt@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Patch series "mm: consolidate definitions of page table accessors", v2.
The low level page table accessors (pXY_index(), pXY_offset()) are
duplicated across all architectures and sometimes more than once. For
instance, we have 31 definition of pgd_offset() for 25 supported
architectures.
Most of these definitions are actually identical and typically it boils
down to, e.g.
static inline unsigned long pmd_index(unsigned long address)
{
return (address >> PMD_SHIFT) & (PTRS_PER_PMD - 1);
}
static inline pmd_t *pmd_offset(pud_t *pud, unsigned long address)
{
return (pmd_t *)pud_page_vaddr(*pud) + pmd_index(address);
}
These definitions can be shared among 90% of the arches provided
XYZ_SHIFT, PTRS_PER_XYZ and xyz_page_vaddr() are defined.
For architectures that really need a custom version there is always
possibility to override the generic version with the usual ifdefs magic.
These patches introduce include/linux/pgtable.h that replaces
include/asm-generic/pgtable.h and add the definitions of the page table
accessors to the new header.
This patch (of 12):
The linux/mm.h header includes <asm/pgtable.h> to allow inlining of the
functions involving page table manipulations, e.g. pte_alloc() and
pmd_alloc(). So, there is no point to explicitly include <asm/pgtable.h>
in the files that include <linux/mm.h>.
The include statements in such cases are remove with a simple loop:
for f in $(git grep -l "include <linux/mm.h>") ; do
sed -i -e '/include <asm\/pgtable.h>/ d' $f
done
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Cain <bcain@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Cc: Greg Ungerer <gerg@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@pku.edu.cn>
Cc: Guo Ren <guoren@kernel.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Mike Rapoport <rppt@kernel.org>
Cc: Nick Hu <nickhu@andestech.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Stafford Horne <shorne@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Vincent Chen <deanbo422@gmail.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Will Deacon <will@kernel.org>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200514170327.31389-1-rppt@kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200514170327.31389-2-rppt@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
- Fix the build with certain Kconfig combinations for the Chelsio
inline TLS device, from Rohit Maheshwar and Vinay Kumar Yadavi.
- Fix leak in genetlink, from Cong Lang.
- Fix out of bounds packet header accesses in seg6, from Ahmed
Abdelsalam.
- Two XDP fixes in the ENA driver, from Sameeh Jubran
- Use rwsem in device rename instead of a seqcount because this code
can sleep, from Ahmed S. Darwish.
- Fix WoL regressions in r8169, from Heiner Kallweit.
- Fix qed crashes in kdump mode, from Alok Prasad.
- Fix the callbacks used for certain thermal zones in mlxsw, from Vadim
Pasternak.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (35 commits)
net: dsa: lantiq_gswip: fix and improve the unsupported interface error
mlxsw: core: Use different get_trend() callbacks for different thermal zones
net: dp83869: Reset return variable if PHY strap is read
rhashtable: Drop raw RCU deref in nested_table_free
cxgb4: Use kfree() instead kvfree() where appropriate
net: qed: fixes crash while running driver in kdump kernel
vsock/vmci: make vmci_vsock_transport_cb() static
net: ethtool: Fix comment mentioning typo in IS_ENABLED()
net: phy: mscc: fix Serdes configuration in vsc8584_config_init
net: mscc: Fix OF_MDIO config check
net: marvell: Fix OF_MDIO config check
net: dp83867: Fix OF_MDIO config check
net: dp83869: Fix OF_MDIO config check
net: ethernet: mvneta: fix MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM alignment
ethtool: linkinfo: remove an unnecessary NULL check
net/xdp: use shift instead of 64 bit division
crypto/chtls:Fix compile error when CONFIG_IPV6 is disabled
inet_connection_sock: clear inet_num out of destroy helper
yam: fix possible memory leak in yam_init_driver
lan743x: Use correct MAC_CR configuration for 1 GBit speed
...
The driver registers three different types of thermal zones: For the
ASIC itself, for port modules and for gearboxes.
Currently, all three types use the same get_trend() callback which does
not work correctly for the ASIC thermal zone. The callback assumes that
the device data is of type 'struct mlxsw_thermal_module', whereas for
the ASIC thermal zone 'struct mlxsw_thermal' is passed as device data.
Fix this by using one get_trend() callback for the ASIC thermal zone and
another for the other two types.
Fixes: 6f73862fab ("mlxsw: core: Add the hottest thermal zone detection")
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series consists of the usual driver updates (qla2xxx, ufs, zfcp,
target, scsi_debug, lpfc, qedi, qedf, hisi_sas, mpt3sas) plus a host
of other minor updates. There are no major core changes in this
series apart from a refactoring in scsi_lib.c.
Signed-off-by: James E.J. Bottomley <jejb@linux.ibm.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iJwEABMIAEQWIQTnYEDbdso9F2cI+arnQslM7pishQUCXtq5QyYcamFtZXMuYm90
dG9tbGV5QGhhbnNlbnBhcnRuZXJzaGlwLmNvbQAKCRDnQslM7pishXyGAQCipTWx
7kHKHZBCVTU133bADt3+SstLrAm8PKZEXMnP9wEAzu4QkkW8URxEDRrpu7qk5gbA
9M/KyqvfRtTH7+BSK7M=
=J6aO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'scsi-misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi
Pull SCSI updates from James Bottomley:
:This series consists of the usual driver updates (qla2xxx, ufs, zfcp,
target, scsi_debug, lpfc, qedi, qedf, hisi_sas, mpt3sas) plus a host
of other minor updates.
There are no major core changes in this series apart from a
refactoring in scsi_lib.c"
* tag 'scsi-misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi: (207 commits)
scsi: ufs: ti-j721e-ufs: Fix unwinding of pm_runtime changes
scsi: cxgb3i: Fix some leaks in init_act_open()
scsi: ibmvscsi: Make some functions static
scsi: iscsi: Fix deadlock on recovery path during GFP_IO reclaim
scsi: ufs: Fix WriteBooster flush during runtime suspend
scsi: ufs: Fix index of attributes query for WriteBooster feature
scsi: ufs: Allow WriteBooster on UFS 2.2 devices
scsi: ufs: Remove unnecessary memset for dev_info
scsi: ufs-qcom: Fix scheduling while atomic issue
scsi: mpt3sas: Fix reply queue count in non RDPQ mode
scsi: lpfc: Fix lpfc_nodelist leak when processing unsolicited event
scsi: target: tcmu: Fix a use after free in tcmu_check_expired_queue_cmd()
scsi: vhost: Notify TCM about the maximum sg entries supported per command
scsi: qla2xxx: Remove return value from qla_nvme_ls()
scsi: qla2xxx: Remove an unused function
scsi: iscsi: Register sysfs for iscsi workqueue
scsi: scsi_debug: Parser tables and code interaction
scsi: core: Refactor scsi_mq_setup_tags function
scsi: core: Fix incorrect usage of shost_for_each_device
scsi: qla2xxx: Fix endianness annotations in source files
...
A few large, long discussed works this time. The RNBD block driver has
been posted for nearly two years now, and the removal of FMR has been a
recurring discussion theme for a long time. The usual smattering of
features and bug fixes.
- Various small driver bugs fixes in rxe, mlx5, hfi1, and efa
- Continuing driver cleanups in bnxt_re, hns
- Big cleanup of mlx5 QP creation flows
- More consistent use of src port and flow label when LAG is used and a
mlx5 implementation
- Additional set of cleanups for IB CM
- 'RNBD' network block driver and target. This is a network block RDMA
device specific to ionos's cloud environment. It brings strong multipath
and resiliency capabilities.
- Accelerated IPoIB for HFI1
- QP/WQ/SRQ ioctl migration for uverbs, and support for multiple async fds
- Support for exchanging the new IBTA defiend ECE data during RDMA CM
exchanges
- Removal of the very old and insecure FMR interface from all ULPs and
drivers. FRWR should be preferred for at least a decade now.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=9zTe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"A more active cycle than most of the recent past, with a few large,
long discussed works this time.
The RNBD block driver has been posted for nearly two years now, and
flowing through RDMA due to it also introducing a new ULP.
The removal of FMR has been a recurring discussion theme for a long
time.
And the usual smattering of features and bug fixes.
Summary:
- Various small driver bugs fixes in rxe, mlx5, hfi1, and efa
- Continuing driver cleanups in bnxt_re, hns
- Big cleanup of mlx5 QP creation flows
- More consistent use of src port and flow label when LAG is used and
a mlx5 implementation
- Additional set of cleanups for IB CM
- 'RNBD' network block driver and target. This is a network block
RDMA device specific to ionos's cloud environment. It brings strong
multipath and resiliency capabilities.
- Accelerated IPoIB for HFI1
- QP/WQ/SRQ ioctl migration for uverbs, and support for multiple
async fds
- Support for exchanging the new IBTA defiend ECE data during RDMA CM
exchanges
- Removal of the very old and insecure FMR interface from all ULPs
and drivers. FRWR should be preferred for at least a decade now"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (247 commits)
RDMA/cm: Spurious WARNING triggered in cm_destroy_id()
RDMA/mlx5: Return ECE DC support
RDMA/mlx5: Don't rely on FW to set zeros in ECE response
RDMA/mlx5: Return an error if copy_to_user fails
IB/hfi1: Use free_netdev() in hfi1_netdev_free()
RDMA/hns: Uninitialized variable in modify_qp_init_to_rtr()
RDMA/core: Move and rename trace_cm_id_create()
IB/hfi1: Fix hfi1_netdev_rx_init() error handling
RDMA: Remove 'max_map_per_fmr'
RDMA: Remove 'max_fmr'
RDMA/core: Remove FMR device ops
RDMA/rdmavt: Remove FMR memory registration
RDMA/mthca: Remove FMR support for memory registration
RDMA/mlx4: Remove FMR support for memory registration
RDMA/i40iw: Remove FMR leftovers
RDMA/bnxt_re: Remove FMR leftovers
RDMA/mlx5: Remove FMR leftovers
RDMA/core: Remove FMR pool API
RDMA/rds: Remove FMR support for memory registration
RDMA/srp: Remove support for FMR memory registration
...
Use kfree(buf) in blocked_fl_read() because the memory is allocated with
kzalloc(). Use kfree(t) in blocked_fl_write() because the memory is
allocated with kcalloc().
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a crash introduced by recent is_kdump_kernel() check.
The source of the crash is that kdump kernel can be loaded on a
system with already created VFs. But for such VFs, it will follow
a logic path of PF and eventually crash.
Thus, we are partially reverting back previous changes and instead
use is_kdump_kernel is a single init point of PF init, where we
disable SRIOV explicitly.
Fixes: 37d4f8a6b4 ("net: qed: Disable SRIOV functionality inside kdump kernel")
Cc: Bhupesh Sharma <bhsharma@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alok Prasad <palok@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ca23cb0bc5 ("mvneta: MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM set last 3 bits to zero")
added headroom alignment check against 8.
Hovewer (if we imagine that NET_SKB_PAD or XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM is not
aligned to cacheline size), it actually aligns headroom down, while
skb/xdp_buff headroom should be *at least* equal to one of the values
(depending on XDP prog presence).
So, fix the check to align the value up. This satisfies both
hardware/driver and network stack requirements.
Fixes: ca23cb0bc5 ("mvneta: MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM set last 3 bits to zero")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Support for userspace to send requests directly to the on-chip GZIP
accelerator on Power9.
- Rework of our lockless page table walking (__find_linux_pte()) to make it
safe against parallel page table manipulations without relying on an IPI for
serialisation.
- A series of fixes & enhancements to make our machine check handling more
robust.
- Lots of plumbing to add support for "prefixed" (64-bit) instructions on
Power10.
- Support for using huge pages for the linear mapping on 8xx (32-bit).
- Remove obsolete Xilinx PPC405/PPC440 support, and an associated sound driver.
- Removal of some obsolete 40x platforms and associated cruft.
- Initial support for booting on Power10.
- Lots of other small features, cleanups & fixes.
Thanks to:
Alexey Kardashevskiy, Alistair Popple, Andrew Donnellan, Andrey Abramov,
Aneesh Kumar K.V, Balamuruhan S, Bharata B Rao, Bulent Abali, Cédric Le
Goater, Chen Zhou, Christian Zigotzky, Christophe JAILLET, Christophe Leroy,
Dmitry Torokhov, Emmanuel Nicolet, Erhard F., Gautham R. Shenoy, Geoff Levand,
George Spelvin, Greg Kurz, Gustavo A. R. Silva, Gustavo Walbon, Haren Myneni,
Hari Bathini, Joel Stanley, Jordan Niethe, Kajol Jain, Kees Cook, Leonardo
Bras, Madhavan Srinivasan., Mahesh Salgaonkar, Markus Elfring, Michael
Neuling, Michal Simek, Nathan Chancellor, Nathan Lynch, Naveen N. Rao,
Nicholas Piggin, Oliver O'Halloran, Paul Mackerras, Pingfan Liu, Qian Cai, Ram
Pai, Raphael Moreira Zinsly, Ravi Bangoria, Sam Bobroff, Sandipan Das, Segher
Boessenkool, Stephen Rothwell, Sukadev Bhattiprolu, Tyrel Datwyler, Wolfram
Sang, Xiongfeng Wang.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=o0WU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'powerpc-5.8-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/powerpc/linux
Pull powerpc updates from Michael Ellerman:
- Support for userspace to send requests directly to the on-chip GZIP
accelerator on Power9.
- Rework of our lockless page table walking (__find_linux_pte()) to
make it safe against parallel page table manipulations without
relying on an IPI for serialisation.
- A series of fixes & enhancements to make our machine check handling
more robust.
- Lots of plumbing to add support for "prefixed" (64-bit) instructions
on Power10.
- Support for using huge pages for the linear mapping on 8xx (32-bit).
- Remove obsolete Xilinx PPC405/PPC440 support, and an associated sound
driver.
- Removal of some obsolete 40x platforms and associated cruft.
- Initial support for booting on Power10.
- Lots of other small features, cleanups & fixes.
Thanks to: Alexey Kardashevskiy, Alistair Popple, Andrew Donnellan,
Andrey Abramov, Aneesh Kumar K.V, Balamuruhan S, Bharata B Rao, Bulent
Abali, Cédric Le Goater, Chen Zhou, Christian Zigotzky, Christophe
JAILLET, Christophe Leroy, Dmitry Torokhov, Emmanuel Nicolet, Erhard F.,
Gautham R. Shenoy, Geoff Levand, George Spelvin, Greg Kurz, Gustavo A.
R. Silva, Gustavo Walbon, Haren Myneni, Hari Bathini, Joel Stanley,
Jordan Niethe, Kajol Jain, Kees Cook, Leonardo Bras, Madhavan
Srinivasan., Mahesh Salgaonkar, Markus Elfring, Michael Neuling, Michal
Simek, Nathan Chancellor, Nathan Lynch, Naveen N. Rao, Nicholas Piggin,
Oliver O'Halloran, Paul Mackerras, Pingfan Liu, Qian Cai, Ram Pai,
Raphael Moreira Zinsly, Ravi Bangoria, Sam Bobroff, Sandipan Das, Segher
Boessenkool, Stephen Rothwell, Sukadev Bhattiprolu, Tyrel Datwyler,
Wolfram Sang, Xiongfeng Wang.
* tag 'powerpc-5.8-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/powerpc/linux: (299 commits)
powerpc/pseries: Make vio and ibmebus initcalls pseries specific
cxl: Remove dead Kconfig options
powerpc: Add POWER10 architected mode
powerpc/dt_cpu_ftrs: Add MMA feature
powerpc/dt_cpu_ftrs: Enable Prefixed Instructions
powerpc/dt_cpu_ftrs: Advertise support for ISA v3.1 if selected
powerpc: Add support for ISA v3.1
powerpc: Add new HWCAP bits
powerpc/64s: Don't set FSCR bits in INIT_THREAD
powerpc/64s: Save FSCR to init_task.thread.fscr after feature init
powerpc/64s: Don't let DT CPU features set FSCR_DSCR
powerpc/64s: Don't init FSCR_DSCR in __init_FSCR()
powerpc/32s: Fix another build failure with CONFIG_PPC_KUAP_DEBUG
powerpc/module_64: Use special stub for _mcount() with -mprofile-kernel
powerpc/module_64: Simplify check for -mprofile-kernel ftrace relocations
powerpc/module_64: Consolidate ftrace code
powerpc/32: Disable KASAN with pages bigger than 16k
powerpc/uaccess: Don't set KUEP by default on book3s/32
powerpc/uaccess: Don't set KUAP by default on book3s/32
powerpc/8xx: Reduce time spent in allow_user_access() and friends
...
Corrected the MAC_CR configuration bits for 1 GBit operation. The data
sheet allows MAC_CR(2:1) to be 10 and also 11 for 1 GBit/s speed, but
only 10 works correctly.
Devices tested:
Microchip Lan7431, fixed-phy mode
Microchip Lan7430, normal phy mode
Fixes: 6f197fb638 ("lan743x: Added fixed link and RGMII support")
Signed-off-by: Roelof Berg <rberg@berg-solutions.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sch_generic.h does not need to be included, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin@longchamp.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Th referenced change added an extra hw reset to rtl8169_net_suspend()
what makes WoL fail on few chip versions. Therefore skip the extra
reset if we're going down and WoL is enabled.
In rtl_shutdown() rtl8169_hw_reset() is called by rtl8169_net_suspend()
already if needed, therefore avoid issues issue by removing the extra
call. The fix was tested on a system with RTL8168g.
Meanwhile rtl8169_hw_reset() does more than a hw reset and should be
renamed. But that's net-next material.
Fixes: 8ac8e8c64b ("r8169: make rtl8169_down central chip quiesce function")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code is return PTR_ERR(NULL) which is zero or success. We should
return -ENOMEM instead.
Fixes: 94abdad697 ("net: ethernet: dwmac: add ethernet glue logic for NXP imx8 chip")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes two issues with XDP:
1. If the XDP verdict is XDP_ABORTED we break the loop, which results in
us handling one buffer per napi cycle instead of the total budget
(usually 64). To overcome this simply change the xdp_verdict check to
!= XDP_PASS. When the verdict is XDP_PASS, the skb is not expected to
be NULL.
2. Update the residual budget for XDP_DROP and XDP_ABORTED, since
packets are handled in these cases.
Fixes: 548c4940b9 ("net: ena: Implement XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending very high packet rate, the XDP tx queues can get full and
start dropping packets. In this case we don't free the pages which
results in ena driver draining the system memory.
Fix:
Simply free the pages when necessary.
Fixes: 548c4940b9 ("net: ena: Implement XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb4_uld_in_use() is used only by cxgb4_ktls_det_feature() which
is under CONFIG_CHELSIO_TLS_DEVICE macro.
Fixes: a3ac249a1a ("cxgb4/chcr: Enable ktls settings at run time")
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Allow setting bluetooth L2CAP modes via socket option, from Luiz
Augusto von Dentz.
2) Add GSO partial support to igc, from Sasha Neftin.
3) Several cleanups and improvements to r8169 from Heiner Kallweit.
4) Add IF_OPER_TESTING link state and use it when ethtool triggers a
device self-test. From Andrew Lunn.
5) Start moving away from custom driver versions, use the globally
defined kernel version instead, from Leon Romanovsky.
6) Support GRO vis gro_cells in DSA layer, from Alexander Lobakin.
7) Allow hard IRQ deferral during NAPI, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Add sriov and vf support to hinic, from Luo bin.
9) Support Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) in the bridging code, from
Horatiu Vultur.
10) Support netmap in the nft_nat code, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
11) Allow UDPv6 encapsulation of ESP in the ipsec code, from Sabrina
Dubroca. Also add ipv6 support for espintcp.
12) Lots of ReST conversions of the networking documentation, from Mauro
Carvalho Chehab.
13) Support configuration of ethtool rxnfc flows in bcmgenet driver,
from Doug Berger.
14) Allow to dump cgroup id and filter by it in inet_diag code, from
Dmitry Yakunin.
15) Add infrastructure to export netlink attribute policies to
userspace, from Johannes Berg.
16) Several optimizations to sch_fq scheduler, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Fallback to the default qdisc if qdisc init fails because otherwise
a packet scheduler init failure will make a device inoperative. From
Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
18) Several RISCV bpf jit optimizations, from Luke Nelson.
19) Correct the return type of the ->ndo_start_xmit() method in several
drivers, it's netdev_tx_t but many drivers were using
'int'. From Yunjian Wang.
20) Add an ethtool interface for PHY master/slave config, from Oleksij
Rempel.
21) Add BPF iterators, from Yonghang Song.
22) Add cable test infrastructure, including ethool interfaces, from
Andrew Lunn. Marvell PHY driver is the first to support this
facility.
23) Remove zero-length arrays all over, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
24) Calculate and maintain an explicit frame size in XDP, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
25) Add CAP_BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
26) Support terse dumps in the packet scheduler, from Vlad Buslov.
27) Support XDP_TX bulking in dpaa2 driver, from Ioana Ciornei.
28) Add devm_register_netdev(), from Bartosz Golaszewski.
29) Minimize qdisc resets, from Cong Wang.
30) Get rid of kernel_getsockopt and kernel_setsockopt in order to
eliminate set_fs/get_fs calls. From Christoph Hellwig.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (2517 commits)
selftests: net: ip_defrag: ignore EPERM
net_failover: fixed rollback in net_failover_open()
Revert "tipc: Fix potential tipc_aead refcnt leak in tipc_crypto_rcv"
Revert "tipc: Fix potential tipc_node refcnt leak in tipc_rcv"
vmxnet3: allow rx flow hash ops only when rss is enabled
hinic: add set_channels ethtool_ops support
selftests/bpf: Add a default $(CXX) value
tools/bpf: Don't use $(COMPILE.c)
bpf, selftests: Use bpf_probe_read_kernel
s390/bpf: Use bcr 0,%0 as tail call nop filler
s390/bpf: Maintain 8-byte stack alignment
selftests/bpf: Fix verifier test
selftests/bpf: Fix sample_cnt shared between two threads
bpf, selftests: Adapt cls_redirect to call csum_level helper
bpf: Add csum_level helper for fixing up csum levels
bpf: Fix up bpf_skb_adjust_room helper's skb csum setting
sfc: add missing annotation for efx_ef10_try_update_nic_stats_vf()
crypto/chtls: IPv6 support for inline TLS
Crypto/chcr: Fixes a coccinile check error
Crypto/chcr: Fixes compilations warnings
...
HCA's that are driven by mlx4 driver support FRWR method to register
memory. Remove the ancient and unsafe FMR method.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/8-v3-f58e6669d5d3+2cf-fmr_removal_jgg@mellanox.com
Reviewed-by: Max Gurtovoy <maxg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Gurtovoy <maxg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
add support to change TX/RX queue number with "ethtool -L combined".
V5 -> V6: remove check for carrier in hinic_xmit_frame
V4 -> V5: change time zone in patch header
V3 -> V4: update date in patch header
V2 -> V3: remove check for zero channels->combined_count
V1 -> V2: update commit message("ethtool -L" to "ethtool -L combined")
V0 -> V1: remove check for channels->tx_count/rx_count/other_count
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Rework the system-wide PM driver flags to make them easier to
understand and use and update their documentation (Rafael Wysocki,
Alan Stern).
- Allow cpuidle governors to be switched at run time regardless of
the kernel configuration and update the related documentation
accordingly (Hanjun Guo).
- Improve the resume device handling in the user space hibernarion
interface code (Domenico Andreoli).
- Document the intel-speed-select sysfs interface (Srinivas
Pandruvada).
- Make the ACPI code handing suspend to idle print more debug
messages to help diagnose issues with it (Rafael Wysocki).
- Fix a helper routine in the cpufreq core and correct a typo in
the struct cpufreq_driver kerneldoc comment (Rafael Wysocki, Wang
Wenhu).
- Update cpufreq drivers:
* Make the intel_pstate driver start in the passive mode by
default on systems without HWP (Rafael Wysocki).
* Add i.MX7ULP support to the imx-cpufreq-dt driver and add
i.MX7ULP to the cpufreq-dt-platdev blacklist (Peng Fan).
* Convert the qoriq cpufreq driver to a platform one, make the
platform code create a suitable device object for it and add
platform dependencies to it (Mian Yousaf Kaukab, Geert
Uytterhoeven).
* Fix wrong compatible binding in the qcom driver (Ansuel Smith).
* Build the omap driver by default for ARCH_OMAP2PLUS (Anders
Roxell).
* Add r8a7742 SoC support to the dt cpufreq driver (Lad Prabhakar).
- Update cpuidle core and drivers:
* Fix three reference count leaks in error code paths in the
cpuidle core (Qiushi Wu).
* Convert Qualcomm SPM to a generic cpuidle driver (Stephan
Gerhold).
* Fix up the execution order when entering a domain idle state in
the PSCI driver (Ulf Hansson).
- Fix a reference counting issue related to clock management and
clean up two oddities in the PM-runtime framework (Rafael Wysocki,
Andy Shevchenko).
- Add ElkhartLake support to the Intel RAPL power capping driver
and remove an unused local MSR definition from it (Jacob Pan,
Sumeet Pawnikar).
- Update devfreq core and drivers:
* Replace strncpy() with strscpy() in the devfreq core and use
lockdep asserts instead of manual checks for a locked mutex in
it (Dmitry Osipenko, Krzysztof Kozlowski).
* Add a generic imx bus scaling driver and make it register an
interconnect device (Leonard Crestez, Gustavo A. R. Silva).
* Make the cpufreq notifier in the tegra30 driver take boosting
into account and delete an unuseful error message from that
driver (Dmitry Osipenko, Markus Elfring).
- Remove unneeded semicolon from the cpupower code (Zou Wei).
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=APdj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm-5.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"These rework the system-wide PM driver flags, make runtime switching
of cpuidle governors easier, improve the user space hibernation
interface code, add intel-speed-select interface documentation, add
more debug messages to the ACPI code handling suspend to idle, update
the cpufreq core and drivers, fix a minor issue in the cpuidle core
and update two cpuidle drivers, improve the PM-runtime framework,
update the Intel RAPL power capping driver, update devfreq core and
drivers, and clean up the cpupower utility.
Specifics:
- Rework the system-wide PM driver flags to make them easier to
understand and use and update their documentation (Rafael Wysocki,
Alan Stern).
- Allow cpuidle governors to be switched at run time regardless of
the kernel configuration and update the related documentation
accordingly (Hanjun Guo).
- Improve the resume device handling in the user space hibernarion
interface code (Domenico Andreoli).
- Document the intel-speed-select sysfs interface (Srinivas
Pandruvada).
- Make the ACPI code handing suspend to idle print more debug
messages to help diagnose issues with it (Rafael Wysocki).
- Fix a helper routine in the cpufreq core and correct a typo in the
struct cpufreq_driver kerneldoc comment (Rafael Wysocki, Wang
Wenhu).
- Update cpufreq drivers:
- Make the intel_pstate driver start in the passive mode by
default on systems without HWP (Rafael Wysocki).
- Add i.MX7ULP support to the imx-cpufreq-dt driver and add
i.MX7ULP to the cpufreq-dt-platdev blacklist (Peng Fan).
- Convert the qoriq cpufreq driver to a platform one, make the
platform code create a suitable device object for it and add
platform dependencies to it (Mian Yousaf Kaukab, Geert
Uytterhoeven).
- Fix wrong compatible binding in the qcom driver (Ansuel Smith).
- Build the omap driver by default for ARCH_OMAP2PLUS (Anders
Roxell).
- Add r8a7742 SoC support to the dt cpufreq driver (Lad
Prabhakar).
- Update cpuidle core and drivers:
- Fix three reference count leaks in error code paths in the
cpuidle core (Qiushi Wu).
- Convert Qualcomm SPM to a generic cpuidle driver (Stephan
Gerhold).
- Fix up the execution order when entering a domain idle state in
the PSCI driver (Ulf Hansson).
- Fix a reference counting issue related to clock management and
clean up two oddities in the PM-runtime framework (Rafael Wysocki,
Andy Shevchenko).
- Add ElkhartLake support to the Intel RAPL power capping driver and
remove an unused local MSR definition from it (Jacob Pan, Sumeet
Pawnikar).
- Update devfreq core and drivers:
- Replace strncpy() with strscpy() in the devfreq core and use
lockdep asserts instead of manual checks for a locked mutex in
it (Dmitry Osipenko, Krzysztof Kozlowski).
- Add a generic imx bus scaling driver and make it register an
interconnect device (Leonard Crestez, Gustavo A. R. Silva).
- Make the cpufreq notifier in the tegra30 driver take boosting
into account and delete an unuseful error message from that
driver (Dmitry Osipenko, Markus Elfring).
- Remove unneeded semicolon from the cpupower code (Zou Wei)"
* tag 'pm-5.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (51 commits)
cpuidle: Fix three reference count leaks
PM: runtime: Replace pm_runtime_callbacks_present()
PM / devfreq: Use lockdep asserts instead of manual checks for locked mutex
PM / devfreq: imx-bus: Fix inconsistent IS_ERR and PTR_ERR
PM / devfreq: Replace strncpy with strscpy
PM / devfreq: imx: Register interconnect device
PM / devfreq: Add generic imx bus scaling driver
PM / devfreq: tegra30: Delete an error message in tegra_devfreq_probe()
PM / devfreq: tegra30: Make CPUFreq notifier to take into account boosting
PM: hibernate: Restrict writes to the resume device
PM: runtime: clk: Fix clk_pm_runtime_get() error path
cpuidle: Convert Qualcomm SPM driver to a generic CPUidle driver
ACPI: EC: PM: s2idle: Extend GPE dispatching debug message
ACPI: PM: s2idle: Print type of wakeup debug messages
powercap: RAPL: remove unused local MSR define
PM: runtime: Make clear what we do when conditions are wrong in rpm_suspend()
Documentation: admin-guide: pm: Document intel-speed-select
PM: hibernate: Split off snapshot dev option
PM: hibernate: Incorporate concurrency handling
Documentation: ABI: make current_governer_ro as a candidate for removal
...
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-06-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 55 non-merge commits during the last 1 day(s) which contain
a total of 91 files changed, 4986 insertions(+), 463 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Add rx_queue_mapping to bpf_sock from Amritha.
2) Add BPF ring buffer, from Andrii.
3) Attach and run programs through devmap, from David.
4) Allow SO_BINDTODEVICE opt in bpf_setsockopt, from Ferenc.
5) link based flow_dissector, from Jakub.
6) Use tracing helpers for lsm programs, from Jiri.
7) Several sk_msg fixes and extensions, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse reports a warning at efx_ef10_try_update_nic_stats_vf()
warning: context imbalance in efx_ef10_try_update_nic_stats_vf()
- unexpected unlock
The root cause is the missing annotation at
efx_ef10_try_update_nic_stats_vf()
Add the missing _must_hold(&efx->stats_lock) annotation
Signed-off-by: Jules Irenge <jbi.octave@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current design enables ktls setting from start, which is not
efficient. Now the feature will be enabled when user demands
TLS offload on any interface.
v1->v2:
- taking ULD module refcount till any single connection exists.
- taking rtnl_lock() before clearing tls_devops.
v2->v3:
- cxgb4 is now registering to tlsdev_ops.
- module refcount inc/dec in chcr.
- refcount is only for connections.
- removed new code from cxgb_set_feature().
v3->v4:
- fixed warning message.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to use standard 'xdp' prefix, rename convert_to_xdp_frame
utility routine in xdp_convert_buff_to_frame and replace all the
occurrences
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/6344f739be0d1a08ab2b9607584c4d5478c8c083.1590698295.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-31
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Brett modifies the driver to allow users to clear a VF's
administratively set MAC address on the PF. Fixes the driver to
recognize an existing VLAN tag when DMAC/SMAC is enabled in a packet.
Fixes an issue, so that VF's are reset after any VF port VLAN
modifications are made on the PF. Made sure the register QRXFLXP_CNTXT
is cleared before writing a new value to ensure the previous value is
not passed forward. Updates the PF to allow the VF to request a reset
as soon as it has been initialized. Fixes an issue to ensure when a VSI
is created, it uses the current coalesce value, not the default value.
Paul allows untrusted VF's to add 16 filters.
Dan increases the timeout needed after a PFR to allow ample time for
package download.
Chinh adjust the define value for the number of PHY speeds we currently
support. Changes the driver to ignore EMODE error when configuring the
PHY.
Jesse fixes an issue which was preventing a user from configuring the
interface before bringing it up.
Henry fixes the logic for adding back perfect flows after flow director
filter does a deletion.
Bruce fixes line wrappings to make it more consistent.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leave congestion group taildrop enabled for all traffic classes
when PFC is enabled. Notification threshold is low enough such
that it will be hit first and this also ensures that FQs on
traffic classes which are not PFC enabled won't drain the buffer
pool.
FQ taildrop threshold is kept disabled as long as any form of
flow control is on. Since FQ taildrop works with bytes, not number
of frames, we can't guarantee it will not interfere with the
congestion notification mechanism for all frame sizes.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in dpaa2-eth for PFC (Priority Flow Control)
through the DCB ops.
Instruct the hardware to respond to received PFC frames.
Current firmware doesn't allow us to selectively enable PFC
on the Rx side for some priorities only, so we will react to
all incoming PFC frames (and stop transmitting on the traffic
classes specified in the frame).
Also, configure the hardware to generate PFC frames based on Rx
congestion notifications. When a certain number of frames accumulate in
the ingress queues corresponding to a traffic class, priority flow
control frames are generated for that TC.
The number of PFC traffic classes available can be queried through
lldptool. Also, which of those traffic classes have PFC enabled is also
controlled through the same dcbnl_rtnl_ops callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have congestion group taildrop configured at all
times, we can afford to increase the frame queue taildrop
threshold; this will ensure a better response when receiving
bursts of large-sized frames.
Also decouple the buffer pool count from the Rx FQ taildrop
threshold, as above change would increase it too much. Instead,
keep the old count as a hardcoded value.
With the new limits, we try to ensure that:
* we allow enough leeway for large frame bursts (by buffering
enough of them in queues to avoid heavy dropping in case of
bursty traffic, but when overall ingress bandwidth is manageable)
* allow pending frames to be evenly spread between ingress FQs,
regardless of frame size
* avoid dropping frames due to the buffer pool being empty; this
is not a bad behaviour per se, but system overall response is
more linear and predictable when frames are dropped at frame
queue/group level.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The increase in number of ingress frame queues means we now risk
depleting the buffer pool before the FQ taildrop kicks in.
Congestion group taildrop allows us to control the number of frames that
can accumulate on a group of Rx frame queues belonging to the same
traffic class. This setting coexists with the frame queue based
taildrop: whichever limit gets hit first triggers the frame drop.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add convenient helper functions that determines whether Rx/Tx pause
frames are enabled based on link state flags received from firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure static ingress classification based on VLAN PCP field.
If the DPNI doesn't have enough traffic classes to accommodate all
priority levels, the lowest ones end up on TC 0 (default on miss).
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware reserves for each DPNI a number of RX frame queues
equal to the number of configured flows x number of configured
traffic classes.
Current driver configuration directs all incoming traffic to
FQs corresponding to TC0, leaving all other priority levels unused.
Start adding support for multiple ingress traffic classes, by
configuring the FQs associated with all priority levels, not just
TC0. All settings that are per-TC, such as those related to
hashing and flow steering, are also updated.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Microchip lan7431 is frequently connected to a phy. However, it
can also be directly connected to a MII remote peer without
any phy in between. For supporting such a phyless hardware setup
in Linux we utilized phylib, which supports a fixed-link
configuration via the device tree. And we added support for
defining the connection type R/GMII in the device tree.
New behavior:
-------------
. The automatic speed and duplex detection of the lan743x silicon
between mac and phy is disabled. Instead phylib is used like in
other typical Linux drivers. The usage of phylib allows to
specify fixed-link parameters in the device tree.
. The device tree entry phy-connection-type is supported now with
the modes RGMII or (G)MII (default).
Development state:
------------------
. Tested with fixed-phy configurations. Not yet tested in normal
configurations with phy. Microchip kindly offered testing
as soon as the Corona measures allow this.
. All review findings of Andrew Lunn are included
Example:
--------
&pcie {
status = "okay";
host@0 {
reg = <0 0 0 0 0>;
#address-cells = <3>;
#size-cells = <2>;
ethernet@0 {
compatible = "weyland-yutani,noscom1", "microchip,lan743x";
status = "okay";
reg = <0 0 0 0 0>;
phy-connection-type = "rgmii";
fixed-link {
speed = <100>;
full-duplex;
};
};
};
};
Signed-off-by: Roelof Berg <rberg@berg-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar fashion to other control traps, register ACL control traps
with devlink.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar fashion to layer 2 control traps, register layer 3 control
traps with devlink.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar fashion to other traps, register layer 2 control traps with
devlink.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have an Rx listener function for exception traps that marks
received skbs with 'offload_fwd_mark' and injects them to the kernel's
Rx path. The marking is done because all these exceptions occur during
L3 forwarding, after the packets were potentially flooded at L2.
A subsequent patch will add support for control traps. Packets received
via some of these control traps need different handling:
1. Packets might not need to be marked with 'offload_fwd_mark'. For
example, if packet was trapped before L2 forwarding
2. Packets might not need to be injected to the kernel's Rx path. For
example, sampled packets are reported to user space via the psample
module
Factor out a common Rx listener function that only reports trapped
packets to devlink. Call it from mlxsw_sp_rx_no_mark_listener() and
mlxsw_sp_rx_mark_listener() that will inject the packets to the kernel's
Rx path, without and with the marking, respectively.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The layer 3 exceptions are still subject to the same trap policer, so
nothing changes, but user space can choose to assign a different one.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enable clk_ref failed, clk_ptp should be disabled rather than
clk_ref itself.
Signed-off-by: Liu Xiang <liuxiang_1999@126.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of mips_swiotlb_ops exposed a problem in octeon_mgmt Ethernet
driver. mips_swiotlb_ops had an mb() after most of the operations and the
removal of the ops had broken the receive functionality of the driver.
My code inspection has shown no other places except
octeon_mgmt_rx_fill_ring() where an explicit barrier would be obviously
missing. The latter function however has to make sure that "ringing the
bell" doesn't happen before RX ring entry is really written.
The patch has been successfully tested on Octeon II.
Fixes: a999933db9 ("MIPS: remove mips_swiotlb_ops")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register ndo callback via flow_indr_dev_register() and
flow_indr_dev_unregister().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register ndo callback via flow_indr_dev_register() and
flow_indr_dev_unregister().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register ndo callback via flow_indr_dev_register() and
flow_indr_dev_unregister().
No need for mlx5e_rep_indr_clean_block_privs() since flow_block_cb_free()
already releases the internal mapping via ->release callback, which in
this case is mlx5e_rep_indr_tc_block_unbind().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shrink the code visually by replacing regmap_update_bits() with
appropriate regmap bit operations where applicable.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The caller doesn't care about the error codes, they only check for zero
vs non-zero. Still, it's better to preserve the negative error codes
from alloc_uld_rxqs() instead of changing it to 1. We can also return
directly if there is a failure.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xdp_umem.c had overlapping changes between the 64-bit math fix
for the calculation of npgs and the removal of the zerocopy
memory type which got rid of the chunk_size_nohdr member.
The mlx5 Kconfig conflict is a case where we just take the
net-next copy of the Kconfig entry dependency as it takes on
the ESWITCH dependency by one level of indirection which is
what the 'net' conflicting change is trying to ensure.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When setting the PHY cfg (CQ cmd 0x0601), if the firmware responds
with an EMODE error, software will ignore the error as it simply
means that manageability (ex: BMC) is in control of the link and that
the new setting may not be applied.
Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The logic was missing for adding back perfect flows after flow director
filter delete. The code now adds perfect flows into the HW tables after
filter delete.
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently when a VSI is built (i.e. reset, set channels, etc.)
the coalesce settings will be preserved in most cases. However, when the
number of q_vectors are increased the settings for the new q_vectors
will be set to the driver defaults of AIM on, Rx/Tx ITR 50, and INTRL 0.
This is causing issues with how the ethtool layer gets the current
coalesce settings since it only uses q_vector 0. So, assume that the user
set the coalesce settings globally (i.e. ethtool -C eth0) and use q_vector
0's settings for all of the new q_vectors.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit ceb2f00707 ("ice: Use pci_get_dsn()") changed the code to
use a new function to get the Device Serial Number. It also changed
the case of the filename for loading a package on a specific NIC
from lowercase to uppercase. Change the filename back to
lowercase since that is what we specified.
Fixes: ceb2f00707 ("ice: Use pci_get_dsn()")
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Where possible, cuddle multiple lines of function signatures to be
consistent throughout the code.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A VF driver has the ability to request reset via VIRTCHNL_OP_RESET_VF.
This is a required step in VF driver load. Currently, the PF is only
allowing a VF to request reset using this method after the VF has
already communicated resources via VIRTCHNL_OP_GET_VF_RESOURCES.
However, this is incorrect because the VF can request reset before
requesting resources. Fix this by allowing the VF to request a reset
once it has been initialized.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the driver prevents a user from doing
modprobe ice
ethtool -L eth0 combined 5
ip link set eth0 up
The ethtool command fails, because the driver is checking to see if the
interface is down before allowing the get_channels to proceed (even for
a set_channels).
Remove this check and allow the user to configure the interface
before bringing it up, which is a much better usability case.
Fixes: 87324e747f ("ice: Implement ethtool ops for channels")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Always clear the previous value in QRXFLXP_CNTXT before writing a new
value. This will make it so re-used queues will not accidentally take the
previously configured settings.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the PF is modifying the VF's port VLAN on the fly when
configured via iproute. This is okay for most cases, but if the VF
already has guest VLANs configured the PF has to remove all of those
filters so only VLAN tagged traffic that matches the port VLAN will
pass. Instead of adding functionality to track which guest VLANs have
been added, just reset the VF each time port VLAN parameters are
modified.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As currently, we are supporting only 5 PHY_SPEEDs for phy_type_high.
Thus, we should adjust the value of ICE_PHY_TYPE_HIGH_MAX_INDEX to 5.
Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To allow for resets during package download, increase the timeout period
after performing a PFR. The time waited is the global config lock
timeout plus the normal PFSWR timeout.
Signed-off-by: Dan Nowlin <dan.nowlin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the driver does not recognize when there is an 802.1AD VLAN
tag right after the dmac/smac (outermost VLAN tag). If any DCB map is
applied and/or DCB is enabled this is causing the hardware to insert a
VLAN 0 tag after the 802.1AD VLAN tag that is already in the packet.
Fix this by preventing VLAN tag 0 from being added when any VLAN is
already present after dmac/smac (software offloaded) or skb (hardware
offloaded).
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow untrusted VF to add 16 unicast/multicast filters. VF uses 1 filter
for the default/perm_addr/LAA MAC, 1 for broadcast, and 16 additional
unicast/multicast filters.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently a user is not allowed to clear a VF's administratively set MAC
on the PF. Fix this by allowing an all zero MAC address via "ip link set
${pf_eth} vf ${vf_id} mac 00:00:00:00:00:00".
An example use case for this would be issuing a "virsh shutdown"
command on a VM. The call to iproute mentioned above is part of this flow.
Without this change the driver incorrectly rejects clearing the VF's
administratively set MAC and prints unhelpful log messages.
Also, improve the comments surrounding this change.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Until recently, the Micrel KSZ9031 PHY driver ignored any PHY mode
("RGMII-*ID") settings, but used the hardware defaults, augmented by
explicit configuration of individual skew values using the "*-skew-ps"
DT properties. The lack of PHY mode support was compensated by the
EtherAVB MAC driver, which configures TX and/or RX internal delay
itself, based on the PHY mode.
However, now the KSZ9031 driver has gained PHY mode support, delays may
be configured twice, causing regressions. E.g. on the Renesas
Salvator-X board with R-Car M3-W ES1.0, TX performance dropped from ca.
400 Mbps to 0.1-0.3 Mbps, as measured by nuttcp.
As internal delay configuration supported by the KSZ9031 PHY is too
limited for some use cases, the ability to configure MAC internal delay
is deemed useful and necessary. Hence a proper fix would involve
splitting internal delay configuration in two parts, one for the PHY,
and one for the MAC. However, this would require adding new DT
properties, thus breaking DTB backwards-compatibility.
Hence fix the regression in a backwards-compatibility way, by letting
the EtherAVB driver mask the PHY mode when it has inserted a delay, to
avoid the PHY driver adding a second delay. This also fixes messages
like:
Micrel KSZ9031 Gigabit PHY e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00: *-skew-ps values should be used only with phy-mode = "rgmii"
as the PHY no longer sees the original RGMII-*ID mode.
Solving the issue by splitting configuration in two parts can be handled
in future patches, and would require retaining a backwards-compatibility
mode anyway.
Fixes: bcf3440c6d ("net: phy: micrel: add phy-mode support for the KSZ9031 PHY")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-28
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Anirudh (Ani) adds a poll for reset completion before proceeding with
driver initialization when the DDP package fails to load and the firmware
issues a core reset.
Jake cleans up unnecessary code, since ice_set_dflt_vsi_ctx() performs a
memset to clear the info from the context structures. Fixed a potential
double free during probe unrolling after a failure. Also fixed a
potential NULL pointer dereference upon register_netdev() failure.
Tony makes two functions static which are not called outside of their
file.
Brett refactors the ice_ena_vf_mappings(), which was doing the VF's MSIx
and queue mapping in one function which was hard to digest. So create a
new function to handle the enabling MSIx mappings and another function
to handle the enabling of queue mappings. Simplify the code flow in
ice_sriov_configure(). Created a helper function for clearing
VPGEN_VFRTRIG register, as this needs to be done on reset to notify the
VF that we are done resetting it. Fixed the initialization/creation and
reset flows, which was unnecessarily complicated, so separate the two
flows into their own functions. Renamed VF initialization functions to
make it more clear what they do and why. Added functionality to set the
VF trust mode bit on reset. Added helper functions to rebuild the VLAN
and MAC configurations when resetting a VF. Refactored how the VF reset
is handled to prevent VF reset timeouts.
Paul cleaned up code not needed during a CORER/GLOBR reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify handling the power management callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functionality for quiescing the chip is spread across different
functions currently. Move it to rtl8169_down().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move calls that are needed before and after calling rtl8169_hw_reset()
into this function. This requires to move the function in the code.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In places where the indexes have to be reset, we call
rtl8169_init_ring_indexes() anyway after rtl8169_tx_clear().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We go to runtime-suspend few secs after cable removal. As cable is
removed "physical link up" is the only meaningful WoL source.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change driver private data type to struct rtl8169_private * to avoid
some overhead.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accumulated cleanup patches and sparse warning fixes for mlx5 driver.
1) sync with mlx5-next branch
2) Eli Cohen declares mpls_entry_encode() helper in mpls.h as suggested
by Jakub Kicinski and David Ahern, and use it in mlx5
3) Jesper Fixes xdp data_meta setup in mlx5
4) Many sparse and build warnings cleanup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl7R3wcACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6/ZQf/QD39naPeImfLjemkRK9L+TKbS4nU6wpUwf1jC33Wdm4HhkhsWEnR6C4l
OwU/Pae3I9EtKP4gRE0W1o8h7zC9h4hY7+IKZOdyQ32iUY55PX/H25oqAiCj1NCM
xzWpXOTwK/vkqmkCedAd+YpNdYlbOhfycr+KVPSsvFdaPqjzfNO1PJcLsUbAbzrX
A+8pYdhUYTtx1N3YHJL5abLN6WzMAKxgwlm9GG8YCXACTJT6CBWWHGebVsC5TDUk
Lj5hJj38mI8/3dcu6vWP0kLGVfRZo0HS/gpPGxbKQFpP+1uBYaRENAQONxkY++6S
GDPix7ccvN+yNMlON893PC/Cogw3Yg==
=WaCJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-cleanup-2020-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-cleanup-2020-05-29
Accumulated cleanup patches and sparse warning fixes for mlx5 driver.
1) sync with mlx5-next branch
2) Eli Cohen declares mpls_entry_encode() helper in mpls.h as suggested
by Jakub Kicinski and David Ahern, and use it in mlx5
3) Jesper Fixes xdp data_meta setup in mlx5
4) Many sparse and build warnings cleanup
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER is not set in netdev->hw_feature for
the HNS3 driver, so the handler of NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER
in hns3_nic_set_features() won't be called, remove it.
Reported-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a redundant blank line in hclgevf_cmd_set_promisc_mode(),
and fix a reverse xmas tree coding style issue in
hclgevf_set_rss_tc_mode().
Reported-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct hclgevf_dev stands for VF device, its field num_tqps
indicates the number of VF's task queue pairs, so the comment
is incorrect, replace 'PF' with 'VF'.
Reported-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macro hclgevf_ring_to_dma_dir and hclgevf_is_csq defined in
hclgevf_cmd.c, but not used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macro hclge_is_csq defined in hcgle_cmd.c has not been used,
so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use %d to print int variable 'ret' in hclge_mac_mdio_config().
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_dcbnl.c:988:29:
error: symbol 'mlx5e_dcbnl_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix some trivial warnings of the type:
warning: incorrect type in initializer (different base types)
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
tls handle and rcd_sn are actually big endian and not in host format.
Fix that.
Fix the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/tls.c:177:21:
warning: cast to restricted __be64
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/tls.c:178:52:
warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
expected unsigned int [usertype] handle
got restricted __be32 [usertype] handle
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/cmd.c:1949:15:
warning: memset with byte count of 271720
mlx5_cmd_stats array is too big to be held inline in mlx5_cmd.
Allocate it separately.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
dr_ste_crc32_calc() calculates crc32 and should return it in HW format.
It is being used to calculate a u32 index, hence we force the return value
of u32 to avoid the sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/steering/dr_ste.c:115:16:
warning: incorrect type in return expression (different base types)
expected unsigned int
got restricted __be32 [usertype]
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
raw_ip actual type is __be32 and not u32.
Fix that and get rid of the warning.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/steering/dr_ste.c:906:31:
warning: cast to restricted __be32
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
HW spec objects should receive a void ptr to work on, the MLX5_SET/GET
macro will know how to handle it.
No need to provide explicit or wrong pointer type in this case.
warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
expected unsigned long long const [usertype] *sw_action
got restricted __be64 [usertype] *[assigned] sw_action
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Make use of generic API mpls_entry_encode() to build mpls label and get
rid of local function.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Moving the mlx5_ifc_query_qp_out_bits structure on the stack was a bit
excessive and now causes the compiler to complain on 32-bit architectures:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/debugfs.c: In function 'qp_read_field':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/debugfs.c:274:1: error: the frame size of 1104 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
Revert the previous patch partially to use dynamically allocation as
the code did before. Unfortunately there is no good error handling
in case the allocation fails.
Fixes: 57a6c5e992 ("net/mlx5: Replace hand written QP context struct with automatic getters")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Clang warns:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:3712:6: warning:
variable 'err' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is false
[-Wsometimes-uninitialized]
if (IS_ERR(d->pkt_reformat)) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:3718:6: note:
uninitialized use occurs here
if (err)
^~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:3712:2: note: remove the
'if' if its condition is always true
if (IS_ERR(d->pkt_reformat)) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:3670:9: note: initialize
the variable 'err' to silence this warning
int err;
^
= 0
1 warning generated.
It is not wrong, err is only ever initialized in if statements but this
one is not in one. Initialize err to 0 to fix this.
Fixes: 14e6b038af ("net/mlx5e: Add support for hw decapsulation of MPLS over UDP")
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/1037
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The helper function xdp_set_data_meta_invalid() must be called after
setting xdp->data as it depends on it.
The bug was introduced in the cited patch below, and cause the kernel
to crash when using BPF helper bpf_xdp_adjust_head() on mlx5 driver.
Fixes: 39d6443c8d ("mlx5, xsk: Migrate to new MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL")
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
VNIC protocol version is reported in big-endian format, but it
is not byteswapped before logging. Fix that, and remove version
comparison as only one protocol version exists at this time.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous refactoring missed some locations the flags were renamed
but not moved from the previous flower_ext_feats to the new flower_en_feats
variable. This lead to the FLOW_MERGE and LAG features not being enabled.
Fixes: e09303d3c4 ("nfp: flower: renaming of feature bits")
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NXP imx8 family like imx8mp/imx8dxl chips support Synopsys MAC 5.10a IP.
This patch adds settings for NXP imx8 glue layer:
- clocks
- dwmac address width
- phy interface mode selection
- adjust rgmii txclk rate
v2:
- adjust code sequences in order to have reverse christmas
tree local variable ordering.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add "snps,dwmac-5.10a" compatible string for 5.10a version that can
avoid to define some plat data in glue layer.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/mlx5: Add ability to read and write ECE options
net/mlx5: Add support for RDMA TX FT headers modifying
net/mlx5: Move iseg access helper routines close to mlx5_core driver
net/mlx5: Cleanup mlx5_ifc_fte_match_set_misc2_bits
net/mlx5: Add support in forward to namespace
{IB/net}/mlx5: Simplify don't trap code
net/mlx5: Replace zero-length array with flexible-array
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The drivers reports EINVAL to userspace through netlink on invalid meta
match. This is confusing since EINVAL is usually reserved for malformed
netlink messages. Replace it by more meaningful codes.
Fixes: 6d65bc64e2 ("net/mlx5e: Add mlx5e_flower_parse_meta support")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change MLX5_TC_CT config dependencies to include MLX5_ESWITCH instead of
MLX5_CORE_EN && NET_SWITCHDEV, which are already required by MLX5_ESWITCH.
Without this change mlx5 fails to compile if user disables MLX5_ESWITCH
without also manually disabling MLX5_TC_CT.
Fixes: 4c3844d9e9 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Introduce connection tracking")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add a call to mlx5e_reset_rx/tx_moderation() when enabling/disabling
adaptive moderation, in order to select the proper default values.
In order to do so, we separate the logic of selecting the moderation values
and setting moderion mode (CQE/EQE based).
Fixes: 0088cbbc4b ("net/mlx5e: Enable CQE based moderation on TX CQ")
Fixes: 9908aa2929 ("net/mlx5e: CQE based moderation")
Signed-off-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change type of active_fec to u32 to match the type expected by
mlx5e_get_fec_mode. Copy active_fec and configured_fec values to
unsigned long before preforming bitwise manipulations.
Take the same approach when configuring FEC over 50G link modes: copy
the policy into an unsigned long and only than preform bitwise
operations.
Fixes: 2132b71f78 ("net/mlx5e: Advertise globaly supported FEC modes")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On tunnel decap rule insertion, the indirect mechanism will attempt to
offload the rule on all uplink representors which will trigger the
"devices are not on same switch HW, can't offload forwarding" message
for the uplink which isn't on the same switch HW as the VF representor.
The above flow is valid and shouldn't cause warning message,
fix by removing the warning and only report this flow using extack.
Fixes: 321348475d ("net/mlx5e: Fix allowed tc redirect merged eswitch offload cases")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently a Linux system with the mlx5 NIC always crashes upon
hibernation - suspend/resume.
Add basic callbacks so the NIC could be suspended and resumed.
Fixes: 9603b61de1 ("mlx5: Move pci device handling from mlx5_ib to mlx5_core")
Tested-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The desc pointer is set but not used. Remove it.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Fixes: 8c7bd5a454 ("net: ethernet: mtk-star-emac: new driver")
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Continuous Double "the" in a comment. Changed it to single "the"
Signed-off-by: Hari <harichandrakanthan@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Accordance to the i225 datasheet this register address
used by Host Transmit Discarded Packet by MAC counter
and not by not applicable Carrier Extension Error counter.
This patch comes to fix this wrong definition.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Accordance to the i225 datasheet sequence error counter does not
applicable to the i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up this counter.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Receive error counter reflect total number of non-filtered
packets received with errors. This includes: CRC error,
symbol error, Rx data error and carrier extend error.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Accordance to the i225 datasheet symbol error counter does not
applicable to the i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up this counter.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_adminq.c:699:13-21: Unneeded
variable: "ret_code". Return "0" on line 710
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's an error if the value of the RX/TX tail descriptor does not match
what was written. The error condition is true regardless the duration
of the interference from ME. But the driver only performs the reset if
E1000_ICH_FWSM_PCIM2PCI_COUNT (2000) iterations of 50us delay have
transpired. The extra condition can lead to inconsistency between the
state of hardware as expected by the driver.
Fix this by dropping the check for number of delay iterations.
While at it, also make __ew32_prepare() static as it's not used
anywhere else.
CC: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Punit Agrawal <punit1.agrawal@toshiba.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IGC supports a total of 32 rules. 16 MAC address based, 8 VLAN priority
based, and 8 Ethertype based. This patch fixes IGC_MAX_RXNFC_RULES
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The way Rx queue assignment based on mac address, Ethertype and VLAN
priority filtering operates in I225 doesn't allow us to properly support
NFC rules with multiple matches.
Consider the following example which assigns to queue 2 frames matching
the address MACADDR *and* Ethertype ETYPE.
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst <MACADDR> proto <ETYPE> queue 2
When such rule is applied, we have 2 unwanted behaviors:
1) Any frame matching MACADDR will be assigned to queue 2. It
doesn't matter the ETYPE value.
2) Any accepted frame that has Ethertype equals to ETYPE, no matter
the mac address, will be assigned to queue 2 as well.
In current code, multiple-match filters are accepted by the driver, even
though it doesn't support them properly. This patch adds a check for
multiple-match rules in igc_ethtool_is_nfc_rule_valid() so they are
rejected.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Transmit underrun, late and excess collision flags not in use.
This patch comes to clean up these flags.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function always return 0 now, we can make it return void to
simplify the code. This fixes the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/e1000_mac.c:728:5-12: Unneeded variable:
"ret_val". Return "0" on line 751
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
commit b5f69ccf67 ("ixgbe: avoid bringing rings up/down as macvlans are added/removed")
left behind this, remove it.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_sriov.c:105:2-38: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
No need to convert '==' expression to bool. This fixes the following
coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_common.c:68:11-16: WARNING:
conversion to bool not needed here
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The comment above i40e_run_xdp_zc() was clearly copy-pasted from
function i40e_xsk_umem_setup, which is just above.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since snprintf() returns the would-be-output size instead of the
actual output size, the succeeding calls may go beyond the given
buffer limit. Fix it by replacing with scnprintf().
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When calling hclge_parse_speed() fails, printing out the speed is
helpful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some fields in struct hclge_dev which have not been used.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HCLGEVF_CMDQ_INTR_SRC_REG and HCLGEVF_CMDQ_INTR_STS_REG are same
as HCLGEVF_VECTOR0_CMDQ_SRC_REG and HCLGEVF_VECTOR0_CMDQ_STAT_REG,
replace the former with the latter, and rename macro
HCLGEVF_VECTOR0_CMDQ_STAT_REG since 'stat' is not abbreviation of
'state'.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since field .uinfo in struct hnae3_handle never be used,
so remove it and its structure definition.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove HNAE3_RESTORE_CLIENT which is not needed now.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some fileds which defined in struct hns3_nic_priv,
but not used, and remove the related definition of struct
hns3_udp_tunnel and enum hns3_udp_tnl_type.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify field .gro_en in struct hclgevf_cfg_gro_status_cmd to u8
according to the UM, otherwise, it will overwrite the reserved
byte which may be used for other purpose.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify field .gro_en in struct hclge_cfg_gro_status_cmd to u8
according to the UM, otherwise, it will overwrite the reserved
byte which may be used for other purpose.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to improve code maintainability and readability, rewrite
the process of BDs' initialization in hclge_query_bd_num_cmd_send().
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since parameters 'tso_mss_min' and 'tso_mss_max' only indicate
the minimum and maximum MSS, the hnae3_set_field() calls are
meaningless, remove them and change the type of these two
parameters to u16.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a mutex destroy call in hclge_init_ae_dev() when fails.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the redundant 'goto' and return -ENOMEM directly, when
allocating memory for 'hdev' fails in hclge_init_ae_dev().
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ks8851_mll.c is replaced by ks8851_par.c, which is using common code
from ks8851.c, just like ks8851_spi.c . Remove this old ad-hoc driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement accessors for KS8851-16MLL/MLLI/MLLU parallel bus variant of
the KS8851. This is based off the ks8851_mll.c , which is a driver for
exactly the same hardware, however the ks8851.c code is much higher
quality. Hence, this patch pulls out the relevant information from the
ks8851_mll.c on how to access the bus, but uses the common ks8851.c
code. To make this patch reviewable, instead of rewriting ks8851_mll.c,
ks8851_mll.c is removed in a separate subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull all the SPI bus specific code into a separate file, so that it is
not mixed with the common code. Rename ks8851.c to ks8851_common.c. The
ks8851_common.c is linked with ks8851_spi.c now, so it can call the
accessors in the ks8851_spi.c without any pointer indirection.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The register and FIFO accessors are bus specific, so is locking.
Implement callbacks so that each variant of the KS8851 can implement
matching accessors and locking, and use the rest of the common code.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parallel bus variant does not need to use the TX interrupt at all
as it writes the TX FIFO directly with in .ndo_start_xmit, permit the
drivers to configure the interrupt enable bits.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the SPI version of the KS8851 requires a TX worker thread to pump
data via SPI, the parallel bus version can write data into the TX FIFO
directly in .ndo_start_xmit, as the parallel bus access is much faster
and does not sleep. Factor out this TX work flush part, so it can be
overridden by the parallel bus driver.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out common code into ks8851_probe_common() and
ks8851_remove_common() to permit both SPI and parallel
bus driver variants to use the common code path for
both probing and removal.
There should be no functional change.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new struct ks8851_net_spi, which embeds the original
struct ks8851_net and contains the entries specific only to
the SPI variant of KS8851.
There should be no functional change.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out this netif_rx_ni(), so it could be overridden by the parallel
bus variant of the KS8851 driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull out bus access locking code into separate functions, this is done
in preparation for unifying the driver with the parallel bus one. The
parallel bus driver does not need heavy mutex locking of the bus and
works better with spinlocks, hence prepare these locking functions to
be overridden then.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RXFC register is the only one being read using 8-bit accessors.
To make it easier to support the 16-bit accesses used by the parallel
bus variant of KS8851, use 16-bit accessor to read RXFC register as
well as neighboring RXFCTR register.
Remove ks8851_rdreg8() as it is not used anywhere anymore.
There should be no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the SPI variant of KS8851, the MAC address can be programmed with
either 8/16/32-bit writes. To make it easier to support the 16-bit
parallel option of KS8851 too, switch both the MAC address programming
and readout to 16-bit operations.
Remove ks8851_wrreg8() as it is not used anywhere anymore.
There should be no functional change.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ks8851_rdreg32() is used only in one place, to read two registers
using a single read. To make it easier to support 16-bit accesses via
parallel bus later on, replace this single read with two 16-bit reads
from each of the registers and drop the ks8851_rdreg32() altogether.
If this has noticeable performance impact on the SPI variant of KS8851,
then we should consider using regmap to abstract the SPI and parallel
bus options and in case of SPI, permit regmap to merge register reads
of neighboring registers into single, longer, read.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace spi_{get,set}_drvdata() with dev_{get,set}_drvdata(), which
works for both SPI and platform drivers. This is done in preparation
for unifying the KS8851 SPI and parallel bus drivers.
There should be no functional change.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use device managed version of alloc_etherdev() to simplify the code.
No functional change intended.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the driver probe function already has a struct device *dev pointer
and can easily derive of_node pointer from it, pass the of_node pointer as
a parameter to ks8851_init_mac() to avoid fishing it out from ks->spidev.
This is the only reference to spidev in the function, so get rid of it.
This is done in preparation for unifying the KS8851 SPI and parallel bus
drivers.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netdev_err() instead of dev_err() to avoid accessing the spidev->dev
in the interrupt handler. This is the only place which uses the spidev
in this function, so replace it with netdev_err() to get rid of it. This
is done in preparation for unifying the KS8851 SPI and parallel drivers.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ndev variable to netdev for the sake of consistency.
No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull out the spi->dev into one common place in the function instead of
having it repeated over and over again. This is done in preparation for
unifying ks8851 and ks8851-mll drivers. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when a VF VSI calls ice_vsi_release() and ice_vsi_setup() it
subsequently clears/sets the VF cached variables for lan_vsi_idx and
lan_vsi_num. This works fine, but can be improved by handling this in
the VF specific VSI release and setup functions.
Also, when a VF VSI is setup too many parameters are passed that can be
derived from the VF. Fix this by only calling VF VSI setup with the bare
minimum parameters.
Also, add functionality to invalidate a VF's VSI when it's released
and/or setup fails. This will make it so a VF VSI cannot be accessed via
its cached vsi_idx/vsi_num in these cases.
Finally when a VF's VSI is invalidated set the lan_vsi_idx and
lan_vsi_num to ICE_NO_VSI to clearly show that there is no valid VSI
associated with this VF.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently VF VSI are being reset twice during a PFR or greater. This is
causing reset, specifically resetting all VFs, to take too long. This is
causing various issues with VF drivers not being able to gracefully
handle the VF reset timeout. Fix this by refactoring how VF reset is
handled for the case mentioned previously and for the VFR/VFLR case.
The refactor was done by doing the following:
1. Removing the call to ice_vsi_rebuild_by_type for
ICE_VSI_VF VSI, which was causing the initial VSI rebuild.
2. Adding functions for pre/post VSI rebuild functions that can be called
in both the reset all VFs case and reset individual VF case.
3. Adding VSI rebuild functions that are specific for the reset all VFs
case and adding functions that are specific for the reset individual
VF case.
4. Calling the pre-rebuild function, then the specific VSI rebuild
function based on the reset type, and then calling the post-rebuild
function to handle VF resets.
This patch series makes some assumptions about how VSI are handling by
FW during reset:
1. During a PFR or greater all VSI in FW will be cleared.
2. During a VFR/VFLR the VSI rebuild responsibility is in the hands of
the PF software.
3. There is code in the ice_reset_all_vfs() case to amortize operations
if possible. This was left intact.
4. PF software should not be replaying VSI based filters that were added
other than host configured, PF software configured, or the VF's
default/LAA MAC. This is the VF drivers job after it has been reset.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove VM/VF disable AQC (opcode 0x0C31) when resetting all VFs.
This is not required for CORER/GLOBR reset.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When resetting a VF the VLAN and MAC filter configurations need to be
replayed. Add helper functions for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As the title says, use a function to set trust mode bit on reset.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some function names weren't very clear and some portions of VF creation
could be moved into functions for clarity. Fix this by renaming some
functions and move pieces of code into clearly name functions.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the same flow is used for VF VSI initialization/creation and VF
VSI reset. This makes the initialization/creation flow unnecessarily
complicated. Fix this by separating the initialization/creation of the
VF VSI from the reset flow.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Create a helper function for clearing VPGEN_VFRTRIG as this needs to be
done on reset to notify the VF that we are done resetting it. Also, it
needs to be done on SR-IOV initialization/creation in case it was left
in a bad state after SR-IOV tear down.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a new function for checking if SR-IOV can be configured based on
the PF and/or device's state/capabilities. Also, simplify the flow in
ice_sriov_configure().
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently ice_ena_vf_mappings() does all of the VF's MSIX and queue
mapping in one function. This makes it hard to digest. Fix this by
creating a new function for enabling MSIX mappings and one for enabling
queue mappings.
Also, rename some variables in the functions for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ice_get_pfa_module_tlv() and ice_read_sr_word() are not being called
outside of their file. Declare them as static.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If register_netdev() fails, the driver will attempt to cleanup the
q_vectors and inadvertently trigger a kernel BUG due to a NULL pointer
dereference.
This occurs because cleaning up q_vectors attempts to call
netif_napi_del on napi_structs which were never initialized.
Resolve this by releasing the netdev in ice_cfg_netdev and setting
vsi->netdev to NULL. This ensures that after ice_cfg_netdev fails the
state is rewound to match as if ice_cfg_netdev was never called.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If ice_init_interrupt_scheme fails, ice_probe will jump to clearing up
the interrupts. This can lead to some static analysis tools such as the
compiler sanitizers complaining about double free problems.
Since ice_init_interrupt_scheme already unrolls internally on failure,
there is no need to call ice_clear_interrupt_scheme when it fails. Add
a new unroll label and use that instead.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove an unnecessary copy of vsi->info into ctxt->info in ice_vsi_init.
This line is essentially a no-op because ice_set_dflt_vsi_ctx performs
a memset to clear the info from the context structure.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are certain cases where the DDP load fails and the FW issues a
core reset. For these cases, wait for reset to complete before
proceeding with reset of the driver init.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'nic_data' is no longer used outside of the #ifdef block
in efx_ef10_set_mac_address:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/ef10.c:3231:28: error: unused variable 'nic_data' [-Werror,-Wunused-variable]
struct efx_ef10_nic_data *nic_data = efx->nic_data;
Move the variable into a local scope.
Fixes: dfcabb0788 ("sfc: move vport_id to struct efx_nic")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-27
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Jesse fixes a number of issues, starting with fixing the remaining
signed versus unsigned comparison issues. Cleaned up an unused code
define. Fixed the implementation of the manage MAC write command, to
simplify it by using a simple array to represent the MAC address when
writing it.
Paul fixes the setting of the VF default LAN address, by removing a
check that assumed that the address had been deleted and zeroed.
Surabhi prevents a memory leak on filter management initialization
failures and during queue initialization and buffer allocation failures.
Brett adds additional receive error counters that are reported by
ethtool. Fixed the enabling and disabling of VLAN stripping when the
PVID has been set.
Evan fixes a race condition between the firmware and software, which can
occur between the admin queue setup and the first command sent.
Marta fixes the driver when XDP transmit rings are destroyed, also make
sure the XDP transmit queues are also destroyed. Update the statistics
when XDP transmit programs are loaded and packets are sent. Changed the
number of XDP transmit queues to match the number of receive queues,
instead of matching the number of transmit queues.
Bruce avoids undefined behavior by not writing the 8-bit element
init_q_state with the associated internal-to-hardware field which is
122-bits.
Anirudh (Ani) refactors the receive checksum checks.
Krzysztof notifies the user if the fill queue is not long enough to
prepare all buffers before packet processing starts and allocates the
buffers during the NAPI poll.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates highlights:
1) From Vu Pham (8): Support VM traffics failover with bonded VF
representors and e-switch egress/ingress ACLs
This series introduce the support for Virtual Machine running I/O
traffic over direct/fast VF path and failing over to slower
paravirtualized path using the following features:
__________________________________
| VM _________________ |
| |FAILOVER device | |
| |________________| |
| | |
| ____|_____ |
| | | |
| ______ |___ ____|_______ |
| | VF PT | |VIRTIO-NET | |
| | device | | device | |
| |_________| |___________| |
|___________|______________|________|
| |
| HYPERVISOR |
| ____|______
| | macvtap |
| |virtio BE |
| |___________|
| |
| ____|_____
| |host VF |
| |_________|
| |
_____|______ _____|_____
| PT VF | | host VF |
|representor| |representor|
|___________| |___________|
\ /
\ /
\ /
\ / _________________
\_______/ | |
_______|________ | V-SWITCH |
|VF representors |________________| (OVS) |
| bond | |________________|
|________________| |
________|________
| Uplink |
| representor |
|_________________|
Summary:
--------
Problem statement:
------------------
Currently in above topology, when netfailover device is configured using
VFs and eswitch VF representors, and when traffic fails over to stand-by
VF which is exposed using macvtap device to guest VM, eswitch fails to
switch the traffic to the stand-by VF representor. This occurs because
there is no knowledge at eswitch level of the stand-by representor
device.
Solution:
---------
Using standard bonding driver, a bond netdevice is created over VF
representor device which is used for offloading tc rules.
Two VF representors are bonded together, one for the passthrough VF
device and another one for the stand-by VF device.
With this solution, mlx5 driver listens to the failover events
occuring at the bond device level to failover traffic to either of
the active VF representor of the bond.
a. VM with netfailover device of VF pass-thru (PT) device and virtio-net
paravirtualized device with same MAC-address to handle failover
traffics at VM level.
b. Host bond is active-standby mode, with the lower devices being the VM
VF PT representor, and the representor of the 2nd VF to handle
failover traffics at Hypervisor/V-Switch OVS level.
- During the steady state (fast datapath): set the bond active
device to be the VM PT VF representor.
- During failover: apply bond failover to the second VF representor
device which connects to the VM non-accelerated path.
c. E-Switch ingress/egress ACL tables to support failover traffics at
E-Switch level
I. E-Switch egress ACL with forward-to-vport rule:
- By default, eswitch vport egress acl forward packets to its
counterpart NIC vport.
- During port failover, the egress acl forward-to-vport rule will
be added to e-switch vport of passive/in-active slave VF
representor
to forward packets to other e-switch vport ie. the active slave
representor's e-switch vport to handle egress "failover"
traffics.
- Using lower change netdev event to detect a representor is a
lower
dev (slave) of bond and becomes active, adding egress acl
forward-to-vport rule of all other slave netdevs to forward to
this
representor's vport.
- Using upper change netdev event to detect a representor unslaving
from bond device to delete its vport's egress acl forward-to-vport
rule.
II. E-Switch ingress ACL metadata reg_c for match
- Bonded representors' vorts sharing tc block have the same
root ingress acl table and a unique metadata for match.
- Traffics from both representors's vports will be tagged with same
unique metadata reg_c.
- Using upper change netdev event to detect a representor
enslaving/unslaving from bond device to setup shared root ingress
acl and unique metadata.
2) From Alex Vesker (2): Slpit RX and TX lock for parallel rule insertion in
software steering
3) Eli Britstein (2): Optimize performance for IPv4/IPv6 ethertype use the HW
ip_version register rather than parsing eth frames for ethertype.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl7PEFAACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4Z5Af+NYwihYZpQYBBN00K7Wu10XZ65u5MbGSDmzpdN62w0kKfjsJ70bb9aiws
h8LC7lspdMLRMMn9pWwFKshyF6RoSD9Ku3ZYhUbtj+hJLElAd9IwGt6pPKr8hPDd
9h+ZcBkacdhNwWKf7CKThic0c/0PLdVyzRysHxcQWKSMPCTdgiL5Z3PQHA0TM6J3
6Excs2z7kSuuyyxQ1cyWCaqSz4rqCrYyd8Ws4HOPhXgSbX14Q3mtMsBDayx2gHNW
rdVbaNN6s2o0TxbrCwd0AaNP3UWcnjNqu1ohxgJiSe8y+MHMoB0OMoO+6vQJnwNI
bzpZEioswV1zdgK3qNmXqbHOiHRSVQ==
=xM1D
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-05-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-05-26
Updates highlights:
1) From Vu Pham (8): Support VM traffics failover with bonded VF
representors and e-switch egress/ingress ACLs
This series introduce the support for Virtual Machine running I/O
traffic over direct/fast VF path and failing over to slower
paravirtualized path using the following features:
__________________________________
| VM _________________ |
| |FAILOVER device | |
| |________________| |
| | |
| ____|_____ |
| | | |
| ______ |___ ____|_______ |
| | VF PT | |VIRTIO-NET | |
| | device | | device | |
| |_________| |___________| |
|___________|______________|________|
| |
| HYPERVISOR |
| ____|______
| | macvtap |
| |virtio BE |
| |___________|
| |
| ____|_____
| |host VF |
| |_________|
| |
_____|______ _____|_____
| PT VF | | host VF |
|representor| |representor|
|___________| |___________|
\ /
\ /
\ /
\ / _________________
\_______/ | |
_______|________ | V-SWITCH |
|VF representors |________________| (OVS) |
| bond | |________________|
|________________| |
________|________
| Uplink |
| representor |
|_________________|
Summary:
--------
Problem statement:
------------------
Currently in above topology, when netfailover device is configured using
VFs and eswitch VF representors, and when traffic fails over to stand-by
VF which is exposed using macvtap device to guest VM, eswitch fails to
switch the traffic to the stand-by VF representor. This occurs because
there is no knowledge at eswitch level of the stand-by representor
device.
Solution:
---------
Using standard bonding driver, a bond netdevice is created over VF
representor device which is used for offloading tc rules.
Two VF representors are bonded together, one for the passthrough VF
device and another one for the stand-by VF device.
With this solution, mlx5 driver listens to the failover events
occuring at the bond device level to failover traffic to either of
the active VF representor of the bond.
a. VM with netfailover device of VF pass-thru (PT) device and virtio-net
paravirtualized device with same MAC-address to handle failover
traffics at VM level.
b. Host bond is active-standby mode, with the lower devices being the VM
VF PT representor, and the representor of the 2nd VF to handle
failover traffics at Hypervisor/V-Switch OVS level.
- During the steady state (fast datapath): set the bond active
device to be the VM PT VF representor.
- During failover: apply bond failover to the second VF representor
device which connects to the VM non-accelerated path.
c. E-Switch ingress/egress ACL tables to support failover traffics at
E-Switch level
I. E-Switch egress ACL with forward-to-vport rule:
- By default, eswitch vport egress acl forward packets to its
counterpart NIC vport.
- During port failover, the egress acl forward-to-vport rule will
be added to e-switch vport of passive/in-active slave VF
representor
to forward packets to other e-switch vport ie. the active slave
representor's e-switch vport to handle egress "failover"
traffics.
- Using lower change netdev event to detect a representor is a
lower
dev (slave) of bond and becomes active, adding egress acl
forward-to-vport rule of all other slave netdevs to forward to
this
representor's vport.
- Using upper change netdev event to detect a representor unslaving
from bond device to delete its vport's egress acl forward-to-vport
rule.
II. E-Switch ingress ACL metadata reg_c for match
- Bonded representors' vorts sharing tc block have the same
root ingress acl table and a unique metadata for match.
- Traffics from both representors's vports will be tagged with same
unique metadata reg_c.
- Using upper change netdev event to detect a representor
enslaving/unslaving from bond device to setup shared root ingress
acl and unique metadata.
2) From Alex Vesker (2): Slpit RX and TX lock for parallel rule insertion in
software steering
3) Eli Britstein (2): Optimize performance for IPv4/IPv6 ethertype use the HW
ip_version register rather than parsing eth frames for ethertype.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a UMEM is present on a queue when an interface/queue pair is being
enabled, the driver will try to prepare the Rx buffers in advance to
improve performance. However, if fill queue is shorter than HW Rx ring,
the driver will report failure after getting the last address from the
fill queue.
This still lets the driver process the packets correctly during the NAPI
poll, but leads to a constant NAPI rescheduling. Not allocating the
buffers in advance would result in a potential performance decrease.
Commit d57d76428a ("xsk: Add API to check for available entries in FQ")
provides an API that lets drivers check the number of addresses that the
fill queue holds.
Notify the user if fill queue is not long enough to prepare all buffers
before packet processing starts, and allocate the buffers during the
NAPI poll. If the fill queue size is sufficient, prepare Rx buffers in
advance.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kazimierczak <krzysztof.kazimierczak@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change the locking flow to support RX and TX locks, splitting
the single lock to two will allow inserting rules in parallel
for RX and TX parts of the FDB.
Locking the dr_domain will be done by locking the RX domain
and the TX domain locks, this is mostly used for control operations
on the dr_domain. When inserting rules for RX or TX the single
nic_doamin RX or TX lock will be used. Splitting the lock is safe since
RX and TX domains are logically separated from each other, shared
objects such the send-ring and memory pool are protected by locks.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Adding this lock will allow writing steering entries without
locking the dr_domain and allow parallel insertion.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The HW is optimized for IPv4/IPv6. For such cases, pending capability,
avoid matching on ethertype, and use ip_version field instead.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Set ethertype match in a helper function as a pre-step towards
optimizing it.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use change upper event to detect slave representor from
enslaving/unslaving to/from lag device.
On enslaving event, call mlx5_enslave_rep() API to create, add
this slave representor shadow entry to the slaves list of
bond_metadata structure representing master lag device and use
its metadata to setup ingress acl metadata header.
On unslaving event, resetting the vport of unslaved representor
to use its default ingress/egress acls and rx rules with its
default_metadata.
The last slave will free the shared bond_metadata and its
unique metadata.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Bonded slave representors' vports must share a unique metadata
for match.
On enslaving event of slave representor to lag device, allocate
new unique "bond_metadata" for match if this is the first slave.
The subsequent enslaved representors will share the same unique
"bond_metadata".
On unslaving event of slave representor, reset the slave
representor's vport to use its own default metadata.
Replace ingress acl and rx rules of the slave representors' vports
using new vport->bond_metadata.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Introduce infrastructure to create unique metadata for match
for vport without depending on vport_num. Vport uses its
default metadata for match in standalone configuration but
will share a different unique "bond_metadata" for match with
other vports in bond configuration.
Using ida to generate unique metadata for match for vports
in default and bond configurations.
Introduce APIs to generate, free metadata for match.
Introduce APIs to set vport's bond_metadata and replace its
ingress acl rules with bond_metatada.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Adding bond_metadata and its slave entries to represent a lag device
and its slaves VF representors. Bond_metadata structure includes a
unique metadata shared by slaves VF respresentors, and a list of slaves
representors slave entries.
On enslaving event, create a bond_metadata structure representing
the upper lag device of this slave representor if it has not been
created yet. Create and add entry for the slave representor to the
slaves list.
On unslaving event, free the slave entry of the slave representor.
On the last unslave event, free the bond_metadata structure and its
resources.
Introduce APIs to create and remove bond_metadata and its resources,
enslave and unslave VF representor slave entries.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When a bond device is created over one or more non uplink representors,
and when a flow rule is offloaded to such bond device, offload a rule
to the active lower device.
Assuming that this is active-backup lag, the rules should be offloaded
to the active lower device which is the representor of the direct
path (not the failover).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently offloading a rule over a tc block shared by multiple
representors fails because an e-switch global hashtable to keep
the mapping from tc cookies to mlx5e flow instances is used, and
tc block sharing offloads the same rule/cookie multiple times,
each time for different representor sharing the tc block.
Changing the implementation and behavior by acknowledging and returning
success if the same rule/cookie is offloaded again to other slave
representor sharing the tc block by setting, checking and comparing
the netdev that added the rule first.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Register a notifier block to handle netdev events for bond device
of non-uplink representors to support eswitch vports bonding.
When a non-uplink representor is a lower dev (slave) of bond and
becomes active, adding egress acl forward-to-vport rule of all slave
netdevs (active + standby) to forward to this representor's vport. Use
change lower netdev event to do this.
Use change upper event to detect slave representor unslaved from lag
device to delete its vport egress acl forward rule if any.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
By default, e-switch vport's egress acl just forward packets to its
counterpart NIC vport using existing egress acl table.
During port failover in bonding scenario where two VFs representors
are bonded, the egress acl forward-to-vport rule will be added to
the existing egress acl table of e-switch vport of passive/inactive
slave representor to forward packets to other NIC vport ie. the active
slave representor's NIC vport to handle egress "failover" traffic.
Enable egress acl and have APIs to create and destroy egress acl
forward-to-vport rule and group.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Restructure the eswitch ingress acl codes into eswitch directory
and different files:
. Acl ingress helper functions to acl_helper.c/h
. Acl ingress functions used in offloads mode to acl_ingress_ofld.c
. Acl ingress functions used in legacy mode to acl_ingress_lgy.c
This patch does not change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Refactor the egress acl codes so that offloads and legacy modes
can configure specifically their own needs of egress acl table,
groups and rules. While at it, restructure the eswitch egress
acl codes into eswitch directory and different files:
. Acl egress helper functions to acl_helper.c/h
. Acl egress functions used in offloads mode to acl_egress_ofld.c
. Acl egress functions used in legacy mode to acl_egress_lgy.c
This patch does not change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We don't need both rx_status and rx_error parameters, as the latter is
a subset of the former. Remove rx_error completely and check the right bit
in rx_status.
Rename rx_status to rx_status0, and rx_status_err1 to
rx_status1. This naming more closely reflects the specification.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When writing the driver's struct ice_tlan_ctx structure, do not write the
8-bit element int_q_state with the associated internal-to-hardware field
which is 122-bits, otherwise the helper function ice_write_byte() will use
undefined behavior when setting the mask used for that write. This should
not cause any functional change and will avoid use of undefined behavior.
Also, update a comment to highlight this structure element is not written.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In current implementation number of XDP Tx queues is the same as
the number of transmit queues, which is not always true. This
patch changes this number to match the number of receive queues.
XDP programs are running on Rx rings, so what we actually need to
provide is the XDP Tx ring per each Rx ring so that the whole XDP
ecosystem is functional, e.g. if the result of XDP prog is XDP_TX
then you have the need to access the XDP Tx ring.
Signed-off-by: Marta Plantykow <marta.a.plantykow@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When XDP Tx program is loaded and packets are sent from
interface, VSI statistics are not updated. This patch adds
packets sent on Tx XDP ring to VSI ring stats.
Signed-off-by: Marta Plantykow <marta.a.plantykow@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When XDP Tx rings are destroyed the number of XDP Tx queues
is not changing. This patch is changing this number to 0.
Signed-off-by: Marta Plantykow <marta.a.plantykow@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A race condition between FW and SW can occur between admin queue setup and
the first command sent. A link event may occur and FW attempts to notify a
non-existent queue. FW will set the critical error bit and disable the
queue. When this happens retry queue setup.
Signed-off-by: Evan Swanson <evan.swanson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, if the PVID is set in the VLAN handling section of the VSI
context the driver still allows VLAN stripping to be enabled/disabled.
VLAN stripping should only be modifiable when the PVID is not set. Fix
this by preventing VLAN stripping modification when PVID is set.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently we are only including illegal_bytes and rx_crc_errors in the
PF netdev's rx_error counter. There are many more causes of Rx errors
that the device supports and reports via Ethtool. Accumulate all Rx
errors in the PF netdev's rx_error counter.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Handle memory leaks during control queue initialization and
buffer allocation failures. The macro ICE_FREE_CQ_BUFS is modified to
re-use for this fix.
Signed-off-by: Surabhi Boob <surabhi.boob@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The manage MAC write command was implemented in an overly complex way
that actually didn't work, as it wasn't symmetric to the manage MAC
read command, and was feeding bytes out of order to the firmware. Fix
the implementation by just using a simple array to represent the MAC
address when it is being written via firmware command.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove is_zero_ether_add() check when setting the VF default LAN address.
This check assumed that the address had been delete and zeroed before
calling ice_vc_add_mac_addr(). Now the default LAN address will be set
to the last unicast MAC address added by the VF.
The default LAN address is reported by the PF via ndo_get_vf_config.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver had an unused define that can be removed. Found by
compiler -Werror=unused-macros check.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the remaining signed vs unsigned issues, which appear
when compiling with -Werror=sign-compare.
Many of these are because there is an external interface that is passing
an int to us (which we can't change) but that we (rightfully) store
and compare against as an unsigned in our data structures.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When initializing CMDQ fails because of reset pending,
there is no hint for debugging, so adds a log for it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets will not pass through MAC during app loopback.
Therefore, it is meaningless to enable MAC while doing
app loopback. This patch removes this unnecessary action.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HNS RDMA driver will support VF device later, whose
re-initialization should be done after PF's. This patch
changes the order of hclge_reset_prepare_up() and
hclge_notify_roce_client(), so that PF's RoCE client
will be reinitialized before VF's.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To prevent from initializing VF NIC client in reset handling state,
this patch adds resetting check in hclgevf_init_nic_client_instance().
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for offloading timestamping operations not only
to the Ocelot switch (as already supported) but to compatible PHYs.
When both the PHY and the Ocelot switch support timestamping operations,
the PHY implementation is chosen as the timestamp will happen closer to
the medium.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow ioctl to be implemented by the PHY, when a PHY is attached to the
Ocelot switch. In case the ioctl is a request to set or get the hardware
timestamp, use the Ocelot switch implementation for now.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From the mlx5-next branch at
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
Required for dependencies in following patches
* branch 'mellanox/mlx5-next':
net/mlx5: Add ability to read and write ECE options
net/mlx5: Add support for RDMA TX FT headers modifying
net/mlx5: Move iseg access helper routines close to mlx5_core driver
net/mlx5: Cleanup mlx5_ifc_fte_match_set_misc2_bits
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Without CONFIG_PM, the compiler warns about two unused functions:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_star_emac.c:1472:12: error: unused function 'mtk_star_suspend' [-Werror,-Wunused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_star_emac.c:1488:12: error: unused function 'mtk_star_resume' [-Werror,-Wunused-function]
Mark these as __maybe_unused.
Fixes: 8c7bd5a454 ("net: ethernet: mtk-star-emac: new driver")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dma_addr field in desc_data must not be overwritten until after the
new skb is mapped. Currently we do replace it with uninitialized value
in error path. This change fixes it by moving the assignment before the
label to which we jump after mapping or allocation errors.
Fixes: 8c7bd5a454 ("net: ethernet: mtk-star-emac: new driver")
Reported-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com> # build
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer br_dev is being initialized with a value that is never read
and is being updated with a new value later on. The initialization
is redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this change the correct value for the used counter is calculated
but not stored nor, therefore, propagated to user-space. In use-cases such
as OVS use-case at least this results in active flows being removed from
the hardware datapath. Which results in both unnecessary flow tear-down
and setup, and packet processing on the host.
This patch addresses the problem by saving the calculated used value
which allows the value to propagate to user-space.
Found by inspection.
Fixes: aa6ce2ea0c ("nfp: flower: support stats update for merge flows")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Kuhn <heinrich.kuhn@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed a ton of minor checkpatch errors/warnings and remove version
printing at module init/when device is found and use MODULE_VERSION
instead. Also modifying the RTL8029 PCI string to include the compatible
RTL8029AS nic.
The only mayor issue remaining is the missing SPDX tag, but since the
exact version of the GPL is not stated anywhere inside the file, its
impossible to add such a tag at the moment.
But maybe it is possible, since 8390.h states Donald Becker's 8390
drivers are licensed under GPL 2.2 only (= GPL-2.0-only ?).
The kernel module containing this patch compiles and runs without
problems on a RTL8029AS-based NE2000 clone card with kernel 5.7.0-rc6.
Signed-off-by: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device has a trap for IPv6 packets that need be routed and have a
unicast link-local destination IP (i.e., fe80::/10). This allows mlxsw
to ignore link-local routes, as the packets will be trapped to the CPU
in any case.
However, since link-local routes are not programmed, it is possible for
routed packets to hit the default route which might also be programmed
to trap packets. This means that packets with a link-local destination
IP might be trapped for the wrong reason.
To overcome this, allow programming link-local prefix routes (usually
one fe80::/64 per-table), so that the packets will be forwarded until
reaching the link-local trap.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) provides "low-overhead,
short-duration detection of failures in the path between adjacent
forwarding engines" (RFC 5880).
This is accomplished by exchanging BFD packets between the two
forwarding engines. Up until now these packets were trapped via the
general local delivery (i.e., IP2ME) trap which also traps a lot of
other packets that are not as time-sensitive as BFD packets.
Expose dedicated traps for BFD packets so that user space could
configure a dedicated policer for them.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 packets that need to be forwarded and have a link-local source IP are
dropped by the kernel and an ICMPv6 "Destination unreachable" is sent to
the sending host.
As such, change the trap group of such packets so that they do not
interfere with IPv6 management packets. In the future this trap will be
exposed as an exception via devlink-trap.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routed IP packets with the Router Alert option need to be trapped to
the CPU as they might need to be locally delivered to raw sockets with
the IP_ROUTER_ALERT / IPV6_ROUTER_ALERT socket option.
Move them to the same group with other packets that might need to be
trapped following route lookup.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the previous patch the split is no longer necessary and all the
trap groups can be moved under the same enum.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit e612523041 ("mlxsw: spectrum_trap: Introduce
dummy group with thin policer"), the purpose of the "thin" policer is to
pass as less packets as possible to the CPU.
The identifier of this policer is currently set according to the maximum
number of used trap groups, but this is fragile: On Spectrum-1 the
maximum number of policers is less than the maximum number of trap
groups, which might result in an invalid policer identifier in case the
number of used trap groups grows beyond the policer limit.
Solve this by dynamically allocating the policer identifier.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of Spectrum trap groups is not infinite, but two identifiers
are occupied by SwitchX-2 specific trap groups. Free these identifiers
by moving them out of the main enum.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To align with recent recommended values. Will be configurable by future
patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets with an IPv6 link-local destination (i.e., fe80::/10) should not
be forwarded and are therefore trapped to the CPU for local delivery.
Since these packets are trapped for the same logical reason as packets
hitting local routes, associate both traps with the same group.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a packet enters the device it is classified to a filtering
identifier (FID) based on the ingress port and VLAN. The FID miss trap
is used to trap packets for which a FID could not be found.
In mlxsw this trap should only be triggered when a port is enslaved to
an OVS bridge and a matching ACL rule could not be found, so as to
trigger learning.
These packets are therefore completely unrelated to packets hitting
local routes and should be in a different group. Move them.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group these various IPv6 packets (e.g., router solicitations, router
advertisement) together and subject them to the same policer.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv6 Neighbour Discovery (ND) group will be used for various IPv6
packets, not all of which fall under the definition of ND, so rename it
to "IPV6" which is more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trap groups that use the same policer settings can share the same switch
case.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets that are trapped via tc's trap action are currently subject to
the same policer as packets hitting local routes. The latter are
critical to the correct functioning of the control plane, while the
former are mainly used for traffic inspection.
Split the ACL trap to a separate group with its own policer. Use a
higher priority for these traps than for traps using mirror action
(e.g., ARP, IGMP). Otherwise, packets matching both traps will not be
forwarded in hardware (because of trap action) and also not forwarded in
software because they will be marked with 'offload_fwd_mark'.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The explicit mask and shift is not the appropriate way to parse fields
out of a little endian struct. The length field is internally __le16
and the strategy employed only happens to work on little endian machines
because the offset used is actually incorrect (length is at offset 6).
Also remove the related and no longer used definitions from bnxt.h.
Fixes: 845adfe40c ("bnxt_en: Improve valid bit checking in firmware response message.")
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NVRAM directory is not found, return the error code
properly as per firmware command failure instead of the hardcode
-ENOBUFS.
Fixes: 3a707bed13 ("bnxt_en: Return -EAGAIN if fw command returns BUSY")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have logic to maintain network counters across resets by storing
the counters in bp->net_stats_prev before reset. But not all resets
will clear the counters. Certain resets that don't need to change
the number of rings do not clear the counters. The current logic
accumulates the counters before all resets, causing big jumps in
the counters after some resets, such as ethtool -G.
Fix it by only accumulating the counters during reset if the irq_re_init
parameter is set. The parameter signifies that all rings and interrupts
will be reset and that means that the counters will also be reset.
Reported-by: Vijayendra Suman <vijayendra.suman@oracle.com>
Fixes: b8875ca356 ("bnxt_en: Save ring statistics before reset.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't call netif_napi_del() manually, free_netdev() does this for us.
In addition reorder calls to match reverse order of calls in probe().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit da722186f6 (net: fec: set GPR bit on suspend by DT
configuration) set the GPR reigster offset and bit in driver for
wake on lan feature.
But it introduces two issues here:
- one SOC has two instances, they have different bit
- different SOCs may have different offset and bit
So to support wake-on-lan feature on other i.MX platforms, it should
configure the GPR reigster offset and bit from DT.
So the patch is to improve the commit da722186f6 (net: fec: set GPR
bit on suspend by DT configuration) to support multiple ethernet
instances on i.MX series.
v2:
* switch back to store the quirks bitmask in driver_data
v3:
* suggested by Sascha Hauer, use a struct fec_devinfo for
abstracting differences between different hardware variants,
it can give more freedom to describe the differences.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For rx filter 'HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_EVENT', it should be
PTP v2/802.AS1, any layer, any kind of event packet, but HW only
take timestamp snapshot for below PTP message: sync, Pdelay_req,
Pdelay_resp.
Then it causes below issue when test E2E case:
ptp4l[2479.534]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2481.423]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2481.758]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2483.524]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2484.233]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2485.750]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2486.888]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2487.265]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
ptp4l[2487.316]: port 1: received DELAY_REQ without timestamp
Timestamp snapshot dependency on register bits in received path:
SNAPTYPSEL TSMSTRENA TSEVNTENA PTP_Messages
01 x 0 SYNC, Follow_Up, Delay_Req,
Delay_Resp, Pdelay_Req, Pdelay_Resp,
Pdelay_Resp_Follow_Up
01 0 1 SYNC, Pdelay_Req, Pdelay_Resp
For dwmac v5.10a, enabling all events by setting register
DWC_EQOS_TIME_STAMPING[SNAPTYPSEL] to 2’b01, clearing bit [TSEVNTENA]
to 0’b0, which can support all required events.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current MPLS dissector only parses the first MPLS Label Stack
Entry (second LSE can be parsed too, but only to set a key_id).
This patch adds the possibility to parse several LSEs by making
__skb_flow_dissect_mpls() return FLOW_DISSECT_RET_PROTO_AGAIN as long
as the Bottom Of Stack bit hasn't been seen, up to a maximum of
FLOW_DIS_MPLS_MAX entries.
FLOW_DIS_MPLS_MAX is arbitrarily set to 7. This should be enough for
many practical purposes, without wasting too much space.
To record the parsed values, flow_dissector_key_mpls is modified to
store an array of stack entries, instead of just the values of the
first one. A bit field, "used_lses", is also added to keep track of
the LSEs that have been set. The objective is to avoid defining a
new FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_MPLS_XX for each level of the MPLS stack.
TC flower is adapted for the new struct flow_dissector_key_mpls layout.
Matching on several MPLS Label Stack Entries will be added in the next
patch.
The NFP and MLX5 drivers are also adapted: nfp_flower_compile_mac() and
mlx5's parse_tunnel() now verify that the rule only uses the first LSE
and fail if it doesn't.
Finally, the behaviour of the FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_MPLS_ENTROPY key is
slightly modified. Instead of recording the first Entropy Label, it
now records the last one. This shouldn't have any consequences since
there doesn't seem to have any user of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_MPLS_ENTROPY
in the tree. We'd probably better do a hash of all parsed MPLS labels
instead (excluding reserved labels) anyway. That'd give better entropy
and would probably also simplify the code. But that's not the purpose
of this patch, so I'm keeping that as a future possible improvement.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In older FW versions the completion flag was treated as the ack flag in
edpm messages. Expose the FW option of setting which mode the QP is in
by adding a flag to the qedr <-> qed API.
Flag is added for backward compatibility with libqedr.
This flag will be set by qedr after determining whether the libqedr is
using the updated version.
Fixes: f109394033 ("qed: Add support for QP verbs")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Basson <yuval.bason@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sync hw config for RTL8168f/RTL8411 with r8168 vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sync hw config for RTL8168evl with r8168 vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sync hw config for RTL8168h with r8168 vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sync hw config for RTL8168g with r8168 vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function qlcnic_83xx_interrupt_test(), function
qlcnic_83xx_diag_alloc_res() is not handled by function
qlcnic_83xx_diag_free_res() after a call of the function
qlcnic_alloc_mbx_args() failed. Fix this issue by adding
a jump target "fail_mbx_args", and jump to this new target
when qlcnic_alloc_mbx_args() failed.
Fixes: b6b4316c8b ("qlcnic: Handle qlcnic_alloc_mbx_args() failure")
Signed-off-by: Qiushi Wu <wu000273@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dpaa-eth driver probes on compatible string for the MAC node, and
the fman/mac.c driver allocates a dpaa-ethernet platform device that
triggers the probing of the dpaa-eth net device driver.
All of this is fine, but the problem is that the struct device of the
dpaa_eth net_device is 2 parents away from the MAC which can be
referenced via of_node. So of_find_net_device_by_node can't find it, and
DSA switches won't be able to probe on top of FMan ports.
It would be a bit silly to modify a core function
(of_find_net_device_by_node) to look for dev->parent->parent->of_node
just for one driver. We're just 1 step away from implementing full
recursion.
Actually there have already been at least 2 previous attempts to make
this work:
- Commit a1a50c8e4c ("fsl/man: Inherit parent device and of_node")
- One or more of the patches in "[v3,0/6] adapt DPAA drivers for DSA":
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/cover/1508178970-28945-1-git-send-email-madalin.bucur@nxp.com/
(I couldn't really figure out which one was supposed to solve the
problem and how).
Point being, it looks like this is still pretty much a problem today.
On T1040, the /sys/class/net/eth0 symlink currently points to
../../devices/platform/ffe000000.soc/ffe400000.fman/ffe4e6000.ethernet/dpaa-ethernet.0/net/eth0
which pretty much illustrates the problem. The closest of_node we've got
is the "fsl,fman-memac" at /soc@ffe000000/fman@400000/ethernet@e6000,
which is what we'd like to be able to reference from DSA as host port.
For of_find_net_device_by_node to find the eth0 port, we would need the
parent of the eth0 net_device to not be the "dpaa-ethernet" platform
device, but to point 1 level higher, aka the "fsl,fman-memac" node
directly. The new sysfs path would look like this:
../../devices/platform/ffe000000.soc/ffe400000.fman/ffe4e6000.ethernet/net/eth0
And this is exactly what SET_NETDEV_DEV does. It sets the parent of the
net_device. The new parent has an of_node associated with it, and
of_dev_node_match already checks for the of_node of the device or of its
parent.
Fixes: a1a50c8e4c ("fsl/man: Inherit parent device and of_node")
Fixes: c6e26ea8c8 ("dpaa_eth: change device used")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnx2x_warpcore_read_sfp_module_eeprom() can call bnx2x_bsc_read()
three times before giving up.
This causes latency blips of at least 31 ms (58 ms being reported
by our teams)
Convert the long lasting loops of udelay() to usleep_range() ones,
and breaks the loops on precise time tracking.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Cc: Sudarsana Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For XDP the MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM is used as an offset for
the received data.
The MVNETA manual states that the last 3 bits assumed to be 0.
This is currently the case but lets make it explicit in the definition
to prevent future problems.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix incorrect spelling of "advertisement".
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rate with which packets are sampled is determined by user space, so
there is no need to associate such packets with a policer.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both packet types are needed for the same reason (neighbour discovery),
so associate them with the same trap group.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ARP trap group will be used for IPv6 ND traps in the next patch, so
rename it to "NEIGH_DISCOVERY" which is more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that traffic class (TC) and priority are set to the same value,
there is no need to store both. Remove the first.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The traffic class (TC) attribute of packet traps determines through which
TC a packet trap will be scheduled through the CPU port.
The priority attribute determines which trap will be triggered in case
several packet traps match a packet.
We try to configure these attributes to the same value for all packet
traps as there is little reason not to.
Some packet traps did not use the same value, so rectify that now.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit 9ffcc3725f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Allow packets to
be trapped from any PG"), incoming packets can be admitted to the shared
buffer and forwarded / trapped, if:
(Ingress{Port}.Usage < Thres && Ingress{Port,PG}.Usage < Thres &&
Egress{Port}.Usage < Thres && Egress{Port,TC}.Usage < Thres)
||
(Ingress{Port}.Usage < Min || Ingress{Port,PG} < Min ||
Egress{Port}.Usage < Min || Egress{Port,TC}.Usage < Min)
Trapped packets are scheduled to transmission through the CPU port.
Currently, the minimum and maximum quotas of traffic class (TC) 0 of the
CPU port are 0, which means it is not usable.
Assign non-zero quotas to TC 0 of the CPU port, so that it could be
utilized by subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the default acceptable rate of DHCP packets to 128 packets per
second and reduce their priority. This is reasonable given the Spectrum
ASICs are limited to 128 ports at the moment.
These are only the default values. Users will be able to modify them via
devlink-trap.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, IPv4 DHCP packets are trapped during L2 forwarding, which
means that packets might be trapped unnecessarily. Instead, only trap
the DHCP packets that reach the router. Either because they were flooded
to the router port or forwarded to it by the FDB. This is consistent
with the corresponding IPv6 trap.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both packet types are needed for the same reason (multicast snooping),
so associate them with the same trap group.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IGMP trap group will be used for MLD traps in the next patch, so
rename it to "MC_SNOOPING" which is more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MSCC bug fix in 'net' had to be slightly adjusted because the
register accesses are done slightly differently in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new devres variant of register_netdev() in the mtk-star-emac
driver and shrink the code by a couple lines.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the mask argument as it's not used by r8168ep_ocp_read().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All callers read the full 32bit value, therefore the mask argument can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtl_eri_read() returns the full 32bit value, therefore there's no
benefit in writing back parts of it only. handle it like the vendor
driver and write the full 32 bit always. Omitting the mask argument
avoids some overhead and makes the code better readable.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove runtime PM usage counter decrement when the
increment function has not been called to keep the
counter balanced.
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-22
This series contains updates to virtchnl and the ice driver.
Geert Uytterhoeven fixes a data structure alignment issue in the
virtchnl structures.
Henry adds Flow Director support which allows for the redirection on
ntuple rules over six patches. Initially Henry adds the initial
infrastructure for Flow Director, and then later adds IPv4 and IPv6
support, as well as being able to display the ntuple rules.
Bret add Accelerated Receive Flow Steering (aRFS) support which is used
to steer receive flows to a specific queue. Fixes a transmit timeout
when the VF link transitions from up/down/up because the transmit and
receive queue interrupts are not enabled as part of VF's link up. Fixed
an issue when the default VF LAN address is changed and after reset the
PF will attempt to add the new MAC, which fails because it already
exists. This causes the VF to be disabled completely until it is removed
and enabled via sysfs.
Anirudh (Ani) makes a fix where the ice driver needs to call set_mac_cfg
to enable jumbo frames, so ensure it gets called during initialization
and after reset. Fix bad register reads during a register dump in
ethtool by removing the bad registers.
Paul fixes an issue where the receive Malicious Driver Detection (MDD)
auto reset message was not being logged because it occurred after the VF
reset.
Victor adds a check for compatibility between the Dynamic Device
Personalization (DDP) package and the NIC firmware to ensure that
everything aligns.
Jesse fixes a administrative queue string call with the appropriate
error reporting variable. Also fixed the loop variables that are
comparing or assigning signed against unsigned values.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-22
This series contains updates to e1000e, igc and igb.
Many of the patches in this series are fixes, but many of the igc fixes
are based on the recent filter rule handling Andre has been working,
which will not backport to earlier/stable kernels. The remaining fixes
for e1000e and igb have CC'd stable where applicable.
Andre continue with his refactoring of the filter rule code to help with
reducing the complexity, in multiple patches. Fix the inconsistent size
of a struct field. Fixed an issue where filter rules stay active in the
hardware, even after it was deleted, so make sure to disable the filter
rule before deleting. Fixed an issue with NFC rules which were dropping
valid multicast MAC address. Fixed how the NFC rules are restored after
the NIC is reset or brought up, so that they are restored in the same order
they were initially setup in. Fix a potential memory leak when the
driver is unloaded and the NFC rules are not flushed from memory
properly. Fixed how NFC rule validation handles when a request to
overwrite an existing rule. Changed the locking around the NFC rule API
calls from spin_locks to mutex locks to avoid unnecessary busy waiting
on lock contention.
Sasha clean up more unused code in the igc driver.
Kai-Heng Feng from Canonical provides three fixes, first has igb report
the speed and duplex as unknown when in runtime suspend. Fixed e1000e
to pass up the error when disabling ULP mode. Fixed e1000e performance
by disabling TSO by default for certain MACs.
Vitaly disables S0ix entry and exit flows for ME systems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl7IbksACgkQSD+KveBX
+j5T8Af/XT6b23VlSn2Km4tg8WQNDRJLdq1s6fTS5SGcyc0awxfH07cvYvJ26kKW
kmdDNijkVbd0ma2UxHiiD3vmE8Vs85gZ6BDNyl485x/cH3zFzAm54R5fZdnK5JgN
YNgdFP0MOwPtAdDtxLH+r8aOyNKncIOmCZrMNnxVgI+IytG1L5QLnS6GeQy2zyIx
9F/9sihta2z567IstGu2wvmgviSHVk/zV9yqn/orD9tV6oFvvrBQMlEt8l27b1tA
4bajbHIyc1WmfQ+wg56eXATdbqCQ2YYfMjhchiCfFv5DhnMnPi5bV0PNR9Rq0CYw
05xpF16/85uvDbTizsgGNZ1Pb1nGsQ==
=oFWF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-05-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5 fixes 2020-05-22
This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
For -stable v4.13
('net/mlx5: Add command entry handling completion')
For -stable v5.2
('net/mlx5: Fix error flow in case of function_setup failure')
('net/mlx5: Fix memory leak in mlx5_events_init')
For -stable v5.3
('net/mlx5e: Update netdev txq on completions during closure')
('net/mlx5e: kTLS, Destroy key object after destroying the TIS')
('net/mlx5e: Fix inner tirs handling')
For -stable v5.6
('net/mlx5: Fix cleaning unmanaged flow tables')
('net/mlx5: Fix a race when moving command interface to events mode')
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes two updates and one cleanup patch
1) Tang Bim, clean-up with IS_ERR() usage
2) Vlad introduces a new mlx5 kconfig flag for TC support
This is required due to the high volume of current and upcoming
development in the eswitch and representors areas where some of the
feature are TC based such as the downstream patches of MPLSoUDP and
the following representor bonding support for VF live migration and
uplink representor dynamic loading.
For this Vlad kept TC specific code in tc.c and rep/tc.c and
organized non TC code in representors specific files.
3) Eli Cohen adds support for MPLS over UPD encap and decap TC offloads.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl7IZFEACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7IEQf/RFv633bWTlL63fEJjViRv1rjfkbyaXrGVL3gzr/Er01DeAPR22CNOlC3
bu1jHLKqVn0Mg0g5g2B4/H/7JoFbMBRTy4MXpM5VrQCIqwMuXG4zhWuoUj7ncQ5w
kXHAU6DUuZRn8/x1JLQOHDRTzKhav7ldT+nvvoKEMrad/DEMGz+bq67xh4l8nfi+
ktSFAO0UFi9ysb25CMfdqIqAL0J5nAJ7DNhw5x7IvtwUxNxate7HtBaBhBgZ9NWv
jYf8R3p+7JdgvVW18pZhmjbaBqaApXcZrC7rI07PR6rCOAHfToX6miR8gUtpIEno
itQkzYt9UF2dgNwMmxoJLqnUNiy/Cg==
=wkSR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-05-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-05-22
This series includes two updates and one cleanup patch
1) Tang Bim, clean-up with IS_ERR() usage
2) Vlad introduces a new mlx5 kconfig flag for TC support
This is required due to the high volume of current and upcoming
development in the eswitch and representors areas where some of the
feature are TC based such as the downstream patches of MPLSoUDP and
the following representor bonding support for VF live migration and
uplink representor dynamic loading.
For this Vlad kept TC specific code in tc.c and rep/tc.c and
organized non TC code in representors specific files.
3) Eli Cohen adds support for MPLS over UPD encap and decap TC offloads.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function mlx4_opreq_action(), pointer "mailbox" is not released,
when mlx4_cmd_box() return and error, causing a memory leak bug.
Fix this issue by going to "out" label, mlx4_free_cmd_mailbox() can
free this pointer.
Fixes: fe6f700d6c ("net/mlx4_core: Respond to operation request by firmware")
Signed-off-by: Qiushi Wu <wu000273@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan_for_each() are required to be called with rtnl_lock taken, otherwise
ASSERT_RTNL() warning will be triggered - which happens now during System
resume from suspend:
cpsw_suspend()
|- cpsw_ndo_stop()
|- __hw_addr_ref_unsync_dev()
|- cpsw_purge_all_mc()
|- vlan_for_each()
|- ASSERT_RTNL();
Hence, fix it by surrounding cpsw_ndo_stop() by rtnl_lock/unlock() calls.
Fixes: 15180eca56 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: fix vlan mcast")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 14b41a2959 ("net: stmmac: Delete txtimer in suspend") was the
first attempt to fix a race between mod_timer() and setup_timer()
during stmmac_resume(). However the issue still exists as the commit
only addressed half of the issue.
Same race can still happen as stmmac_resume() re-attaches interface
way too early - even before hardware is fully initialized. Worse,
doing so allows network traffic to restart and stmmac_tx_timer_arm()
being called in the middle of stmmac_resume(), which re-init tx timers
in stmmac_init_coalesce(). timer_list will be corrupted and system
crashes as a result of race between mod_timer() and setup_timer().
systemd--1995 2.... 552950018us : stmmac_suspend: 4994
ksoftirq-9 0..s2 553123133us : stmmac_tx_timer_arm: 2276
systemd--1995 0.... 553127896us : stmmac_resume: 5101
systemd--320 7...2 553132752us : stmmac_tx_timer_arm: 2276
(sd-exec-1999 5...2 553135204us : stmmac_tx_timer_arm: 2276
---------------------------------
pc : run_timer_softirq+0x468/0x5e0
lr : run_timer_softirq+0x570/0x5e0
Call trace:
run_timer_softirq+0x468/0x5e0
__do_softirq+0x124/0x398
irq_exit+0xd8/0xe0
__handle_domain_irq+0x6c/0xc0
gic_handle_irq+0x60/0xb0
el1_irq+0xb8/0x180
arch_cpu_idle+0x38/0x230
default_idle_call+0x24/0x3c
do_idle+0x1e0/0x2b8
cpu_startup_entry+0x28/0x48
secondary_start_kernel+0x1b4/0x208
Fix this by deferring netif_device_attach() to the end of
stmmac_resume().
Signed-off-by: Leon Yu <leoyu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When call function devm_platform_ioremap_resource(), we should use IS_ERR()
to check the return value and return PTR_ERR() if failed.
Signed-off-by: Tiezhu Yang <yangtiezhu@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix loop variables that are comparing or assigning signed against
unsigned values, mostly by declaring loop counters as unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was using rq_last_status where it should have been
using sq_last_status. Fix the string to be using the correct
error reporting variable.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The "ethtool -d" handler reads registers in the ice_regs_dump_list array
and returns read values back to the userspace.
The register offsets PFINT0_ITR* are not valid as per the specification
and reading these causes a "unable to handle kernel paging request" bug
in the driver. Remove these registers from ice_regs_dump_list.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Require the Dynamic Device Personalization (DDP) file to have the same
major version number and the same or older minor number than the firmware
version major and minor, respectively.
Check the OS and NVM package versions before downloading the package.
If the OS package version is not compatible with NVM then return an
appropriate error.
Split the 32-byte segment name into a 28-byte segment name and
a 4-byte Track-ID. Older packages will still work with this change
because no package has a name that will take up more than 28 bytes;
in this case the Track-ID will be 0.
Note that the driver will store the segment name as 32-bytes in the
ice_hw structure, in order to normalize the length of the various
package name strings that it uses.
Also add section ID and structure for the segment metadata section.
Signed-off-by: Victor Raj <victor.raj@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Nowlin <dan.nowlin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently if a unicast MAC is set via ndo_set_vf_mac, the PF driver will
set the VF's dflt_lan_addr.addr once some basic checks have passed. The
VF is then reset. During reset the PF driver will attempt to program the
VF's MAC from the dflt_lan_addr.addr field. This fails when the MAC
already exists on the PF's switch.
This is causing the VF to be completely disabled until removing/enabling
any VFs via sysfs.
Fix this by checking if the unicast MAC exists before triggering a VF
reset directly in ndo_set_vf_mac. Also, add a check if the unicast MAC
is set to the same value as before and return 0 if that is the case.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently if the iavf is loaded and a VF link transitions from up to
down to up again a Tx timeout will be triggered. This happens because
Tx/Rx queue interrupts are only enabled when receiving the
VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_MAP_IRQ message, which happens on reset or initial
iavf driver load, but not when bringing link up. This is problematic
because they are disabled on the VIRTCHNL_OP_DISABLE_QUEUES message,
which is part of bringing a VF's link down. However, they are not
enabled on the VIRTCHNL_OP_ENABLE_QUEUES message, which is part of
bringing a VF's link up.
Fix this by re-enabling the VF's Rx and Tx queue interrupts when they
were previously configured. This is done by first checking to make
sure the previous value in QINT_[R|T]QCTL.MSIX_INDX is not 0, which
is used to represent the OICR in the VF's interrupt space. If the
MSIX_INDX is non-zero then enable the interrupt by setting the
QINT_[R|T]CTL.CAUSE_ENA bit to 1.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rx MDD auto reset message was not being logged because logging occurred
after the VF reset and the VF MDD data was reinitialized.
Log the Rx MDD auto reset message before triggering the VF reset.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As per the specification, the driver needs to call set_mac_cfg
(opcode 0x0603) to be able to exercise jumbo frames. Call the
function during initialization and the post reset rebuild flow.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable accelerated Receive Flow Steering (aRFS). It is used to steer Rx
flows to a specific queue. This functionality is triggered by the network
stack through ndo_rx_flow_steer and requires Flow Director (ntuple on) to
function.
The fltr_info is used to add/remove/update flow rules in the HW, the
fltr_state is used to determine what to do with the filter with respect
to HW and/or SW, and the flow_id is used in co-ordination with the
network stack.
The work for aRFS is split into two paths: the ndo_rx_flow_steer
operation and the ice_service_task. The former is where the kernel hands
us an Rx SKB among other items to setup aRFS and the latter is where
the driver adds/updates/removes filter rules from HW and updates filter
state.
In the Rx path the following things can happen:
1. New aRFS entries are added to the hash table and the state is
set to ICE_ARFS_INACTIVE so the filter can be updated in HW
by the ice_service_task path.
2. aRFS entries have their Rx Queue updated if we receive a
pre-existing flow_id and the filter state is ICE_ARFS_ACTIVE.
The state is set to ICE_ARFS_INACTIVE so the filter can be
updated in HW by the ice_service_task path.
3. aRFS entries marked as ICE_ARFS_TODEL are deleted
In the ice_service_task path the following things can happen:
1. New aRFS entries marked as ICE_ARFS_INACTIVE are added or
updated in HW.
and their state is updated to ICE_ARFS_ACTIVE.
2. aRFS entries are deleted from HW and their state is updated
to ICE_ARFS_TODEL.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Madhu Chittim <madhu.chittim@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a reset, Flow Director filters are cleared from the hardware.
Rebuild the filters using the software structures containing the filter
rules.
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flex-bytes allows for packet matching based on an offset and value. This
is supported via the ethtool user-def option. It is specified by providing
an offset followed by a 2 byte match value. Offset is measured from the
start of the MAC address.
The following restrictions apply to flex-bytes. The specified offset must
be an even number and be smaller than 0x1fe.
Example usage:
ethtool -N eth0 flow-type tcp4 src-ip 192.168.0.55 dst-ip 172.16.0.55 \
src-port 12 dst-port 13 user-def 0x10ffff action 32
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functionality for ethtool --show-ntuple, allowing for filters to be
displayed when set functionality is added. Add statistics related to
Flow Director matches and status.
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flow Director allows for redirection based on ntuple rules. Rules are
programmed using the ethtool set-ntuple interface. Supported actions are
redirect to queue and drop.
Setup the initial framework to process Flow Director filters. Create and
allocate resources to manage and program filters to the hardware. Filters
are processed via a sideband interface; a control VSI is created to manage
communication and process requests through the sideband. Upon allocation of
resources, update the hardware tables to accept perfect filters.
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-05-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 50 non-merge commits during the last 8 day(s) which contain
a total of 109 files changed, 2776 insertions(+), 2887 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Add a new AF_XDP buffer allocation API to the core in order to help
lowering the bar for drivers adopting AF_XDP support. i40e, ice, ixgbe
as well as mlx5 have been moved over to the new API and also gained a
small improvement in performance, from Björn Töpel and Magnus Karlsson.
2) Add getpeername()/getsockname() attach types for BPF sock_addr programs
in order to allow for e.g. reverse translation of load-balancer backend
to service address/port tuple from a connected peer, from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Improve the BPF verifier is_branch_taken() logic to evaluate pointers
being non-NULL, e.g. if after an initial test another non-NULL test on
that pointer follows in a given path, then it can be pruned right away,
from John Fastabend.
4) Larger rework of BPF sockmap selftests to make output easier to understand
and to reduce overall runtime as well as adding new BPF kTLS selftests
that run in combination with sockmap, also from John Fastabend.
5) Batch of misc updates to BPF selftests including fixing up test_align
to match verifier output again and moving it under test_progs, allowing
bpf_iter selftest to compile on machines with older vmlinux.h, and
updating config options for lirc and v6 segment routing helpers, from
Stanislav Fomichev, Andrii Nakryiko and Alan Maguire.
6) Conversion of BPF tracing samples outdated internal BPF loader to use
libbpf API instead, from Daniel T. Lee.
7) Follow-up to BPF kernel test infrastructure in order to fix a flake in
the XDP selftests, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
8) Minor improvements to libbpf's internal hashmap implementation, from
Ian Rogers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ME systems do not support SLP_S0 in S0ix state, and S0ix entry
and exit flows may cause errors on them it is best to avoid using
e1000e_s0ix_entry_flow and e1000e_s0ix_exit_flow functions.
This was done by creating a struct of all devices that comes with ME
and by checking if the current device has ME.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Lifshits <vitaly.lifshits@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit b10effb92e ("e1000e: fix buffer overrun while the I219 is
processing DMA transactions") imposes roughly 30% performance penalty.
The commit log states that "Disabling TSO eliminates performance loss
for TCP traffic without a noticeable impact on CPU performance", so
let's disable TSO by default to regain the loss.
CC: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: b10effb92e ("e1000e: fix buffer overrun while the I219 is processing DMA transactions")
BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1802691
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware may stop working if driver failed to disable ULP mode.
Take the return value of e1000_disable_ulp_lpt_lp() into account, and
pass up the error if it fails.
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igb device gets runtime suspended when there's no link partner. We can't
get correct speed under that state:
$ cat /sys/class/net/enp3s0/speed
1000
In addition to that, an error can also be spotted in dmesg:
[ 385.991957] igb 0000:03:00.0 enp3s0: PCIe link lost
Since device can only be runtime suspended when there's no link partner,
we can skip reading register and let the following logic set speed and
duplex with correct status.
The more generic approach will be wrap get_link_ksettings() with begin()
and complete() callbacks. However, for this particular issue, begin()
calls igb_runtime_resume() , which tries to rtnl_lock() while the lock
is already hold by upper ethtool layer.
So let's take this approach until the igb_runtime_resume() no longer
needs to hold rtnl_lock.
CC: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable Tidv register, Report Packet Sent, Report Status and
Ethernet CRC flags not in use.
This patch comes to clean up these flags.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During igc_down(), we call igc_nfc_rule_exit() which traverse the NFC
rule list disabling filters one by one. Later on in igc_down() flow
we issue an hardware reset which also clear all filters. Since we
already reset the hardware, we don't actually need to disable each
filter manually. In order to simplify the code, this patch removes
igc_nfc_rule() altogether.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes adapter->nfc_rule_lock type from spin_lock to mutex
so we avoid unnecessary busy waiting on lock contention.
A closer look at the execution context of NFC rule API users shows that
all of them run in process context. The API users are: ethtool ops,
igc_configure(), called when interface is brought up by user or reset
workequeue thread, igc_down(), called when interface is brought down,
and igc_remove(), called when driver is unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
None of igc_disable_nfc_rule() callers actually check its returning
value. A closer look at why this function would fail shows that the
only situation is when we try to delete an Ethertype or MAC filter that
doesn't exist.
That situation is very unlikely so we can change igc_del_etype_filter()
and igc_del_mac_filter() logic to "if the filter doesn't exist, we are
done", and keep the logic in igc_disable_nfc_rule() callers simple.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we try to overwrite an existing rule with the same filter but
different action, we get EEXIST error as shown below.
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst <MACADDR> action 1 loc 10
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst <MACADDR> action 2 loc 10
rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: File exists
The second command is expected to overwrite the previous rule in location
10 and succeed.
This patch fixes igc_ethtool_check_nfc_rule() so it also checks the
rules location. In case they match, the rule under evaluation should not
be considered invalid.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we have RFC rules in adapter->nfc_rule_list when the IGC driver
is unloaded, all rules are leaked. This patch fixes the issue by
introducing the helper igc_flush_nfc_rules() and calling it in
igc_remove(). It also updates igc_set_features() so is reuses the
new helper instead of re-implementing it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current implementation of igc_ethtool_update_nfc_rule() is a bit
convoluted since it handles too many things: rule lookup, deletion
and addition. This patch breaks it into three functions so we simplify
the code and improve code reuse.
Code related to rule lookup is refactored out to a new function called
igc_get_nfc_rule().
Code related to rule addition is refactored out to a new function called
igc_add_nfc_rule(). This function enables the rule in hardware and adds
it to the adapter's list.
Code related to rule deletion is refactored out to a new function called
igc_del_nfc_rule(). This function disables the rule in hardware, removes
it from adapter's list, and deletes it.
As a byproduct of this refactoring, igc_enable_nfc_rule() and
igc_disable_nfc_rule() are moved to igc_main.c since they are not used
in igc_ethtool.c anymore, and igc_restore_nfc_rules() and igc_nfc_rule_
exit() are moved around to avoid forward declaration.
Also, since this patch already touches igc_ethtool_get_nfc_rule(), it
takes the opportunity to remove the 'match_flags' check. Empty flags
are not allowed to be added so no need to check that.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When network interface is brought up, the driver re-enables the NFC
rules previously configured. However, this is done in reverse order
the rules were added and hardware filters are configured differently.
For example, consider the following rules:
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst 00:00:00:00:00:AA queue 0
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst 00:00:00:00:00:BB queue 1
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst 00:00:00:00:00:CC queue 2
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst 00:00:00:00:00:DD queue 3
RAL/RAH registers are configure so filter index 1 has address ending
with AA, filter index 2 has address ending in BB, and so on.
If we bring the interface down and up again, RAL/RAH registers are
configured so filter index 1 has address ending in DD, filter index 2
has CC, and so on. IOW, in reverse order we had before bringing the
interface down.
This issue can be fixed by traversing adapter->nfc_rule_list in
backwards when restoring the rules. Since hlist doesn't support
backwards traversal, this patch replaces it by list_head and fixes
igc_restore_nfc_rules() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Multicast MAC addresses are valid address for NFC rules but
igc_add_mac_filter() is currently rejecting them. In fact, the I225
controller doesn't impose any constraint on the address value so this
patch gets rid of the address validation check in MAC filter APIs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the 'loc' argument is passed in ethtool, the input rule overwrites
any rule present in that location. In this situation we must disable the
old rule otherwise it is left enabled in hardware. This patch fixes
the issue by always calling igc_disable_nfc_rule() when deleting the
old rule, no matter the value of 'input' argument.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Access to NFC rules stored in adapter->nfc_rule_list is protect by
adapter->nfc_rule_lock. The functions igc_ethtool_get_nfc_rule()
and igc_ethtool_get_nfc_rules() are missing to hold the lock while
accessing rule objects.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 'sw_idx' field from 'struct igc_nfc_rule' is u16 type but it is
assigned an u32 value in igc_ethtool_init_nfc_rule(). This patch changes
'sw_idx' type to u32 so they match. Also, it makes more sense to call
this field 'location' since it holds the NFC rule location.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current implementation of igc_ethtool_add_nfc_rule() is quite long and a
bit convoluted so this patch does a code refactoring to improve the
code.
Code related to NFC rule object initialization is refactored out to the
local helper function igc_ethtool_init_nfc_rule(). Likewise, code
related to NFC rule validation is refactored out to another local
helper, igc_ethtool_is_nfc_rule_valid().
RX_CLS_FLOW_DISC check is removed since it is redundant. The macro is
defined as the max value fsp->ring_cookie can have, so checking if
fsp->ring_cookie >= adapter->num_rx_queues is already sufficient.
Finally, some log messages are improved or added, and obvious comments
are removed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, if an error occurred during mlx5_function_setup(), we
keep dev->state as DEVICE_STATE_UP.
Fixing it by adding a goto label.
Fixes: e161105e58 ("net/mlx5: Function setup/teardown procedures")
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The correct way is to us the flow_cls_offload_flow_rule() wrapper
instead of f->rule directly.
Fixes: 4c3844d9e9 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Introduce connection tracking")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On sq closure when we free its descriptors, we should also update netdev
txq on completions which would not arrive. Otherwise if we reopen sqs
and attach them back, for example on fw fatal recovery flow, we may get
tx timeout.
Fixes: 29429f3300 ("net/mlx5e: Timeout if SQ doesn't flush during close")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add del_sw_func cb for root ns. Now there is no need to
maintain a case of del_sw_func being null when freeing the node.
Fixes: 2cc43b494a ("net/mlx5_core: Managing root flow table")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Unmanaged flow tables doesn't have a parent and tree_put_node()
assume there is always a parent if cleaning is needed. fix that.
Fixes: 5281a0c909 ("net/mlx5: fs_core: Introduce unmanaged flow tables")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix memory leak in mlx5_events_init(), in case
create_single_thread_workqueue() fails, events
struct should be freed.
Fixes: 5d3c537f90 ("net/mlx5: Handle event of power detection in the PCIE slot")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In the cited commit inner_tirs argument was added to create and destroy
inner tirs, and no indication was added to mlx5e_modify_tirs_hash()
function. In order to have a consistent handling, use
inner_indir_tir[0].tirn in tirs destroy/modify function as an indication
to whether inner tirs are created.
Inner tirs are not created for representors and before this commit,
a call to mlx5e_modify_tirs_hash() was sending HW commands to
modify non-existent inner tirs.
Fixes: 46dc933cee ("net/mlx5e: Provide explicit directive if to create inner indirect tirs")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The TLS TIS object contains the dek/key ID.
By destroying the key first, the TIS would contain an invalid
non-existing key ID.
Reverse the destroy order, this also acheives the desired assymetry
between the destroy and the create flows.
Fixes: d2ead1f360 ("net/mlx5e: Add kTLS TX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After changing the parent_id to be the same for both NICs of same
The cited commit wrongly allow offload of tc redirect flows from
VF to uplink and vice versa when devcies are on different eswitch,
these cases aren't supported by HW.
Disallow the above offloads when devcies are on different eswitch
and VF LAG is not configured.
Fixes: f6dc1264f1 ("net/mlx5e: Disallow tc redirect offload cases we don't support")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When driver is reloading during recovery flow, it can't get new commands
till command interface is up again. Otherwise we may get to null pointer
trying to access non initialized command structures.
Add cmdif state to avoid processing commands while cmdif is not ready.
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After driver creates (via FW command) an EQ for commands, the driver will
be informed on new commands completion by EQE. However, due to a race in
driver's internal command mode metadata update, some new commands will
still be miss-handled by driver as if we are in polling mode. Such commands
can get two non forced completion, leading to already freed command entry
access.
CREATE_EQ command, that maps EQ to the command queue must be posted to the
command queue while it is empty and no other command should be posted.
Add SW mechanism that once the CREATE_EQ command is about to be executed,
all other commands will return error without being sent to the FW. Allow
sending other commands only after successfully changing the driver's
internal command mode metadata.
We can safely return error to all other commands while creating the command
EQ, as all other commands might be sent from the user/application during
driver load. Application can rerun them later after driver's load was
finished.
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When FW response to commands is very slow and all command entries in
use are waiting for completion we can have a race where commands can get
timeout before they get out of the queue and handled. Timeout
completion on uninitialized command will cause releasing command's
buffers before accessing it for initialization and then we will get NULL
pointer exception while trying access it. It may also cause releasing
buffers of another command since we may have timeout completion before
even allocating entry index for this command.
Add entry handling completion to avoid this race.
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Allow to modify ethernet headers while decapsulating mpls over UDP
packets. This is implemented using the same reformat object used for
decapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
MPLS over UDP is supported in hardware by using a packet reformat object
with reformat type equal L3_TUNNEL_TO_L2 which both decapsulates the
outer L3, L4 and MPLS headers, and allows for setting the L2 headers of
the resulting decapsulated packet. For the hardware to operate
correctly, the configuration of the firmware must have
FLEX_PARSER_PROFILE_ENABLE = 1.
Example tc rule:
tc filter add dev bareudp0 protocol all prio 1 root flower enc_dst_port \
6635 enc_src_ip 8.8.8.23 action mpls pop protocol ip pipe \
action pedit ex munge eth dst set 00:11:22:33:44:21 pipe action \
mirred egress redirect dev enp59s0f0_0
We use pedit to set the correct destination MAC.
For MPLS over UDP decapsulation to take place, the driver logic requires
the following:
1. flower filter added on bareudp device.
2. action mpls pop
3. zero or more pedit munge actions
4. one redirect action
Current implementation supports only IPv4 and no VLAN.
tc filter show output looks like this:
filter protocol all pref 1 flower chain 0
filter protocol all pref 1 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
enc_src_ip 8.8.8.24
enc_dst_port 6635
in_hw in_hw_count 1
action order 1: mpls pop protocol ip pipe
index 2 ref 1 bind 1
action order 2: pedit action pipe keys 2
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
key #0 at eth+0: val 00112233 mask 00000000
key #1 at eth+4: val 44210000 mask 0000ffff
action order 3: mirred (Egress Redirect to device enp59s0f0_0) stolen
index 2 ref 1 bind 1
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Support matching on MPLS over UDP parameters using misc2 section of
match parameters.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
MPLS over UDP is supported by adding a rule on a representor net device
which does tunnel_key set, push mpls and forward to a baredup device. At
the hardware level we use a packet_reformat_context object to do the
encapsulation of the packet.
The resulting packet looks as follows (left side transmitted first):
outer L2 | outer IP | UDP | MPLS | inner L3 and data |
Example usage:
tc filter add dev $rep0 protocol ip prio 1 root flower skip_sw \
action tunnel_key set src_ip 8.8.8.21 dst_ip 8.8.8.24 id 555 \
dst_port 6635 tos 4 ttl 6 csum action mpls push protocol 0x8847 \
label 555 tc 3 action mirred egress redirect dev bareudp0
This is how the filter is shown with tc filter show:
tc filter show dev enp59s0f0_0 ingress
filter protocol ip pref 1 flower chain 0
filter protocol ip pref 1 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
eth_type ipv4
skip_sw
in_hw in_hw_count 1
action order 1: tunnel_key set
src_ip 8.8.8.21
dst_ip 8.8.8.24
key_id 555
dst_port 6635
csum
tos 0x4
ttl 6 pipe
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
action order 2: mpls push protocol mpls_uc label 555 tc 3 ttl 255 pipe
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
action order 3: mirred (Egress Redirect to device bareudp0) stolen
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to improve code maintainability and readability, introduce new
CONFIG_MLX5_CLS_ACT kconfig variable to control compilation of TC hardware
offloads implementation. This allows distinguishing between features that
require TC support (MPLSoUDP, etc.) and features that just rely on
representor functionality (rep_bond for live migration, etc.).
Modify rep_tc.h, rep_neigh.h, en_tc.h and chains.h files to provide stubs
for functions that are called from generic code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
As a preparation for introducing new kconfig option that controls
compilation of all TC offloads code in mlx5, extract TC-specific code from
en_main.c to en_tc.c. This allows easily compiling out the code by
only including new source in make file when corresponding kconfig is
enabled instead of adding multiple ifdef blocks to en_main.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
As a preparation for introducing new kconfig option that controls
compilation of all TC offloads code in mlx5, extract neigh-specific code
from en_rep.c to standalone file. This allows easily compiling out the code
by only including new source in make file when corresponding kconfig is
enabled instead of adding multiple ifdef blocks to en_rep.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
As a preparation for introducing new kconfig option that controls
compilation of all TC offloads code in mlx5, extract TC-specific code from
en_rep.c to standalone file. This allows easily compiling out the code by
only including new source in make file when corresponding kconfig is
enabled instead of adding multiple ifdef blocks to en_rep.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use IS_ERR() and PTR_ERR() instead of PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO() to
simplify code, avoid redundant judgements.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Bin <tangbin@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In cas_init_one(), "pdev" is requested by "pci_request_regions", but it
was not released after a call of the function “pci_write_config_byte”
failed. Thus replace the jump target “err_write_cacheline” by
"err_out_free_res".
Fixes: 1f26dac320 ("[NET]: Add Sun Cassini driver.")
Signed-off-by: Qiushi Wu <wu000273@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_set_ageing_time has 2 callers:
- felix_set_ageing_time: from drivers/net/dsa/ocelot/felix.c
- ocelot_port_attr_ageing_set: from drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/ocelot.c
The issue described in the fixed commit below actually happened for the
felix_set_ageing_time code path only, since ocelot_port_attr_ageing_set
was already dividing by 1000. So to make both paths symmetrical (and to
fix addresses getting aged way too fast on Ocelot), stop dividing by
1000 at caller side altogether.
Fixes: c0d7eccbc7 ("net: mscc: ocelot: ANA_AUTOAGE_AGE_PERIOD holds a value in seconds, not ms")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to r8168 vendor driver DASHv3 chips like RTL8168fp/RTL8117
need a special addressing for OCP access.
Fix is compile-tested only due to missing test hardware.
Fixes: 1287723aa1 ("r8169: add support for RTL8117")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of reload fail, the mlxsw_sp->ports contains a pointer to a
freed memory (either by reload_down() or reload_up() error path).
Fix this by initializing the pointer to NULL and checking it before
dereferencing in split/unsplit/type_set callpaths.
Fixes: 24cc68ad6c ("mlxsw: core: Add support for reload")
Reported-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipq806x_gmac_probe() function enables the PTP clock but not the
appropriate interface clocks. This means that if the bootloader hasn't
done so attempting to bring up the interface will fail with an error
like:
[ 59.028131] ipq806x-gmac-dwmac 37600000.ethernet: Failed to reset the dma
[ 59.028196] ipq806x-gmac-dwmac 37600000.ethernet eth1: stmmac_hw_setup: DMA engine initialization failed
[ 59.034056] ipq806x-gmac-dwmac 37600000.ethernet eth1: stmmac_open: Hw setup failed
This patch, a slightly cleaned up version of one posted by Sergey
Sergeev in:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-mikrotik-rb3011uias-rm/4064/257
correctly enables the clock; we have already configured the source just
before this.
Tested on a MikroTik RB3011.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon adapter hotplug, cxgb4 registers ULD devices for all the ULDs that
are already loaded, ensuring that ULD's can enumerate the hotplugged
adapter without reloading the ULD.
Signed-off-by: Potnuri Bharat Teja <bharat@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DONT_CARE be all bits, rather than none, so that
drivers and __flow_action_hw_stats_check can use simple bitwise checks.
Pre-fill all actions with DONT_CARE in flow_rule_alloc(), rather than
relying on implicit semantics of zero from kzalloc, so that callers which
don't configure action stats themselves (i.e. netfilter) get the correct
behaviour by default.
Only the kernel's internal API semantics change; the TC uAPI is unaffected.
v4: move DONT_CARE setting to flow_rule_alloc() for robustness and simplicity.
v3: set DONT_CARE in nft and ct offload.
v2: rebased on net-next, removed RFC tags.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ugeth_quiesce/activate are used to halt the controller when there is a
link change that requires to reconfigure the mac.
The previous implementation called netif_device_detach(). This however
causes the initial activation of the netdevice to fail precisely because
it's detached. For details, see [1].
A possible workaround was the revert of commit
net: linkwatch: add check for netdevice being present to linkwatch_do_dev
However, the check introduced in the above commit is correct and shall be
kept.
The netif_device_detach() is thus replaced with
netif_tx_stop_all_queues() that prevents any tranmission. This allows to
perform mac config change required by the link change, without detaching
the corresponding netdevice and thus not preventing its initial
activation.
[1] https://lists.openwall.net/netdev/2020/01/08/201
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin@longchamp.me>
Acked-by: Matteo Ghidoni <matteo.ghidoni@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When rxhash is enabled on any ethernet port except the first in each CP
block, traffic flow is prevented. The analysis is below:
I've been investigating this afternoon, and what I've found, comparing
a kernel without 895586d5dc and with 895586d5dc applied is:
- The table programmed into the hardware via mvpp22_rss_fill_table()
appears to be identical with or without the commit.
- When rxhash is enabled on eth2, mvpp2_rss_port_c2_enable() reports
that c2.attr[0] and c2.attr[2] are written back containing:
- with 895586d5dc, failing: 00200000 40000000
- without 895586d5dc, working: 04000000 40000000
- When disabling rxhash, c2.attr[0] and c2.attr[2] are written back as:
04000000 00000000
The second value represents the MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR2_RSS_EN bit, the
first value is the queue number, which comprises two fields. The high
5 bits are 24:29 and the low three are 21:23 inclusive. This comes
from:
c2.attr[0] = MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QHIGH(qh) |
MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QLOW(ql);
So, the working case gives eth2 a queue id of 4.0, or 32 as per
port->first_rxq, and the non-working case a queue id of 0.1, or 1.
The allocation of queue IDs seems to be in mvpp2_port_probe():
if (priv->hw_version == MVPP21)
port->first_rxq = port->id * port->nrxqs;
else
port->first_rxq = port->id * priv->max_port_rxqs;
Where:
if (priv->hw_version == MVPP21)
priv->max_port_rxqs = 8;
else
priv->max_port_rxqs = 32;
Making the port 0 (eth0 / eth1) have port->first_rxq = 0, and port 1
(eth2) be 32. It seems the idea is that the first 32 queues belong to
port 0, the second 32 queues belong to port 1, etc.
mvpp2_rss_port_c2_enable() gets the queue number from it's parameter,
'ctx', which comes from mvpp22_rss_ctx(port, 0). This returns
port->rss_ctx[0].
mvpp22_rss_context_create() is responsible for allocating that, which
it does by looking for an unallocated priv->rss_tables[] pointer. This
table is shared amongst all ports on the CP silicon.
When we write the tables in mvpp22_rss_fill_table(), the RSS table
entry is defined by:
u32 sel = MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_TABLE(rss_ctx) |
MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_TABLE_ENTRY(i);
where rss_ctx is the context ID (queue number) and i is the index in
the table.
If we look at what is written:
- The first table to be written has "sel" values of 00000000..0000001f,
containing values 0..3. This appears to be for eth1. This is table 0,
RX queue number 0.
- The second table has "sel" values of 00000100..0000011f, and appears
to be for eth2. These contain values 0x20..0x23. This is table 1,
RX queue number 0.
- The third table has "sel" values of 00000200..0000021f, and appears
to be for eth3. These contain values 0x40..0x43. This is table 2,
RX queue number 0.
How do queue numbers translate to the RSS table? There is another
table - the RXQ2RSS table, indexed by the MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_QUEUE field
of MVPP22_RSS_INDEX and accessed through the MVPP22_RXQ2RSS_TABLE
register. Before 895586d5dc, it was:
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RSS_INDEX,
MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_QUEUE(port->first_rxq));
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RXQ2RSS_TABLE,
MVPP22_RSS_TABLE_POINTER(port->id));
and after:
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RSS_INDEX, MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_QUEUE(ctx));
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RXQ2RSS_TABLE, MVPP22_RSS_TABLE_POINTER(ctx));
Before the commit, for eth2, that would've contained '32' for the
index and '1' for the table pointer - mapping queue 32 to table 1.
Remember that this is queue-high.queue-low of 4.0.
After the commit, we appear to map queue 1 to table 1. That again
looks fine on the face of it.
Section 9.3.1 of the A8040 manual seems indicate the reason that the
queue number is separated. queue-low seems to always come from the
classifier, whereas queue-high can be from the ingress physical port
number or the classifier depending on the MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG.
We set the port bit in MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG, meaning that queue-high
comes from the MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_P2HQ_REG() register... and this seems to
be where our bug comes from.
mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set() sets this up as:
mvpp2_write(port->priv, MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_P2HQ_REG(port->id),
(port->first_rxq >> MVPP2_CLS_OVERSIZE_RXQ_LOW_BITS));
val = mvpp2_read(port->priv, MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG);
val |= MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_MASK(port->id);
mvpp2_write(port->priv, MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG, val);
Setting the MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_MASK bit means that the queue-high
for eth2 is _always_ 4, so only queues 32 through 39 inclusive are
available to eth2. Yet, we're trying to tell the classifier to set
queue-high, which will be ignored, to zero. Hence, the queue-high
field (MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QHIGH()) from the classifier will be
ignored.
This means we end up directing traffic from eth2 not to queue 1, but
to queue 33, and then we tell it to look up queue 33 in the RSS table.
However, RSS table has not been programmed for queue 33, and so it ends
up (presumably) dropping the packets.
It seems that mvpp22_rss_context_create() doesn't take account of the
fact that the upper 5 bits of the queue ID can't actually be changed
due to the settings in mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set(), _or_ it seems that
mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set() has been missed in this commit. Either
way, these two functions mutually disagree with what queue number
should be used.
Looking deeper into what mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set() and the MTU
validation is doing, it seems that MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_P2HQ_REG() is used
for over-sized packets attempting to egress through this port. With
the classifier having had RSS enabled and directing eth2 traffic to
queue 1, we may still have packets appearing on queue 32 for this port.
However, the only way we may end up with over-sized packets attempting
to egress through eth2 - is if the A8040 forwards frames between its
ports. From what I can see, we don't support that feature, and the
kernel restricts the egress packet size to the MTU. In any case, if we
were to attempt to transmit an oversized packet, we have no support in
the kernel to deal with that appearing in the port's receive queue.
So, this patch attempts to solve the issue by clearing the
MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_MASK() bit, allowing MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QHIGH()
from the classifier to define the queue-high field of the queue number.
My testing seems to confirm my findings above - clearing this bit
means that if I enable rxhash on eth2, the interface can then pass
traffic, as we are now directing traffic to RX queue 1 rather than
queue 33. Traffic still seems to work with rxhash off as well.
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Fixes: 895586d5dc ("net: mvpp2: cls: Use RSS contexts to handle RSS tables")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the driver for the MediaTek STAR Ethernet MAC currently used
on the MT8* SoC family. For now we only support full-duplex.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Makefile formatting in the kernel tree usually doesn't use tabs,
so remove them before we add a second driver.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll soon by adding a second MediaTek Ethernet driver so modify the
Kconfig prompt.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit reduces the driver load time by using usec resolution
instead of msec when polling for hardware state change.
Also add back-off mechanism to handle cases where minimal sleep
time is not enough.
Signed-off-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Use BIT macro instead of shift operator for code clarity
2. Replace multiple flag assignments to a single assignment of multiple
flags in ena_com_add_single_rx_desc()
3. Move ENA_HASH_KEY_SIZE from ena_netdev.h to ena_com.h
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add leading and trailing spaces to several comments for better
readability
2. Make tabs and spaces uniform in enum defines in ena_admin_defs.h
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Reorder sanity checks in get_comp_ctxt() to make more sense
2. Reorder variables in ena_com_fill_hash_function() and
ena_calc_io_queue_size() in reverse christmas tree.
3. Move around member initializations.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Remove unused definition of DRV_MODULE_VERSION
2. Remove {} from single line-of-code ifs
3. Remove unnecessary comments from ena_get/set_coalesce()
4. Remove unnecessary extra spaces and newlines
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Join unnecessarily broken short lines in ena_com.c ena_netdev.c
2. Fix Indentations of broken lines
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix spelling and grammar mistakes in comments in ena_com.h,
ena_com.c and ena_netdev.c
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all types of variables that convey the number and sizeof queues to
be u32, for consistency with the API between the driver and device via
ena_admin_defs.h:ena_admin_get_feat_resp.max_queue_ext fields. Current
code sometimes uses int and there are multiple assignments between these
variables with different types.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ena_update_tx/rx_rings_intr_moderation() to
ena_update_tx/rx_rings_nonadaptive_intr_moderation()
to distinguish between adaptive and non adaptive interrupt moderaion.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize prev_intr_delay_resolution with ena_dev->intr_delay_resolution
unconditionally, since it is initialized with
ENA_DEFAULT_INTR_DELAY_RESOLUTION in ena_probe(). This approach makes much
more sense than handling errors of not initializing it.
Also added unlikely to if condition.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Default return value should be -EINVAL since the input
in this case was unexpected.
Also remove the now redundant check in the beginning
of the function.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use u64 instead of unsigned long long for clarity
Signed-off-by: Shai Brandes <shaibran@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ena_com_free_desc to ena_com_free_q_entries to match
the LLQ mode.
In non-LLQ mode, an entry in an IO ring corresponds to a
a descriptor. In LLQ mode an entry may correspond to several
descriptors (per LLQ definition).
Signed-off-by: Igor Chauskin <igorch@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer ENA devices can write data to rx buffers with an offset
from the beginning of the buffer.
This commit adds support for this feature in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an inconsistency between code and spec, which
was found while working on the QoS implementation.
When 8TCs are used, 2 is the maximum supported number of index bits.
In a 4TC mode, we do support 3, but we shouldn't really use the bytes,
which are intended for the 8TC mode.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for mqprio min_rate limiters.
A2 HW supports Weighted Strict Priority (WSP) arbitration for Tx Descriptor
Queue scheduling among TCs, which can be used for min_rate shaping.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the order of arguments for TC weight/credit setter
functions.
Having the "value to be set" on the right is slightly more robust in
a sense that it's more natural for the humans, so it's a bit more
error-proof this way.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the TC-queue mapping mechanism used on A2.
Configure the A2 HW in such a way that we can keep queue index mapping
exactly as it was on A1.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for automatic queue number downgrade.
On A2: this is a must have, because only TC0/TC1 support more than 4Q.
Other TCs support 4Qs maximum.
Thus, on A2 we must downgrade the number of queues per TC to 4, if more
than 2 TCs are requested.
On A1: this allows using 8TCs even on systems with cpu count >= 8, when
we have 8 queues by default.
We will just automatically switch to 8TCx4Q mode in this case.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds initial support for mqprio rate limiters (max_rate only).
Atlantic HW supports Rate-Shaping for time-sensitive traffic at per
Traffic Class (TC) granularity.
Target rate is defined by:
* nominal link rate (always 10G);
* rate factor (ratio between nominal rate and max allowed).
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates TCVEC2RING to accept nic_cfg, which is needed to be able
to use it from hw_atl.
The name is updated to reflect the changes.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for per-TC queue statistics.
By default (single TC), the output is the same as it used to be, e.g.:
Queue[0] InPackets: 2
Queue[0] OutPackets: 8
Queue[0] Restarts: 0
Queue[0] InJumboPackets: 0
Queue[0] InLroPackets: 0
Queue[0] InErrors: 0
If several TCs are enabled, then each queue statistics line is prefixed
with TC number, e.g.:
TC0 Queue[0] InPackets: 6
TC0 Queue[0] OutPackets: 11
Queue numbering is end-to-end, so:
TC1 Queue[4] InPackets: 0
TC1 Queue[4] OutPackets: 22
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds multi-TC support.
PTP is automatically disabled when the user enables more than 2 TCs,
otherwise traffic on TC2 won't quite work, because it's reserved for PTP.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the following changes:
* add cfg->is_ptp (used for PTP enable/disable switch, which
is described in more details below);
* add cfg->tc_mode (A1 supports 2 HW modes only);
* setup queue to TC mapping based on TC mode on A2;
* remove hw_tx_tc_mode_get / hw_rx_tc_mode_get hw_ops.
In the first generation of our hardware (A1), a whole traffic class is
consumed for PTP handling in FW (FW uses it to send the ptp data and to
send back timestamps).
The 'is_ptp' flag introduced in this patch will be used in to automatically
disable PTP when a conflicting configuration is detected, e.g. when
multiple TCs are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the PTP TC initialization into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the following changes:
* access cfg via aq_nic_get_cfg() in aq_nic_start() and aq_nic_map_skb();
* call aq_nic_get_dev() just once in aq_nic_map_skb();
* move ring allocation/deallocation out of aq_vec_alloc()/aq_vec_free();
* add the missing aq_nic_deinit() in atl_resume_common();
* rename 'tcs' field to 'tcs_max' in aq_hw_caps_s to differentiate it from
the 'tcs' field in aq_nic_cfg_s, which is used for the current number of
TCs;
* update _TC_MAX defines to the actual number of supported TCs;
* move tx_tc_mode register defines slightly higher (just to keep the order
of definitions);
* separate variables for TX/RX buff_size in hw_atl*_hw_qos_set();
* use AQ_HW_*_TC instead of hardcoded magic numbers;
* actually use the 'ret' value in aq_mdo_add_secy();
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-21
This series contains updates to ice driver only. Several of the changes
are fixes, which could be backported to stable, of which, only one was
marked for stable because of the memory leak potential.
Jake exposes the information in the flash memory used for link
management, which is called the netlist module.
Henry and Tony add support for tunnel offloads.
Brett adds promiscuous support in VF's which is based on VF trust and
the new vf-true-promisc flag.
Avinash fixes an issue where a transmit timeout for a queue that belongs
to a PFC enabled TC is not a true transmit timeout, but because the PFC
is in action.
Dave fixes the check for contiguous TCs to allow for various UP2TC
mapping configurations. Also fixed an issue when changing the pause
parameters would could multiple link drop/down's in succession, which in
turn caused the firmware to not generate a link interrupt for the driver
to respond to.
Anirudh (Ani) fixed a potential race condition in probe/open due to a
bit being cleared too early.
Lihong updates an error message to make it more meaningful instead of
just printing out the numerical value of the status/error code. Also
fixed an incorrect return value if deleting a filter does not find a
match to delete or when adding a filter that already exists.
Karol fixes casting issues and precision loss in the driver.
Jesse make the sign usage more consistent in the driver by making sure
all instances of vf_id are unsigned, since it can never be negative.
Eric fixes a potential memory leak in ice_add_prof_id_vsig() where was
not cleaning up resources properly when an error occurs.
Michal to help organize the filtering code in the driver, refactor the
code into a separate file and add functions to prepare the filter
information.
Bruce cleaned up a conditional statement that always resulted in true
and provided a comment to make it more obvious. Also cleaned up
redundant code checks.
Tony helps with potential namespace issues by renaming a 'ice' specific
function with the driver name prepended.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-21
This series contains updates to igc and e1000.
Andre cleans up code that was left over from the igb driver that handled
MAC address filters based on the source address, which is not currently
supported. Simplifies the MAC address filtering code and prepare the
igc driver for future source address support. Updated the MAC address
filter internal APIs to support filters based on source address. Added
support for Network Flow Classification (NFC) rules based on source MAC
address. Cleaned up the 'cookie' field which is not used anywhere in
the code and cleaned up a wrapper function that was not needed.
Simplified the filtering code for readability and aligned the ethtool
functions, so that function names were consistent.
Alex provides a fix for e1000 to resolve a deadlock issue when NAPI is
being disabled.
Sasha does additional cleanup of the igc driver of dead code that is not
used or needed.
v2: Fix the function header comment in patch 3 of the series, based on
the feedback from Jakub Kicinski.
====================
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make the function easier to identify as being part of the ice driver,
prepend ice to the function name.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Self-explanatory.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The variable status cannot be zero due to a prior check of it; remove this
check.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The else conditional expression is always true due to the if conditional
expression; remove it and add a comment to make it obvious still.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In function ice_set_mac_address, we will remove old dev_addr before
adding the new MAC. In the removing and adding process of the MAC,
there is no need to return error if the check finds the to-be-removed
dev_addr does not exist in the MAC filter list or the to-be-added mac
already exists, keep going or return success accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move filter functions to separate file.
Add functions that prepare suitable ice_fltr_info struct
depending on the filter type and add this struct to earlier created
list:
- ice_fltr_add_mac_to_list
- ice_fltr_add_vlan_to_list
- ice_fltr_add_eth_to_list
This functions are used in adding and removing filters.
Create wrappers for functions mentioned above that alloc list,
add suitable ice_fltr_info to it and call add or remove function.
- ice_fltr_prepare_mac
- ice_fltr_prepare_mac_and_broadcast
- ice_fltr_prepare_vlan
- ice_fltr_prepare_eth
Signed-off-by: Michal Swiatkowski <michal.swiatkowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Memory allocated in the ice_add_prof_id_vsig() function wasn't being
properly freed if an error occurred inside the for-loop in the function.
In particular, 'p' wasn't being freed if an error occurred before it was
added to the resource list at the end of the for-loop.
Signed-off-by: Eric Joyner <eric.joyner@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The vf_id variable is dealt with in the code in inconsistent
ways of sign usage, preventing compilation with -Werror=sign-compare.
Fix this problem in the code by always treating vf_id as unsigned, since
there are no valid values of vf_id that are negative.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change min() macros to min_t() which has compare type specified and it
helps avoid precision loss.
In some cases there was precision loss during calls or assignments.
Some fields in structs were unnecessarily large and gave multiple
warnings.
There were also some minor type differences which are now fixed as well as
some cases where a simple cast was needed.
Callers were were passing data that is a u16 to
ice_sched_cfg_node_bw_alloc() but the function was truncating that to a u8.
Fix that by changing the function to take a u16.
Signed-off-by: Karol Kolacinski <karol.kolacinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When printing the ice status or AQ error codes, instead of printing out the
numerical value, provide the description of the error code. This provides
more info about the issue than a number.
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As soon as the driver registers the PF netdev, userspace utilities
like NetworkManager try to bring up the associated interface. When
this happens, the driver may not have finished initializing fully,
resulting in a bunch of errors in the interface up flow.
The driver already has a mechanism to indicate if it's not up yet;
by setting the __ICE_DOWN bit in pf->state, but this bit gets
cleared too early in the current flow. So clear this bit only when
the driver is fully up. Also check for the same bit in the ice_open
flow, and return -EBUSY if the bit is set.
Also in ice_open, replace references of vsi->back with a local
variable.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the ice driver is setting a PHY configuration,
which causes a link drop, and then additionally it calls
for a nway_reset, which restarts auto-negotiation on the
link, which also causes a link drop. These two link
events in such close timing is causing the FW to not be
able to generate a link interrupt for the driver to
respond to.
Remove the unnecessary auto-negotiation restart from the
set pauseparams flow. Also remove error path that
would have performed an ice_down/ice_up as that is
also unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current implementation for contiguous TC check
is assuming that the UPs will be mapped to TCs in
a linear progressing fashion. This is obviously
not always true.
Change the check to allow for various UP2TC mapping
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When there's a Tx timeout for a queue which belongs to a PFC enabled TC,
then it's not because the queue is hung but because PFC is in action.
In PFC, peer sends a pause frame for a specified period of time when its
buffer threshold is exceeded (due to congestion). Netdev on the other
hand checks if ACK is received within a specified time for a TX packet, if
not, it'll invoke the tx_timeout routine.
Signed-off-by: Avinash JD <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement promiscuous support for VF VSIs. Behaviour of promiscuous support
is based on VF trust as well as the, introduced, vf-true-promisc flag.
A trusted VF with vf-true-promisc disabled will be the default VSI, which
means that all traffic without a matching destination MAC address in the
device's internal switch will be forwarded to this VF VSI.
A trusted VF with vf-true-promisc enabled will go into "true promiscuous
mode". This amounts to the VF receiving all ingress and egress traffic
that hits the device's internal switch.
An untrusted VF will only receive traffic destined for that VF.
The vf-true-promisc-support flag cannot be toggled while any VF is in
promiscuous mode. This flag should be set prior to loading the iavf driver
or spawning VF(s).
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Create a boost TCAM entry for each tunnel port in order to get a tunnel
PTYPE. Update netdev feature flags and implement the appropriate logic to
get and set values for hardware offloads.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The flash memory for the ice hardware contains a block of information
used for link management called the Netlist module.
As this essentially represents another section of firmware, add its
version information to the output of the driver's .info_get handler.
This includes both a version and the first few bytes of a hash of the
module contents.
fw.netlist -> the version information extracted from the netlist module
fw.netlist.build-> first 4 bytes of the hash of the contents, similar
to fw.mgmt.build
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the new MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL API in lieu of MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY in
mlx5e. It allows to drop a lot of code from the driver (which is now
common in AF_XDP core and was related to XSK RX frame allocation, DMA
mapping, etc.) and slightly improve performance (RX +0.8 Mpps, TX +0.4
Mpps).
rfc->v1: Put back the sanity check for XSK params, use XSK API to get
the total headroom size. (Maxim)
v1->v2: Fix DMA address handling, set XDP metadata to invalid. (Maxim)
v2->v3: Handle frame_sz, use xsk_buff_xdp_get_frame_dma, use xsk_buff
API for DMA sync on TX, add performance numbers. (Maxim)
v3->v4: Remove unused variable num_xsk_frames. (Jakub)
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-12-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Remove MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY in favor of the new MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL
APIs.
v4->v5: Fixed "warning: Excess function parameter 'alloc' description
in 'ice_alloc_rx_bufs_zc'" and "warning: Excess function
parameter 'xdp' description in
'ice_construct_skb_zc'". (Jakub)
Signed-off-by: Maciej Fijalkowski <maciej.fijalkowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-10-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Remove MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY in favor of the new MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL
APIs. The AF_XDP zero-copy rx_bi ring is now simply a struct xdp_buff
pointer.
v4->v5: Fixed "warning: Excess function parameter 'bi' description in
'i40e_construct_skb_zc'". (Jakub)
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-9-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Continuing the path to support MEM_TYPE_XSK_BUFF_POOL, the AF_XDP
zero-copy/sk_buff rx_bi rings are now separate. Functions to properly
allocate the different rings are added as well.
v3->v4: Made i40e_fd_handle_status() static. (kbuild test robot)
v4->v5: Fix kdoc for i40e_clean_programming_status(). (Jakub)
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-8-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Move the AF_XDP zero-copy driver interface to its own include file
called xdp_sock_drv.h. This, hopefully, will make it more clear for
NIC driver implementors to know what functions to use for zero-copy
support.
v4->v5: Fix -Wmissing-prototypes by include header file. (Jakub)
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200520192103.355233-4-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
In the function devm_platform_ioremap_resource(), if get resource
failed, the return value is ERR_PTR() not NULL. Thus it must be
replaced by IS_ERR(), or else it may result in crashes if a critical
error path is encountered.
Fixes: 0ce5ebd24d ("mfd: ioc3: Add driver for SGI IOC3 chip")
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Bin <tangbin@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to using IS_ERR() instead of NULL test for cpsw_ale_create()
error handling. Also fix to return negative error code from this error
handling case instead of 0 in.
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cpsw_ale_create() can return both NULL and PTR_ERR(), but all of
the caller only check NULL for error handling. This patch convert
it to only return PTR_ERR() in all error cases, and the caller using
IS_ERR() instead of NULL test.
Fixes: 4b41d34367 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: allow untagged traffic on host port")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for XRC-SRQ's and XRC-QP's for upper layer driver.
We maintain separate bitmaps for resource management for srq and
xrc-srq, However, the range in FW is one, The xrc-srq's are first
and then the srq's follow. Therefore we maintain a srq-id offset.
v2: perform cleanups if XRC bitmpas allocation fail.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <ybason@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First ILT page for TSDM client is allocated for XRC-SRQ's.
For regular SRQ's skip first ILT page that is reserved for
XRC-SRQ's.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <ybason@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every time we access the 'etype' and 'vlan_tci' fields from struct
igc_nfc_filter to enable or disable filters in hardware we have to
convert them from big endian to host order so it makes more sense to
simply have these fields in host order.
The byte order conversion should take place in igc_ethtool_get_nfc_
rule() and igc_ethtool_add_nfc_rule(), which are called by .get_rxnfc
and .set_rxnfc ethtool ops, since ethtool subsystem is the one who deals
with them in big endian order.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Network Flow Classification (NFC) support code from IGC driver uses
terms such as 'rule', 'filter', 'entry', 'input' interchangeably when
referring to NFC rules, making it harder to follow the code. This patch
renames IGC's internal APIs, structs, and variables so we stick with the
term 'rule' since this is the term used in ethtool APIs. It also removes
some not applicable comments along the way. No functionality is changed
by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the prefix 'igc_ethtool_' to all functions defined in
igc_ethtool.c so they align with the name convention already followed by
other parts of the driver (e.g. igc_tsn, igc_ptp). Also, this avoids
some name clashing with functions added to igc_main.c by upcoming
patches in this series. No functionality is changed by this patch, just
function renaming.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch re-writes the second half of igc_ethtool_get_nfc_entry() to
follow the 'return early' pattern seen in other parts of the driver and
removes some duplicate comments.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch does a trivial change in igc_ethtool_get_rxnfc() and
igc_ethtool_set_rxnfc() to simplify their logic.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The local function igc_max_channels() is a pointless wrapper around
igc_get_max_rss_queues(). This patch removes it and updates the callers
accordingly. It also does some cleanup on igc_get_max_rss_queues().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 'cookie' field is not used anywhere in the code so this patch
removes it from struct igc_nfc_filter.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Per queue good transmitted packet counter not applicable for i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up this register.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Header redirection missed packet counter not applicable for i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up this register.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Part of circuit breaker registers is obsolete
and not applicable for i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up these registers.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We are seeing a deadlock in e1000 down when NAPI is being disabled. Looking
over the kernel function trace of the system it appears that the interface
is being closed and then a reset is hitting which deadlocks the interface
as the NAPI interface is already disabled.
To prevent this from happening I am disabling the reset task when
__E1000_DOWN is already set. In addition code has been added so that we set
the __E1000_DOWN while holding the __E1000_RESET flag in e1000_close in
order to guarantee that the reset task will not run after we have started
the close call.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Maxim Zhukov <mussitantesmortem@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for Network Flow Classification (NFC) rules
based on source MAC address. Note that the controller doesn't support
rules with both source and destination addresses set, so this special
case is checked in igc_add_ethtool_nfc_entry().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends MAC address filter internal APIs igc_add_mac_filter()
and igc_del_mac_filter(), as well as local helpers, to support filters
based on source address.
A new parameters 'type' is added to the APIs to indicate if the filter
type is source or destination. In case it is source type, the RAH
register is configured accordingly in igc_set_mac_filter_hw().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFSBAABCAA8FiEEq68RxlopcLEwq+PEeb4+QwBBGIYFAl7BzV8eHHRvcnZhbGRz
QGxpbnV4LWZvdW5kYXRpb24ub3JnAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGg8EH/A2pXMTxtc96RI4S
sttEsUQqbakFS0Z/2tQPpMGr/qW2e5eHgsTX/a3SiUeZiIXk6f4lMFkMuctzBf7p
X77cNEDwGOEdbtCXTsMcmKSde7sP2zCXsPB8xTWLyE6rnaFRgikwwkeqgkIKhp1h
bvOQV0t9HNGvxGAM0iZeOvQAvFl4vd7nS123/MYbir9cugfQUSJRueQ4BiCiJqVE
6cNA7/vFzDJuFGszzIrJ7HXn/IdQMMWHkvTDjgBw0GZw1mDbGFbfbZwOeTz1ojCt
smUQ4tIFxBa/VA5zx7dOy2P2keHbSVf4VLkZRPcceT7OqVS65ETmFDp+qt5NdWM5
vZ8+7/0=
=CyYH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v5.7-rc6' into rdma.git for-next
Linux 5.7-rc6
Conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/steering/dr_send.c
resolved by deleting dr_cq_event, matching how netdev resolved it.
Required for dependencies in the following patches.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In igc_adapter we keep a sort of shadow copy of RAL and RAH registers.
There is not much benefit in keeping it, at the cost of maintainability,
since adding/removing MAC address filters is not hot path, and we
already keep filters information in adapter->nfc_filter_list for cleanup
and restoration purposes.
So in order to simplify the MAC address filtering code and prepare it
for source address support, this patch removes the mac_table from
igc_adapter.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
MAC address filters based on source address are not currently supported
by the IGC driver. Despite of that, the driver have some dangling code
to handle it, inherited from IGB driver. This patch removes that code to
prepare for a follow up patch that adds proper source MAC address filter
support.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-19
This series contains updates to igc only.
Sasha cleans up the igc driver code that is not used or needed.
Vitaly cleans up driver code that was used to support Virtualization on
a device that is not supported by igc, so remove the dead code.
Andre renames a few macros to align with register and field names
described in the data sheet. Also adds the VLAN Priority Queue Fliter
and EType Queue Filter registers to the list of registers dumped by
igc_get_regs(). Added additional debug messages and updated return codes
for unsupported features. Refactored the VLAN priority filtering code to
move the core logic into igc_main.c. Cleaned up duplicate code and
useless code.
====================
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx data FIFO Head/Tail, Saved and Packet Count registers
not applicable for i225 LAN controller.
This patch comes to clean up these registers.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Device reset assert for interrupt cause register not in
use for i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up this define.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the EType Queue Filter (ETQF) registers to the list of
registers dumped by igc_get_regs().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The whole ethertype filtering code is implemented in igc_ethtool.c and
mixes logic from ethtool and core parts. This patch refactors it so core
logic is moved to igc_main.c, aligning the ethertype filtering code
organization with the rest of the filtering code from the driver (MAC
address and VLAN priority).
Besides moving code to igc_main.c, this patch also does some minor
improvements to the code. Below are some highlights.
In case all filters are already in use and the user tries to add another
filter, we return -ENOSPC instead of -EINVAL so a more meaningful error
code is provided. This also aligns with the behavior implemented in MAC
address filtering code.
With this code refactoring, 'etype_bitmap' array in struct igc_adapter
and 'etype_reg_index' in struct igc_nfc_filter are not needed anymore
and are removed.
Log messages are added to help debugging the ethertype filtering code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I225 controller has 8 ethertype filters, not 4. This patch fixes the
MAX_ETYPE_FILTER macro accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver only supports hardware timestamping for all incoming
traffic (HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ALL) which is enabled via Rx Time Sync
Control (TSYNCRXCTL) register already. Therefore, the ethertype
filter set in in igc_ptp_set_timestamp_mode() is useless so this
patch removes it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch remove the IGC_RXPBS macro defined in line 233 since it is
already defined in line 18 with the exactly same value.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
compile-tested only
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility
of a driver to manage PCI states and also
device's power state. The generic approach is
to let PCI core handle the work.
The suspend callback enables/disables PCI wake
on the basis of "cp->wol_enabled" variable
which is unknown to PCI core. To utilise its
need, call device_set_wakeup_enable().
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile-tested only
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility
of a driver to manage PCI states and also
device's power state. The generic approach is
to let PCI core handle the work.
PCI core passes "struct device*" as an argument
to the .suspend() and .resume() callbacks. As
these callabcks work with "struct net_device*",
extract it from "struct device*" using
dev_get_drv_data().
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The whole VLAN priority filtering code is implemented in igc_ethtool.c
and mixes logic from ethtool and core parts. This patch refactors it so
core logic is moved to igc_main.c, aligning the VLAN priority filtering
code organization with the MAC address filtering code.
This patch also takes the opportunity to add some log messages to ease
debugging.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For backwards compatibility it may be required for the firmware to
disable certain features depending on the features supported by
the host. Combine the host feature bits and firmware feature bits
and write this back to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up name aliasing. Some features gets enabled using a slightly
different method, but the bitmap for these were stored in the same
field. Rename their #defines and move the bitmap to a new variable.
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The I225 controller supports Rx queue assignment based on VLAN priority
only. Other Tag Control Information (TCI) are valid, but not supported
by the driver. So this patch changes the returning code from igc_add_
ethtool_nfc_entry() to -EOPNOTSUPP in order to provide more meaningful
information on why the function failed.
It also adds a debug messages to give the user a hint about what went
wrong with the NFC setup.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the VLAN Priority Queue Filter Register (VLANPQF) to the
list of registers dumped by igc_get_regs().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch renames the IGC_VLAPQF macro to IGC_VLANPQF as well as
related macros so they match the register name and fields described in
the data sheet.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Packet buffer allocation, reserved word and pointer guard
not applicable for i225 parts.
This patch comes to clean up these obsolete defines
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igc driver has leftovers from the previous device that supported
Virtualization. This can be found in the function IGC_REMOVED which
became obsolete, and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Lifshits <vitaly.lifshits@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
GCR (PCIe Control) register not in use and should be removed
This patch clean up this register
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In bmac_get_station_address, We're reading two bytes at a time from ROM,
but we do that six times, resulting in 12 bytes of read & writes. This
means we will write off the end of the six-byte destination buffer.
This change fixes the for-loop to only read/write six bytes.
Based on a proposed fix from Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Kerr <jk@ozlabs.org>
Reported-by: Stan Johnson <userm57@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Stan Johnson <userm57@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-05-18
This series contains updates to igc driver only.
Sasha adds ECN support for TSO by adding the NETIF_F_TSO_ECN flag, which
aligns with other Intel drivers. Also cleaned up defines that are not
supported or used in the igc driver.
Andre does most of the changes with updating the log messages for igc
driver.
Vitaly adds support for EEPROM, register and link ethtool
self-tests.
v2: Fixed up the added ethtool self-tests based on feedback from the
community. Dropped the four patches that removed '\n' from log
messages.
v3: Reverted the debug message changes in patch 2 for messages in
igc_probe, also made reg_test[] static in patch 3 based on community
feedback
v4: Updated the patch description for patch 2, which referred to changes
that no longer existed in the patch
v5: Scrubbed patches 4-7 patch description, which also referred to
changes that no longer existed in the patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In [0] a user reported reproducible tx timeouts on RTL8168f except
PktCntrDisable is set and irq coalescing is enabled.
Realtek told me that they are not aware of any related hw issue on
this chip version, therefore root cause is still unknown. It's not
clear whether the issue affects one or more chip versions in general,
or whether issue is specific to reporter's system.
Due to this level of uncertainty, and due to the fact that I'm aware
of this one report only, let's apply the workaround on net-next only.
After this change setting irq coalescing via ethtool can reliably
avoid the issue on the affected system.
[0] https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=207205
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the compiler decide about inlining, and as confirmed by Eric it's
better to use WRITE_ONCE here to ensure that the descriptor ownership
is transferred to NIC immediately.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid the goto from the rx error handling branch into the else branch,
and in general avoid having the main rx work in the else branch.
In addition ensure proper reverse xmas tree order of variables in the
for loop.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to %pM instead of using custom code.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to %pM instead of using custom code.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control status register not applicable for i225 parts
so clean up the unneeded define.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
PHY_FORCE_LIMIT definition not in use and could be removed
i225 parts support auto negotiation mechanism
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch coverts one pr_debug() call to hw_dbg() in order to keep log
output aligned with the rest of the driver. hw_dbg() is actually a macro
defined in igc_hw.h that expands to netdev_dbg().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In igc_dump.c we print log messages using dev_* and pr_* helpers,
generating inconsistent output with the rest of the driver. Since this
is a network device driver, we should preferably use netdev_* helpers
because they append the interface name to the message, helping making
sense out of the logs.
This patch converts all dev_* and pr_* calls to netdev_*.
Quick note about igc_rings_dump(): This function is always called with
valid adapter->netdev so there is not need to check it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In igc_ptp.c we print log messages using dev_* helpers, generating
inconsistent output with the rest of the driver. Since this is a network
device driver, we should preferably use netdev_* helpers because they
append the interface name to the message, helping making sense out of
the logs.
This patch converts all dev_* calls to netdev_*.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In igc_ethtool.c we print log messages using dev_* helpers, generating
inconsistent output with the rest of the driver. Since this is a network
device driver, we should preferably use netdev_* helpers because they
append the interface name to the message, helping making sense the of
the logs.
This patch converts all dev_* calls to netdev_*.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduced igc_diag.c and igc_diag.h, these files have the
diagnostics functionality of igc driver. For the time being
these files are being used by ethtool self-test callbacks.
Which mean that eeprom, registers and link self-tests for
ethtool were implemented.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Lifshits <vitaly.lifshits@intel.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In igc_main.c we print log messages using both dev_* and netdev_*
helpers, generating inconsistent output. Since this is a network device
driver, we should preferably use netdev_* helpers because they append
the interface name to the message, helping making sense out of the logs.
This patch converts all dev_* calls to netdev_*. There is only two
exceptions:
1) calls wihtin igc_probe (net_device has not been registered yet)
2) calls in igc_init_module (module initialization).
It also takes this opportunity to improve some messages.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Align with other Intel drivers and add ECN support for TSO.
Add NETIF_F_TSO_ECN flag
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Support adding header modifying actions to the RDMA TX flow table.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Only mlx5_core driver handles fw initialization check and command
interface revision check.
Hence move them inside the mlx5_core driver where it is used.
This avoid exposing these helpers to all mlx5 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove the "metadata_reg_b" field and all uses of this field in code
to match the device specification. As this field is not in use in SW
steering it is safe to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Each trap registered with devlink is mapped to one or more Rx listeners.
These listeners allow the switch driver (e.g., mlxsw_spectrum) to
register a function that is called when a packet is received (trapped)
for a specific reason.
Currently, three arrays are used to describe the mapping between the
logical devlink traps and the Rx listeners.
Instead, get rid of these arrays and store all the information in one
array that is easier to validate and extend with more per-trap
information.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use one array to store all the information about all the trap groups
instead of hard coding it in code. This will be used in future patches
to disable certain functionality (e.g., policer binding) on a trap group
basis.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of maintaining an array of policers and a linked list, only
maintain an array.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'struct mlxsw_sp_trap_policer_item' is only used in one file, so move it
there.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After having switched to devm_mdiobus_register() also this remaining
call to mdiobus_unregister() can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Core will now perform this check.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add driver level bulking to the XDP_TX action.
An array of frame descriptors is held for each Tx frame queue and
populated accordingly when the action returned by the XDP program is
XDP_TX. The frames will be actually enqueued only when the array is
filled. At the end of the NAPI cycle a flush on the queued frames is
performed in order to enqueue the remaining FDs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5 core and mlx5e (netdev) updates:
1) Two fixes for release all FW pages support.
2) Improvement in calculating the send queue stop room on tx
3) Flow steering auto-groups creation improvements
4) TC offload fix for Connection tracking with NAT action
5) IPoIB support for self looback to allow communication between ipoib
pkey child interfaces on the same host.
6) DCBNL cleanup to avoid #ifdef DCBNL all over the main mlx5e code
7) Small and trivial code cleanup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl6/G1YACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6z5Qf9GgUyciytFq3gcmIqjjvhugWuGAjsyD5i0X/TblQJXAAfXLBk4SDJDwdC
FbjUpDzO6kbKUUoOYSUlyY8LAzve+jObCqRn6GHtJAm7qxaN/OuPhIBrh7ysphxV
aPRV564KXMqOyOKmufWSmYfJtxthSv/c3ZkTZpYeqNr0psNSfz8mXX3YOrtr+UBH
5fUoJO5sICtMvnswQD/uy1KcyH6YAtxSEcAtTSw5NZJRuXe8cxZ7g+4CrPmFUiQy
JvXigroGgpL7WdHDaId74VkIOplSQZvIbebhEZ53Fy7aQQpwLjLY26TmCcvLMBSk
4Y1rFp0/+rTXUXWaRfKYRQfW4qGLFA==
=pY9E
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-05-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-05-15
mlx5 core and mlx5e (netdev) updates:
1) Two fixes for release all FW pages support.
2) Improvement in calculating the send queue stop room on tx
3) Flow steering auto-groups creation improvements
4) TC offload fix for Connection tracking with NAT action
5) IPoIB support for self looback to allow communication between ipoib
pkey child interfaces on the same host.
6) DCBNL cleanup to avoid #ifdef DCBNL all over the main mlx5e code
7) Small and trivial code cleanup
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building with Clang:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpsw-ethtool.c:15:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpts.h:58:12: warning: unused function
'am65_cpts_ns_gettime' [-Wunused-function]
static s64 am65_cpts_ns_gettime(struct am65_cpts *cpts)
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpts.h:63:12: warning: unused function
'am65_cpts_estf_enable' [-Wunused-function]
static int am65_cpts_estf_enable(struct am65_cpts *cpts,
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpts.h:69:13: warning: unused function
'am65_cpts_estf_disable' [-Wunused-function]
static void am65_cpts_estf_disable(struct am65_cpts *cpts, int idx)
^
3 warnings generated.
These functions need to be marked as inline, which adds __maybe_unused,
to avoid these warnings, which is the pattern for stub functions.
Fixes: ec008fa2a9 ("ethernet: ti: am65-cpts: add routines to support taprio offload")
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/1026
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take DCBNL-related definitions out of the common en.h header,
Use a dedicated header file for exposing them.
Some need not to be exposed, use them locally in the .c file.
Use stubs to eliminate use of CONFIG_MLX5_CORE_EN_DCB in the
generic control flows.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, different formulas are used to estimate the space that may be
taken by WQEs in the SQ during a single packet transmit. This space is
called stop room, and it's checked in the end of packet transmit to find
out if the next packet could overflow the SQ. If it could, the driver
tells the kernel to stop sending next packets.
Many factors affect the stop room:
1. Padding with NOPs to avoid WQEs spanning over page boundaries.
2. Enabled and disabled offloads (TLS, upcoming MPWQE).
3. The maximum size of a WQE.
The padding is performed before every WQE if it doesn't fit the current
page.
The current formula assumes that only one padding will be required per
packet, and it doesn't take into account that the WQEs posted during the
transmission of a single packet might exceed the page size in very rare
circumstances. For example, to hit this condition with 4096-byte pages,
TLS offload will have to interrupt an almost-full MPWQE session, be in
the resync flow and try to transmit a near to maximum amount of data.
To avoid SQ overflows in such rare cases after MPWQE is added, this
patch introduces a more robust formula to estimate the stop room. The
new formula uses the fact that a WQE of size X will not require more
than X-1 WQEBBs of padding. More exact estimations are possible, but
they result in much more complex and error-prone code for little gain.
Before this patch, the TLS stop room included space for both INNOVA and
ConnectX TLS offloads that couldn't run at the same time anyway, so this
patch accounts only for the active one.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After enabled loopback packets for IPoIB, we need to drop these packets
that this HCA has replicated and came back to the same interface that
sent them.
Fixes: 4c6c615e3f ("net/mlx5e: IPoIB, Add PKEY child interface nic profile")
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Enable loopback of unicast and multicast traffic for IPoIB enhanced
mode.
This will allow interfaces with the same pkey to communicate between
them e.g cloned interfaces that located in different namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
It could be a chain of rules will do action CT again after CT NAT
Before this fix matching will break as we get into the CT table
after NAT changes and not CT NAT.
Fix this by adding pre ct and pre ct nat tables to skip ct/ct_nat
tables and go straight to post_ct table if ct/nat was already done.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Move mlx5_read_internal_timer() into lib/clock.c file as it is being
used there. As such, make this function a static one.
In addition, rearrange headers include to support function move.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, if one thread tries to add an entry to an autogrouped table
with no free matching group, while another thread is in the process of
creating a new matching autogroup, it doesn't wait for the new group
creation, and creates an unnecessary new autogroup.
Instead of skipping inactive, wait on the write lock of those groups.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5_unload_one() is done with cleanup = true only once.
So instead of doing health wq drain inside the if(), directly do
during PCI device removal.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On systems with page size larger than 4K, a fwp object has few 4K chunks.
Fix a bug in fwp free flow where the chunk address was dropped and
fwp->addr was used instead (first chunk address). This caused a wrong
update of fwp->bitmask which later can cause errors in re-alloc fwp
chunk flow.
In order to fix this it, re-factor the release flow:
- Free 4k: Releases a specific 4k chunk inside the fwp, defined by
starting address.
- Free fwp: Unconditionally release the whole fwp and its resources.
Free addr will call free fwp if all chunks were released, in order to do
code sharing.
In addition, fix npages to count for all released chunks correctly.
Fixes: c6168161f6 ("net/mlx5: Add support for release all pages event")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The cited patch assumes that all chuncks in a fw page belong to the same
function, thus the driver must dedicate fw page to the requesting
function, which is actually what was intedned in the original fw pages
allocator design, hence the fwp->func_id !
Up until the cited patch everything worked ok, but now "relase all pages"
is broken on systems with page_size > 4k.
Fix this by dedicating fw page to the requesting function id via adding a
func_id parameter to alloc_4k() function.
Fixes: c6168161f6 ("net/mlx5: Add support for release all pages event")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Move the bpf verifier trace check into the new switch statement in
HEAD.
Resolve the overlapping changes in hinic, where bug fixes overlap
the addition of VF support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework and add support for dumping EOTID software context used by
TC-MQPRIO. Also track number of EOTIDs in use.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For each traffic class, firmware handles up to 4 * MTU amount of data
per burst cycle. Under heavy load, this small buffer size is a
bottleneck when buffering large TSO packets in <= 1500 MTU case.
Increase the burst buffer size to 8 * MTU when supported.
Also, keep the driver's traffic class configuration API similar to
the firmware API counterpart.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Request credit update for every half credits consumed, including
the current request. Also, avoid re-trying to post packets when there
are no credits left. The credit update reply via interrupt will
eventually restore the credits and will invoke the Tx path again.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on the WRIOP version, the buffer size on the RX path must by a
multiple of 64 or 256. Handle this restriction properly by aligning down
the buffer size to the necessary value. Also, use the new buffer size
dynamically computed instead of the compile time one.
Fixes: 27c874867c ("dpaa2-eth: Use a single page per Rx buffer")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx5 driver have multiple memory models, which are also changed
according to whether a XDP bpf_prog is attached.
The 'rx_striding_rq' setting is adjusted via ethtool priv-flags e.g.:
# ethtool --set-priv-flags mlx5p2 rx_striding_rq off
On the general case with 4K page_size and regular MTU packet, then
the frame_sz is 2048 and 4096 when XDP is enabled, in both modes.
The info on the given frame size is stored differently depending on the
RQ-mode and encoded in a union in struct mlx5e_rq union wqe/mpwqe.
In rx striding mode rq->mpwqe.log_stride_sz is either 11 or 12, which
corresponds to 2048 or 4096 (MLX5_WQ_TYPE_LINKED_LIST_STRIDING_RQ).
In non-striding mode (MLX5_WQ_TYPE_CYCLIC) the frag_stride is stored
in rq->wqe.info.arr[0].frag_stride, for the first fragment, which is
what the XDP case cares about.
To reduce effect on fast-path, this patch determine the frame_sz at
setup time, to avoid determining the memory model runtime. Variable
is named frame0_sz to make it clear that this is only the frame
size of the first fragment.
This mlx5 driver does a DMA-sync on XDP_TX action, but grow is safe
as it have done a DMA-map on the entire PAGE_SIZE. The driver also
already does a XDP length check against sq->hw_mtu on the possible
XDP xmit paths mlx5e_xmit_xdp_frame() + mlx5e_xmit_xdp_frame_mpwqe().
V3+4: Change variable name first_frame_sz to frame0_sz
V2: Fix that frag_size need to be recalc before creating SKB.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945348021.97035.12295039384250022883.stgit@firesoul
Intel drivers implement native AF_XDP zerocopy in separate C-files,
that have its own invocation of bpf_prog_run_xdp(). The setup of
xdp_buff is also handled in separately from normal code path.
This patch update XDP frame_sz for AF_XDP zerocopy drivers i40e, ice
and ixgbe, as the code changes needed are very similar. Introduce a
helper function xsk_umem_xdp_frame_sz() for calculating frame size.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945347511.97035.8536753731329475655.stgit@firesoul
This driver uses different memory models depending on PAGE_SIZE at
compile time. For PAGE_SIZE 4K it uses page splitting, meaning for
normal MTU frame size is 2048 bytes (and headroom 192 bytes). For
larger MTUs the driver still use page splitting, by allocating
order-1 pages (8192 bytes) for RX frames. For PAGE_SIZE larger than
4K, driver instead advance its rx_buffer->page_offset with the frame
size "truesize".
For XDP frame size calculations, this mean that in PAGE_SIZE larger
than 4K mode the frame_sz change on a per packet basis. For the page
split 4K PAGE_SIZE mode, xdp.frame_sz is more constant and can be
updated once outside the main NAPI loop.
The default setting in the driver uses build_skb(), which provides
the necessary headroom and tailroom for XDP-redirect in RX-frame
(in both modes).
There is one complication, which is legacy-rx mode (configurable via
ethtool priv-flags). There are zero headroom in this mode, which is a
requirement for XDP-redirect to work. The conversion to xdp_frame
(convert_to_xdp_frame) will detect this insufficient space, and
xdp_do_redirect() call will fail. This is deemed acceptable, as it
allows other XDP actions to still work in legacy-mode. In
legacy-mode + larger PAGE_SIZE due to lacking tailroom, we also
accept that xdp_adjust_tail shrink doesn't work.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945347002.97035.328088795813704587.stgit@firesoul
This driver uses different memory models depending on PAGE_SIZE at
compile time. For PAGE_SIZE 4K it uses page splitting, meaning for
normal MTU frame size is 2048 bytes (and headroom 192 bytes). For
larger MTUs the driver still use page splitting, by allocating
order-1 pages (8192 bytes) for RX frames. For PAGE_SIZE larger than
4K, driver instead advance its rx_buffer->page_offset with the frame
size "truesize".
For XDP frame size calculations, this mean that in PAGE_SIZE larger
than 4K mode the frame_sz change on a per packet basis. For the page
split 4K PAGE_SIZE mode, xdp.frame_sz is more constant and can be
updated once outside the main NAPI loop.
The default setting in the driver uses build_skb(), which provides
the necessary headroom and tailroom for XDP-redirect in RX-frame
(in both modes).
There is one complication, which is legacy-rx mode (configurable via
ethtool priv-flags). There are zero headroom in this mode, which is a
requirement for XDP-redirect to work. The conversion to xdp_frame
(convert_to_xdp_frame) will detect this insufficient space, and
xdp_do_redirect() call will fail. This is deemed acceptable, as it
allows other XDP actions to still work in legacy-mode. In
legacy-mode + larger PAGE_SIZE due to lacking tailroom, we also
accept that xdp_adjust_tail shrink doesn't work.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945346494.97035.12809400414566061815.stgit@firesoul
This patch mirrors the changes to ixgbe in previous patch.
This VF driver doesn't support XDP_REDIRECT, but correct tailroom is
still necessary for BPF-helper xdp_adjust_tail. In legacy-mode +
larger PAGE_SIZE, due to lacking tailroom, we accept that
xdp_adjust_tail shrink doesn't work.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945345984.97035.13518286183248025173.stgit@firesoul
This driver uses different memory models depending on PAGE_SIZE at
compile time. For PAGE_SIZE 4K it uses page splitting, meaning for
normal MTU frame size is 2048 bytes (and headroom 192 bytes). For
larger MTUs the driver still use page splitting, by allocating
order-1 pages (8192 bytes) for RX frames. For PAGE_SIZE larger than
4K, driver instead advance its rx_buffer->page_offset with the frame
size "truesize".
For XDP frame size calculations, this mean that in PAGE_SIZE larger
than 4K mode the frame_sz change on a per packet basis. For the page
split 4K PAGE_SIZE mode, xdp.frame_sz is more constant and can be
updated once outside the main NAPI loop.
The default setting in the driver uses build_skb(), which provides
the necessary headroom and tailroom for XDP-redirect in RX-frame
(in both modes).
There is one complication, which is legacy-rx mode (configurable via
ethtool priv-flags). There are zero headroom in this mode, which is a
requirement for XDP-redirect to work. The conversion to xdp_frame
(convert_to_xdp_frame) will detect this insufficient space, and
xdp_do_redirect() call will fail. This is deemed acceptable, as it
allows other XDP actions to still work in legacy-mode. In
legacy-mode + larger PAGE_SIZE due to lacking tailroom, we also
accept that xdp_adjust_tail shrink doesn't work.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945345455.97035.14334355929030628741.stgit@firesoul
The ixgbe driver have another memory model when compiled on archs with
PAGE_SIZE above 4096 bytes. In this mode it doesn't split the page in
two halves, but instead increment rx_buffer->page_offset by truesize of
packet (which include headroom and tailroom for skb_shared_info).
This is done correctly in ixgbe_build_skb(), but in ixgbe_rx_buffer_flip
which is currently only called on XDP_TX and XDP_REDIRECT, it forgets
to add the tailroom for skb_shared_info. This breaks XDP_REDIRECT, for
veth and cpumap. Fix by adding size of skb_shared_info tailroom.
Maintainers notice: This fix have been queued to Jeff.
Fixes: 6453073987 ("ixgbe: add initial support for xdp redirect")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945344946.97035.17031588499266605743.stgit@firesoul
The netronome nfp driver use PAGE_SIZE when xdp_prog is set, but
xdp.data_hard_start begins at offset NFP_NET_RX_BUF_HEADROOM.
Thus, adjust for this when setting xdp.frame_sz, as it counts
from data_hard_start.
When doing XDP_TX this driver is smart and instead of a full DMA-map
does a DMA-sync on with packet length. As xdp_adjust_tail can now
grow packet length, add checks to make sure that grow size is within
the DMA-mapped size.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945342911.97035.11214251236208648808.stgit@firesoul
To help reviewers these are the defines related to RCV_FRAG_LEN
#define DMA_BUFFER_LEN 1536 /* In multiples of 128bytes */
#define RCV_FRAG_LEN (SKB_DATA_ALIGN(DMA_BUFFER_LEN + NET_SKB_PAD) + \
SKB_DATA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct skb_shared_info)))
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Cc: Robert Richter <rrichter@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945342402.97035.12649844447148990032.stgit@firesoul
The mlx4 drivers size of memory backing the RX packet is stored in
frag_stride. For XDP mode this will be PAGE_SIZE (normally 4096).
For normal mode frag_stride is 2048.
Also adjust MLX4_EN_MAX_XDP_MTU to take tailroom into account.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945341893.97035.2688142527052329942.stgit@firesoul
Frame size ENA_PAGE_SIZE is limited to 16K on systems with larger
PAGE_SIZE than 16K. Change ENA_XDP_MAX_MTU to also take into account
the reserved tailroom.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Cc: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945341384.97035.907403694833419456.stgit@firesoul
The driver code cpsw.c and cpsw_new.c both use page_pool
with default order-0 pages or their RX-pages.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945340875.97035.752144756428532878.stgit@firesoul
The dpaa2-eth driver reserve some headroom used for hardware and
software annotation area in RX/TX buffers. Thus, xdp.data_hard_start
doesn't start at page boundary.
When XDP is configured the area reserved via dpaa2_fd_get_offset(fd) is
448 bytes of which XDP have reserved 256 bytes. As frame_sz is
calculated as an offset from xdp_buff.data_hard_start, an adjust from
the full PAGE_SIZE == DPAA2_ETH_RX_BUF_RAW_SIZE.
When doing XDP_REDIRECT, the driver doesn't need this reserved headroom
any-longer and allows xdp_do_redirect() to use it. This is an advantage
for the drivers own ndo-xdp_xmit, as it uses part of this headroom for
itself. Patch also adjust frame_sz in this case.
The driver cannot support XDP data_meta, because it uses the headroom
just before xdp.data for struct dpaa2_eth_swa (DPAA2_ETH_SWA_SIZE=64),
when transmitting the packet. When transmitting a xdp_frame in
dpaa2_eth_xdp_xmit_frame (call via ndo_xdp_xmit) is uses this area to
store a pointer to xdp_frame and dma_size, which is used in TX
completion (free_tx_fd) to return frame via xdp_return_frame().
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945339348.97035.8562488847066908856.stgit@firesoul
This driver takes advantage of page_pool PP_FLAG_DMA_SYNC_DEV that
can help reduce the number of cache-lines that need to be flushed
when doing DMA sync for_device. Due to xdp_adjust_tail can grow the
area accessible to the by the CPU (can possibly write into), then max
sync length *after* bpf_prog_run_xdp() needs to be taken into account.
For XDP_TX action the driver is smart and does DMA-sync. When growing
tail this is still safe, because page_pool have DMA-mapped the entire
page size.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945336295.97035.15034759661036971024.stgit@firesoul
This marvell driver mvneta uses PAGE_SIZE frames, which makes it
really easy to convert. Driver updates rxq and now frame_sz
once per NAPI call.
This driver takes advantage of page_pool PP_FLAG_DMA_SYNC_DEV that
can help reduce the number of cache-lines that need to be flushed
when doing DMA sync for_device. Due to xdp_adjust_tail can grow the
area accessible to the by the CPU (can possibly write into), then max
sync length *after* bpf_prog_run_xdp() needs to be taken into account.
For XDP_TX action the driver is smart and does DMA-sync. When growing
tail this is still safe, because page_pool have DMA-mapped the entire
page size.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Cc: thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945335786.97035.12714388304493736747.stgit@firesoul
This driver uses RX page-split when possible. It was recently fixed
in commit 86e85bf698 ("sfc: fix XDP-redirect in this driver") to
add needed tailroom for XDP-redirect.
After the fix efx->rx_page_buf_step is the frame size, with enough
head and tail-room for XDP-redirect.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945335278.97035.14611425333184621652.stgit@firesoul
This driver uses full PAGE_SIZE pages when XDP is enabled.
In case of XDP uses driver uses __bnxt_alloc_rx_page which does full
page DMA-map. Thus, xdp_adjust_tail grow is DMA compliant for XDP_TX
action that does DMA-sync.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andrew.gospodarek@broadcom.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945334769.97035.13437970179897613984.stgit@firesoul
93882c6f21 ("r8169: switch from netif_xxx message functions to
netdev_xxx") removed the last module parameter from the driver,
therefore there's no need any longer to include linux/moduleparam.h.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After 9de5d235b6 ("net: phy: fix aneg restart in phy_ethtool_set_eee")
we don't need the check for aneg being enabled any longer, and as
discussed with Russell configuring the EEE advertisement should be
supported even if we're in a half-duplex mode currently.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AM65 CPSW h/w supports Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – defined
in P802.1Qbv/D2.2 that later got included in IEEE 802.1Q-2018)
configuration. EST allows express queue traffic to be scheduled
(placed) on the wire at specific repeatable time intervals. In
Linux kernel, EST configuration is done through tc command and
the taprio scheduler in the net core implements a software only
scheduler (SCH_TAPRIO). If the NIC is capable of EST configuration,
user indicate "flag 2" in the command which is then parsed by
taprio scheduler in net core and indicate that the command is to
be offloaded to h/w. taprio then offloads the command to the
driver by calling ndo_setup_tc() ndo ops. This patch implements
ndo_setup_tc() to offload EST configuration to CPSW h/w.
Currently driver supports only SetGateStates operation. EST
operates on a repeating time interval generated by the CPTS EST
function generator. Each Ethernet port has a global EST fetch
RAM that can be configured as 2 buffers, each of 64 locations
or one large buffer of 128 locations. In 2 buffer configuration,
a ping pong mechanism is used to hold the active schedule (oper)
in one buffer and new (admin) command in the other. Each 22-bit
fetch command consists of a 14-bit fetch count (14 MSB’s) and an
8-bit priority fetch allow (8 LSB’s) that will be applied for the
fetch count time in wireside clocks. Driver process each of the
sched-entry in the offload command and update the fetch RAM.
Driver configures duration in sched-entry into the fetch count
and Gate mask into the priority fetch bits of the RAM. Then
configures the CPTS EST function generator to activate the
schedule. Currently driver supports only 2 buffer configuration
which means driver supports a max cycle time of ~8 msec.
CPSW supports a configurable number of priority queues (up to 8)
and needs to be switched to this mode from the default round
robin mode before EST can be offloaded. User configures
these through ethtool commands (-L for changing number of
queues and --set-priv-flags to disable round robin mode).
Driver doesn't enable EST if pf_p0_rx_ptype_rrobin privat flag
is set. The flag is common for all ports, and so can't be just
overridden by taprio configuration w/o user involvement.
Command fails if pf_p0_rx_ptype_rrobin is already set in the
driver.
Scheds (commands) configuration depends on interface speed so
driver translates the duration to the fetch count based on
link speed. Each schedule can be constructed with several
command entries in fetch RAM depending on interval. For example
if each sched has timer interval < ~130us on 1000 Mb link then
each sched consumes one command and have 1:1 mapping. When
Ethernet link goes down, driver purge the configuration if link
is down for more than 1 second.
The patch allows to update the timer and scheds memory only if it's
really needed, and skip cases required the user to stop timer by
configuring only shceds memory.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TAPRIO/EST offload support in CPSW2G requires EST scheduler
function enabled in CPTS. So this patch add a function to
set cycle time for EST scheduler. It also add a function for
getting time in ns of PHC clock for taprio qdisc configuration.
Mostly to verify if timer update is needed or to get actual
state of oper/admin schedule.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MCP may signal driver about generic critical failure.
Driver has to collect mdump information (get_retain),
it pushes that to logs and triggers generic notification on
"hardware attention" event.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fan failure is sent by firmware, driver reacts on this error with
newly introduced notification path. It will collect dump and shut down
the device to prevent physical breakage
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon tx timeout detection we do disable carrier and print TX queue
info on TX timeout. We then raise hw error condition and trigger
service task to handle this.
This handler will capture extra debug info and then optionally
trigger recovery procedure to try restore function.
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <dbolotin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has an ability to initiate a recovery process as a reaction to
detected errors. But the codepath (recovery_process) was disabled and
never active.
Here we add ethtool private flag to allow user have the recovery
procedure activated.
We still do not enable this by default though, since in some configurations
this is not desirable. E.g. this may impact other PFs/VFs.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On different hardware events we have to respond differently,
on some of hardware indications hw attention (error condition)
should be cleared by the driver to continue normal functioning.
Here we introduce attention clear flags, and put them on some
important events (in aeu_descs).
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thats probably a legacy code had double declaration of some fields.
Cleanup this, removing copy and fixing references.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On various critical errors, notification handler should also report
the err information into the management firmware.
MFW can interact with server/motherboard backend agents - these are
used by server manufacturers to monitor server HW health.
Thus, it is important for driver to report on any faulty conditions
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a number of critical places not only debug trace should be printed,
but the appropriate hw error condition should be raised and error
handling/recovery should start.
Introduce our new qed_hw_err_notify invocation in these places to
record and indicate critical error conditions in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qede (ethernet level driver) registers a callback handler.
This handler maintains eth dev state flags/bits to track error processing.
It implements in place processing part for nonsleeping context (WARN_ON
trigger), and a deferred (delayed work) part which triggers recovery
process for recoverable errors.
In later patches this atomic handler will come with more meat.
We introduce err_flags on ethdevice structure, its being used to record
error handling properties.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we introduce qed device error tracking flags and error types.
qed_hw_err_notify is an entrace point to report errors.
It'll notify higher level drivers (qede/qedr/etc) to handle and recover
the error.
List of posible errors comes from hardware interfaces, but could be
extended in future.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb_has_frag_list() in hns3_nic_net_xmit() is redundant, since
skb_walk_frags() includes this checking implicitly.
Reported-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some macros defined in hns3_enet.h, but not used in
anywhere.
Reported-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling HCLGE_MBX_GET_LINK_STATUS, PF will return the link
status to the VF, so the error log of hclge_get_link_info() is
incorrect.
Reported-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hclge_get_cfg() already has error print, so hclge_configure()
should not print error when calling hclge_get_cfg() fail.
Reported-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies some incorrect spelling.
Reported-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver missed initializing num_por which is one of the por values that
driver configures to hardware. In order to get these values, add a new
structure ethqos_emac_driver_data which holds por and num_por values
and populate that in driver probe.
Fixes: a7c30e62d4 ("net: stmmac: Add driver for Qualcomm ethqos")
Reported-by: Rahul Ankushrao Kawadgave <rahulak@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some PHYs connected to this ethernet hardware support the WoL feature.
But when WoL is enabled and the machine is powered off, the PHY remains
waiting for a magic packet at max speed (i.e. 1Gbps), which is a waste of
energy.
Slow down the PHY speed before stopping the ethernet if WoL is enabled,
and save some energy while the machine is powered off or sleeping.
Tested using an Armada 370 based board (LS421DE) equipped with a Marvell
88E1518 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently pointer table is being dereferenced on a null check of
table->must_restore_filters before it is being null checked, leading
to a potential null pointer dereference issue. Fix this by null
checking table before dereferencing it when checking for a null
table->must_restore_filters.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: e4fe938cff ("sfc: move 'must restore' flags out of ef10-specific nic_data")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GENET controller on the Raspberry Pi 4 (2711) is typically
interfaced with an external Broadcom PHY via a RGMII electrical
interface. To make sure that delays are properly configured at the PHY
side, ensure that we the dedicated Broadcom PHY driver
(CONFIG_BROADCOM_PHY) is enabled for this to happen.
Fixes: 402482a6a7 ("net: bcmgenet: Clear ID_MODE_DIS in EXT_RGMII_OOB_CTRL when not needed")
Reported-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure the PRG_ETH0_ADJ_* bits to enable or disable the RX delay
based on the various RGMII PHY modes. For now the only supported RX
delay settings are:
- disabled, use for example for phy-mode "rgmii-id"
- 0ns - this is treated identical to "disabled", used for example on
boards where the PHY provides 2ns TX delay and the PCB trace length
already adds 2ns RX delay
- 2ns - for whenever the PHY cannot add the RX delay and the traces on
the PCB don't add any RX delay
Disabling the RX delay (in case u-boot enables it, which is the case
for example on Meson8b Odroid-C1) simply means that PRG_ETH0_ADJ_ENABLE,
PRG_ETH0_ADJ_SETUP, PRG_ETH0_ADJ_DELAY and PRG_ETH0_ADJ_SKEW should be
disabled (just disabling PRG_ETH0_ADJ_ENABLE may be enough, since that
disables the whole re-timing logic - but I find it makes more sense to
clear the other bits as well since they depend on that setting).
u-boot on Odroid-C1 uses the following steps to enable a 2ns RX delay:
- enabling enabling the timing adjustment clock
- enabling the timing adjustment logic by setting PRG_ETH0_ADJ_ENABLE
- setting the PRG_ETH0_ADJ_SETUP bit
The documentation for the PRG_ETH0_ADJ_DELAY and PRG_ETH0_ADJ_SKEW
registers indicates that we can even set different RX delays. However,
I could not find out how this works exactly, so for now we only support
a 2ns RX delay using the exact same way that Odroid-C1's u-boot does.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timing adjustment clock will need similar logic as the RGMII clock:
It has to be enabled in the driver conditionally and when the driver is
unloaded it should be disabled again. Extract the existing code for the
RGMII clock into a new function so it can be re-used.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PRG_ETHERNET registers have a built-in timing adjustment circuit
which can provide the RX delay in RGMII mode. This is driven by an
external (to this IP, but internal to the SoC) clock input. Fetch this
clock as optional (even though it's there on all supported SoCs) since
we just learned about it and existing .dtbs don't specify it.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PRG_ETH0_ADJ_* are used for applying the RGMII RX delay. The public
datasheets only have very limited description for these registers, but
Jianxin Pan provided more detailed documentation from an (unnamed)
Amlogic engineer. Add the PRG_ETH0_ADJ_* bits along with the improved
description.
Suggested-by: Jianxin Pan <jianxin.pan@amlogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the documentation for the TX delay above the PRG_ETH0_TXDLY_MASK
definition. Future commits will add more registers also with
documentation above their register bit definitions. Move the existing
comment so it will be consistent with the upcoming changes.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use FIELD_PREP() to shift a value to the correct offset based on a
bitmask instead of open-coding the logic.
No functional changes.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, fs_core supports rule of forward the traffic
to continue matching in the next priority, now we add support
to forward the traffic matching in the next namespace.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Zhang <markz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The fs_core already supports creation of rules with multiple
actions/destinations. Refactor fs_core to handle the case
when don't trap rule is created with destination. Adapt the
calling code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Zhang <markz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign it to siena_a0_nic_type.check_caps function pointer.
Fixes: be904b8552 ("sfc: make capability checking a nic_type function")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My recent commit b6d49cab44 ("net: Make PTP-specific drivers depend on
PTP_1588_CLOCK") exposes a missing dependency in defconfigs that select
TI_CPTS without selecting PTP_1588_CLOCK, leading to linker errors of the
form:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.o: in function `cpsw_ndo_stop':
cpsw.c:(.text+0x680): undefined reference to `cpts_unregister'
...
That's because TI_CPTS_MOD (which is the symbol gating the _compilation_ of
cpts.c) now depends on PTP_1588_CLOCK, and so is not enabled in these
configurations, but TI_CPTS (which is the symbol gating _calls_ to the cpts
functions) _is_ enabled. So we end up compiling calls to functions that
don't exist, resulting in the linker errors.
This patch fixes build errors and restores previous behavior by:
- ensure PTP_1588_CLOCK=y in TI specific configs and CPTS will be built
- remove TI_CPTS_MOD and, instead, add dependencies from CPTS in
TI_CPSW/TI_KEYSTONE_NETCP/TI_CPSW_SWITCHDEV as below:
config TI_CPSW_SWITCHDEV
...
depends on TI_CPTS || !TI_CPTS
which will ensure proper dependencies PTP_1588_CLOCK -> TI_CPTS ->
TI_CPSW/TI_KEYSTONE_NETCP/TI_CPSW_SWITCHDEV and build type selection.
Note. For NFS boot + CPTS all of above configs have to be built-in.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Cc: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Fixes: b6d49cab44 ("net: Make PTP-specific drivers depend on PTP_1588_CLOCK")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Clay McClure <clay@daemons.net>
[grygorii.strashko@ti.com: rewording, add deps cpsw/netcp from cpts, drop IS_REACHABLE]
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hardware port stats and a few more driver collected
statistics to the ethtool stats output.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix up a few more local names that need an "ionic" prefix.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ionic_intr_free parameter from struct ionic_lif to
struct ionic since that's what it actually cares about.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we're talking to the device, tell it to reset to
be sure we've got a fresh, clean environment.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shorten our msleep time while polling for the dev command
request to finish. Yes, checkpatch.pl complains that the
msleep might actually go longer - that won't hurt, but we'll
take the shorter time if we can get it.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a couple more SFP and QSFP transceiver types to our
ethtool get link ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When going into a firmware upgrade cycle, we set the device as
not present to keep some user commands from trying to change
the driver while we're only half there. Unfortunately, the
ndo_vf_* calls don't check netif_device_present() so we need
to add a check in the callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of comment cleanup for better documentation, a few new
fields added, and a few minor mistakes fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The version 1 Tx queues can use longer SG lists than the
original version 0 queues, but we need to check to see if the
firmware supports the v1 Tx queues. This implements the queue
type query for all queue types, and uses the information to
set up for using the longer Tx SG lists.
Because the Tx SG list can be longer, we need to limit the
max ring length to be sure we stay inside the boundaries of a
DMA allocation max size, so we lower the max Tx ring size.
The driver sets its highest known version in the Q_IDENTITY
command, and the FW returns the highest version that it knows,
bounded by the driver's version. The negotiated version number
is later used in the Q_INIT commands.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the fw has been re-inited, we need to refresh the port
information dma address so we can see fresh port information.
Let's call ionic_port_init again, and tweak it to allow for
a call to simply refresh the existing dma address.
Fixes: c672412f61 ("ionic: remove lifs on fw reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running in a bond setup, or some other potential
configurations, the netdev mac may have been changed from
the default device mac. Since the userland doesn't know
about the changes going on under the covers in a fw-upgrade
it doesn't know the re-push the mac filter. The driver
needs to leave the netdev mac filter alone when rebuilding
after the fw-upgrade.
Fixes: c672412f61 ("ionic: remove lifs on fw reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having efx_mcdi_print_fwver() look at efx_nic_rev and
conditionally poke around inside ef10-specific nic_data, add a new
efx->type->print_additional_fwver() method to do this work.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By making the caller of efx_mcdi_filter_table_probe() loop over the
vlan_list calling efx_mcdi_filter_add_vlan(), instead of doing it in
efx_mcdi_filter_table_probe(), the latter avoids looking in ef10-
specific nic_data.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's both set and used solely by mcdi_filters.c, so there's no reason
for it to be in ef10-specific nic_data.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store the mc_chaining bit in struct efx_mcdi_filter_table, so that common
code in mcdi_filters.c doesn't need to get it from ef10-specific nic_data.
Also, probe the firmware workaround just before the call to
efx_mcdi_filter_table_probe(), rather than in a random other part of the
driver bringup, to ensure that (a) it gets probed in time and (b) it gets
reprobed as necessary on resets, no matter how the surrounding code gets
reorganised and reordered.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Common code in mcdi_filters.c uses these flags, so by moving them to
either struct efx_nic (in the case of must_realloc_vis) or struct
efx_mcdi_filter_table (for must_restore_rss_contexts and
must_restore_filters), decouple this code from ef10's nic_data.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes some efx_ef10_nic_data references from common code.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various MCDI functions (especially in filter handling) need to check the
datapath caps, but those live in nic_data (since they don't exist on
Siena). Decouple from ef10-specific data structures by adding check_caps
to the nic_type, to allow using these functions from non-ef10 drivers.
Also add a convenience macro efx_has_cap() to reduce the amount of
boilerplate involved in calling it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some usage of ef10-specific nic_data structs from common MCDI
functions, in preparation for using them from a non-EF10 driver.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have kdump kernel(s) running under severe memory constraint
it makes sense to disable the qed SRIOV functionality when running the
kdump kernel as kdump configurations on several distributions don't
support SRIOV targets for saving the vmcore (see [1] for example).
Currently the qed SRIOV functionality ends up consuming memory in
the kdump kernel, when we don't really use the same.
An example log seen in the kdump kernel with the SRIOV functionality
enabled can be seen below (obtained via memstrack tool, see [2]):
dracut-pre-pivot[676]: ======== Report format module_summary: ========
dracut-pre-pivot[676]: Module qed using 149.6MB (2394 pages), peak allocation 149.6MB (2394 pages)
This patch disables the SRIOV functionality inside kdump kernel and with
the same applied the memory consumption goes down:
dracut-pre-pivot[671]: ======== Report format module_summary: ========
dracut-pre-pivot[671]: Module qed using 124.6MB (1993 pages), peak allocation 124.7MB (1995 pages)
[1]. https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/8/html/managing_monitoring_and_updating_the_kernel/installing-and-configuring-kdump_managing-monitoring-and-updating-the-kernel#supported-kdump-targets_supported-kdump-configurations-and-targets
[2]. Memstrack tool: https://github.com/ryncsn/memstrack
Cc: kexec@lists.infradead.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Cc: GR-everest-linux-l2@marvell.com
Cc: Manish Chopra <manishc@marvell.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Bhupesh Sharma <bhsharma@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Normally kdump kernel(s) run under severe memory constraint with the
basic idea being to save the crashdump vmcore reliably when the primary
kernel panics/hangs.
Currently the qed* ethernet driver ends up consuming a lot of memory in
the kdump kernel, leading to kdump kernel panic when one tries to save
the vmcore via ssh/nfs (thus utilizing the services of the underlying
qed* network interfaces).
An example OOM message log seen in the kdump kernel can be seen here
[1], with crashkernel size reservation of 512M.
Using tools like memstrack (see [2]), we can track the modules taking up
the bulk of memory in the kdump kernel and organize the memory usage
output as per 'highest allocator first'. An example log for the OOM case
indicates that the qed* modules end up allocating approximately 216M
memory, which is a large part of the total crashkernel size:
dracut-pre-pivot[676]: ======== Report format module_summary: ========
dracut-pre-pivot[676]: Module qed using 149.6MB (2394 pages), peak allocation 149.6MB (2394 pages)
dracut-pre-pivot[676]: Module qede using 65.3MB (1045 pages), peak allocation 65.3MB (1045 pages)
This patch reduces the default RX and TX ring count from 1024 to 64
when running inside kdump kernel, which leads to a significant memory
saving.
An example log with the patch applied shows the reduced memory
allocation in the kdump kernel:
dracut-pre-pivot[674]: ======== Report format module_summary: ========
dracut-pre-pivot[674]: Module qed using 141.8MB (2268 pages), peak allocation 141.8MB (2268 pages)
<..snip..>
[dracut-pre-pivot[674]: Module qede using 4.8MB (76 pages), peak allocation 4.9MB (78 pages)
Tested crashdump vmcore save via ssh/nfs protocol using underlying qed*
network interface after applying this patch.
[1] OOM log:
------------
kworker/0:6: page allocation failure: order:6,
mode:0x60c0c0(GFP_KERNEL|__GFP_COMP|__GFP_ZERO), nodemask=(null)
kworker/0:6 cpuset=/ mems_allowed=0
CPU: 0 PID: 145 Comm: kworker/0:6 Not tainted 4.18.0-109.el8.aarch64 #1
Hardware name: To be filled by O.E.M. Saber/Saber, BIOS 0ACKL025
01/18/2019
Workqueue: events work_for_cpu_fn
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x188
show_stack+0x24/0x30
dump_stack+0x90/0xb4
warn_alloc+0xf4/0x178
__alloc_pages_nodemask+0xcac/0xd58
alloc_pages_current+0x8c/0xf8
kmalloc_order_trace+0x38/0x108
qed_iov_alloc+0x40/0x248 [qed]
qed_resc_alloc+0x224/0x518 [qed]
qed_slowpath_start+0x254/0x928 [qed]
__qede_probe+0xf8/0x5e0 [qede]
qede_probe+0x68/0xd8 [qede]
local_pci_probe+0x44/0xa8
work_for_cpu_fn+0x20/0x30
process_one_work+0x1ac/0x3e8
worker_thread+0x44/0x448
kthread+0x130/0x138
ret_from_fork+0x10/0x18
Cannot start slowpath
qede: probe of 0000:05:00.1 failed with error -12
[2]. Memstrack tool: https://github.com/ryncsn/memstrack
Cc: kexec@lists.infradead.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Cc: GR-everest-linux-l2@marvell.com
Cc: Manish Chopra <manishc@marvell.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Bhupesh Sharma <bhsharma@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add set_link_ksettings implementation and improve the implementation
of get_link_ksettings
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current codebase makes use of the zero-length array language
extension to the C90 standard, but the preferred mechanism to declare
variable-length types such as these ones is a flexible array member[1][2],
introduced in C99:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo array[];
};
By making use of the mechanism above, we will get a compiler warning
in case the flexible array does not occur last in the structure, which
will help us prevent some kind of undefined behavior bugs from being
inadvertently introduced[3] to the codebase from now on.
Also, notice that, dynamic memory allocations won't be affected by
this change:
"Flexible array members have incomplete type, and so the sizeof operator
may not be applied. As a quirk of the original implementation of
zero-length arrays, sizeof evaluates to zero."[1]
sizeof(flexible-array-member) triggers a warning because flexible array
members have incomplete type[1]. There are some instances of code in
which the sizeof operator is being incorrectly/erroneously applied to
zero-length arrays and the result is zero. Such instances may be hiding
some bugs. So, this work (flexible-array member conversions) will also
help to get completely rid of those sorts of issues.
This issue was found with the help of Coccinelle.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html
[2] https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/21
[3] commit 7649773293 ("cxgb3/l2t: Fix undefined behaviour")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
if some function in ndo_stop interface returns failure because of
hardware fault, must go on excuting rest steps rather than return
failure directly, otherwise will cause memory leak.And bump the
timeout for SET_FUNC_STATE to ensure that cmd won't return failure
when hw is busy. Otherwise hw may stomp host memory if we free
memory regardless of the return value of SET_FUNC_STATE.
Fixes: 51ba902a16 ("net-next/hinic: Initialize hw interface")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The 802.3 specification does not specify the behavior of
auto-negotiation off with 1000M in PHY. Therefore, some PHY
compatibility issues occur. This patch forbids the setting of
this unreasonable mode by ethtool in driver.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch optimizes the judgment of the input parameters of dump ncl
config by checking the number and value of the input parameters apart.
It's clearer and more reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch provides a new interface for the client to query
whether CMDQ is ready to work.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
According to the UM, command 0x0B03 and 0x0B13 are used to
query the statistics about TX and RX, not the status, so
modifies the unsuitable macro name of these two command.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
HCLGE_MISC_VECTOR_INT_STS and HCLGE_VECTOR_PF_OTHER_INT_STS_REG
both represent the misc interrupt status register(0x20800), so
removes HCLGE_VECTOR_PF_OTHER_INT_STS_REG and replaces it with
HCLGE_MISC_VECTOR_INT_STS.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In the current codes, the octeontx2 uses its own method to allocate
the pool buffers, but there are some issues in this implementation.
1. We have to run the otx2_get_page() for each allocation cycle and
this is pretty error prone. As I can see there is no invocation
of the otx2_get_page() in otx2_pool_refill_task(), this will leave
the allocated pages have the wrong refcount and may be freed wrongly.
2. It wastes memory. For example, if we only receive one packet in a
NAPI RX cycle, and then allocate a 2K buffer with otx2_alloc_rbuf()
to refill the pool buffers and leave the remain area of the allocated
page wasted. On a kernel with 64K page, 62K area is wasted.
IMHO it is really unnecessary to implement our own method for the
buffers allocate, we can reuse the napi_alloc_frag() to simplify
our code.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On ingress, the matchall rules doing mirroring and sampling are offloaded
into hardware blocks that are processed before any flower rules.
On egress, the matchall mirroring rules are offloaded into hardware
block that is processed after all flower rules.
Therefore check the priorities of inserted flower rules against
existing matchall rules and ensure the correct ordering.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On ingress, the matchall rules doing mirroring and sampling are offloaded
into hardware blocks that are processed before any flower rules.
On egress, the matchall mirroring rules are offloaded into hardware
block that is processed after all flower rules.
Therefore check the priorities of inserted matchall rules against
existing flower rules and ensure the correct ordering.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Introduce an infrastructure that allows to get minimum and maximum
rule priority for specified chain. This is going to be used by
a subsequent patch to enforce ordering between flower and
matchall filters.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As there are going to be other matchall specific fields in flow
structure, put the existing list field into matchall substruct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Introduce an infrastructure that allows to get minimum and maximum
rule priority for specified chain. This is going to be used by
a subsequent patch to enforce ordering between flower and
matchall filters.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
HW supports packet sampling on ingress only. Check and fail if user
is adding sample on egress.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
I ran into a randconfig build failure with CONFIG_FIXED_PHY=m
and CONFIG_GIANFAR=y:
x86_64-linux-ld: drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.o:(.rodata+0x418): undefined reference to `fixed_phy_change_carrier'
It seems the same thing can happen with dpaa and ucc_geth, so change
all three to do an explicit 'select FIXED_PHY'.
The fixed-phy driver actually has an alternative stub function that
theoretically allows building network drivers when fixed-phy is
disabled, but I don't see how that would help here, as the drivers
presumably would not work then.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
adds ndo_set_vf_rate/ndo_set_vf_spoofchk/ndo_set_vf_link_state
to configure netdev of virtual function
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This series includes updates to mlx5 netdev driver and bonding updates
to support getting the next active tx slave.
1) merge commit with mlx5-next that includes bonding updates from Maor
Bonding: Add support to get xmit slave
2) Maxim makes some general code improvements to TX data path
3) Tariq makes some general code improvements to kTLS and mlx5 accel layer
in preparation for mlx5 TLS RX.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl62ZFYACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7lMQgAi5KMceqekMRec1JzXHFOxJ8IIUzLVNW7dQt+2WKNZBTsY0nFo6dVa1NY
zwbd64VtBG9mojC51CNNY3+KlkC5NWjszkEYIAnektGP1vcLtcoq/t1C9XIEroS5
thWoA3/KsUg0Ocm3ilhdbaZMle2PXzPO7mo6UBt9WadE21rNB6h8TN05Mton+a+M
W3WlCC9UuwCA5NH7DwqiVYxwM+3P/8n1iXXcfR41oggA1eGPf4pUrR2MhAtvuK5k
4scdtUnBqvSomZwO0jadp4+XG8H3gLPyqToH1uK49QQbpD6gF7+eRuYvVttutfVk
/df41bz1JTHnCQ1wSTxviHQS356TJQ==
=ThX8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-05-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-05-09
This series includes updates to mlx5 netdev driver and bonding updates
to support getting the next active tx slave.
1) merge commit with mlx5-next that includes bonding updates from Maor
Bonding: Add support to get xmit slave
2) Maxim makes some general code improvements to TX data path
3) Tariq makes some general code improvements to kTLS and mlx5 accel layer
in preparation for mlx5 TLS RX.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch unifies invalid MAC address handling with other drivers.
Basically we've switched to using standard APIs (is_valid_ether_addr /
eth_hw_addr_random) where possible.
It's worth noting that some of engineering Aquantia NICs might be
provisioned with a partially zeroed out MAC, which is still invalid,
but not caught by is_valid_ether_addr(), so we've added a special
handling for this case.
Also adding a warning in case of fallback to random MAC, because
this shouldn't be needed on production NICs, they should all be
provisioned with unique MAC.
NB! Default systemd/udevd configuration is 'MACAddressPolicy=persistent'.
This causes MAC address to be persisted across driver reloads and
reboots. We had to change it to 'none' for verification purposes.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch removes unnecessary check for boot code survivability before
reset request.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
No need to call hw_atl_b0_hw_rss_set from hw_atl2_hw_rss_set
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
TPO2 was introduced in B0 only, no reason to check for it in A0 code.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch changes the constant name to a more logical "2G5"
(for 2.5G speeds).
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch fixes a couple of minor merge issues found in macsec_api.c
after corresponding patch series has been applied.
These are not real bugs, so pushing to net-next.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patches fixes the review comment made by Jakub Kicinski
in the "net: atlantic: A2 support" patch series.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The same WQE opcode might be used in different ICOSQ flows
and WQE types.
To have a better distinguishability, replace it with an enum that
better indicates the WQE type and flow it is used for.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The include of Ethernet driver header in core is not needed
and actually wrong.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Struct assignment looks more clean, and implies resetting
the not assigned fields to zero, instead of holding values
from older ring cycles.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Into the txrx header file.
The mlx5e_sq_wqe_info structure describes WQE info for the ICOSQ,
rename it to better reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Every single DUMP WQE resides in a single WQEBB.
As the pi is calculated per each one separately, there is
no real need for a contiguous room for them, allow them to populate
different WQ fragments.
This reduces WQ waste and improves its utilization.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
For the static and progress context params WQEs, do the edge
filling separately.
This improves the WQ utilization, code readability, and reduces
the chance of future bugs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After previous modifications, the offloads are no longer called one by
one, the pi is calculated and the wqe is cleared on between of TLS and
IPSEC offloads, which doesn't quite fit mlx5e_accel_handle_tx's purpose.
This patch splits mlx5e_accel_handle_tx into two functions that
correspond to two logical phases of running offloads:
1. Before fetching a WQE. Here runs the code that can post WQEs on its
own, before the main WQE is fetched. It's the main part of TLS offload.
2. After fetching a WQE. Here runs the code that updates the WQE's
fields, but can't post other WQEs any more. It's a minor part of TLS
offload that sets the tisn field in the cseg, and eseg-based offloads
(currently IPSEC, and later patches will move GENEVE and checksum
offloads there, too).
It allows to make mlx5e_xmit take care of all actions needed to transmit
a packet in the right order, improve the structure of the code and
reduce unnecessary operations. The structure will be further improved in
the following patches (all eseg-based offloads will be moved to a single
place, and reserving space for the main WQE will happen between phase 1
and phase 2 of offloads to eliminate unneeded data movements).
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5e_udp_gso_handle_tx_skb updates the length field in the UDP header
in case of GSO. It doesn't interfere with other offloads, so do it first
to simplify further restructuring of the code. This way we'll make all
independent modifications to the SKB before starting to work with WQEs.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
TLS offload may write a 32-bit field (tisn) to the cseg of the WQE. To
do that, it receives pi and wqe pointers. As TLS offload may also send
additional WQEs, it has to update pi and wqe, and in many cases it even
doesn't use pi calculated before and wqe zeroed before and does it
itself. Also, mlx5e_sq_xmit has to copy the whole cseg if it goes to the
mlx5e_fill_sq_frag_edge flow. This all is not efficient.
It's more efficient to do the following:
1. Just return tisn from TLS offload and make the caller fill it in a
more appropriate place.
2. Calculate pi and clear wqe after calling TLS offload.
3. If TLS offload has to send WQEs, calculate pi and clear wqe just
before that. It's already done in all places anyway, so this commit
allows to remove some redundant memsets and calls.
Copying of cseg will be eliminated in one of the following commits, and
all other stuff is done here.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
IPSEC offload needs to modify the eseg of the WQE that is being filled,
but it receives a pointer to the whole WQE. To make the contract
stricter, pass only the pointer to the eseg of that WQE. This commit is
preparation for the following refactoring of offloads in the TX path and
for the MPWQE support.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5e_sq_xmit and mlx5i_sq_xmit always return NETDEV_TX_OK. Drop the
return value to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Both INNOVA and ConnectX TLS offloads perform the same checks in the
beginning. Unify them to reduce repeating code. Do WARN_ON_ONCE on
netdev mismatch and finish with an error in both offloads, not only in
the ConnectX one.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
TLS and IPSEC offloads currently return struct sk_buff *, but the value
is either NULL or the same skb that was passed as a parameter. Return
bool instead to provide stronger guarantees to the calling code (it
won't need to support handling a different SKB that could be potentially
returned before this change) and to simplify restructuring this code in
the following commits.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This merge includes updates to bonding driver needed for the rdma stack,
to avoid conflicts with the RDMA branch.
Maor Gottlieb Says:
====================
Bonding: Add support to get xmit slave
The following series adds support to get the LAG master xmit slave by
introducing new .ndo - ndo_get_xmit_slave. Every LAG module can
implement it and it first implemented in the bond driver.
This is follow-up to the RFC discussion [1].
The main motivation for doing this is for drivers that offload part
of the LAG functionality. For example, Mellanox Connect-X hardware
implements RoCE LAG which selects the TX affinity when the resources
are created and port is remapped when it goes down.
The first part of this patchset introduces the new .ndo and add the
support to the bonding module.
The second part adds support to get the RoCE LAG xmit slave by building
skb of the RoCE packet based on the AH attributes and call to the new
.ndo.
The third part change the mlx5 driver driver to set the QP's affinity
port according to the slave which found by the .ndo.
====================
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The variable tx_done is being assigned with a value that is never read
as the function returns a few statements later. The assignment is
redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The variable size is being assigned with a value that is never read,
the assignment is redundant and cab be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The variable ret is being assigned with a value that is never read,
the assignment is redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently the value for 'off' is computed using a multiplication and
a couple of statements later off is being incremented by len and
this value is never read. Clean up the code by removing the
multiplication and just increment off by len on each iteration.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Sync the reset preparation for chips from RTL8168g with the r8168 and
r8125 vendor drivers.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a helper for waiting for FIFO's to be empty, again the name is
borrowed from the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a helper for setting RXDV_GATED_EN, the 2ms delay is copied from
the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Create a helper for this waiting function, name of the helper is
borrowed from the vendor driver. In addition don't return in the two
hw_init functions if the first wait runs into a timeout, there's no
benefit in doing so.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the alloc failed error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The "location" is controlled by the user via the ethtool_set_rxnfc()
function. This update_cls_rule() function checks for array overflows
but it doesn't check if the value is negative. I have changed the type
to unsigned to prevent array underflows.
Fixes: afb90dbb5f ("dpaa2-eth: Add ethtool support for flow classification")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the kzalloc() error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 174ab544e3 ("nfp: abm: add cls_u32 offload for simple band classification")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
r8169 never had native support for the RTL8401, however it reportedly
worked with the fallback to RTL8101e [0]. Therefore let's add this
as an explicit assignment.
[0] https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=956868
Fixes: b4cc2dcc9c ("r8169: remove default chip versions")
Reported-by: Camaleón <noelamac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This driver calls kthread_run() in probe, but forgets to call
kthread_stop() in probe failure and remove.
Add the missed kthread_stop() to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Chuhong Yuan <hslester96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD macro is used to report a string describing an
error message to userspace via the netlink extended ACK structure. It
should not have a trailing newline.
Add a cocci script which catches cases where the newline marker is
present. Using this script, fix the handful of cases which accidentally
included a trailing new line.
I couldn't figure out a way to get a patch mode working, so this script
only implements context, report, and org.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MCU CPSW expected to populate only MDIO device, but follow up patches
will add "compatible" property to the MCU CPSW CPTS node which will cause
creation of CPTS device and MCU CPSW init failure. Hence, switch to use
of_platform_device_create() instead of of_platform_populate() for MDIO
device population.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create an independent function that takes a particular frame queue and
an array of frame descriptors and tries to enqueue them until it hits
the maximum number fo retries. The same function will be used in the
next patch also on the XDP_TX path.
Also, create the dpaa2_eth_xdp_fds structure to incorporate the array of
FDs as well as the number of FDs already populated.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicate headers which are included twice.
Signed-off-by: Chen Zhou <chenzhou10@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HNS config symbol enables the framework support for the Hisilicon
Network Subsystem. It is already selected by all of its users, so there
is no reason to make it visible.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VIA Rhine Ethernet interface is only present on PCI devices or
VIA/WonderMedia VT8500/WM85xx SoCs. Add platform dependencies to the
VIA_RHINE config symbol, to avoid asking the user about it when
configuring a kernel without PCI or VT8500/WM85xx support.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'Dan Carpenter' reported:
This code frees "sfi" and then dereferences it on the next line:
> kfree(sfi);
> clear_bit(sfi->index, epsfp.psfp_sfi_bitmap);
This "sfi->index" should be "index".
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function always return 0 now, we can make it return void to
simplify the code. This fixes the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/encx24j600.c:609:5-8: Unneeded variable:
"ret". Return "0" on line 653
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/en_ethtool.c:1396:5-8: Unneeded
variable: "err". Return "0" on line 1411
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function always return 0 now, we can make it return void to
simplify the code. This fixes the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/de4x5.c:3908:11-17: Unneeded variable:
"status". Return "0" on line 3912
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code has been marked dead for nearly 10 years. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DONT_CARE which tells the driver
that the frontend does not need counters, this hw stats type request
never fails. The FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DISABLED type explicitly requests
the driver to disable the stats, however, if the driver cannot disable
counters, it bails out.
TCA_ACT_HW_STATS_* maintains the 1:1 mapping with FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*
except by disabled which is mapped to FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_DISABLED
(this is 0 in tc). Add tc_act_hw_stats() to perform the mapping between
TCA_ACT_HW_STATS_* and FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*.
Fixes: 319a1d1947 ("flow_offload: check for basic action hw stats type")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The K3 INTA driver, which is source TX/RX IRQs for CPSW NUSS, defines IRQs
triggering type as EDGE by default, but triggering type for CPSW NUSS TX/RX
IRQs has to be LEVEL as the EDGE triggering type may cause unnecessary IRQs
triggering and NAPI scheduling for empty queues. It was discovered with
RT-kernel.
Fix it by explicitly specifying CPSW NUSS TX/RX IRQ type as
IRQF_TRIGGER_HIGH.
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently bool ionic_cq.done_color is exported using
debugfs_create_u8(), which requires a cast, preventing further compiler
checks.
Fix this by switching to debugfs_create_bool(), and dropping the cast.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One may notice that automatically-learnt entries 'never' expire, even
though the bridge configures the address age period at 300 seconds.
Actually the value written to hardware corresponds to a time interval
1000 times higher than intended, i.e. 83 hours.
Fixes: a556c76adc ("net: mscc: Add initial Ocelot switch support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Faineli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running 'bridge fdb dump' on Felix, sometimes learnt and static MAC
addresses would appear, sometimes they wouldn't.
Turns out, the MAC table has 4096 entries on VSC7514 (Ocelot) and 8192
entries on VSC9959 (Felix), so the existing code from the Ocelot common
library only dumped half of Felix's MAC table. They are both organized
as a 4-way set-associative TCAM, so we just need a single variable
indicating the correct number of rows.
Fixes: 5605194877 ("net: dsa: ocelot: add driver for Felix switch family")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new flexible sleep function fsleep() to merge the udelay and msleep
polling functions. We can safely do this because no polling function
is used in atomic context in this driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/enetc/enetc_qos.c:427:20: warning:
symbol 'enetc_act_fwd' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/enetc/enetc_qos.c:966:20: warning:
symbol 'enetc_check_flow_actions' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: ChenTao <chentao107@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "info->fs.location" is a u32 that comes from the user via the
ethtool_set_rxnfc() function. We need to check for invalid values to
prevent a buffer overflow.
I copy and pasted this check from the mvpp2_ethtool_cls_rule_ins()
function.
Fixes: 90b509b39a ("net: mvpp2: cls: Add Classification offload support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "rss_context" variable comes from the user via ethtool_get_rxfh().
It can be any u32 value except zero. Eventually it gets passed to
mvpp22_rss_ctx() and if it is over MVPP22_N_RSS_TABLES (8) then it
results in an array overflow.
Fixes: 895586d5dc ("net: mvpp2: cls: Use RSS contexts to handle RSS tables")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:68:5: warning:
symbol 'mtk_m32' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Zou <zou_wei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/en_ethtool.c:1238:5-8: Unneeded
variable: "err". Return "0" on line 1252
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpts.c:1017:1-3: WARNING: PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO can be used
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Zou <zou_wei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's possible to have build configuration which will force PTP_1588_CLOCK=m
and so TI_K3_AM65_CPTS=m while still have TI_K3_AM65_CPSW_NUSS=y. This will
cause build failures:
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld: ../drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpsw-nuss.o: in function `am65_cpsw_init_cpts':
../drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpsw-nuss.c:1685: undefined reference to `am65_cpts_create'
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld: ../drivers/net/ethernet/ti/am65-cpsw-nuss.c:1685:(.text+0x2e20):
relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `am65_cpts_create'
Fix it by adding dependencies from CPTS in TI_K3_AM65_CPSW_NUSS as below:
config TI_K3_AM65_CPSW_NUSS
...
depends on TI_K3_AM65_CPTS || !TI_K3_AM65_CPTS
Note. This will create below dependencies and for NFS boot + CPTS all of them
have to be built-in.
PTP_1588_CLOCK -> TI_K3_AM65_CPTS -> TI_K3_AM65_CPSW_NUSS
While here, clean up TI_K3_AM65_CPTS definition.
Fixes: b1f66a5bee ("net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw-nuss: enable packet timestamping support")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reported-by: Anders Roxell <anders.roxell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Anders Roxell <anders.roxell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to cast a typed pointer to a void pointer when calling
a function that accepts the latter. Remove it, as the cast prevents
further compiler checks.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 05cc5a39dd ("bnx2x: add vlan filtering offload")
left behind this, remove it.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 4ca3221fe4 ("myri10ge: Convert from LRO to GRO")
left behind this, remove it.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no caller in-tree since
commit 2af6106ae9 ("net: stmmac: Introducing support for Page Pool")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 84411f73b8 ("net: mv643xx_eth: Avoid setting the initial TCP checksum")
left behind this, remove it.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw_new.c:1924:2-17: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw_new.c:1231:1-16: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:1991:5-46: WARNING:
Comparison to bool
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:1993:10-54: WARNING:
Comparison to bool
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:2380:5-38: WARNING:
Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/agere/et131x.c:717:3-22: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/agere/et131x.c:721:1-20: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to convert '==' expression to bool. This fixes the following
coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atl1c/atl1c_main.c:1189:63-68: WARNING:
conversion to bool not needed here
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_main.c:1717:5-19: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_dcb.c:1548:17-31: WARNING:
Comparison to bool
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_dcb.c:1148:16-24: WARNING:
Comparison to bool
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_dcb.c:1158:30-38: WARNING:
Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c:1585:3-25:
WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c:1588:3-25:
WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() returns a value of type netdev_tx_t. Fix
the ndo function to use the correct type. And emac_start_xmit() can
leak one skb if 'channel' == 3.
Signed-off-by: Yunjian Wang <wangyunjian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d7a5502b0b ("net: broadcom: convert to
devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname()") will broke this driver.
idm_base and nicpm_base were optional, after this change, they are
mandatory. it will probe fails with -22 when the dtb doesn't have them
defined. so revert part of this commit and make idm_base and nicpm_base
as optional.
Fixes: d7a5502b0b ("net: broadcom: convert to devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname()")
Reported-by: Jonathan Richardson <jonathan.richardson@broadcom.com>
Cc: Scott Branden <scott.branden@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ray Jui <ray.jui@broadcom.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts the folowing commits:
commit 064ff66e2b
"bonding: add missing netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 53d374979e
"net: avoid updating qdisc_xmit_lock_key in netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 1f26c0d3d2
"net: fix kernel-doc warning in <linux/netdevice.h>"
commit ab92d68fc2
"net: core: add generic lockdep keys"
but keeps the addr_list_lock_key because we still lock
addr_list_lock nestedly on stack devices, unlikely xmit_lock
this is safe because we don't take addr_list_lock on any fast
path.
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+aaa6fa4949cc5d9b7b25@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function nfp_abm_vnic_set_mac, pointer nsp is allocated by nfp_nsp_open.
But when nfp_nsp_has_hwinfo_lookup fail, the pointer is not released,
which can lead to a memory leak bug. Fix this issue by adding
nfp_nsp_close(nsp) in the error path.
Fixes: f6e71efdf9 ("nfp: abm: look up MAC addresses via management FW")
Signed-off-by: Qiushi Wu <wu000273@umn.edu>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MCU CPSW Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS) provides possibility to
timestamp TX PTP packets and all RX packets.
This enables corresponding support in TI AM65x/J721E MCU CPSW driver.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPTS module is used to facilitate host control of time sync operations.
Main features of CPTS module are:
- selection of multiple external clock sources
- control of time sync events via interrupt or polling
- 64-bit timestamp mode in ns with HW PPM and nudge adjustment.
- hardware timestamp ext. inputs (HWx_TS_PUSH)
- timestamp Generator function outputs (TS_GENFx)
Depending on integration it enables compliance with the IEEE 1588-2008
standard for a precision clock synchronization protocol, Ethernet Enhanced
Scheduled Traffic Operations (CPTS_ESTFn) and PCIe Subsystem Precision Time
Measurement (PTM).
Introduced driver provides Linux PTP hardware clock for each CPTS device
and network packets timestamping where applicable. CPTS PTP hardware clock
supports following operations:
- Set time
- Get time
- Shift the clock by a given offset atomically
- Adjust clock frequency
- Time stamp external events
- Periodic output signals
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The multiplication of cfg->ctr[1] by 1000000000 is performed using a
32 bit multiplication (since cfg->ctr[1] is a u32) and this can lead
to a potential overflow. Fix this by making the constant a ULL to
ensure a 64 bit multiply occurs.
Fixes: 504723af0d ("net: stmmac: Add basic EST support for GMAC5+")
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unintentional integer overflow")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new helper eth_hw_addr_crc to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the related system resources were not released when enetc_hw_alloc()
return error in the enetc_pci_mdio_probe(), add iounmap() for error
handling label "err_hw_alloc" to fix it.
Fixes: 6517798dd3 ("enetc: Make MDIO accessors more generic and export to include/linux/fsl")
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ethtool -S shows all TX/RX ring counters whether the
channel is combined, RX, or TX. The unused counters will always be
zero. Improve it by showing only the relevant counters if the channel
is RX or TX. If the channel is combined, the counters will be shown
exactly the same as before.
[ MChan: Lots of cleanups and simplifications on Rajesh's original
code]
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Ravi <rajesh.ravi@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow the RX and TX ring statistics to be separated if needed.
In the next patch, we'll be able to only display RX or TX statistcis if
the channel is RX only or TX only.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have 3 software ring counters, rx_l4_csum_errors,
rx_buf_errors, and missed_irqs. The 1st two are RX counters and the
last one is a common counter. Organize them into 2 structures
bnxt_rx_sw_stats and bnxt_cmn_sw_stats.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The purpose of this is to inform the RDMA driver the size of the doorbell
BAR that the L2 driver has mapped and the portion that is mapped
uncacheable. The unchaeable portion is shared with the RoCE driver.
Any remaining unmapped doorbell BAR can be used by the RDMA driver for
its own purpose. Currently, the entire L2 portion is mapped uncacheable.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the L2 doorbell size from the firmware and only map the portion
of the doorbell BAR for L2 use. This will leave the remaining doorbell
BAR available for the RoCE driver to use. The RoCE driver can map
the remaining portion as write-combining to support the push feature.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver provides completion ring or NQ doorbell offset for each
MSIX entry requested by the RDMA driver. The NQ offset on 57500
chips is different than legacy chips. Set it correctly based on
chip type for correctness. The RDMA driver is ignoring this field
for the 57500 chips so it is not causing any problem.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define the 57500 chip doorbell offsets instead of using the magic
values in the C file.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel log messages for failed AP reset commands should be suppressed.
These are expected to fail on devices that do not have an AP. Add
missing driver reload message after AP reset and log it in a common
way without duplication.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool ABI specifies that the reset operation should only clear
the flags that were actually reset. Setting the flags to zero after
a chip reset violates this because it does not include resetting the
application processor complex. Similarly, components that are not yet
defined are also not necessarily being reset.
The fact that chip reset does not cover the AP also means that it is
inappropriate to treat these two components exclusively of one another.
The ABI provides a mechanism to report a failure to reset independent
components via the returned bitmask, so it is also wrong to fail hard
if one of a set of independent resets is not possible.
It is incorrect to rely on the passed by reference flags in bnxt_reset(),
which are being updated as components are reset. The initially requested
value should be used instead so that hard errors do not propagate if any
earlier components could have been reset successfully.
Note, AP and chip resets are global in nature. Dedicated resets are
thus not currently supported.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The case statement in bnxt_firmware_reset() dangerously mixes types.
This patch separates the application processor and whole chip resets
from the rest such that the selection is performed on a pure type.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract bnxt_hwrm_firmware_reset() for performing firmware reset
operations. This new helper function will be used in a subsequent
patch to separate unrelated reset types out of bnxt_firmware_reset().
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware does not expect the CRC to be included in the length
passed from the driver. The firmware always configures the chip
to strip out the CRC.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current formulas to calculate the TQM slow path and fast path ring
context memory sizes are not quite correct. TQM slow path entry is
array index 0 of ctx->tqm_mem[]. The other array entries are for fast
path. Fix these sizes according to latest firmware spec. for 57500 and
newer chips.
Fixes: 3be8136ce1 ("bnxt_en: Initialize context memory to the value specified by firmware.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer firmware spec. will specify the number of TQM rings to allocate
context memory for. Use the firmware specified value and fall back
to the old value derived from bp->max_q if it is not available.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes include additional statistics, ECN support, context memory
interface change for better TQM context memory sizing, firmware
health status definitions, etc.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ENOSPC is set the idx is still valid and gets set to the global
MLX4_SINK_COUNTER_INDEX. However gcc's static analysis cannot tell that
ENOSPC is impossible from mlx4_cmd_imm() and gives this warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c:2552:28: warning: 'idx' may be
used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
2552 | priv->def_counter[port] = idx;
Also, when ENOSPC is returned mlx4_allocate_default_counters should not
fail.
Fixes: 6de5f7f6a1 ("net/mlx4_core: Allocate default counter per port")
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The paranoidal pointer check in IRQ handler looks very strange - it
really protects us only against bogus drivers which request IRQ line
with null pointer dev_id. However, the code fragment is incorrect
because the dev pointer is used before the actual check which leads
to undefined behavior. Remove the check to avoid confusing people
with incorrect code.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Petrov <mmrmaximuzz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A call of the function macb_init() can fail in the function
fu540_c000_init. The related system resources were not released
then. use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to replace ioremap()
to fix it.
Fixes: c218ad5590 ("macb: Add support for SiFive FU540-C000")
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yash Shah <yash.shah@sifive.com>
Suggested-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Suggested-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract code to ena_indirection_table_set() to make
the code cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macros in ena_com.h have inconsistent spaces between
the macro name and it's value.
This commit sets all the macros to have a single space between
the name and value.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'ENA_REGS_RESET_SHUTDOWN' enum indicates a normal driver
shutdown / removal procedure.
Also, a comment is added to one of the reset reason assignments for
code clarity.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this commit there was a function prototype named
ena_com_get_ena_admin_polling_mode() that was never implemented.
This patch simply deletes it.
Signed-off-by: Igor Chauskin <igorch@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add support for getting tx drops from the device and saving them
in the driver.
2. Report tx via netdev stats.
Signed-off-by: Igor Chauskin <igorch@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Guy Tzalik <gtzalik@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add unmask interrupts statistics to ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both key and func parameters are pointers on the stack.
Setting them to NULL does nothing.
The original intent was to leave the key and func unset in this case,
but for this to happen nothing needs to be done as the calling
function ethtool_get_rxfh() already clears key and func.
This commit removes the above described useless code.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit contains 2 cosmetic changes:
1. Use ena_com_check_supported_feature_id() in
ena_com_hash_key_fill_default_key() instead of rewriting
its implementation. This also saves us a superfluous admin
command by using the cached value.
2. Change if conditions in ena_com_rss_init() to be clearer.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in the driver we are setting the hash function to be CRC32.
Starting with this commit we want to change the default behaviour so that
we set the hash function to be Toeplitz instead.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code does not allow setting the hash function without
changing the key. This commit enables it.
To achieve this we separate ena_com_get_hash_function() to 2 functions:
ena_com_get_hash_function() - which gets only the hash function, and
ena_com_get_hash_key() - which gets only the hash key.
Also return 0 instead of rc at the end of ena_get_rxfh() since all
previous operations succeeded.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the "func" parameter is NULL we now return "-EINVAL".
This shouldn't happen in general, but when it does happen, this is the
proper way to handle it.
We also check func for NULL in the beginning of the function, as there
is no reason to do all the work and realize in the end of the function
it was useless.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when ena_set_hash_function() fails the hash function is
restored to the previous value by calling an admin command to get
the hash function from the device.
In this commit we avoid the admin command, by saving the previous
hash function before calling ena_set_hash_function() and using this
previous value to restore the hash function in case of failure of
ena_set_hash_function().
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Measurements of the MDIO bus have shown that driving the MDIO bus
using interrupts is slow. Back to back MDIO transactions take about
90us, with 25us spent performing the transaction, and the remainder of
the time the bus is idle.
Replacing the completion interrupt with polled IO results in back to
back transactions of 40us. The polling loop waiting for the hardware
to complete the transaction takes around 28us. Which suggests
interrupt handling has an overhead of 50us, and polled IO nearly
halves this overhead, and doubles the MDIO performance.
Care has to be taken when setting the MII_SPEED register, or it can
trigger an MII event> That then upsets the polling, due to an
unexpected pending event.
Suggested-by: Chris Heally <cphealy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Karsten Graul says:
====================
net/smc: extent buffer mapping and port handling
Add functionality to map/unmap and register/unregister memory buffers for
specific SMC-R links and for the whole link group. Prepare LLC layer messages
for the support of multiple links and extent the processing of adapter events.
And add further small preparations needed for the SMC-R failover support.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add tc flower offload for the enetc IEEE 802.1Qci(PSFP)
function. There are four main feature parts to implement the flow
policing and filtering for ingress flow with IEEE 802.1Qci features.
They are stream identify(this is defined in the P802.1cb exactly but
needed for 802.1Qci), stream filtering, stream gate and flow metering.
Each function block includes many entries by index to assign parameters.
So for one frame would be filtered by stream identify first, then
flow into stream filter block by the same handle between stream identify
and stream filtering. Then flow into stream gate control which assigned
by the stream filtering entry. And then policing by the gate and limited
by the max sdu in the filter block(optional). At last, policing by the
flow metering block, index choosing at the fitering block.
So you can see that each entry of block may link to many upper entries
since they can be assigned same index means more streams want to share
the same feature in the stream filtering or stream gate or flow
metering.
To implement such features, each stream filtered by source/destination
mac address, some stream maybe also plus the vlan id value would be
treated as one flow chain. This would be identified by the chain_index
which already in the tc filter concept. Driver would maintain this chain
and also with gate modules. The stream filter entry create by the gate
index and flow meter(optional) entry id and also one priority value.
Offloading only transfer the gate action and flow filtering parameters.
Driver would create (or search same gate id and flow meter id and
priority) one stream filter entry to set to the hardware. So stream
filtering do not need transfer by the action offloading.
This architecture is same with tc filter and actions relationship. tc
filter maintain the list for each flow feature by keys. And actions
maintain by the action list.
Below showing a example commands by tc:
> tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
> ip link set eth0 address 10:00:80:00:00:00
> tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip chain 11 \
flower skip_sw dst_mac 10:00:80:00:00:00 \
action gate index 10 \
sched-entry open 200000000 1 8000000 \
sched-entry close 100000000 -1 -1
Command means to set the dst_mac 10:00:80:00:00:00 to index 11 of stream
identify module. Then setting the gate index 10 of stream gate module.
Keep the gate open for 200ms and limit the traffic volume to 8MB in this
sched-entry. Then direct the frames to the ingress queue 1.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to let ethtool enable/disable the tc flower offload
features. Hardware ENETC has the feature of PSFP which is for per-stream
policing. When enable the tc hw offloading feature, driver would enable
the IEEE 802.1Qci feature. It is only set the register enable bit for
this feature not enable for any entry of per stream filtering and stream
gate or stream identify but get how much capabilities for each feature.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The side band interrupt service routine is not available on chips
like 7211, or rather, it does not permit the signaling of wake-up
events due to the complex interrupt hierarchy.
Move the wake-up event accounting into a .resume_noirq function,
account for possible wake-up events and clear the MPD/HFB interrupts
from there, while leaving the hardware untouched until the resume
function proceeds with doing its usual business.
Because bcmgenet_wol_power_down_cfg() now enables the MPD and HFB
interrupts, it is invoked by a .suspend_noirq function to prevent
the servicing of interrupts after the clocks have been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chip generations are mostly compatible register-wise, but there are still
some differences. Therefore we've made some of first generation (A1) code
non-static to re-use it where possible.
Some pieces are A2 specific, in which case we redefine/extend such APIs.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds basic A2 HW initialization / deinitialization.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds common functions (mostly FW-related), which are
needed for basic A2 HW initialization / deinitialization.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds RPF-related hw_ops, which are needed for basic
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RPF is one of the modules which has been significantly
changed/extended on A2.
This patch adds the necessary A2 register definitions
for RPF, which are used in follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds basic hw_ops layout for A2.
Actual implementation will be added in the follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the minimum set of FW ops for A2.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the bare minimum of A2 HW bindings required to
get fw_ops working.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the driver<->firmware interface for A2
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IS_CHIP feature will be used to differentiate between A1 and A2,
where necessary. Thus, move it to aq_hw.h, rename it and make
it accept the 'hw' pointer.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes potential crash in case if hw_get_regs is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hw_get_fw_version() never fails, so this patch simplifies its
usage by utilizing return value instead of output argument.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <ndanilov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A2 will have a different implementation of these 2 APIs, so
this patch moves them to hw_ops in preparation for A2.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds defines for 10M and EEE 100M link modes, which are
supported by A2.
10M support is added in this patch series.
EEE is out of scope, but will be added in a follow-up series.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding device ids for the new generation of atlantic nic.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aquantia is now part of Marvell. Thus, update the driver description.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse reports a warning at service_ofldq()
warning: context imbalance in service_ofldq() - unexpected unlock
The root cause is the missing annotation at service_ofldq()
Add the missing __must_hold(&q->sendq.lock) annotation
Signed-off-by: Jules Irenge <jbi.octave@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d1cbfd771c ("ptp_clock: Allow for it to be optional") changed
all PTP-capable Ethernet drivers from `select PTP_1588_CLOCK` to `imply
PTP_1588_CLOCK`, "in order to break the hard dependency between the PTP
clock subsystem and ethernet drivers capable of being clock providers."
As a result it is possible to build PTP-capable Ethernet drivers without
the PTP subsystem by deselecting PTP_1588_CLOCK. Drivers are required to
handle the missing dependency gracefully.
Some PTP-capable Ethernet drivers (e.g., TI_CPSW) factor their PTP code
out into separate drivers (e.g., TI_CPTS_MOD). The above commit also
changed these PTP-specific drivers to `imply PTP_1588_CLOCK`, making it
possible to build them without the PTP subsystem. But as Grygorii
Strashko noted in [1]:
On Wed, Apr 22, 2020 at 02:16:11PM +0300, Grygorii Strashko wrote:
> Another question is that CPTS completely nonfunctional in this case and
> it was never expected that somebody will even try to use/run such
> configuration (except for random build purposes).
In my view, enabling a PTP-specific driver without the PTP subsystem is
a configuration error made possible by the above commit. Kconfig should
not allow users to create a configuration with missing dependencies that
results in "completely nonfunctional" drivers.
I audited all network drivers that call ptp_clock_register() but merely
`imply PTP_1588_CLOCK` and found five PTP-specific drivers that are
likely nonfunctional without PTP_1588_CLOCK:
NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX_PTP
NET_DSA_SJA1105_PTP
MACB_USE_HWSTAMP
CAVIUM_PTP
TI_CPTS_MOD
Note how these symbols all reference PTP or timestamping in their name;
this is a clue that they depend on PTP_1588_CLOCK.
Change them from `imply PTP_1588_CLOCK` [2] to `depends on PTP_1588_CLOCK`.
I'm not using `select PTP_1588_CLOCK` here because PTP_1588_CLOCK has
its own dependencies, which `select` would not transitively apply.
Additionally, remove the `select NET_PTP_CLASSIFY` from CPTS_TI_MOD;
PTP_1588_CLOCK already selects that.
[1]: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/c04458ed-29ee-1797-3a11-7f3f560553e6@ti.com/
[2]: NET_DSA_SJA1105_PTP had never declared any type of dependency on
PTP_1588_CLOCK (`imply` or otherwise); adding a `depends on PTP_1588_CLOCK`
here seems appropriate.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Fixes: d1cbfd771c ("ptp_clock: Allow for it to be optional")
Signed-off-by: Clay McClure <clay@daemons.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
platform_get_resource() may fail and return NULL, so we should
better check it's return value to avoid a NULL pointer dereference
since devm_ioremap() does not check input parameters for null.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
@@
expression pdev, res, n, t, e, e1, e2;
@@
res = \(platform_get_resource\|platform_get_resource_byname\)(pdev, t, n);
+ if (!res)
+ return -EINVAL;
... when != res == NULL
e = devm_ioremap(e1, res->start, e2);
Fixes: 03f66f0675 ("net: ethernet: ti: davinci_mdio: use devm_ioremap()")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Considering the few messages we have in the driver, there's not really
a benefit in being able to control them on a message type level.
Therefore simplify the code and switch to the netdev_xxx message
functions. In addition add net_ratelimit() to messages that can be
printed from a hot path.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When preparing an unrelated change, checkpatch complained about this
redundant out-of-memory message. Therefore remove it.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The counter handling functions can only fail if rtl8169_do_counters()
times out. In the poll function we emit an error message in case of
timeout, therefore we don't have to propagate the timeout all the
way up just to print another message basically saying the same.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Net core - __dev_set_promiscuity - prints a message already when
promiscuous mode in entered/left, therefore we don't have to do this
in the driver too. Also the driver message would be misleading
(would be because "link" message level is disabled per default)
because it would print "promisc mode enabled" even if it's being
left. Reason is that __dev_change_flags() calls dev_set_rx_mode()
before touching the promisc flag.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust titles and chapters, adding proper markups;
- mark tables as such;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust titles and chapters, adding proper markups;
- comment out text-only TOC from html/pdf output;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title;
- comment out text-only TOC from html/pdf output;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark lists as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust titles and chapters, adding proper markups;
- comment out text-only TOC from html/pdf output;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark tables as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- adjust title markup;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- use copyright symbol;
- adjust titles and chapters, adding proper markups;
- comment out text-only TOC from html/pdf output;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- add notes markups;
- mark tables as such;
- mark lists as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark tables as such;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add function to get the device physical port of the lag slave.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The lag lock could be a spin lock, the critical section is short
and there is no need that the thread will sleep.
Change the lock that protects the LAG structure from mutex
to spin lock. It is required for next patch that need to
access this structure from context that we can't sleep.
In addition there is no need to hold this lock when query the
congestion counters.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove a not needed parameter in rtl8169_set_magic_reg.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under heavy load, the EOTID termination FLOWC request fails to get
enqueued to the end of the Tx ring due to lack of credits. This
results in EOTID leak.
When disabling TC-MQPRIO offload, the link is already brought down
to cleanup EOTIDs. So, flush any pending enqueued skbs that can't be
sent outside the wire, to make room for FLOWC request. Also, move the
FLOWC descriptor consumption logic closer to when the FLOWC request is
actually posted to hardware.
Fixes: 0e395b3cb1 ("cxgb4: add FLOWC based QoS offload")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately sometimes ->probe() may fail. The commit b9663b7ca6
("net: stmmac: Enable SERDES power up/down sequence")
messed up with error handling and thus:
[ 12.811311] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 12.811993] kernel BUG at net/core/dev.c:9937!
Fix this by properly crafted error path.
Fixes: b9663b7ca6 ("net: stmmac: Enable SERDES power up/down sequence")
Cc: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Cc: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_mbox.c:452:17-24: WARNING opportunity for kmemdup
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_mbox.c:458:23-30: WARNING opportunity for kmemdup
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zou Wei <zou_wei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_mbox.c:601:6: warning: symbol 'dump_mox_reg' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTL8125 supports the same PME_SIGNAL handling as all later RTL8168
chip variants.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sync definition of max jumbo packet size with vendor driver and reserve
22 bytes for VLAN ethernet header plus checksum.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vregion helpers to get min and max priority depend on the correct
ordering of vchunks in the vregion list. However, the current code
always adds new chunk to the end of the list, no matter what the
priority is. Fix this by finding the correct place in the list and put
vchunk there.
Fixes: 22a677661f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce ACL core with simple TCAM implementation")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap() returns NULL pointer
not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check should
be replaced with NULL test.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Esben Haabendal <esben@geanix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 29ae6bd1b0.
The commit breaks ethernet function on i.MX6SX, i.MX7D, i.MX8MM,
i.MX8MQ, and i.MX8QXP platforms. Boot yocto system by NFS mounting
rootfs will be failed with the commit.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: b7370112f5 ("lpc32xx: Added ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a error code from the error handling case
instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 31ad4e4ee1 ("ice: Allocate flow profile")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 5a6d7c9dae ("octeontx2-pf: Mailbox communication with AF")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit e6a41c23df, while trying to fix an issue,
("net: macb: ensure interface is not suspended on at91rm9200")
introduced a refcounting regression, because in error case refcounter
must be balanced. Fix it by calling pm_runtime_put_noidle() in error case.
While here, fix the same mistake in other couple of places.
Fixes: e6a41c23df ("net: macb: ensure interface is not suspended on at91rm9200")
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warning:
./drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_eth.c:2110:30-31:
WARNING comparing pointer to 0
Avoid pointer type value compared to 0.
Signed-off-by: Aishwarya Ramakrishnan <aishwaryarj100@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Should an irq requested with 'devm_request_irq' be released explicitly,
it should be done by 'devm_free_irq()', not 'free_irq()'.
Fixes: 6c821bd9ed ("net: Add MOXA ART SoCs ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doing a device reset addresses an obscure FW timing issue in
the FW upgrade process.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we can report the new FW version after a
fw-upgrade has finished by re-reading the device's
fw version information.
Fixes: c672412f61 ("ionic: remove lifs on fw reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't bother with the link check during probe, let
the watchdog notice the first link-up. This allows
probe to finish cleanly without any interruptions
from over excited user programs opening the device
as soon as it is registered.
Fixes: c672412f61 ("ionic: remove lifs on fw reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtek provided information about a HW constraint that time limit must
not be set to 0 if the frame limit is >0. Add a check for this and
reject invalid parameter combinations.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use FIELD_PREP() to make the code better readable, and avoid the loop.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip supports only frame limits 0, 4, 8, .. 60 internally.
Returning EINVAL for all val % 4 != 0 seems to be a little bit too
unfriendly to the user. Therefore round up the frame limit to the next
supported value. In addition round up the time limit, else a very low
limit could be rounded down to 0, and interpreted as "ignore value"
by the chip.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The time limit provided by userspace is multiplied with 1000,
what could result in an overflow. Therefore change the time limit
parameter unit from ns to us, and avoid the problematic operation.
If there's no matching scale because provided time limit is too big,
return ERANGE instead of EINVAL to provide a hint to the user what's
wrong.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use FIELD_GET() macro to make the code better readable. In addition
change the logic to round the time limit up, not down. Reason is that
a time limit <1us would be rounded to 0 currently, what would be
interpreted as "no time limit set".
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx and tx scale are the same always. Simplify the code by using one
scale for rx and tx only.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_device argument is just used to get a struct rtl8169_private
pointer via netdev_priv(). Therefore pass the struct rtl8169_private
pointer directly.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During MTU change, the following events may happen.
Client-driven CRQ initialization fails due to partner’s CRQ closed,
causing client to enqueue a reset task for FATAL_ERROR. Then passive
(server-driven) CRQ initialization succeeds, causing client to
release CRQ and enqueue a reset task for failover. If the passive
CRQ initialization occurs before the FATAL reset task is processed,
the FATAL error reset task would try to access a CRQ message queue
that was freed, causing an oops. The problem may be most likely to
occur during DLPAR add vNIC with a non-default MTU, because the DLPAR
process will automatically issue a change MTU request.
Fix this by not processing fatal error reset if CRQ is passively
initialized after client-driven CRQ initialization fails.
Signed-off-by: Juliet Kim <julietk@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Add release all pages support, From Eran.
to release all FW pages at once on driver unload, when supported by FW.
2) From Maxim and Tariq, Trivial Data path cleanup and code improvements
in preparation for their next features, TLS offload and TX performance
improvements
3) Multiple cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl6rBpYACgkQSD+KveBX
+j5L4Qf+MA17+ENeqPfMLRKHtSn9D50M3+8uDuYd4VK0uqQIQHbBpxHNM4FLa1sI
WTBx/HnFKq5eZdOvYiZExVxpOcBWk+KVoIq8r4IPHsCU3Y2BqQOc6qqbi8haQ7J8
fgrdi+gbS02N8MD45uUbNP/8JhZxN+4s0uEaH9cQ68sSorZOF1VtExAttTpQoqso
Zur9gQH3MfYmQBPbr7mj4OsKiho7cb17UPadASyiLjvD7QDJ+++73PHF5YCGuSy0
HTSvdBZOesBzaeD7qTwdq3bFILYiuiNmMlLotdvXmuAceXfa7lO8bqvwlc8an+No
UMOBELwlw6tqVjSohMtqlbEMS9PNXQ==
=XSFa
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-04-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-04-30
1) Add release all pages support, From Eran.
to release all FW pages at once on driver unload, when supported by FW.
2) From Maxim and Tariq, Trivial Data path cleanup and code improvements
in preparation for their next features, TLS offload and TX performance
improvements
3) Multiple cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the old SPAN API now that matchall-based and flower-based
mirroring were converted to use the new API.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As previously explained, each port whose outgoing traffic is analyzed
needs to have an egress mirror buffer.
The size of the egress mirror buffer is calculated based on various
parameters, two of which are the speed and the MTU of the port.
Therefore, when the MTU or the speed of a port change, the SPAN code is
called to see if the egress mirror buffer of the port needs to be
adjusted.
Currently, this is done by traversing all the SPAN agents and for each
SPAN agent the list of bound ports is traversed.
Instead of the above, traverse the recently added list of analyzed
ports.
This will later allow us to remove the old SPAN API.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flower-based mirroring, mirroring is done with ACLs and the SPAN
agent is not bound to a port. Instead its identifier is specified in an
ACL action.
Convert this type of mirroring to use the new API.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In matchall-based mirroring, mirroring is not done with ACLs, but a SPAN
agent is bound to the ingress / egress of a port and all incoming /
outgoing traffic is mirrored.
Convert this type of mirroring to use the new API.
First the SPAN agent is resolved, then the port is marked as analyzed
and its egress mirror buffer is potentially allocated. Lastly, the
binding is performed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, a SPAN agent can only be bound to a per-port trigger where
the trigger is either an incoming packet (INGRESS) or an outgoing packet
(EGRESS) to / from the port.
A follow-up patch set will introduce the concept of global triggers and
per-{port, TC} enablement. With global triggers, the trigger entry is
only keyed by a trigger and not by a port and a trigger. The trigger can
be, for example, a packet that was early dropped.
While the binding between the SPAN agent and the trigger is performed
only once, the trigger entry needs to be reference counted, as the
trigger can be enabled on multiple ports.
Add APIs to bind / unbind a SPAN agent to a trigger and reference count
the trigger entry in preparation for global triggers.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code that adjusts the egress buffer size is not symmetric at the
moment. The update is done via a call to
mlxsw_sp_span_port_buffer_update(), but the disablement is done inline
by invoking the write to SBIB register directly.
Wrap the disablement code in mlxsw_sp_span_port_buffer_disable().
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Next patch will introduce mlxsw_sp_span_port_buffer_disable() function
that disables the egress buffer on an analyzed port. Rename the opposite
function that updates the buffer on an analyzed port accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An analyzed port is a port whose incoming / outgoing traffic is mirrored
to a SPAN agent and analyzed on a remote server.
A port can be analyzed by multiple tc filters and therefore the
corresponding analyzed port entry needs to be reference counted. This is
significant because ports whose outgoing traffic is analyzed need to
have an egress mirror buffer.
Add APIs to get / put an analyzed port. Allocate an egress mirror buffer
on a port when it is first inspected at egress and free the buffer when
it is no longer inspected at egress.
Protect the list of analyzed ports with a mutex, as a later patch will
traverse it from a context in which RTNL lock is not held.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given a netdev that packets should be mirrored to, create a SPAN agent
and return its identifier to the caller.
The SPAN agent is reference counted, as multiple tc-mirred actions can
point to the same destination netdev.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add SPDX header;
- add a document title;
- mark code blocks and literals as such;
- mark tables as such;
- add notes markups;
- adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines;
- add to networking/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow the order for the platform drivers, i.e. generic object are going first.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no competition to get more LOCs into the kernel, and driver can look
better and have improved readability without those additional line breaks.
While at it, shorten info structures that they are all PCI, at the end it's
a PCI driver for Intel hardware.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are useless conditions like
func()
{
...
int ret;
...
ret = foo();
if (ret)
return ret;
return 0;
}
which may be replaced with direct return statement, what we have done here.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci_enable_msi() is deprecated API, thus, switch to modern
pci_alloc_irq_vectors().
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Copy'n'paste without thinking is not a good idea and in this case it brought
unnecessary loop over PCI BAR resources which was needed to workaround one of
STMicro RVP boards. Remove unnecessary loops from Intel driver.
Fixes: 58da0cfa6c ("net: stmmac: create dwmac-intel.c to contain all Intel platform")
Cc: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clk_prepare_enable() might fail, we have to check its returned value.
Besides that we have to call clk_disable_unprepare() on the error and
remove paths. Do above in the dwmac-intel driver.
While at it, remove leftover in stmmac_pci and remove unneeded condition
for NULL-aware clk_unregister_fixed_rate() call.
Fixes: 58da0cfa6c ("net: stmmac: create dwmac-intel.c to contain all Intel platform")
Cc: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately sometimes ->probe() may fail. The commit b9663b7ca6
("net: stmmac: Enable SERDES power up/down sequence")
messed up with error handling and thus:
[ 12.811311] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 12.811993] kernel BUG at net/core/dev.c:9937!
Fix this by properly crafted error path.
Fixes: b9663b7ca6 ("net: stmmac: Enable SERDES power up/down sequence")
Cc: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Cc: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function ftmac100_probe() is only called with an openfirmware
platform device. Therefore there is no need to check that the passed
in device is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Bin <tangbin@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix coccinelle warning, use ARRAY_SIZE
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_sriov.c:713:43-44: WARNING: Use ARRAY_SIZE
v1-->v2:
remove cmd_number
v2-->v3:
preserve the reverse christmas tree ordering of local variables
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zou Wei <zou_wei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These fucntions is used only in hinic_sriov.c,
so make them static to fix sparse warnings.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In our fast-path design, a WQE (Work Queue Element) must not cross the
page boundary. To enforce that, for WQEs consisting of more than one BB
(Basic Block), the driver checks the available contiguous space in the
WQ in advance, and if it's not enough, it pads it with NOPs.
This patch modifies the code that calculates the position of next WQE,
considering the padding, and prepares the WQE. This code is common for
all SQ types. In this patch it's reorganized in a way that makes the
usage pattern unified for all SQ types, and makes the implementations
self-contained and look almost the same, preparing the repeating code to
further attempts to deduplicate it.
One place is left as is: mlx5e_sq_xmit and mlx5e_fill_sq_frag_edge call
inside, because it is special in a way that it may also copy WQE's cseg
and eseg when reserving space. This will be eliminated in one of the
following patches, and this place will be converted to the new approach,
too.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Structs mlx5e_txqsq and mlx5e_xdpsq contain wqe_info arrays to store
supplementary information corresponding to WQEs in the queue. Struct
mlx5e_icosq also has such an array, but it's called differently -
ico_wqe. This patch renames it to unify with the other SQs.
In addition, rename the struct to emphasize its specific usage.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
There are multiple functions mlx5{e,i}_*_fetch_wqe that contain the same
code, that is repeated, because they operate on different SQ struct
types. mlx5e_sq_fetch_wqe also returns void *, instead of the concrete
WQE type.
This commit generalizes the fetch WQE operation by putting this code
into a single function. To simplify calls of the generic function in
concrete use cases, macros are provided that substitute the right WQE
size and cast the return type.
Before this patch, fetch_wqe used to calculate pi itself, but the value
was often known to the caller. This calculation is moved outside to
eliminate this unnecessary step and prepare for the fill_frag_edge
refactoring in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Upon an error completion on an XDP SQ, print the offending WQE
to ease the debug process.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Error CQE was dumped only for TXQ SQs.
Generalise the function, and add usage for error completions
on ICO SQs and XDP SQs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Even though some of the WQE control segment's field share
the same memory bits (a union of fields), prefer having the
right field name for every different usage.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
If FW sets release_all_pages bit in MLX5_EVENT_TYPE_PAGE_REQUEST,
driver shall release all pages of a given function id, with no further
pages reclaim negotiation with FW nor MANAGE_PAGES commands from driver
towards FW.
Upon receiving this bit as part of pages reclaim event, driver will
initiate release all flow, in which it will iterate and release all
function's pages.
As part of driver <-> FW capabilities handshake, FW will report
release_all_pages max HCA cap bit, and driver will set the
release_all_pages bit in HCA cap.
NIC: ConnectX-4 Lx
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2650 v2 @ 2.60GHz
Test case: Simulataniously FLR 4 VFs, and measure FW release pages by
driver.
Before: 3.18 Sec
After: 0.31 Sec
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Thousands of pages are released with free_addr() function. In case of
buggy sync between FW and driver on released address, the log will be
flooded with error messages. Use mlx5_core_warn_rl() to limit it.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Factor out the fwp address release page to an helper function, will be
used in the downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The size field in EQ is not in use.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use existing helper API to get unique devlink port index for all
devlink port flavours.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The cited commit introduced the following coverity issue at functions
mlx5_fpga_is_ipsec_device() and mlx5_fpga_ipsec_release_sa_ctx():
- bit_and_with_zero:
accel_xfrm->attrs.action & MLX5_ACCEL_ESP_ACTION_DECRYPT is always 0.
As MLX5_ACCEL_ESP_ACTION_DECRYPT is not a bitwise flag and was wrongly
used with bitwise operation, the above expression is always zero value
as MLX5_ACCEL_ESP_ACTION_DECRYPT is zero.
Fix by using "==" comparison operator instead.
Fixes: 7dfee4b1d7 ("net/mlx5: IPsec, Refactor SA handle creation and destruction")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5 updates for both net-next and rdma-next:
1) HW bits and definitions for TLS and IPsec offlaods
2) Release all pages capability bits
3) New command interface helpers and some code cleanup as a result
4) Move qp.c out of mlx5 core driver into mlx5_ib rdma driver
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Need to allocate the q counters before init_rx which needs them
when creating the rq.
Fixes: 8520fa57a4 ("net/mlx5e: Create q counters on uplink representors")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Processing commands by cmd_work_handler() while already in Internal
Error State will result in entry leak, since the handler process force
completion without doorbell. Forced completion doesn't release the entry
and event completion will never arrive, so entry should be released.
Fixes: 73dd3a4839 ("net/mlx5: Avoid using pending command interface slots")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5_cmd_flush() will trigger forced completions to all valid command
entries. Triggered by an asynch event such as fast teardown it can
happen at any stage of the command, including command initialization.
It will trigger forced completion and that can lead to completion on an
uninitialized command entry.
Setting MLX5_CMD_ENT_STATE_PENDING_COMP only after command entry is
initialized will ensure force completion is treated only if command
entry is initialized.
Fixes: 73dd3a4839 ("net/mlx5: Avoid using pending command interface slots")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In polling mode, set arm_db member to a value that will avoid CQ
event recovery by the HW.
Otherwise we might get event without completion function.
In addition,empty completion function to was added to protect from
unexpected events.
Fixes: 297cccebdc ("net/mlx5: DR, Expose an internal API to issue RDMA operations")
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When mlx5_modify_header_alloc() fails, instead of printing the error
value returned, current error log prints 0.
Fix by printing correct error value returned by
mlx5_modify_header_alloc().
Fixes: 6724e66b90 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c1 value on miss")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Error unwinding is done incorrectly in the cited commit.
When steering init fails, there is no need to perform steering cleanup.
When vport error exists, error cleanup should be mirror of the setup
routine, i.e. to perform steering cleanup before metadata cleanup.
This avoids the call trace in accessing uninitialized objects which are
skipped during steering_init() due to failure in steering_init().
Call trace:
mlx5_cmd_modify_header_alloc:805:(pid 21128): too many modify header
actions 1, max supported 0
E-Switch: Failed to create restore mod header
BUG: kernel NULL pointer dereference, address: 00000000000000d0
[ 677.263079] mlx5_destroy_flow_group+0x13/0x80 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.268921] esw_offloads_steering_cleanup+0x51/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.275281] esw_offloads_enable+0x1a5/0x800 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.280949] mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked+0x155/0x860 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.287227] mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set+0x1af/0x320
[ 677.293741] devlink_nl_cmd_eswitch_set_doit+0x41/0xb0
[ 677.299217] genl_rcv_msg+0x1eb/0x430
Fixes: 7983a675ba ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable chains only if regs loopback is enabled")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This commit enables support for the WAKE_FILTER method of Wake on
LAN for the GENET driver. The method can be enabled by adding 'f'
to the interface 'wol' setting specified by ethtool.
Rx network flow rules can be specified using ethtool. Rules that
define a flow-type with the RX_CLS_FLOW_WAKE action (i.e. -2) can
wake the system from the 'standby' power state when the WAKE_FILTER
WoL method is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit enables driver support for ethtool commands of this form:
ethtool -N|-U|--config-nfc|--config-ntuple devname
flow-type ether|ip4
[src xx:yy:zz:aa:bb:cc [m xx:yy:zz:aa:bb:cc]]
[dst xx:yy:zz:aa:bb:cc [m xx:yy:zz:aa:bb:cc]] [proto N [m N]]
[src-ip x.x.x.x [m x.x.x.x]] [dst-ip x.x.x.x [m x.x.x.x]] [tos N [m N]]
[l4proto N [m N]] [src-port N [m N]] [dst-port N [m N]] [spi N [m N]]
[l4data N [m N]] [vlan-etype N [m N]] [vlan N [m N]]
[dst-mac xx:yy:zz:aa:bb:cc [m xx:yy:zz:aa:bb:cc]] [action 0] [loc N] |
delete N
Since there is only one Rx Ring in this implementation action 0 behaves no
differently from not specifying a rule.
The rules can be seen with ethtool commands of this form:
ethtool -n|-u|--show-nfc|--show-ntuple devname [rule N]
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Hardware Filter Block code will be used by ethtool functions
when defining flow types so this commit moves the functions in the
file to prevent the need for prototype declarations.
This is broken out to facilitate review.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e2072600a2.
This commit restores the previous implementation of Hardware Filter
Block functions to the file for use in subsequent commits.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GENET_POWER_WOL_MAGIC power up and power down code configures
the device for WoL when suspending and disables the WoL logic when
resuming. It makes sense that this code should also manage the WoL
clocking.
This commit consolidates the logic and moves it earlier in the
resume sequence.
Since the clock is now only enabled if WoL is successfully entered
the wol_active flag is introduced to track that state to keep the
clock enables and disables balanced in case a suspend is aborted.
The MPD_EN hardware bit can't be used because it can be cleared
when the MAC is reset by a deep sleep.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Broadcom STB chips support a deep sleep mode where all register contents
are lost. Because we were stashing the MagicPacket password into some of
these registers a suspend into that deep sleep then a resumption would
not lead to being able to wake-up from MagicPacket with password again.
Fix this by keeping a software copy of the password and program it
during suspend.
Fixes: c51de7f397 ("net: bcmgenet: add Wake-on-LAN support code")
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit explicitly calls the bcmgenet_set_rx_mode() function when
the network interface is started. This function is normally called by
ndo_set_rx_mode when the flags are changed, but apparently not when
the driver is suspended and resumed.
This change ensures that address filtering or promiscuous mode are
properly restored by the driver after the MAC may have been reset.
Fixes: b6e978e504 ("net: bcmgenet: add suspend/resume callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for reading the optical module eeprom
info via "ethtool -m".
Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The change to polled IO for MDIO completion assumes that MII events
are only generated for MDIO transactions. However on some SoCs writing
to the MII_SPEED register can also trigger an MII event. As a result,
the next MDIO read has a pending MII event, and immediately reads the
data registers before it contains useful data. When the read does
complete, another MII event is posted, which results in the next read
also going wrong, and the cycle continues.
By writing 0 to the MII_DATA register before writing to the speed
register, this MII event for the MII_SPEED is suppressed, and polled
IO works as expected.
Fixes: 29ae6bd1b0 ("net: ethernet: fec: Replace interrupt driven MDIO with polled IO")
Reported-by: Andy Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Suggested-by: Andy Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building arm32 allmodconfig:
ERROR: modpost: "__aeabi_uldivmod"
[drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa2/fsl-dpaa2-eth.ko] undefined!
frames and cdan are both of type __u64 (unsigned long long) so we need
to use div64_u64 to avoid this issues.
Fixes: 460fd830dd ("dpaa2-eth: add channel stat to debugfs")
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/1012
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kernelci.org bot <bot@kernelci.org>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the following build warning in ena_xdp_set(), which is
observed on aarch64 with 64KB page size.
In file included from ./include/net/inet_sock.h:19,
from ./include/net/ip.h:27,
from drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_netdev.c:46:
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_netdev.c: In function \
‘ena_xdp_set’: \
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_netdev.c:557:6: warning: \
format ‘%lu’ \
expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 4 \
has type ‘int’ \
[-Wformat=] "Failed to set xdp program, the current MTU (%d) is \
larger than the maximum allowed MTU (%lu) while xdp is on",
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gshan@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The imm_inval_pkey field can hold four different types of data,
depends on the usage, the data could be one of the below:
- Immediate field of the received message
- Invalidate rkey
- Pkey of the packet
- Flow table metadata
Current implementation doesn't reflect the intended usage of the
field at usage time.
Reflect the different types by replace this field with a union,
modify code where this field is used to reflect its intended
usage.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The alignment value is part of the input structure, so use it and spare
extra memory allocation when is not needed.
Now, using the new ability when allocating icm for Direct-Rule
insertion.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add COPY type to modify_header action. IPsec feature is the first
feature that needs COPY steering action.
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
In case of error, the function gen_pool_create() returns NULL pointer
not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check should be
replaced with NULL test.
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a number of consumer mainboards where the BIOS leaves the PHY
in a state that it's reporting an invalid PHY ID. To detect such cases
add the PHY ID to the error message if no dedicated PHY driver is found.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code taking case of setup of flow offload into spectrum_flow.c
Do small renaming of callbacks on the way.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there are two callbacks registered: one for matchall,
one for flower. This causes the user to see "in_hw_count 2" in TC filter
dump. Because of this and also as a preparation for future matchall
offload for rules equivalent to flower-all-match, move the processing of
shared block into matchall.c. Leave only one cb for mlxsw driver
per-block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, only the psample_group is accessed using RCU on RX path.
However, it is possible (unlikely) that other sample values get change
during RX processing. Fix this by having the port->sample struct
accessed as RCU pointer, containing all sample values including
psample_group pointer. That avoids extra alloc per-port, copying the
values and the race condition described above.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the replace/destroy is going to be used later on per-block, push
the per-port rule addition/deletion into separate functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having it in mirror_entry structure, move it to mall_entry
and set it during rule insertion.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the preparation for future changes, have the
mlxsw_sp_mall_port_sample_add() function to accept mall_entry including
all needed info originally obtained from cls and act pointers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the preparation for future changes, have the
mlxsw_sp_mall_port_mirror_add() function to accept mall_entry including
the "to_dev" originally obtained from act pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On couple of places in mlxsw_sp_acl_rule_del(), block variable is not
used directly as it could be. So do it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to flower, have matchall related code in a separate file.
Do some small renaming on the way (consistent "mall" prefixes,
dropped "_tc_", dropped "_port_" where suitable).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code around flow_block is currently mixed in spectrum_acl.c.
However, as it really does not directly relate to ACL part only,
push the bits into a separate file.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The acl_block structure is going to be used for non-acl case - matchall
offload. So rename it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct is defined in the header, no need to have the helpers
in the c file. Move the helpers to the header.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A call to 'dma_alloc_coherent()' is hidden in 'sonic_alloc_descriptors()',
called from 'sonic_probe1()'.
This is correctly freed in the remove function, but not in the error
handling path of the probe function.
Fix it and add the missing 'dma_free_coherent()' call.
While at it, rename a label in order to be slightly more informative.
Fixes: efcce83936 ("[PATCH] macsonic/jazzsonic network drivers update")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3c1bcc8614 ("net: ethernet: Convert phydev advertize and
supported from u32 to link mode") updated ethernet drivers to use a
linkmode bitmap. It mistakenly dropped a bitwise negation in the
tc35815 ethernet driver on a bitmask to set the supported/advertising
flags.
Found by Anthony via code inspection, not tested as I do not have the
required hardware.
Fixes: 3c1bcc8614 ("net: ethernet: Convert phydev advertize and supported from u32 to link mode")
Signed-off-by: Anthony Felice <tony.felice@timesys.com>
Reviewed-by: Akshay Bhat <akshay.bhat@timesys.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two bits in RxConfig are controlled by the following dev->feature's:
- NETIF_F_RXALL
- NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX (since RTL8125)
We have to take care that RxConfig gets fully configured in
rtl_hw_start() after e.g. resume from hibernation. Therefore:
- Factor out setting the feature-controlled RxConfig bits to a new
function rtl_set_rx_config_features() that is called from
rtl8169_set_features() and rtl_hw_start().
- Don't deal with RX_VLAN_8125 in rtl_init_rxcfg(), it will be set
by rtl_set_rx_config_features().
- Don't handle NETIF_F_RXALL in rtl_set_rx_mode().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's sufficient to do the masking once in probe() for clearing
unwanted bits that may have been set by the BIOS.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current logic in bnxt_fix_features() will inadvertently turn on both
CTAG and STAG VLAN offload if the user tries to disable both. Fix it
by checking that the user is trying to enable CTAG or STAG before
enabling both. The logic is supposed to enable or disable both CTAG and
STAG together.
Fixes: 5a9f6b238e ("bnxt_en: Enable and disable RX CTAG and RX STAG VLAN acceleration together.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnxt_alloc_ctx_pg_tbls() should return error when the memory size of the
context memory to set up is zero. By returning success (0), the caller
may proceed normally and may crash later when it tries to set up the
memory.
Fixes: 08fe9d1816 ("bnxt_en: Add Level 2 context memory paging support.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve the slot reset sequence by disabling the device to prevent bad
DMAs if slot reset fails. Return the proper result instead of always
PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED to the caller.
Fixes: 6316ea6db9 ("bnxt_en: Enable AER support.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Broadcom adapters support only maximum of 512 CQs per PF. If user sets
MSIx vectors more than supported CQs, firmware is setting incorrect value
for msix_vec_per_pf_max parameter. Fix it by reducing the BNXT_MSIX_VEC_MAX
value to 512, even though the maximum # of MSIx vectors supported by adapter
are 1280.
Fixes: f399e84978 ("bnxt_en: Use msix_vec_per_pf_max and msix_vec_per_pf_min devlink params.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the logic that sets the enable/disable flag for the source MAC
filter according to firmware spec 1.7.1.
In the original firmware spec. before 1.7.1, the VF spoof check flags
were not latched after making the HWRM_FUNC_CFG call, so there was a
need to keep the func_flags so that subsequent calls would perserve
the VF spoof check setting. A change was made in the 1.7.1 spec
so that the flags became latched. So we now set or clear the anti-
spoof setting directly without retrieving the old settings in the
stored vf->func_flags which are no longer valid. We also remove the
unneeded vf->func_flags.
Fixes: 8eb992e876 ("bnxt_en: Update firmware interface spec to 1.7.6.2.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Aquantia AQC100 controller enables a SFP+ port, so the driver should
configure the media type as '_TYPE_FIBRE' instead of '_TYPE_TP'.
Signed-off-by: Richard Clark <richard.xnu.clark@gmail.com>
Cc: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most (all?) QCA SoCs have two MAC with different supported link
capabilities. Extend ag71xx_mac_validate() to properly validate this
variants.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hclge_set_umv_space() is only called by hclge_init_umv_space(),
parameter 'allocated_size' will not be NULL.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds ndo_set_vf_mac/ndo_set_vf_vlan/ndo_get_vf_config and
ndo_set_vf_trust to configure netdev of virtual function
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds support of basic sriov feature including initialization and
tx/rx capabilities of virtual function
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
virtual function and physical function can communicate with each
other through mailbox channel supported by hw
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/crdump.c:200:2-8: ERROR: missing iounmap;
ioremap on line 190 and execution via conditional on line 198
Fixes: 7ef19d3b1d ("devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zou Wei <zou_wei@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b6334be64d ("net/liquidio: Delete driver version assignment")
left behind this, remove it.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Compute the average number of frames processed for each CDAN (Channel
Data Availability Notification) and export it to debugfs detailed
channel stats.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/nic/otx2_common.h:312:2-3: Unneeded semicolon
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the PF driver removes all (including its VFs') MAC/VLAN
flow director table entries when resetting, and restores them after
reset completed.
In fact, the hardware will clear all table entries only in IMP
reset and global reset. So driver only needs to restore the table
entries in these cases, and needs do nothing when PF reset, FLR
or other function level reset.
This patch optimizes it by removing unnecessary table entries clear
and restoring handling in the reset flow, and doing the restoring
after reset completed.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the driver use mutex umv_lock to protect the variable
vport->share_umv_size. And there is already a mutex vport_lock
being defined in the driver, which is designed to protect the
resource of vport. So we can use vport_lock instead of umv_lock.
Furthermore, there is a time window for protect share_umv_size
between checking UMV space and doing MAC configuration in the
lin function hclge_add_uc_addr_common(). It should be extended.
This patch uses mutex vport_lock intead of spin lock umv_lock to
protect share_umv_size, and adjusts the mutex's range.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the HNS3 driver doesn't update the MAC address directly in
function hns3_set_rx_mode() now, it can't know whether the
MAC table is full from __dev_uc_sync() and __dev_mc_sync(),
so it's senseless to handle the overflow promisc here.
This patch removes the handle of overflow promisc from function
hns3_set_rx_mode(), and updates the promisc mode in the service
task.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for dumping entries of UC and MC MAC list,
which help checking whether a MAC address being added into hardware
or not.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the HNS3 driver sync and unsync MAC address in function
hns3_set_rx_mode(). For PF, it adds and deletes MAC address directly
in the path of dev_set_rx_mode(). If failed, it won't retry until
next calling of hns3_set_rx_mode(). On the other hand, if request
add and remove a same address many times at a short interval, each
request must be done one by one, can't be merged. For VF, it sends
mailbox messages to PF to request adding or deleting MAC address in
the path of function hns3_set_rx_mode(), no matter the address is
configured success.
This patch refines it by recording the MAC address in function
hns3_set_rx_mode(), and updating MAC address in the service task.
If failed, it will retry by the next calling of periodical service
task. It also uses some state to mark the state of each MAC address
in the MAC list, which can help merge configure request for a same
address. With these changes, when global reset or IMP reset occurs,
we can restore the MAC table with the MAC list.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like the calculation elsewhere, replaces num_req_vfs with
num_alloc_vport in hclge_reset_umv_space().
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hclge_set_umv_space() is only called by hclge_init_umv_space(),
so parameter 'is_alloc' is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, firmware helps manage the unicast MAC VLAN table
space for each PF. PF just needs to tell firmware its wanted
space when initializing, and unnecessary to free it when
un-intializing. So this patch removes the umv space free handle,
and removes the forward statement of hclge_set_umv_space()
by defining hclge_init_umv_space() after it.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/aq_macsec.c:404:2-3: Unneeded semicolon
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/aq_macsec.c:420:2-3: Unneeded semicolon
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver is designed to drop Rx packets and reclaim the buffers
when an allocation fails, and the network interface needs to safely
handle this packet loss. Therefore, an allocation failure of Rx
SKBs is relatively benign.
However, the output of the warning message occurs with a high
scheduling priority that can cause excessive jitter/latency for
other high priority processing.
This commit suppresses the warning messages to prevent scheduling
problems while retaining the failure count in the statistics of
the network interface.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver is designed to drop Rx packets and reclaim the buffers
when an allocation fails, and the network interface needs to safely
handle this packet loss. Therefore, an allocation failure of Rx
SKBs is relatively benign.
However, the output of the warning message occurs with a high
scheduling priority that can cause excessive jitter/latency for
other high priority processing.
This commit suppresses the warning messages to prevent scheduling
problems while retaining the failure count in the statistics of
the network interface.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers ndo_setup_tc call should return -EOPNOTSUPP, when it cannot
support the qdisc type. Other return values will result in failing the
qdisc setup. This lead to qdisc noop getting assigned, which will
drop all TX packets on the interface.
Fixes: ab1e6de2bd ("dpaa2-eth: Add mqprio support")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar fashion to commit e99f8e7f88 ("mlxsw: Replace zero-length
array with flexible-array member"), use a flexible-array member to get a
compiler warning in case the flexible array does not occur last in the
structure.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'refcount_t' is very useful for catching over/under flows. Convert the
SPAN agent objects to use it instead of 'int' for their reference count.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To the best of my knowledge, these debug prints were never used. Remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a more meaningful name for parms() function.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use early return to avoid unnecessary nesting.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename DPM_FLAG_NEVER_SKIP to DPM_FLAG_NO_DIRECT_COMPLETE which
matches its purpose more closely.
No functional impact.
Suggested-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> # for PCI parts
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Acked-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Alex Deucher <alexander.deucher@amd.com>
The change to track net_device_stats per ring to better support SMP
missed updating the rx_dropped member.
The ndo_get_stats method is also needed to combine the results for
ethtool statistics (-S) before filling in the ethtool structure.
Fixes: 37a30b435b ("net: bcmgenet: Track per TX/RX rings statistics")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Evidently, at some point in the pre-githistorious past,
drivers/net/ethernet/sgi/meth.h somehow contained some code from the
"snull" driver from the Linux Device Drivers book. A comment crediting
that source, asserting copyright ownership by the LDD authors, and imposing
the LDD2 license terms was duly added to the file.
Any code that may have been derived from snull is long gone, and the
distribution terms are not GPL-compatible. Since the copyright claim is
not based in fact (if it ever was), simply remove it and the distribution
terms as well.
Reported-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Acked-by: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@gnudd.com>
CC: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
CC: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
CC: "Fendt, Oliver" <oliver.fendt@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ll2.c:2334:20: warning: symbol 'll2_cbs'
was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zou Wei <zou_wei@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function ixp4xx_eth_probe() does not perform sufficient error
checking after executing devm_ioremap_resource(), which can result
in crashes if a critical error path is encountered.
Fixes: f458ac4797 ("ARM/net: ixp4xx: Pass ethernet physical base as resource")
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Bin <tangbin@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW misc IRQ need be enabled for CPTS event_pend IRQs processing. This
patch adds corresponding support to CPSW driver.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hence CPTS IRQ support is in place the W_TS_PUSH events can be added.
PWM capable DmTimers can be used to generete input signals for CPTS on TI
AM335x/AM437x/DRA7 SoCs to be timestamped:
AM335x/AM437x: timer4 - timer7
DRA7/AM57xx: timer13 - timer16
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add CPTS IRQ support, but do not enable it. By default, the CPTS driver
will continue working using polling mode which is required for CPTS to
continue working on platforms other than CPSW, like Keystone 2.
The CPTS IRQ support is required to enable support for HW_TS_PUSH events.
The CPSW CPTS IRQ and HW_TS_PUSH events support will be enabled in follow
up patches.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now spinlock is used to synchronize everything which is not required. Add
mutex and use to sync access to PTP interface and PTP worker and use
spinlock only to sync FIFO/events processing.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the tx timestamp processing happens from different contexts - softirq
and thread/PTP worker. Enabling IRQ will add one more hard_irq context.
This makes over all defered TX timestamp processing and locking
overcomplicated. Move tx timestamp processing to PTP worker always instead.
napi_rx->cpts_tx_timestamp
if ptp_packet then
push to txq
ptp_schedule_worker()
do_aux_work->cpts_overflow_check
cpts_process_events()
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the CPTS driver performs packet (skb) parsing every time when it needs
to match packet to CPTS event (including ptp_classify_raw() calls).
This patch optimizes matching process by parsing packet only once upon
arrival and stores PTP specific data in skb->cb using the same fromat as in
CPTS HW event. As result, all future matching reduces to comparing two u32
values.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPTS HW latches and saves CPTS counter value in CPTS fifo immediately
after writing to CPSW_CPTS_PUSH.TS_PUSH (bit 0), so the total time that the
driver needs to read the CPTS timestamp is the time required CPSW_CPTS_PUSH
write to actually reach HW.
Hence switch CPTS driver to implement new .gettimex64() callback for more
precise measurement of the offset between a PHC and the system clock which
is measured as time between
write(CPSW_CPTS_PUSH)
read(CPSW_CPTS_PUSH)
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now CPTS driver .adjfreq() generates request to read CPTS current time
(CPTS_EV_PUSH) with intention to process all pending event using previous
frequency adjustment values before switching to the new ones. So
CPTS_EV_PUSH works as a marker to switch to the new frequency adjustment
values. Current code assumes that all job is done in .adjfreq(), but after
enabling IRQ this will not be true any more.
Hence save new frequency adjustment values (mult) and perform actual freq
adjustment in cpts_fifo_read() immediately after CPTS_EV_PUSH is received.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now CPTS HW time reading code is implemented in timecounter->cyclecounter
.read() callback and performs following operations:
timecounter_read() ->cc.read() -> cpts_systim_read()
- request current CPTS HW time CPTS_TS_PUSH.TS_PUSH = 1
- poll CPTS FIFO for CPTS_EV_PUSH event with current HW timestamp
This approach need to be changed for the future switch to PTP PHC
.gettimex64() callback, which require to separate requesting current CPTS
HW time and processing CPTS FIFO. And for the follow up patch, which
improves .adjfreq() implementation.
This patch moves code accessing CPTS HW out of timecounter code as
following:
- convert HW timestamp of every CPTS event to PTP time (us) and store it as
part struct cpts_event;
- add CPTS context field to store current CPTS HW time (counter) value and
update it on CPTS_EV_PUSH reception;
- move code accessing CPTS HW out of timecounter code and use current CPTS
HW time (counter) from CPTS context instead;
- ensure timecounter->cycle_last is updated on CPTS_EV_PUSH reception.
After this change CPTS timecounter will only perform timekeeper role
without actually accessing CPTS HW.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dev_yy() API instead of pr_yy() for log outputs.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to benefit from the new napi_defer_hard_irqs feature,
we need to use napi_complete_done() variant in this driver.
RX path is already using it, this patch implements TX completion side.
mlx4_en_process_tx_cq() now returns the amount of retired packets,
instead of a boolean, so that mlx4_en_poll_tx_cq() can pass
this value to napi_complete_done().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the absence of MC1, the size calculation function
cudbg_mem_region_size() was returing wrong MC size and
resulted in adapter crash. This patch adds new argument
to cudbg_mem_region_size() which will have actual size
and returns error to caller in the absence of MC1.
Fixes: a1c69520f7 ("cxgb4: collect MC memory dump")
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>"
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error recovery is handled by management firmware (MFW) with the help of
qed/qede drivers. Upon detecting the errors, driver informs MFW about this
event which in turn starts a recovery process. MFW sends ERROR_RECOVERY
notification to the driver which performs the required cleanup/recovery
from the driver side.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch enables the device to send error messages to root port when
an error is detected.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlxsw_sp_acl_rulei_create() function is supposed to return an error
pointer from mlxsw_afa_block_create(). The problem is that these
functions both return NULL instead of error pointers. Half the callers
expect NULL and half expect error pointers so it could lead to a NULL
dereference on failure.
This patch changes both of them to return error pointers and changes all
the callers which checked for NULL to check for IS_ERR() instead.
Fixes: 4cda7d8d70 ("mlxsw: core: Introduce flexible actions support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do mass update of port.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of rl.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of uar.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of pd.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of pagealloc.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of mr.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of mcg.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of main.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of vxlan.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of mpfs.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of gid.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of lag.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of fw.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of fs_core to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of FPGA to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of statistics to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of eq.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of ecpf.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of debugfs.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Do mass update of cq.c to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Take advantage of the bulk enqueue feature in .ndo_xdp_xmit.
We cannot use the XDP_XMIT_FLUSH since the architecture is not capable
to store all the frames dequeued in a NAPI cycle so we instead are
enqueueing all the frames received in a ndo_xdp_xmit call right away.
After setting up all FDs for the xdp_frames received, enqueue multiple
frames at a time until all are sent or the maximum number of retries is
hit.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having a function that both creates a frame descriptor from
an xdp_frame and enqueues it, split this into two stages.
Add the dpaa2_eth_xdp_create_fd that just transforms an xdp_frame into a
FD while the actual enqueue callback is called directly from the ndo for
each frame.
This is particulary useful in conjunction with bulk enqueue.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the dpaa2-eth driver to use the bulk enqueue function introduced
with the change to QBMAN ring mode. At the moment, no functional changes
are made but rather the driver just transitions to the new interface
while still enqueuing just one frame at a time.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The enqueue dpaa2-eth callback now returns the number of successfully
enqueued frames. This is a preliminary patch necessary for adding
support for bulk ring mode enqueue.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For dwmac4, enable VLAN promiscuity when MAC controller is requested to
enter promiscuous mode.
Signed-off-by: Chuah, Kim Tatt <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tan, Tee Min <tee.min.tan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wong Vee Khee <vee.khee.wong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new function devm_mdiobus_register() to simplify the driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An attempt was made in commit fe3490e610 ("net: mscc: ocelot: Hardware
ofload for tc flower filter") to avoid clashes between MAC_ETYPE rules
and IP rules. Because the protocol blacklist should have included
ETH_P_ALL too, it created some confusion, but now the situation should
be dealt with a bit better by the patch immediately previous to this one
("net: mscc: ocelot: refine the ocelot_ace_is_problematic_mac_etype
function").
So now we can remove that check. MAC_ETYPE rules with a protocol of
ETH_P_IP, ETH_P_IPV6, ETH_P_ARP and ETH_P_ALL _are_ supported, with some
restrictions regarding per-port exclusivity which are enforced now.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit mentioned below was a bit too harsh, and while it restricted
the invalid key combinations which are known to not work, such as:
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress proto ip \
flower src_ip 192.0.2.1 action drop
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress proto all \
flower src_mac 00:11:22:33:44:55 action drop
it also restricted some which still should work, such as:
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress proto ip \
flower src_ip 192.0.2.1 action drop
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress proto 0x22f0 \
flower src_mac 00:11:22:33:44:55 action drop
What actually does not match "sanely" is a MAC_ETYPE rule on frames
having an EtherType of ARP, IPv4, IPv6, in addition to SNAP and OAM
frames (which the ocelot tc-flower implementation does not parse yet, so
the function might need to be revisited again in the future).
So just make the function recognize the problematic MAC_ETYPE rules by
EtherType - thus the VCAP IS2 can be forced to match even on those
packets.
This patch makes it possible for IP rules to live on a port together
with MAC_ETYPE rules that are non-all, non-arp, non-ip and non-ipv6.
Fixes: d4d0cb741d7b ("net: mscc: ocelot: deal with problematic MAC_ETYPE VCAP IS2 rules")
Reported-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the filter's protocol is ignored except for a few special
cases (IPv4 and IPv6).
The EtherType can be matched inside VCAP IS2 by using a MAC_ETYPE key.
So there are 2 cases in which EtherType matches are supported:
- As part of a larger MAC_ETYPE rule, such as:
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress protocol ip \
flower skip_sw src_mac 42:be:24:9b:76:20 action drop
- Standalone (matching on protocol only):
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress protocol arp \
flower skip_sw action drop
As before, if the protocol is not specified, is it implicitly "all" and
the EtherType mask in the MAC_ETYPE half key is set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to enable Intel SERDES power up/down sequence. The SERDES
converts 8/10 bits data to SGMII signal. Below is an example of
HW configuration for SGMII mode. The SERDES is located in the PHY IF
in the diagram below.
<-----------------GBE Controller---------->|<--External PHY chip-->
+----------+ +----+ +---+ +----------+
| EQoS | <-GMII->| DW | < ------ > |PHY| <-SGMII-> | External |
| MAC | |xPCS| |IF | | PHY |
+----------+ +----+ +---+ +----------+
^ ^ ^ ^
| | | |
+---------------------MDIO-------------------------+
PHY IF configuration and status registers are accessible through
mdio address 0x15 which is defined as mdio_adhoc_addr. During D0,
The driver will need to power up PHY IF by changing the power state
to P0. Likewise, for D3, the driver sets PHY IF power state to P3.
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the function devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname() to simplify
source code which calls the functions platform_get_resource_byname()
and devm_ioremap_resource(). Remove also a few error messages which
became unnecessary with this software refactoring.
Suggested-by: Markus Elfring <Markus.Elfring@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The '==' expression itself is bool, no need to convert it to bool again.
This fixes the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:1479:44-49: WARNING:
conversion to bool not needed here
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The '==' expression itself is bool, no need to convert it to bool again.
This fixes the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:1614:52-57: WARNING:
conversion to bool not needed here
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:11439:52-57: WARNING:
conversion to bool not needed here
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support 4 PTP programmable pins with only PTP_PF_PEROUT function
for now. The PTP_PF_EXTTS function will be supported in the
future, and it should be implemented separately for Felix and
Ocelot, because of different hardware interrupt implementation
in them.
Since the hardware is not able to support absolute start time,
the periodic clock request only allows start time 0 0. But nsec
could be accepted for PPS case for phase adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add wave programming registers definitions for Ocelot platforms.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timestamp info should be only software timestamp capabilities
if ptp clock does not work.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ocelot PTP clock driver had been embedded into ocelot.c driver.
It had supported basic gettime64/settime64/adjtime/adjfine functions
by now which were used by both Ocelot switch and Felix switch.
This patch is to move current ptp clock code out of ocelot.c driver
maintaining as a single ocelot_ptp.c.
For futher new features implementation, the common code could be put
in ocelot_ptp.c and the switch specific code should be in specific
switch driver. The interrupt implementation in SoC is different
between Ocelot and Felix.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change nfp driver to use globally defined kernel version.
Reported-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use globally defined kernel version instead of custom driver variant.
Reported-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of linux/vermagic.h includes, so that MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC from
the arch header arch/x86/include/asm/module.h won't be redefined.
In file included from ./include/linux/module.h:30,
from drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c515.c:56:
./arch/x86/include/asm/module.h:73: warning: "MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC"
redefined
73 | # define MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC MODULE_PROC_FAMILY
|
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c515.c:25:
./include/linux/vermagic.h:28: note: this is the location of the
previous definition
28 | #define MODULE_ARCH_VERMAGIC ""
|
Fixes: 6bba2e89a8 ("net/3com: Delete driver and module versions from 3com drivers")
Co-developed-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> # ionic
Acked-by: Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> # power
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to have parentheses around plain pointer variable or
negation operator. Drop them for good.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's convenient to use get_unligned_beXX() and put_unaligned_beXX() helpers
to get or set MAC instead of open-coded variants.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conversion to devm_clk_get_optional() makes it explicit that clocks are
optional. This change allows to handle deferred probe in case clocks are
defined, but not yet probed. Due to above changes bail out in error case.
While here, check potential error when enable main clock.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is nothing which needs a set of OF headers, followed by redundant
OF node ID check. Drop them for good.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When compiled with CONFIG_ACPI=n, ACPI_PTR() will be no-op, and thus
genet_acpi_match table defined, but not used. Compiler is not happy about
such data. Drop ACPI_PTR() for good.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes misc updates and clean ups to mlx5 driver:
1) improve some comments from Hu Haowen.
2) Handles errors of netif_set_real_num_{tx,rx}_queues, from Maxim
3) IPsec and FPGA related code cleanup to prepare for ASIC devices
IPsec offloads, from Raed
4) Allow partial mask for tunnel options, from Roi.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl6eEhUACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6rXAf/flM2mYB8moFIqmsSgO6yDnskK9InshCcidM3gqv989dyms1NStv4SzEq
U2zQLGTinlGHEkCW6BJtMQYGatGRIX9DcpZUGYQqSL18ihZ9HkB5R+Dfw8+jRDTI
AIyYoAjpmnAahzJ9xbqtzMPzunlCahdzmfuNjw6mA4QterlllOc5HLqrCi/Rk93Z
WNCo0WRH+6ZfGoC9em/C73n1WDb990QOl51L+8/iSNcuMCeN74Vo5Bs/lJaEKGeV
DQxiE3/wijWmdpBBeVJgXPFKT10W5aPlt7DuYWvTwVJcwtIV3KFrIP5prtHuu4w1
nv09RVihQkGloSzZeM9XHNX0WU4nVg==
=Q2sm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-04-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-04-20
This series includes misc updates and clean ups to mlx5 driver:
1) improve some comments from Hu Haowen.
2) Handles errors of netif_set_real_num_{tx,rx}_queues, from Maxim
3) IPsec and FPGA related code cleanup to prepare for ASIC devices
IPsec offloads, from Raed
4) Allow partial mask for tunnel options, from Roi.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A barrier is needed here to ensure that rtl_tx sees the descriptor
changes (DescOwn set) before the updated tp->cur_tx value. Else it may
wrongly assume that the transfer has been finished already. For this
purpose smp_wmb() is sufficient.
No separate barrier is needed for ordering the descriptor changes
with the MMIO doorbell write. The needed barrier is included in
the non-relaxed writel() used by rtl8169_doorbell().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the switchdev mode, when running "cat
/sys/class/net/NIC/statistics/tx_packets", the ppcnt register is
accessed to get the latest values. But currently this command can
not get the correct values from ppcnt.
From firmware manual, before getting the 802_3 counters, the 802_3
data layout should be set to the ppcnt register.
When the command "cat /sys/class/net/NIC/statistics/tx_packets" is
run, before updating 802_3 data layout with ppcnt register, the
monitor counters are tested. The test result will decide the
802_3 data layout is updated or not.
Actually the monitor counters do not support to monitor rx/tx
stats of 802_3 in switchdev mode. So the rx/tx counters change
will not trigger monitor counters. So the 802_3 data layout will
not be updated in ppcnt register. Finally this command can not get
the latest values from ppcnt register with 802_3 data layout.
Fixes: 5c7e8bbb02 ("net/mlx5e: Use monitor counters for update stats")
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yanjun <yanjunz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
MLX5_CORE uses the 'imply' keyword to depend on VXLAN, PTP_1588_CLOCK,
MLXFW and PCI_HYPERV_INTERFACE.
This was useful to force vxlan, ptp, etc.. to be reachable to mlx5
regardless of their config states.
Due to the changes in the cited commit below, the semantics of 'imply'
was changed to not force any restriction on the implied config.
As a result of this change, the compilation of MLX5_CORE=y and VXLAN=m
would result in undefined references, as VXLAN now would stay as 'm'.
To fix this we change MLX5_CORE to have a weak dependency on
these modules/configs and make sure they are reachable, by adding:
depend on symbol || !symbol.
For example: VXLAN=m MLX5_CORE=y, this will force MLX5_CORE to m
Fixes: def2fbffe6 ("kconfig: allow symbols implied by y to become m")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
XSK wakeup function triggers NAPI by posting a NOP WQE to a special XSK
ICOSQ. When the application floods the driver with wakeup requests by
calling sendto() in a certain pattern that ends up in mlx5e_trigger_irq,
the XSK ICOSQ may overflow.
Multiple NOPs are not required and won't accelerate the process, so
avoid posting a second NOP if there is one already on the way. This way
we also avoid increasing the queue size (which might not help anyway).
Fixes: db05815b36 ("net/mlx5e: Add XSK zero-copy support")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On s390 FORCE_MAX_ZONEORDER is 9 instead of 11, thus a larger kzalloc()
allocation as done for the firmware tracer will always fail.
Looking at mlx5_fw_tracer_save_trace(), it is actually the driver itself
that copies the debug data into the trace array and there is no need for
the allocation to be contiguous in physical memory. We can therefor use
kvzalloc() instead of kzalloc() and get rid of the large contiguous
allcoation.
Fixes: f53aaa31cc ("net/mlx5: FW tracer, implement tracer logic")
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Embedded CPU bit doesn't change with PCI resume/suspend.
Hence read it only once while probing the PCI device.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
netif_set_real_num_tx_queues and netif_set_real_num_rx_queues may fail.
Now that mlx5e supports handling errors in the preactivate hook, this
commit leverages that functionality to handle errors from those
functions and roll back all changes on failure.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We use mapping to save and restore the tunnel options.
Save also the tunnel options mask.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In notify HW (ring doorbell) flow, we set the bit to request a completion
on the TX descriptor.
When doing so, we should not unset other bits in the same byte.
Currently, this does not fix a real issue, as we still don't have a flow
where both MLX5_WQE_CTRL_CQ_UPDATE and any adjacent bit are set together.
Fixes: 542578c679 ("net/mlx5e: Move helper functions to a new txrx datapath header")
Fixes: 864b2d7153 ("net/mlx5e: Generalize tx helper functions for different SQ types")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the SA handle is created and managed as part of the common
code for different IPsec supporting HW, this handle is passed to HW
to be used on Rx to identify the SA handle that was used to
return the xfrm state to stack.
The above implementation pose a limitation on managing this handle.
Refactor by moving management of this field to the specific HW code.
Downstream patches will introduce the Connect-X support for IPsec that
will use this handle differently than current implementation.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The current HW counters are supported only by Innova, split the ipsec
stats group into two groups, one for HW and one for SW. And expose
the HW counters to ethtool only if Innova HW is used for IPsec offload.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the FPGA IPsec is the only hw implementation of the IPsec
acceleration api, and so the mlx5_accel_esp_create_hw_context was
wrongly made to suit this HW api, among other in its parameter list
and some of its parameter endianness.
This implementation might not be suitable for different HW.
Refactor by group and pass all function arguments of
mlx5_accel_esp_create_hw_context in common mlx5_accel_esp_xfrm_attrs
struct field of mlx5_accel_esp_xfrm struct and correct the endianness
according to the HW being called.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The cited commit relies on include <net/geneve.h> being included
implicitly prior to include "en_accel/en_accel.h".
This mandates that all files that needs to include en_accel.h
to redantantly include net/geneve.h.
Include net/geneve.h explicitly at "en_accel/en_accel.h" to avoid
undesired constrain as above.
Fixes: e3cfc7e6b7 ("net/mlx5e: TX, Add geneve tunnel stateless offload support")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the IPsec acceleration capability function is also used
at IPsec fpga capable device code.
This could cause a future bug as the acceleration layer is agnostic
to the device implementing its API.
Fix by using the IPsec FPGA capability function instead of acceleration
layer capability function in case of FPGA IPsec only related operations.
Downstream patches will add support for Connect-X IPsec, this can avoid
a future bug.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fetching PTP sync information from mailbox is slow and can take
up to 10 milliseconds. Reduce this unnecessary delay by directly
reading the information from the corresponding registers.
Fixes: 9c33e4208b ("cxgb4: Add PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support")
Signed-off-by: Manoj Malviya <manojmalviya@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:4395:2-34: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:1975:2-34: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds trace event support for PF/VF mailbox.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for dumping MAC reg in debugfs,
which will be helpful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds some debug information for failures of processing flow table,
removes the redundant printing when hclge_fd_check_spec() returns
error, and modifies the printing level for FD not enable error.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes some unnecessary blank lines, redundant
parentheses, and changes one tab to blank in
hclge_dbg_dump_reg_common().
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hclge_set_fd_key_config(), parameter 'stage' should be
as enum HCLGE_FD_STAGE, and in hclge_config_key(), 'tuple_size'
should be type u8, also simplify unsigned int with u32 for 'i'.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct hclge_mac_vlan_remove_cmd and hclge_mac_vlan_add_cmd are unused.
So removes them from hclge_cmd.h.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
proto_support field in struct hclge_fd_cfg shows what protocols
in flow direct table are supported now. It is unnecessary since
checking which one is unsupported will be more efficient,
so this patch removes it.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since case default has included case 0, so removes this
redundant case 0.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hclge_get_fd_rule_info() is bloated, this patch separates
it into several standalone functions for readability and
maintainability.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For readability and maintainability, this patch separates the
handling part of each flow type in hclge_fd_check_ether_tuple()
into standalone functions.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An MDIO transaction normally starts with 32 1s as a preamble. However
not all devices requires such a preamble. Add a device tree property
which allows the preamble to be suppressed. This will half the size of
the MDIO transaction, allowing faster transactions. But it should only
be used when all devices on the bus support suppressed preamble.
Suggested-by: Chris Healy <Chris.Healy@zii.aero>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO busses typically operate at 2.5MHz. However many devices can
operate at faster speeds. This then allows more MDIO transactions per
second, useful for Ethernet switch statistics, or Ethernet PHY TDR
data. Allow the bus speed to be configured, using the standard
"clock-frequency" property, which i2c busses use to indicate the bus
speed. Before using this property, ensure all devices on the bus do
actually support the requested clock speed.
Suggested-by: Chris Healy <Chris.Healy@zii.aero>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Measurements of the MDIO bus have shown that driving the MDIO bus
using interrupts is slow. Back to back MDIO transactions take about
90us, with 25us spent performing the transaction, and the remainder of
the time the bus is idle.
Replacing the completion interrupt with polled IO results in back to
back transactions of 40us. The polling loop waiting for the hardware
to complete the transaction takes around 28us. Which suggests
interrupt handling has an overhead of 50us, and polled IO nearly
halves this overhead, and doubles the MDIO performance.
Suggested-by: Chris Heally <cphealy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inline rtl8169_make_unusable_by_asic() and simplify it:
- Address field doesn't need to be poisoned because descriptor is
owned by CPU now
- desc->opts1 is set by rtl8169_mark_to_asic() and rtl8169_rx_fill(),
therefore we don't have to preserve any field parts.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtl8169_mark_as_last_descriptor() has just one user, so inline it.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-04-19
This series contains updates to e1000e and igc only.
Sasha adds new device IDs supported by the igc driver.
Vitaly fixes the S0ix entry and exit flows in e1000e for TGP and newer
MAC types when a cable is connected.
Andre has the remaining changes in the series, starting with cleanup of
the igc driver of duplicate code. Added a check for
IGC_MAC_STATE_SRC_ADDR flag which is unsupported for MAC filters in igc.
Cleaned up the return values for igc_add_mac_filter(), where the return
value was not being used, so update the function to only return success
or failure. Fix the return value of igc_uc_unsync() as well. Refactor
the igc driver in several functions to help reduce the convoluted logic
and simplify the driver filtering mechanisms. Improve the MAC address
checks when adding a MAC filter. Lastly, improve the log messages
related to MAC address filtering to ease debugging.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove casting the values returned by memory allocation function.
Coccinelle emits WARNING: casting value returned by memory allocation
function to struct pointer is useless.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Aishwarya Ramakrishnan <aishwaryarj100@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove casting the values returned by memory allocation function.
Coccinelle emits WARNING: casting value returned by memory allocation
function to (struct cas_init_block *) is useless.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Aishwarya Ramakrishnan <aishwaryarj100@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use devm_platform_get_and_ioremap_resource() to simplify code, which
contains platform_get_resource() and devm_ioremap_resource(), it also
get the resource for use by the following code.
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Infrastructure Entry Delete Register (IEDR) is used to delete
entries stored in the KVD linear database. Currently, it is only
possible to delete entries of size up to 2048. Future firmware versions
will support deletion of entries of size up to 4096.
Increase the size of the field so that the driver will be able to
perform such deletions in the future, when required.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit fc25996e6f ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Increase
scale of IPv6 nexthop groups"), each nexthop group is hashed by XOR-ing
the interface indexes of all the member nexthop devices.
To avoid many different nexthop groups ending up using the same key, the
above commit started hashing the interface indexes themselves before
they are XOR-ed.
However, in cases in which there are many nexthop groups that all use
the same nexthop device and only differ in the gateway IP, we can still
end up in a situation in which all the groups are using the same key.
This eventually leads to -EBUSY error from rhashtable during insertion.
Improve the situation by also making the gateway IP part of the key.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Realtek PHY driver takes care of adding the needed delay now,
therefore we can remove the delay here.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running with KASAN on a VIM3L systems leads to the following splat
when probing the Ethernet device:
==================================================================
BUG: KASAN: global-out-of-bounds in _get_maxdiv+0x74/0xd8
Read of size 4 at addr ffffa000090615f4 by task systemd-udevd/139
CPU: 1 PID: 139 Comm: systemd-udevd Tainted: G E 5.7.0-rc1-00101-g8624b7577b9c #781
Hardware name: amlogic w400/w400, BIOS 2020.01-rc5 03/12/2020
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x2a0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x148
print_address_description.isra.12+0x70/0x35c
__kasan_report+0xfc/0x1d4
kasan_report+0x4c/0x68
__asan_load4+0x9c/0xd8
_get_maxdiv+0x74/0xd8
clk_divider_bestdiv+0x74/0x5e0
clk_divider_round_rate+0x80/0x1a8
clk_core_determine_round_nolock.part.9+0x9c/0xd0
clk_core_round_rate_nolock+0xf0/0x108
clk_hw_round_rate+0xac/0xf0
clk_factor_round_rate+0xb8/0xd0
clk_core_determine_round_nolock.part.9+0x9c/0xd0
clk_core_round_rate_nolock+0xf0/0x108
clk_core_round_rate_nolock+0xbc/0x108
clk_core_set_rate_nolock+0xc4/0x2e8
clk_set_rate+0x58/0xe0
meson8b_dwmac_probe+0x588/0x72c [dwmac_meson8b]
platform_drv_probe+0x78/0xd8
really_probe+0x158/0x610
driver_probe_device+0x140/0x1b0
device_driver_attach+0xa4/0xb0
__driver_attach+0xcc/0x1c8
bus_for_each_dev+0xf4/0x168
driver_attach+0x3c/0x50
bus_add_driver+0x238/0x2e8
driver_register+0xc8/0x1e8
__platform_driver_register+0x88/0x98
meson8b_dwmac_driver_init+0x28/0x1000 [dwmac_meson8b]
do_one_initcall+0xa8/0x328
do_init_module+0xe8/0x368
load_module+0x3300/0x36b0
__do_sys_finit_module+0x120/0x1a8
__arm64_sys_finit_module+0x4c/0x60
el0_svc_common.constprop.2+0xe4/0x268
do_el0_svc+0x98/0xa8
el0_svc+0x24/0x68
el0_sync_handler+0x12c/0x318
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
The buggy address belongs to the variable:
div_table.63646+0x34/0xfffffffffffffa40 [dwmac_meson8b]
Memory state around the buggy address:
ffffa00009061480: fa fa fa fa 00 00 00 01 fa fa fa fa 00 00 00 00
ffffa00009061500: 05 fa fa fa fa fa fa fa 00 04 fa fa fa fa fa fa
>ffffa00009061580: 00 03 fa fa fa fa fa fa 00 00 00 00 00 00 fa fa
^
ffffa00009061600: fa fa fa fa 00 01 fa fa fa fa fa fa 01 fa fa fa
ffffa00009061680: fa fa fa fa 00 01 fa fa fa fa fa fa 04 fa fa fa
==================================================================
Digging into this indeed shows that the clock divider array is
lacking a final fence, and that the clock subsystems goes in the
weeds. Oh well.
Let's add the empty structure that indicates the end of the array.
Fixes: bd6f48546b ("net: stmmac: dwmac-meson8b: Fix the RGMII TX delay on Meson8b/8m2 SoCs")
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Cc: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the function bcm_sysport_probe(), when get irq failed, the function
platform_get_irq() logs an error message, so remove redundant message
here.
Signed-off-by: Tang Bin <tangbin@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_mac.c:700:2-8: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_mac.c:702:2-8: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds log messages to functions related to the MAC address
filtering code to ease debugging.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch does a code refactoring in igc_del_mac_filter() so it uses
the new helper igc_find_mac_filter() and improves the comment about the
special handling when deleting the default filter.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The helper igc_mac_entry_can_be_used() implementation is a bit
convoluted since it does two different things: find a not-in-use slot
in mac_table or find an in-use slot where the address and address type
match. This patch does a code refactoring and break it up into two
helper functions.
With this patch we might traverse mac_table twice in some situations,
but this is not harmful performance-wise (mac_table has only 16 entries
and adding mac filters is not hot-path), and it improves igc_add_mac_
filter() readability considerably.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the previous two patches, igc_add_mac_steering_filter() and
igc_del_mac_steering_filter() became a pointless wrapper of
igc_add_mac_filter() and igc_del_mac_filter().
This patch removes these wrappers and update callers to call
igc_add_mac_filter() and igc_del_mac_filter() directly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The IGC_MAC_STATE_QUEUE_STEERING bit in mac_table[i].state is
utilized to indicate that frames matching the filter are assigned to
mac_table[i].queue. This bit is not strictly necessary since we can
convey the same information as follows: queue == -1 means queue
assignment is disabled, otherwise it is enabled.
In addition to make the code simpler, this change fixes some awkward
situations where we pass a complete misleading 'queue' value such as in
igc_uc_sync().
So this patch removes IGC_MAC_STATE_QUEUE_STEERING and also takes the
opportunity to improve the igc_add_mac_filter documentation.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igc_add_mac_filter() doesn't allow us to have more than one entry with
the same address and address type in adapter->mac_table so checking if
'queue' matches in igc_del_mac_filter() isn't necessary. This patch
removes that check.
This patch also takes the opportunity to improve the igc_del_mac_filter
documentation and remove comment which is not applicable to this I225
controller.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igc_add_mac_filter() doesn't allow filters with invalid MAC address to
be added to adapter->mac_table so, in igc_del_mac_filter(), we can early
return if MAC address is invalid. No need to traverse the table.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current igc_rar_set_index() implementation is a bit convoluted so this
patch does some code refactoring to improve it.
The helper igc_rar_set_index() is about writing MAC filter settings into
hardware registers. Logic such as address validation belongs to
functions upper in the call chain such as igc_set_mac() and
igc_add_mac_filter(). So this patch moves the is_valid_ether_addr() call
to igc_add_mac_filter(). No need to touch igc_set_mac() since it already
checks it.
The variables 'rar_low' and 'rar_high' represent the value in registers
RAL and RAH so we rename them to 'ral' and 'rah', respectively, to
match the registers names.
To make it explicit, filter settings are passed as arguments to the
function instead of reading them from adapter->mac_table "under the
hood". Also, the function was renamed to igc_set_mac_filter_hw to make
it more clear what it does.
Finally, the patch removes some wrfl() calls and comments not needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case igc_del_mac_filter() returns error, that error is masked
since the functions always return 0 (success). This patch fixes
igc_uc_unsync() so it returns whatever value igc_del_mac_filter()
returns (0 on success, negative number on error).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case of success, igc_add_mac_filter() returns the index in
adapter->mac_table where the requested filter was added. This
information, however, is not used by any caller of that function.
In fact, callers have extra code just to handle this returning
index as 0 (success).
So this patch changes the function to return 0 on success instead,
and cleans up the extra code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The IGC_MAC_STATE_SRC_ADDR flags is not supported by igc_add_mac_
filter() so this patch adds a check for it and returns -ENOTSUPP
in case it is set.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch does a code refactoring in the MAC address filtering logic to
get rid of some duplicate code.
IGC driver has two functions to add MAC address filters that are pretty
much the same: igc_add_mac_filter() and igc_add_mac_filter_flags(). The
only difference is that the latter allows the callee to specify the
'flags' parameter while the former has it hard coded as zero. The same
rationale applies to filter deletion counterparts.
So this patch refactors igc_add_mac_filter() and igc_del_mac_filter() so
they handle the 'flags' parameters, removes the _flags() functions, and
fixes callees accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added a fix to S0ix entry and exit flows for TGP and above
MAC types, to the case when the Ethernet cable is connected
and the link is up. With that the system is able to reach
SLP_S0 when going to freeze power state.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Lifshits <vitaly.lifshits@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add new device IDs for the next step of i225
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When this is enabled, UDP source port for RoCEv2 packets are defined
by software instead of firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mark Zhang <markz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reduce the amount of kzalloc/kfree cycles by allocating
command structure in the parent function and leverage the
knowledge that set_caps() is called for HCA capabilities
only with specific HW structure as parameter to calculate
mailbox size.
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The mlx5_core doesn't need any functionality coded in qp.c, so move
that file to drivers/infiniband/ be under mlx5_ib responsibility.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The structures defined in the cmd header are not used and can be safely
removed from the driver. This patch removes that file and deletes all
relevant includes.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
mlx5 core users are encouraged to use low level API (mlx5_cmd_exec)
without the need of helper functions, do this for q counters, remove
helper functions and call mlx5_cmd_exec directly from users.
This will help reduce the total amount of code and reduction of the
mlx5_core symbol table.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
By changing debugfs to not use any QP related API, convert the debugfs
code to use MLX5_GET() directly to access QP context instead of hand
written struct.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The FPGA, SW steering and IPoIB need to have only QPN from the
mlx5_core_qp struct, so reduce memory footprint by storing QPN
directly.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Remove dependency on qp.c from the IPoIB by open coding
modify QP interface.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Remove dependency on qp.c from the FPGA by open coding
modify QP interface.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Remove dependency on qp.c from SW steering by open
coding modify QP interface.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The QP and CQ events functions do nothing except printing some debug
messages. There is nothing to do with this knowledge and such events,
so remove them.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
FPGA, IPoIB and SW steering don't need anything from the
mlx5_core_create_qp() and mlx5_core_destroy_qp() except calls
to mlx5_cmd_exec().
Let's open-code it, so we will be able to move qp.c to mlx5_ib.
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Add workaround for hw issues with TSO on RTL8168evl. This workaround is
based on information I got from Realtek, and *should* allow to safely
enable TSO on this chip version.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code and avoid the overhead of calling vlan_get_protocol().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At that place in rtl_init_one() we can safely use rtl8169_set_features()
to configure the chip according to the default features.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far we set RX_VLAN_8125 unconditionally, even if
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX may not be set. Don't touch these bits,
and let only rtl8169_set_features() control them.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_HIGHDMA is added to vlan_features by register_netdev(),
therefore we can omit this here.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move setting the ocp_base to rtl_init_one(). Where supported the value
is always the same, and if not supported it doesn't hurt.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each ENETC station interface (SI) has a VLAN filter list and a port
flag (PSIPVMR) by which it can be put in "VLAN promiscuous" mode, which
enables the reception of VLAN-tagged traffic even if it is not in the
VLAN filtering list.
Currently the handling of this setting works like this: the port starts
off as VLAN promiscuous, then it switches to enabling VLAN filtering as
soon as the first VLAN is installed in its filter via
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid. In practice that does not work out very well,
because more often than not, the first VLAN to be installed is out of
the control of the user: the 8021q module, if loaded, adds its rule for
802.1p (VID 0) traffic upon bringing the interface up.
What the user is currently seeing in ethtool is this:
ethtool -k eno2
rx-vlan-filter: on [fixed]
which doesn't match the intention of the code, but the practical reality
of having the 8021q module install its VID which has the side-effect of
turning on VLAN filtering in this driver. All in all, a slightly
confusing experience.
So instead of letting this driver switch the VLAN filtering state by
itself, just wire it up with the rx-vlan-filter feature from ethtool,
and let it be user-configurable just through that knob, except for one
case, see below.
In promiscuous mode, it is more intuitive that all traffic is received,
including VLAN tagged traffic. It appears that it is necessary to set
the flag in PSIPVMR for that to be the case, so VLAN promiscuous mode is
also temporarily enabled. On exit from promiscuous mode, the setting
made by ethtool is restored.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, the VCAP IS2 will produce a single match for each frame, on
the most specific classification.
Example: a ping packet (ICMP over IPv4 over Ethernet) sent from an IP
address of 10.0.0.1 and a MAC address of 96:18:82:00:04:01 will match
this rule:
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress protocol ipv4 \
flower skip_sw src_ip 10.0.0.1 action drop
but not this one:
tc filter add dev swp0 ingress \
flower skip_sw src_mac 96:18:82:00:04:01 action drop
Currently the driver does not really warn the user in any way about
this, and the behavior is rather strange anyway.
The current patch is a workaround to force matches on MAC_ETYPE keys
(DMAC and SMAC) for all packets irrespective of higher layer protocol.
The setting is made at the port level.
Of course this breaks all other non-src_mac and non-dst_mac matches, so
rule exclusivity checks have been added to the driver, in order to never
have rules of both types on any ingress port.
The bits that discard higher-level protocol information are set only
once a MAC_ETYPE rule is added to a filter block, and only for the ports
that are bound to that filter block. Then all further non-MAC_ETYPE
rules added to that filter block should be denied by the ports bound to
it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9ecc2d8617 ("net/mlx4_en: add xdp forwarding and data write support")
brought another indirect call in fast path.
Use INDIRECT_CALL_2() helper to avoid the cost of the indirect call
when/if CONFIG_RETPOLINE=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fine adjustement mode, which is the current default, the sub-second
increment register is the number of nanoseconds that will be added to
the clock when the accumulator overflows. At each clock cycle, the
value of the addend register is added to the accumulator.
Currently, we use 20ns = 1e09ns / 50MHz as this value whatever the
frequency of the ptp clock actually is.
The adjustment is then done on the addend register, only incrementing
every X clock cycles X being the ratio between 50MHz and ptp_clock_rate
(addend = 2^32 * 50MHz/ptp_clock_rate).
This causes the following issues :
- In case the frequency of the ptp clock is inferior or equal to 50MHz,
the addend value calculation will overflow and the default
addend value will be set to 0, causing the clock to not work at
all. (For instance, for ptp_clock_rate = 50MHz, addend = 2^32).
- The resolution of the timestamping clock is limited to 20ns while it
is not needed, thus limiting the accuracy of the timestamping to
20ns.
Fix this by setting sub-second increment to 2e09ns / ptp_clock_rate.
It will allow to reach the minimum possible frequency for
ptp_clk_ref, which is 5MHz for GMII 1000Mps Full-Duplex by setting the
sub-second-increment to a higher value. For instance, for 25MHz, it
gives ssinc = 80ns and default_addend = 2^31.
It will also allow to use a lower value for sub-second-increment, thus
improving the timestamping accuracy with frequencies higher than
100MHz, for instance, for 200MHz, ssinc = 10ns and default_addend =
2^31.
v1->v2:
- Remove modifications to the calculation of default addend, which broke
compatibility with clock frequencies for which 2000000000 / ptp_clk_freq
is not an integer.
- Modify description according to discussions.
Signed-off-by: Julien Beraud <julien.beraud@orolia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 registers to write to enable a ptp ref clock coming from the
fpga.
One that enables the usage of the clock from the fpga for emac0 and emac1
as a ptp ref clock, and the other to allow signals from the fpga to reach
emac0 and emac1.
Currently, if the dwmac-socfpga has phymode set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_MII,
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_GMII, or PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_SGMII, both registers will
be written and the ptp ref clock will be set as coming from the fpga.
Separate the 2 register writes to only enable signals from the fpga to
reach emac0 or emac1 when ptp ref clock is not coming from the fpga.
Signed-off-by: Julien Beraud <julien.beraud@orolia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware (MFW) sends a notification whenever there is a change
in the bandwidth values. Add driver support for sending this notification
to the upper layer drivers (e.g., qedf).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200416084314.18851-6-skashyap@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Saurav Kashyap <skashyap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
This patch fixes a bug when the user adds the first MAC address filter
via ethtool NFC mechanism.
When the first MAC address filter is added, it overwrites the default
MAC address filter configured at RAL[0] and RAH[0]. As consequence,
frames addressed to the interface MAC address are not sent to host
anymore.
This patch fixes the bug by calling igc_set_default_mac_filter() during
adapter init so the position 0 of adapter->mac_table[] is assigned to
the default MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IGC driver has no support for tc-flower filters so this patch removes
some leftover code, probably copied from IGB driver by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The support for ethtool Network Flow Classification (NFC) queue
redirection based on destination MAC address is currently broken in IGC.
For instance, if we add the following rule, matching frames aren't
enqueued on the expected rx queue.
$ ethtool -N IFNAME flow-type ether dst 3c:fd:fe:9e:7f:71 queue 2
The issue here is due to the fact that igc_rar_set_index() is missing
code to enable the queue selection feature from Receive Address High
(RAH) register. This patch adds the missing code and fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i225 device support copper mode only
PHY signal detect indication for copper fiber switch
not applicable to i225 part
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This assignment of the feature NETIF_F_HW_TC
occurs prior to the initial setup of the local
hw_features variable.
This ensures that NETIF_F_HW_TC are marked
as user changeable, and also enables it by
default when the driver loads.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IGC_START_ITR has beed defined twice
This patch come to fix it
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes some register overwriting when dumping registers via
ethtool.
We have a total of 16 RAL registers, starting at offset 139. So RAH
offset should be 139 + 16 = 155, not 145. As result some RAL registers
are overwritten. Likewise, RAH registers are also overwritten by TDBAL,
TDBAH, TDLEN, and TDH registers.
To fix this bug while preserving the ABI, this patch re-writes RAL and
RAH registers at the end of 'regs_buff' and bumps regs->version. It also
removes some pointless comments in the middle of igc_set_regs().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move igc_adapter and igc_ring structures up to avoid
forward declaration
It is not necessary to forward declare these structures
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We support only copper mode
Not applicable for i225 parts
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Formally Destination bit should be kept reserved to
support legacy drivers and ignore on write/read
operation
Not applicable for i225 parts
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Variables declared in a switch statement before any case statements
cannot be automatically initialized with compiler instrumentation (as
they are not part of any execution flow). With GCC's proposed automatic
stack variable initialization feature, this triggers a warning (and they
don't get initialized). Clang's automatic stack variable initialization
(via CONFIG_INIT_STACK_ALL=y) doesn't throw a warning, but it also
doesn't initialize such variables[1]. Note that these warnings (or silent
skipping) happen before the dead-store elimination optimization phase,
so even when the automatic initializations are later elided in favor of
direct initializations, the warnings remain.
To avoid these problems, move such variables into the "case" where
they're used or lift them up into the main function body.
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c: In function ‘e1000_xmit_frame’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:3143:18: warning: statement will never be executed [-Wswitch-unreachable]
3143 | unsigned int pull_size;
| ^~~~~~~~~
[1] https://bugs.llvm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=44916
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This adds support for ETF offloading for the i225 controller.
For i225, the LaunchTime feature is almost a subset of the Qbv
feature. The main change from the i210 is that the launchtime of each
packet is specified as an offset applied to the BASET register. BASET
is automatically incremented each cycle.
For i225, the approach chosen is to re-use most of the setup used for
taprio offloading. With a few changes:
- The more or less obvious one is that when ETF is enabled, we should
set add the expected launchtime to the (advanced) transmit
descriptor;
- The less obvious, is that when taprio offloading is not enabled, we
add a dummy schedule (all queues are open all the time, with a cycle
time of 1 second).
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds support for translating taprio schedules into i225 cycles. This
will allow schedules to run in the hardware, making the schedules
enforcement more precise and saving CPU time.
Right now, the only simple schedules are allowed, complex schedules are
rejected. "simple" in this context are schedules that each HW queue is
opened and closed only once in each cycle.
Changing schedules is still not supported as well.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Partial generic segmentation offload is a hybrid between TSO and GSO.
What is effectively does is take advantage of certain traits of TCP and
tunnels so that instead of having to rewrite the packet headers for each
segment only in the inner-most transport header and possible the outer-most
network header need to be updated.
This allows devices that do not support tunnel offload or tunnels
offloads with checksum to still make use of segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver uses __napi_schedule_irqoff() which is fine as long as it is
invoked with disabled interrupts by everybody. Since the commit
mentioned below the driver may invoke xgbe_isr_task() in tasklet/softirq
context. This may lead to list corruption if another driver uses
__napi_schedule_irqoff() in IRQ context.
Use __napi_schedule() which safe to use from IRQ and softirq context.
Fixes: 85b85c8534 ("amd-xgbe: Re-issue interrupt if interrupt status not cleared")
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit bfcb813203 ("net: dsa:
configure the MTU for switch ports") my Lamobo R1 platform which uses
an allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac compatible Ethernet MAC started to fail
by rejecting a MTU of 1536. The reason for that is that the DMA
capabilities are not readable on this version of the IP, and there
is also no 'tx-fifo-depth' property being provided in Device Tree. The
property is documented as optional, and is not provided.
Chen-Yu indicated that the FIFO sizes are 4KB for TX and 16KB for RX, so
provide these values through platform data as an immediate fix until
various Device Tree sources get updated accordingly.
Fixes: eaf4fac478 ("net: stmmac: Do not accept invalid MTU values")
Suggested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/tulip_core.c:1280:28: warning: symbol
'early_486_chipsets' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To rehash a previous explanation given in commit 1c44ce560b ("net:
mscc: ocelot: fix vlan_filtering when enslaving to bridge before link is
up"), the switch driver operates the in a mode where a single VLAN can
be transmitted as untagged on a particular egress port. That is the
"native VLAN on trunk port" use case.
The configuration for this native VLAN is driven in 2 ways:
- Set the egress port rewriter to strip the VLAN tag for the native
VID (as it is egress-untagged, after all).
- Configure the ingress port to drop untagged and priority-tagged
traffic, if there is no native VLAN. The intention of this setting is
that a trunk port with no native VLAN should not accept untagged
traffic.
Since both of the above configurations for the native VLAN should only
be done if VLAN awareness is requested, they are actually done from the
ocelot_port_vlan_filtering function, after the basic procedure of
toggling the VLAN awareness flag of the port.
But there's a problem with that simplistic approach: we are trying to
juggle with 2 independent variables from a single function:
- Native VLAN of the port - its value is held in port->vid.
- VLAN awareness state of the port - currently there are some issues
here, more on that later*.
The actual problem can be seen when enslaving the switch ports to a VLAN
filtering bridge:
0. The driver configures a pvid of zero for each port, when in
standalone mode. While the bridge configures a default_pvid of 1 for
each port that gets added as a slave to it.
1. The bridge calls ocelot_port_vlan_filtering with vlan_aware=true.
The VLAN-filtering-dependent portion of the native VLAN
configuration is done, considering that the native VLAN is 0.
2. The bridge calls ocelot_vlan_add with vid=1, pvid=true,
untagged=true. The native VLAN changes to 1 (change which gets
propagated to hardware).
3. ??? - nobody calls ocelot_port_vlan_filtering again, to reapply the
VLAN-filtering-dependent portion of the native VLAN configuration,
for the new native VLAN of 1. One can notice that after toggling "ip
link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0 && ip link set dev br0
type bridge vlan_filtering 1", the new native VLAN finally makes it
through and untagged traffic finally starts flowing again. But
obviously that shouldn't be needed.
So it is clear that 2 independent variables need to both re-trigger the
native VLAN configuration. So we introduce the second variable as
ocelot_port->vlan_aware.
*Actually both the DSA Felix driver and the Ocelot driver already had
each its own variable:
- Ocelot: ocelot_port_private->vlan_aware
- Felix: dsa_port->vlan_filtering
but the common Ocelot library needs to work with a single, common,
variable, so there is some refactoring done to move the vlan_aware
property from the private structure into the common ocelot_port
structure.
Fixes: 97bb69e1e3 ("net: mscc: ocelot: break apart ocelot_vlan_port_apply")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Positive return values are also failures that don't set val,
although this probably can't happen. Fixes gcc 10 warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/t4_hw.c: In function ‘t4_phy_fw_ver’:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/t4_hw.c:3747:14: warning: ‘val’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
3747 | *phy_fw_ver = val;
Fixes: 01b6961410 ("cxgb4: Add PHY firmware support for T420-BT cards")
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow all the RGMII modes to be used. (Not only "rgmii", "rgmii-id"
but "rgmii-txid", "rgmii-rxid")
Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <atsushi.nemoto@sord.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove an unused initialized value.
Fixes: 7e4d47596b ("ionic: replay filters after fw upgrade")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the appropriate header for using dynamic_hex_dump(), which
seems to be incidentally included in some configurations but
not all.
Fixes: 7e4d47596b ("ionic: replay filters after fw upgrade")
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Message logged by 'dev_xxx()' or 'pr_xxx()' should end with a '\n'.
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The variable tmp64 is being initialized with a value that is never read
and it is being updated later with a new value. The initialization is
redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fixes CT entries list corruption.
After allowing parallel insertion/removals in upper nf flow table
layer, unprotected ct entries list can be corrupted by parallel add/del
on the same flow table.
CT entries list is only used while freeing a ct zone flow table to
go over all the ct entries offloaded on that zone/table, and flush
the table.
As rhashtable already provides an api to go over all the inserted entries,
fix the race by using the rhashtable iteration instead, and remove the list.
Fixes: 7da182a998 ("netfilter: flowtable: Use work entry per offload command")
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cited patch missed to extract PCI pf number accurately for PF and VF
port flavour. It considered PCI device + function number.
Due to this, device having non zero device number shown large pfnum.
Hence, use only PCI function number; to avoid similar errors, derive
pfnum one time for all port flavours.
Fixes: f60f315d33 ("net/mlx5e: Register devlink ports for physical link, PCI PF, VFs")
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
With ct clear action we should not allocate the action in hw
and not release the mod_acts parsed in advance.
It will be done when handling the ct clear action.
Fixes: 1ef3018f5a ("net/mlx5e: CT: Support clear action")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Current value of nest_level, assigned from net_device lower_level value,
does not reflect the actual number of vlan headers, needed to pop.
For ex., if we have untagged ingress traffic sended over vlan devices,
instead of one pop action, driver will perform two pop actions.
To fix that, calculate nest_level as difference between vlan device and
parent device lower_levels.
Fixes: f3b0a18bb6 ("net: remove unnecessary variables and callback")
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Once driver finishes flashing the firmware image, it should release it.
Fixes: 9c8bca2637 ("mlx5: Move firmware flash implementation to devlink")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When we destroy rules from slow path we need to avoid destroying
termination tables since termination tables are never created in slow
path. By doing so we avoid destroying the termination table created for the
slow path.
Fixes: d8a2034f15 ("net/mlx5: Don't use termination tables in slow path")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The code was working too hard and in some cases was trying to
delete filters that weren't there, generating a potentially
misleading error message.
IONIC_CMD_RX_FILTER_DEL (32) failed: IONIC_RC_ENOENT (-2)
Fixes: 2a654540be ("ionic: Add Rx filter and rx_mode ndo support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NIC's filters are lost in the midst of the fw-upgrade
so we need to replay them into the FW. We also remove the
unused ionic_rx_filter_del() function.
Fixes: c672412f61 ("ionic: remove lifs on fw reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moving mt7623 logic out off mt7530, is required to make hardware setting
consistent after we introduce phylink to mtk driver.
Fixes: b8fc9f3082 ("net: ethernet: mediatek: Add basic PHYLINK support")
Reviewed-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some SoCs, such as the i.MX6, it is necessary to set a bit
in the SoC level GPR register before suspending for wake on lan
to work.
The fec platform callback sleep_mode_enable was intended to allow this
but the platform implementation was NAK'd back in 2015 [1]
This means that, currently, wake on lan is broken on mainline for
the i.MX6 at least.
So implement the required bit setting in the fec driver by itself
by adding a new optional DT property indicating the GPR register
and adding the offset and bit information to the driver.
[1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg310922.html
Signed-off-by: Martin Fuzzey <martin.fuzzey@flowbird.group>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Slave bond and team devices should not be assigned ipv6 link local
addresses, from Jarod Wilson.
2) Fix clock sink config on some at803x PHY devices, from Oleksij
Rempel.
3) Uninitialized stack space transmitted in slcan frames, fix from
Richard Palethorpe.
4) Guard HW VLAN ops properly in stmmac driver, from Jose Abreu.
5) "=" --> "|=" fix in aquantia driver, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix TCP fallback in mptcp, from Florian Westphal. (accessing a plain
tcp_sk as if it were an mptcp socket).
7) Fix cavium driver in some configurations wrt. PTP, from Yue Haibing.
8) Make ipv6 and ipv4 consistent in the lower bound allowed for
neighbour entry retrans_time, from Hangbin Liu.
9) Don't use private workqueue in pegasus usb driver, from Petko
Manolov.
10) Fix integer overflow in mlxsw, from Colin Ian King.
11) Missing refcnt init in cls_tcindex, from Cong Wang.
12) One too many loop iterations when processing cmpri entries in ipv6
rpl code, from Alexander Aring.
13) Disable SG and TSO by default in r8169, from Heiner Kallweit.
14) NULL deref in macsec, from Davide Caratti.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (42 commits)
macsec: fix NULL dereference in macsec_upd_offload()
skbuff.h: Improve the checksum related comments
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Ensure correct sub-node is parsed
qed: remove redundant assignment to variable 'rc'
wimax: remove some redundant assignments to variable result
mlxsw: spectrum_flower: Do not stop at FLOW_ACTION_VLAN_MANGLE
mlxsw: spectrum_flower: Do not stop at FLOW_ACTION_PRIORITY
r8169: change back SG and TSO to be disabled by default
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Do not register slave MDIO bus with OF
ipv6: rpl: fix loop iteration
tun: Don't put_page() for all negative return values from XDP program
net: dsa: mt7530: fix null pointer dereferencing in port5 setup
mptcp: add some missing pr_fmt defines
net: phy: micrel: kszphy_resume(): add delay after genphy_resume() before accessing PHY registers
net_sched: fix a missing refcnt in tcindex_init()
net: stmmac: dwmac1000: fix out-of-bounds mac address reg setting
mlxsw: spectrum_trap: fix unintention integer overflow on left shift
pegasus: Remove pegasus' own workqueue
neigh: support smaller retrans_time settting
net: openvswitch: use hlist_for_each_entry_rcu instead of hlist_for_each_entry
...
The variable 'rc' is being assigned a value that is never read
and it is being updated later with a new value. The assignment
is redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handler for FLOW_ACTION_VLAN_MANGLE ends by returning whatever the
lower-level function that it calls returns. If there are more actions lined
up after this action, those are never offloaded. Fix by only bailing out
when the called function returns an error.
Fixes: a150201a70 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support for vlan modify TC action")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handler for FLOW_ACTION_PRIORITY ends by returning whatever the
lower-level function that it calls returns. If there are more actions lined
up after this action, those are never offloaded. Fix by only bailing out
when the called function returns an error.
Fixes: 463957e3fb ("mlxsw: spectrum_flower: Offload FLOW_ACTION_PRIORITY")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There has been a number of reports that using SG/TSO on different chip
versions results in tx timeouts. However for a lot of people SG/TSO
works fine. Therefore disable both features by default, but allow users
to enable them. Use at own risk!
Fixes: 93681cd7d9 ("r8169: enable HW csum and TSO")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9463c44559 ("net: stmmac: dwmac1000: Clear unused address
entries") cleared the unused mac address entries, but introduced an
out-of bounds mac address register programming bug -- After setting
the secondary unicast mac addresses, the "reg" value has reached
netdev_uc_count() + 1, thus we should only clear address entries
if (addr < perfect_addr_number)
Fixes: 9463c44559 ("net: stmmac: dwmac1000: Clear unused address entries")
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQJIBAABCgAyFiEEgMe7l+5h9hnxdsnuWYigwDrT+vwFAl6GTQMUHGJoZWxnYWFz
QGdvb2dsZS5jb20ACgkQWYigwDrT+vy3PhAAmqpYBRobOsG8QbmKDjoJEFtkqdvD
z6+4zf/R+hF11RyXjMDwihIe8d+tkQ4eAaYu6Oh5PrTyanz0G0PgeCrivZeytULk
thqQIWzDQMVA5vN/2/Vy8s5s+3HzP8z/MZOFScJ7+xA1MndXptPRTNmFUbjx+GAv
x8/pTp0u9AF6m7itX65DxXvwkzjWamt+Ar4Yx2IcuKAU/M5RtfuZO3PpDnqn7/wk
JFlkRoYeFB6qNnnkPdeyPHl9dALhuhzgdTyklQEnKVW3nf3xThYDhcEwdh6kBQgl
0dH8lL5LXy7PKGN8RES4wB0Vqndw/HlsCF5O4wkkfItbnbJxGJtS139e5973m0ud
sgWvF4yJAT2jCKhIeNz34sePQJMyWALhv0XzZCsJ0YeGHsrV1jrHELkwUT1+eIsT
3UV0iZ6aL06zQJDyKUbbIcQzEQ/wwBC+x9VgsyL54K1quCQZ1N1Nl/dvrb4cRG9m
m9EhJK/brDf4c0uFlOmMTSxV1t5J+z6ZSQnh1ShD/o5yBsxqN6q5brDT6LEs+jbM
LsIkA18jJOd4OyiDs98YiFKvIfFQbQ0LEBQpJwhF0snvfBFMMbUYN/T/NYneWON/
F0TpkFoP7PXDuq55iNaLdnObfzrpC9kdzUyWvePUvjxIl55bkf+/qtUny+H48t4L
dNggvW052d7BHes=
=deWu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v5.7-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull pci updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
"Enumeration:
- Revert sysfs "rescan" renames that broke apps (Kelsey Skunberg)
- Add more 32 GT/s link speed decoding and improve the implementation
(Yicong Yang)
Resource management:
- Add support for sizing programmable host bridge apertures and fix a
related alpha Nautilus regression (Ivan Kokshaysky)
Interrupts:
- Add boot interrupt quirk mechanism for Xeon chipsets and document
boot interrupts (Sean V Kelley)
PCIe native device hotplug:
- When possible, disable in-band presence detect and use PDS
(Alexandru Gagniuc)
- Add DMI table for devices that don't use in-band presence detection
but don't advertise that correctly (Stuart Hayes)
- Fix hang when powering slots up/down via sysfs (Lukas Wunner)
- Fix an MSI interrupt race (Stuart Hayes)
Virtualization:
- Add ACS quirks for Zhaoxin devices (Raymond Pang)
Error handling:
- Add Error Disconnect Recover (EDR) support so firmware can report
devices disconnected via DPC and we can try to recover (Kuppuswamy
Sathyanarayanan)
Peer-to-peer DMA:
- Add Intel Sky Lake-E Root Ports B, C, D to the whitelist (Andrew
Maier)
ASPM:
- Reduce severity of common clock config message (Chris Packham)
- Clear the correct bits when enabling L1 substates, so we don't go
to the wrong state (Yicong Yang)
Endpoint framework:
- Replace EPF linkup ops with notifier call chain and improve locking
(Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Fix concurrent memory allocation in OB address region (Kishon Vijay
Abraham I)
- Move PF function number assignment to EPC core to support multiple
function creation methods (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Fix issue with clearing configfs "start" entry (Kunihiko Hayashi)
- Fix issue with endpoint MSI-X ignoring BAR Indicator and Table
Offset (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Add support for testing DMA transfers (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Add support for testing > 10 endpoint devices (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Add support for tests to clear IRQ (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Add common DT schema for endpoint controllers (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
Amlogic Meson PCIe controller driver:
- Add DT bindings for AXG PCIe PHY, shared MIPI/PCIe analog PHY (Remi
Pommarel)
- Add Amlogic AXG PCIe PHY, AXG MIPI/PCIe analog PHY drivers (Remi
Pommarel)
Cadence PCIe controller driver:
- Add Root Complex/Endpoint DT schema for Cadence PCIe (Kishon Vijay
Abraham I)
Intel VMD host bridge driver:
- Add two VMD Device IDs that require bus restriction mode (Sushma
Kalakota)
Mobiveil PCIe controller driver:
- Refactor and modularize mobiveil driver (Hou Zhiqiang)
- Add support for Mobiveil GPEX Gen4 host (Hou Zhiqiang)
Microsoft Hyper-V host bridge driver:
- Add support for Hyper-V PCI protocol version 1.3 and
PCI_BUS_RELATIONS2 (Long Li)
- Refactor to prepare for virtual PCI on non-x86 architectures (Boqun
Feng)
- Fix memory leak in hv_pci_probe()'s error path (Dexuan Cui)
NVIDIA Tegra PCIe controller driver:
- Use pci_parse_request_of_pci_ranges() (Rob Herring)
- Add support for endpoint mode and related DT updates (Vidya Sagar)
- Reduce -EPROBE_DEFER error message log level (Thierry Reding)
Qualcomm PCIe controller driver:
- Restrict class fixup to specific Qualcomm devices (Bjorn Andersson)
Synopsys DesignWare PCIe controller driver:
- Refactor core initialization code for endpoint mode (Vidya Sagar)
- Fix endpoint MSI-X to use correct table address (Kishon Vijay
Abraham I)
TI DRA7xx PCIe controller driver:
- Fix MSI IRQ handling (Vignesh Raghavendra)
TI Keystone PCIe controller driver:
- Allow AM654 endpoint to raise MSI-X interrupt (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
Miscellaneous:
- Quirk ASMedia XHCI USB to avoid "PME# from D0" defect (Kai-Heng
Feng)
- Use ioremap(), not phys_to_virt(), for platform ROM to fix video
ROM mapping with CONFIG_HIGHMEM (Mikel Rychliski)"
* tag 'pci-v5.7-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (96 commits)
misc: pci_endpoint_test: remove duplicate macro PCI_ENDPOINT_TEST_STATUS
PCI: tegra: Print -EPROBE_DEFER error message at debug level
misc: pci_endpoint_test: Use full pci-endpoint-test name in request_irq()
misc: pci_endpoint_test: Fix to support > 10 pci-endpoint-test devices
tools: PCI: Add 'e' to clear IRQ
misc: pci_endpoint_test: Add ioctl to clear IRQ
misc: pci_endpoint_test: Avoid using module parameter to determine irqtype
PCI: keystone: Allow AM654 PCIe Endpoint to raise MSI-X interrupt
PCI: dwc: Fix dw_pcie_ep_raise_msix_irq() to get correct MSI-X table address
PCI: endpoint: Fix ->set_msix() to take BIR and offset as arguments
misc: pci_endpoint_test: Add support to get DMA option from userspace
tools: PCI: Add 'd' command line option to support DMA
misc: pci_endpoint_test: Use streaming DMA APIs for buffer allocation
PCI: endpoint: functions/pci-epf-test: Print throughput information
PCI: endpoint: functions/pci-epf-test: Add DMA support to transfer data
PCI: pciehp: Fix MSI interrupt race
PCI: pciehp: Fix indefinite wait on sysfs requests
PCI: endpoint: Fix clearing start entry in configfs
PCI: tegra: Add support for PCIe endpoint mode in Tegra194
PCI: sysfs: Revert "rescan" file renames
...
Shifting the integer value 1 is evaluated using 32-bit
arithmetic and then used in an expression that expects a 64-bit
value, so there is potentially an integer overflow. Fix this
by using the BIT_ULL macro to perform the shift and avoid the
overflow.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unintentional integer overflow")
Fixes: 13f2e64b94 ("mlxsw: spectrum_trap: Add devlink-trap policer support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 907a076881, forgot that we need to clear old values of
XGMAC_VLAN_TAG register when we switch from VLAN perfect matching to
HASH matching.
Fix it.
Fixes: 907a076881 ("net: stmmac: xgmac: fix incorrect XGMAC_VLAN_TAG register writting")
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <Jose.Abreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CAVIUM_PTP is m and THUNDER_NIC_VF is y, build fails:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.o: In function 'nicvf_remove':
nicvf_main.c:(.text+0x1f0): undefined reference to 'cavium_ptp_put'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.o: In function `nicvf_probe':
nicvf_main.c:(.text+0x557c): undefined reference to 'cavium_ptp_get'
THUNDER_NIC_VF imply CAVIUM_PTP, which allow the config now,
Use IS_REACHABLE() to avoid the vmlinux link error for this case.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: def2fbffe6 ("kconfig: allow symbols implied by y to become m")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rec->llc is currently being assigned twice, once with the lower 8 bits
from packed_record[8] and then re-assigned afterwards with data from
packed_record[9]. This looks like a type, I believe the second assignment
should be using the |= operator rather than a direct assignment.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Fixes: b8f8a0b7b5 ("net: atlantic: MACSec ingress offload HW bindings")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the changelink operation to succeed if the mux_id was
specified as an argument. Note that the mux_id must match the
existing mux_id of the rmnet device or should be an unused mux_id.
Fixes: 1dc49e9d16 ("net: rmnet: do not allow to change mux id if mux id is duplicated")
Reported-and-tested-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Sean Tranchetti <stranche@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The majority of the patches are cleanups, refactorings and clarity
improvements
- Various driver updates for siw, bnxt_re, rxe, efa, mlx5, hfi1
- Lots of cleanup patches for hns
- Convert more places to use refcount
- Aggressively lock the RDMA CM code that syzkaller says isn't working
- Work to clarify ib_cm
- Use the new ib_device lifecycle model in bnxt_re
- Fix mlx5's MR cache which seems to be failing more often with the new
ODP code
- mlx5 'dynamic uar' and 'tx steering' user interfaces
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ae+a
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"The majority of the patches are cleanups, refactorings and clarity
improvements.
This cycle saw some more activity from Syzkaller, I think we are now
clean on all but one of those bugs, including the long standing and
obnoxious rdma_cm locking design defect. Continue to see many drivers
getting cleanups, with a few new user visible features.
Summary:
- Various driver updates for siw, bnxt_re, rxe, efa, mlx5, hfi1
- Lots of cleanup patches for hns
- Convert more places to use refcount
- Aggressively lock the RDMA CM code that syzkaller says isn't
working
- Work to clarify ib_cm
- Use the new ib_device lifecycle model in bnxt_re
- Fix mlx5's MR cache which seems to be failing more often with the
new ODP code
- mlx5 'dynamic uar' and 'tx steering' user interfaces"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (144 commits)
RDMA/bnxt_re: make bnxt_re_ib_init static
IB/qib: Delete struct qib_ivdev.qp_rnd
RDMA/hns: Fix uninitialized variable bug
RDMA/hns: Modify the mask of QP number for CQE of hip08
RDMA/hns: Reduce the maximum number of extend SGE per WQE
RDMA/hns: Reduce PFC frames in congestion scenarios
RDMA/mlx5: Add support for RDMA TX flow table
net/mlx5: Add support for RDMA TX steering
IB/hfi1: Call kobject_put() when kobject_init_and_add() fails
IB/hfi1: Fix memory leaks in sysfs registration and unregistration
IB/mlx5: Move to fully dynamic UAR mode once user space supports it
IB/mlx5: Limit the scope of struct mlx5_bfreg_info to mlx5_ib
IB/mlx5: Extend QP creation to get uar page index from user space
IB/mlx5: Extend CQ creation to get uar page index from user space
IB/mlx5: Expose UAR object and its alloc/destroy commands
IB/hfi1: Get rid of a warning
RDMA/hns: Remove redundant judgment of qp_type
RDMA/hns: Remove redundant assignment of wc->smac when polling cq
RDMA/hns: Remove redundant qpc setup operations
RDMA/hns: Remove meaningless prints
...
If we don't have any filters available we can't rely upon the return
code of stmmac_add_hw_vlan_rx_fltr() / stmmac_del_hw_vlan_rx_fltr(). Add
a check for this.
Fixes: ed64639bc1 ("net: stmmac: Add support for VLAN Rx filtering")
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <Jose.Abreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not right in grammar to spell "Its not". The right one is "It's
not".
And this line is also over 80 characters. So I broke it into two lines
as well in order to make that line not be more than 80 characters.
Signed-off-by: Hu Haowen <xianfengting221@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"its not" is wrong. The words should be "it's not".
Signed-off-by: Hu Haowen <xianfengting221@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb4_update_mac_filt() earlier requests firmware to add a new MAC
address into MPS TCAM. The MPS TCAM index returned by firmware is
stored in pi->xact_addr_filt. However, the saved MPS TCAM index gets
overwritten again with the return value of cxgb4_update_mac_filt(),
which is wrong.
When trying to update to another MAC address later, the wrong MPS TCAM
index is sent to firmware, which causes firmware to return error,
because it's not the same MPS TCAM index that firmware had sent
earlier to driver.
So, fix by removing the wrong overwrite being done after call to
cxgb4_update_mac_filt().
Fixes: 3f8cfd0d95 ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Program hash region for {t4/t4vf}_change_mac()")
Signed-off-by: Herat Ramani <herat@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Fix the iwlwifi regression, from Johannes Berg.
2) Support BSS coloring and 802.11 encapsulation offloading in
hardware, from John Crispin.
3) Fix some potential Spectre issues in qtnfmac, from Sergey
Matyukevich.
4) Add TTL decrement action to openvswitch, from Matteo Croce.
5) Allow paralleization through flow_action setup by not taking the
RTNL mutex, from Vlad Buslov.
6) A lot of zero-length array to flexible-array conversions, from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
7) Align XDP statistics names across several drivers for consistency,
from Lorenzo Bianconi.
8) Add various pieces of infrastructure for offloading conntrack, and
make use of it in mlx5 driver, from Paul Blakey.
9) Allow using listening sockets in BPF sockmap, from Jakub Sitnicki.
10) Lots of parallelization improvements during configuration changes
in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
11) Add support to devlink for generic packet traps, which report
packets dropped during ACL processing. And use them in mlxsw
driver. From Jiri Pirko.
12) Support bcmgenet on ACPI, from Jeremy Linton.
13) Make BPF compatible with RT, from Thomas Gleixnet, Alexei
Starovoitov, and your's truly.
14) Support XDP meta-data in virtio_net, from Yuya Kusakabe.
15) Fix sysfs permissions when network devices change namespaces, from
Christian Brauner.
16) Add a flags element to ethtool_ops so that drivers can more simply
indicate which coalescing parameters they actually support, and
therefore the generic layer can validate the user's ethtool
request. Use this in all drivers, from Jakub Kicinski.
17) Offload FIFO qdisc in mlxsw, from Petr Machata.
18) Support UDP sockets in sockmap, from Lorenz Bauer.
19) Fix stretch ACK bugs in several TCP congestion control modules,
from Pengcheng Yang.
20) Support virtual functiosn in octeontx2 driver, from Tomasz
Duszynski.
21) Add region operations for devlink and use it in ice driver to dump
NVM contents, from Jacob Keller.
22) Add support for hw offload of MACSEC, from Antoine Tenart.
23) Add support for BPF programs that can be attached to LSM hooks,
from KP Singh.
24) Support for multiple paths, path managers, and counters in MPTCP.
From Peter Krystad, Paolo Abeni, Florian Westphal, Davide Caratti,
and others.
25) More progress on adding the netlink interface to ethtool, from
Michal Kubecek"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (2121 commits)
net: ipv6: rpl_iptunnel: Fix potential memory leak in rpl_do_srh_inline
cxgb4/chcr: nic-tls stats in ethtool
net: dsa: fix oops while probing Marvell DSA switches
net/bpfilter: remove superfluous testing message
net: macb: Fix handling of fixed-link node
net: dsa: ksz: Select KSZ protocol tag
netdevsim: dev: Fix memory leak in nsim_dev_take_snapshot_write
net: stmmac: add EHL 2.5Gbps PCI info and PCI ID
net: stmmac: add EHL PSE0 & PSE1 1Gbps PCI info and PCI ID
net: stmmac: create dwmac-intel.c to contain all Intel platform
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Support specifying VLAN tag egress rule
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Add support for matching VLAN TCI
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Move writing of CFP_DATA(5) into slicing functions
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Check earlier for FLOW_EXT and FLOW_MAC_EXT
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Disable learning for ASP port
net: dsa: b53: Deny enslaving port 7 for 7278 into a bridge
net: dsa: b53: Prevent tagged VLAN on port 7 for 7278
net: dsa: b53: Restore VLAN entries upon (re)configuration
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Fix overflow checks
hv_netvsc: Remove unnecessary round_up for recv_completion_cnt
...
Included nic tls statistics in ethtool stats.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fixed-link nodes are treated as PHY nodes by of_mdiobus_child_is_phy().
We must check if the interface is a fixed-link before looking up for PHY
nodes.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Tested-by: Cristian Birsan <cristian.birsan@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add EHL PSE0/1 RGMII & SGMII 1Gbps PCI info and PCI ID
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As stmmac_pci.c file is getting bigger and more complex, it is reasonable
to separate all the Intel specific dwmac pci device to a different file.
This move includes Intel Quark, TGL and EHL. A new kernel config
CONFIG_DWMAC_INTEL is introduced and depends on X86. For this initial
patch, all the necessary function such as probe() and exit() are identical
besides the function name.
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement support for setting of packet trap group parameters by
invoking the trap_group_init() callback with the new parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some packet traps are currently exposed to user space as being member of
"l3_drops" trap group, but internally they are member of a different
group.
Switch these traps to use the correct group so that they are all subject
to the same policer, as exposed to user space.
Set the trap priority of packets trapped due to loopback error during
routing to the lowest priority. Such packets are not routed again by the
kernel and therefore should not mask other traps (e.g., host miss) that
should be routed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The policer is now initialized as part of the registration with devlink,
so there is no need to initialize it before the registration.
Remove the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register supported packet trap policers with devlink and implement
callbacks to change their parameters and read their counters.
Prevent user space from passing invalid policer parameters down to the
device by checking their validity and communicating the failure via an
appropriate extack message.
v2:
* Remove the max/min validity checks from __mlxsw_sp_trap_policer_set()
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare an array of policer IDs to register with devlink and their
associated parameters.
The array is composed from both policers that are currently bound to
exposed trap groups and policers that are not bound to any trap group.
v2:
* Provide max/min rate/burst size when registering policers
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During initialization the driver configures various packet trap groups
and binds policers to them.
Currently, most of these groups are not exposed to user space and
therefore their policers should not be exposed as well. Otherwise, user
space will be able to alter policer parameters without knowing which
packet traps are policed by the policer.
Use a bitmap to track the used policer IDs so that these policers will
not be registered with devlink in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QoS Policer Configuration Register (QPCR) is used to configure
hardware policers. Extend this register with following fields and
defines which will be used by subsequent patches:
1. Violate counter: reads number of packets dropped by the policer
2. Clear counter: to ensure we start counting from 0
3. Rate and burst size limits
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps.
Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as
setting the trap action of all member traps.
In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped
packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups.
For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception
during routing to 10Kpps.
Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap
groups when the latter are registered with devlink.
The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Clean up and rework the PM QoS API to simplify the code and
reduce the size of it (Rafael Wysocki).
- Fix a suspend-to-idle wakeup regression on Dell XPS13 9370
and similar platforms where the USB plug/unplug events are
handled by the EC (Rafael Wysocki).
- CLean up the intel_idle and PSCI cpuidle drivers (Rafael Wysocki,
Ulf Hansson).
- Extend the haltpoll cpuidle driver so that it can be forced to
run on some systems where it refused to load (Maciej Szmigiero).
- Convert several cpufreq documents to the .rst format and move the
legacy driver documentation into one common file (Mauro Carvalho
Chehab, Rafael Wysocki).
- Update several cpufreq drivers:
* Extend and fix the imx-cpufreq-dt driver (Anson Huang).
* Improve the -EPROBE_DEFER handling and fix unwanted CPU
overclocking on i.MX6ULL in imx6q-cpufreq (Anson Huang,
Christoph Niedermaier).
* Add support for Krait based SoCs to the qcom driver (Ansuel
Smith).
* Add support for OPP_PLUS to ti-cpufreq (Lokesh Vutla).
* Add platform specific intermediate callbacks support to
cpufreq-dt and update the imx6q driver (Peng Fan).
* Simplify and consolidate some pieces of the intel_pstate driver
and update its documentation (Rafael Wysocki, Alex Hung).
- Fix several devfreq issues:
* Remove unneeded extern keyword from a devfreq header file
and use the DEVFREQ_GOV_UPDATE_INTERNAL event name instead of
DEVFREQ_GOV_INTERNAL (Chanwoo Choi).
* Fix the handling of dev_pm_qos_remove_request() result (Leonard
Crestez).
* Use constant name for userspace governor (Pierre Kuo).
* Get rid of doc warnings and fix a typo (Christophe JAILLET).
- Use built-in RCU list checking in some places in the PM core to
avoid false-positive RCU usage warnings (Madhuparna Bhowmik).
- Add explicit READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() annotations to low-level
PM QoS routines (Qian Cai).
- Fix removal of wakeup sources to avoid NULL pointer dereferences
in a corner case (Neeraj Upadhyay).
- Clean up the handling of hibernate compat ioctls and fix the
related documentation (Eric Biggers).
- Update the idle_inject power capping driver to use variable-length
arrays instead of zero-length arrays (Gustavo Silva).
- Fix list format in a PM QoS document (Randy Dunlap).
- Make the cpufreq stats module use scnprintf() to avoid potential
buffer overflows (Takashi Iwai).
- Add pm_runtime_get_if_active() to PM-runtime API (Sakari Ailus).
- Allow no domain-idle-states DT property in generic PM domains (Ulf
Hansson).
- Fix a broken y-axis scale in the intel_pstate_tracer utility (Doug
Smythies).
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=cBQd
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm-5.7-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"These clean up and rework the PM QoS API, address a suspend-to-idle
wakeup regression on some ACPI-based platforms, clean up and extend a
few cpuidle drivers, update multiple cpufreq drivers and cpufreq
documentation, and fix a number of issues in devfreq and several other
things all over.
Specifics:
- Clean up and rework the PM QoS API to simplify the code and reduce
the size of it (Rafael Wysocki).
- Fix a suspend-to-idle wakeup regression on Dell XPS13 9370 and
similar platforms where the USB plug/unplug events are handled by
the EC (Rafael Wysocki).
- CLean up the intel_idle and PSCI cpuidle drivers (Rafael Wysocki,
Ulf Hansson).
- Extend the haltpoll cpuidle driver so that it can be forced to run
on some systems where it refused to load (Maciej Szmigiero).
- Convert several cpufreq documents to the .rst format and move the
legacy driver documentation into one common file (Mauro Carvalho
Chehab, Rafael Wysocki).
- Update several cpufreq drivers:
* Extend and fix the imx-cpufreq-dt driver (Anson Huang).
* Improve the -EPROBE_DEFER handling and fix unwanted CPU
overclocking on i.MX6ULL in imx6q-cpufreq (Anson Huang,
Christoph Niedermaier).
* Add support for Krait based SoCs to the qcom driver (Ansuel
Smith).
* Add support for OPP_PLUS to ti-cpufreq (Lokesh Vutla).
* Add platform specific intermediate callbacks support to
cpufreq-dt and update the imx6q driver (Peng Fan).
* Simplify and consolidate some pieces of the intel_pstate
driver and update its documentation (Rafael Wysocki, Alex
Hung).
- Fix several devfreq issues:
* Remove unneeded extern keyword from a devfreq header file and
use the DEVFREQ_GOV_UPDATE_INTERNAL event name instead of
DEVFREQ_GOV_INTERNAL (Chanwoo Choi).
* Fix the handling of dev_pm_qos_remove_request() result
(Leonard Crestez).
* Use constant name for userspace governor (Pierre Kuo).
* Get rid of doc warnings and fix a typo (Christophe JAILLET).
- Use built-in RCU list checking in some places in the PM core to
avoid false-positive RCU usage warnings (Madhuparna Bhowmik).
- Add explicit READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() annotations to low-level PM
QoS routines (Qian Cai).
- Fix removal of wakeup sources to avoid NULL pointer dereferences in
a corner case (Neeraj Upadhyay).
- Clean up the handling of hibernate compat ioctls and fix the
related documentation (Eric Biggers).
- Update the idle_inject power capping driver to use variable-length
arrays instead of zero-length arrays (Gustavo Silva).
- Fix list format in a PM QoS document (Randy Dunlap).
- Make the cpufreq stats module use scnprintf() to avoid potential
buffer overflows (Takashi Iwai).
- Add pm_runtime_get_if_active() to PM-runtime API (Sakari Ailus).
- Allow no domain-idle-states DT property in generic PM domains (Ulf
Hansson).
- Fix a broken y-axis scale in the intel_pstate_tracer utility (Doug
Smythies)"
* tag 'pm-5.7-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (78 commits)
cpufreq: intel_pstate: Simplify intel_pstate_cpu_init()
tools/power/x86/intel_pstate_tracer: fix a broken y-axis scale
ACPI: PM: s2idle: Refine active GPEs check
ACPICA: Allow acpi_any_gpe_status_set() to skip one GPE
PM: sleep: wakeup: Skip wakeup_source_sysfs_remove() if device is not there
PM / devfreq: Get rid of some doc warnings
PM / devfreq: Fix handling dev_pm_qos_remove_request result
PM / devfreq: Fix a typo in a comment
PM / devfreq: Change to DEVFREQ_GOV_UPDATE_INTERVAL event name
PM / devfreq: Remove unneeded extern keyword
PM / devfreq: Use constant name of userspace governor
ACPI: PM: s2idle: Fix comment in acpi_s2idle_prepare_late()
cpufreq: qcom: Add support for krait based socs
cpufreq: imx6q-cpufreq: Improve the logic of -EPROBE_DEFER handling
cpufreq: Use scnprintf() for avoiding potential buffer overflow
cpuidle: psci: Split psci_dt_cpu_init_idle()
PM / Domains: Allow no domain-idle-states DT property in genpd when parsing
PM / hibernate: Remove unnecessary compat ioctl overrides
PM: hibernate: fix docs for ioctls that return loff_t via pointer
Documentation: intel_pstate: update links for references
...
Factor out mapping the tx skb to a new function rtl8169_tx_map(). This
allows to remove redundancies, and rtl8169_get_txd_opts1() has only
one user left, so it can be inlined.
As a result rtl8169_xmit_frags() is significantly simplified, and in
rtl8169_start_xmit() the code is simplified and better readable.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qed_chain data structure was modified in
commit 1a4a69751f ("qed: Chain support for external PBL") to support
receiving an external pbl (due to iWARP FW requirements).
The pages pointed to by the pbl are allocated in qed_chain_alloc
and their virtual address are stored in an virtual addresses array to
enable accessing and freeing the data. The physical addresses however
weren't stored and were accessed directly from the external-pbl
during free.
Destroy-qp flow, leads to freeing the external pbl before the chain is
freed, when the chain is freed it tries accessing the already freed
external pbl, leading to a use-after-free. Therefore we need to store
the physical addresses in additional to the virtual addresses in a
new data structure.
Fixes: 1a4a69751f ("qed: Chain support for external PBL")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <ybason@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the mtu is greater than TD_MSS_MAX, then TSO is disabled, see
rtl8169_fix_features(). Because mss is less than mtu, we can't have
the case mss > TD_MSS_MAX in the TSO path.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a trivial passthrough towards the ocelot library, which
support port policers since commit 2c1d029a01 ("net: mscc: ocelot:
Implement port policers via tc command").
Some data structure conversion between the DSA core and the Ocelot
library is necessary, for policer parameters.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ocelot has 384 policers that can be allocated to ingress ports,
QoS classes per port, and VCAP IS2 entries. ocelot_police.c
supports to set policers which can be allocated to police action
of VCAP IS2. We allocate policers from maximum pol_id, and
decrease the pol_id when add a new vcap_is2 entry which is
police action.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the FW RESET event comes to the driver from the firmware,
or the fw_status goes to 0 (stopped) or to 0xff (no PCI
connection), then shut down the driver activity. This event
signals a FW upgrade where we need to quiesce all operations and
wait for the FW to restart. The FW will continue the update
process once it sees all the LIFs are reset. When the update
process is done it will set the fw_status back to RUNNING.
Meanwhile, the heartbeat check continues and when the fw_status
is seen as set to running we can restart the driver operations.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the link goes down, we need to disable the queues on the
NIC in addition to stopping the netdev stack. This lets the
FW know that the driver has stopped queue activity, and then
the FW can do internal reconfiguration work, whether actually
Link related, or for other internal FW needs. To do this,
we pull out the queue enable and disable from ionic_open()
and ionic_stop() so they can be used by other routines.
To help keep things sane, we swap the queue enables so that
the rx queue and its napi are enabled before the tx queue
which rides on the rx queues napi.
We also drop the ionic_lif_quiesce() as it doesn't do anything
more than what the queue disable has already taken care of.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure the queue structures exist before trying
to delete them. This addresses a couple of error
recovery issues.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean out tx requests that didn't get finished before
shutting down the queue.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the irq request and free out of the qcq_init and deinit
and into the alloc and free routines where they belong for
better resource management.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the qcq debugfs add to the queue alloc, and likewise move
the debugfs delete to the queue free. The LIF debugfs add
also needs to be moved, but the del is already in the LIF free.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a link_status_check to the heartbeat watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rearrange the link_up/link_down messages so that we announce
link up when we first notice that the link is up when the
driver loads, and decouple the link_up/link_down messages from
the UP and DOWN netdev state.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited commit extended the enums 'hwtstamp_tx_types' and
'hwtstamp_rx_filters' with values that were not accounted for in the
switch statements, resulting in the build warnings below.
Fix by adding a default case.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_ptp.c: In function ‘mlxsw_sp_ptp_get_message_types’:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_ptp.c:915:2: warning: enumeration value ‘__HWTSTAMP_TX_CNT’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
915 | switch (tx_type) {
| ^~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_ptp.c:927:2: warning: enumeration value ‘__HWTSTAMP_FILTER_CNT’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
927 | switch (rx_filter) {
| ^~~~~~
Fixes: f76510b458 ("ethtool: add timestamping related string sets")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When health reporter is registered to devlink, devlink will implicitly set
auto recover if and only if the reporter has a recover method. No reason
to explicitly get the auto recover flag from the driver.
Remove this flag from all drivers that called
devlink_health_reporter_create.
All existing health reporters set auto recovery to true if they have a
recover method.
Yet, administrator can unset auto recover via netlink command as prior to
this patch.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It may be up to the driver (in case ANY HW stats is passed) to select
which type of HW stats he is going to use. Add an infrastructure to
expose this information to user.
$ tc filter add dev enp3s0np1 ingress proto ip handle 1 pref 1 flower dst_ip 192.168.1.1 action drop
$ tc -s filter show dev enp3s0np1 ingress
filter protocol ip pref 1 flower chain 0
filter protocol ip pref 1 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
eth_type ipv4
dst_ip 192.168.1.1
in_hw in_hw_count 2
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 10 sec used 10 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
used_hw_stats immediate <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When device is not open, the service task which update the port
information per second is not running. In this case, the port
capabilities, including speed ability, autoneg ability, media type,
may be incorrect. Then get/set link ksetting may fail.
This patch fixes it by updating the port information before getting/
setting link ksettings when device is not open, and start timer
task immediately by setting delay time to 0 when device opens.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, VF's RSS configuration would be set to default
after VF reset, the the user's one will loss.
To fix it, this patch separates hclgevf_rss_init_hw() into
two parts, one sets up the default RSS configuration and
just be called when driver loading, one configures the hardware
and be called by driver loading or reset.
Fixes: d97b307213 ("net: hns3: Add RSS tuples support for VF")
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the fraglist SKB headlen is larger than zero, current code
still handle the fraglist SKB linear data as frag data, which may
cause TX error.
This patch adds a new DESC_TYPE_FRAGLIST_SKB type to handle the
mapping and unmapping of the fraglist SKB linear data buffer.
Fixes: 8ae10cfb50 ("net: hns3: support tx-scatter-gather-fraglist feature")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_netdev.c:460:6: warning: symbol 'ena_xdp_exchange_program_rx_in_range' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_netdev.c:481:6: warning: symbol 'ena_xdp_exchange_program' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_netdev.c:1555:5: warning: symbol 'ena_xdp_handle_buff' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_eth.c:2065:5:
warning: symbol 'dpaa_a050385_wa' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for VLAN ID-based filtering by the MAC controller for MAC
drivers that support it. Only the 12-bit VID field is used.
Signed-off-by: Chuah Kim Tatt <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wong Vee Khee <vee.khee.wong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a spelling mistake in a dev_err error message. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mlx5e_rep_indr_setup_ft_cb to support indr block setup
in FT mode.
Both tc rules and flow table rules are of the same format,
It can re-use tc parsing for that, and move the flow table rules
to their steering domain(the specific chain_index), the indr
block offload in FT also follow this scenario.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Refactor indr setup block for support ft indr setup in the
next patch. The function mlx5e_rep_indr_offload exposes
'flags' in order set additional flag for FT in next patch.
Rename mlx5e_rep_indr_setup_tc_block to mlx5e_rep_indr_setup_block
and add flow_setup_cb_t callback parameters in order set the
specific callback for FT in next patch.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
eswitch_offloads_chains.{c,h} were just introduced this kernel release
cycle, eswitch is in high development demand right now and many
features are planned to be added to it. eswitch deserves its own
directory and here we move these new files to there, in preparation for
upcoming eswitch features and new files.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
In VF lag mode when remove the bonding module without bring down the
bond device first, we could potentially have circular dependency when we
unload IB devices and also handle fib events:
1. The bond work starts first;
2. The "modprobe -rv bonding" process tries to release the bond device,
with the "pernet_ops_rwsem" lock hold;
3. The bond work blocks in unregister_netdevice_notifier() and waits for
the lock because fib event came right before;
4. The kernel fib module tries to free all the fib entries by broadcasting
the "FIB_EVENT_NH_DEL" event;
5. Upon the fib event this lag_mp module holds the fib lock and queue a
fib work.
So:
bond work -> modprobe task -> kernel fib module -> lag_mp -> bond work
Today we either reload IB devices in roce lag in nic mode or either handle
fib events in switchdev mode, but a new feature could change that we'll
need to reload IB devices also in switchdev mode so this is a future proof
fix as one may not notice this later.
Signed-off-by: Mark Zhang <markz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
* 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux:
mlx5: Remove uninitialized use of key in mlx5_core_create_mkey
{IB,net}/mlx5: Move asynchronous mkey creation to mlx5_ib
{IB,net}/mlx5: Assign mkey variant in mlx5_ib only
{IB,net}/mlx5: Setup mkey variant before mr create command invocation
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
A recent commit e893768179 ("devlink: prepare to support region
operations") used the region_cr_space_str and region_fw_health_str
variables as initializers for the devlink_region_ops structures.
This can result in compiler errors:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox//mlx4/crdump.c:45:10: error: initializer
element is not constant
.name = region_cr_space_str,
^
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox//mlx4/crdump.c:45:10: note: (near
initialization for ‘region_cr_space_ops.name’)
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox//mlx4/crdump.c:50:10: error: initializer
element is not constant
.name = region_fw_health_str,
The variables were made to be "const char * const", indicating that both
the pointer and data were constant. This was enough to resolve this on
recent GCC (gcc (GCC) 9.2.1 20190827 (Red Hat 9.2.1-1) for this author).
Unfortunately this is not enough for older compilers to realize that the
variable can be treated as a constant expression.
Fix this by introducing macros for the string and use those instead of
the variable name in the region ops structures.
Reported-by: tanhuazhong <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Fixes: e893768179 ("devlink: prepare to support region operations")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling queue_delayed_work concurrently with
destroy_workqueue might race to an unexpected outcome -
scheduled task after wq is destroyed or other resources
(like ptt_pool) are freed (yields NULL pointer dereference).
cancel_delayed_work prevents the race by cancelling
the timer triggered for scheduling a new task.
Fixes: 59ccf86fe ("qed: Add driver infrastucture for handling mfw requests")
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <dbolotin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Basson <ybason@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AER interfaces to clear error status registers were a confusing mess:
- pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status() cleared non-fatal errors
from the Uncorrectable Error Status register.
- pci_aer_clear_fatal_status() cleared fatal errors from the
Uncorrectable Error Status register.
- pci_cleanup_aer_error_status_regs() cleared the Root Error Status
register (for Root Ports), the Uncorrectable Error Status register,
and the Correctable Error Status register.
Rename them to make them consistent:
From To
---------------------------------------- -------------------------------
pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status() pci_aer_clear_nonfatal_status()
pci_aer_clear_fatal_status() pci_aer_clear_fatal_status()
pci_cleanup_aer_error_status_regs() pci_aer_clear_status()
Since pci_cleanup_aer_error_status_regs() (renamed to
pci_aer_clear_status()) is only used within drivers/pci/, move the
declaration from <linux/aer.h> to drivers/pci/pci.h.
[bhelgaas: commit log, add renames]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/d1310a75dc3d28f7e8da4e99c45fbd3e60fe238e.1585000084.git.sathyanarayanan.kuppuswamy@linux.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Kuppuswamy Sathyanarayanan <sathyanarayanan.kuppuswamy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Changing the MTU for this switch means altering the
DEV_GMII:MAC_CFG_STATUS:MAC_MAXLEN_CFG field MAX_LEN, which in turn
limits the size of frames that can be received.
Special accounting needs to be done for the DSA CPU port (NPI port in
hardware terms). The NPI port configuration needs to be held inside the
private ocelot structure, since it is now accessed from multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change DMA descriptor length to handle jumbo frames beyond 8192 bytes.
Also update jumbo frame max size to include FCS, the DMA packet length
received includes FCS.
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arun Parameswaran <arun.parameswaran@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Ray Jui <ray.jui@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Android/x86 the module loading infrastructure can't deal with
softdeps. Therefore the check for presence of the Realtek PHY driver
module fails. mdiobus_register() will try to load the PHY driver
module, therefore move the check to after this call and explicitly
check that a dedicated PHY driver is bound to the PHY device.
Fixes: f325937735 ("r8169: check that Realtek PHY driver module is loaded")
Reported-by: Chih-Wei Huang <cwhuang@android-x86.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix macro names to report fw.mgmt and fw.ncsi versions to match the
devlink documentation.
Example display after fixes:
$ devlink dev info pci/0000:af:00.0
pci/0000:af:00.0:
driver bnxt_en
serial_number B0-26-28-FF-FE-25-84-20
versions:
fixed:
board.id BCM957454A4540
asic.id C454
asic.rev 1
running:
fw 216.1.154.0
fw.psid 0.0.0
fw.mgmt 216.1.146.0
fw.mgmt.api 1.10.1
fw.ncsi 864.0.44.0
fw.roce 216.1.16.0
Fixes: 9599e036b1 ("bnxt_en: Add support for devlink info command")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add part number info from the vital product data to info_get command
via devlink tool. Update bnxt.rst documentation as well.
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store the part number and serial number information from VPD in
the bnxt structure. Follow up patch will add the support to display
the information via devlink command.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Display the minimum version of firmware interface spec supported
between driver and firmware. Also update bnxt.rst documentation file.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suppress the following smatch errors. None of these are actually
possible with current code paths.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1220
mlxsw_sp_ipip_entry_find_decap() error: uninitialized symbol 'saddrp'.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1220
mlxsw_sp_ipip_entry_find_decap() error: uninitialized symbol
'saddr_len'.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1221
mlxsw_sp_ipip_entry_find_decap() error: uninitialized symbol
'saddr_prefix_len'.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:1390
mlxsw_sp_netdevice_ipip_ol_reg_event() error: uninitialized symbol
'ipipt'.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:3255
mlxsw_sp_nexthop_group_update() error: uninitialized symbol 'err'.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suppress following warning from coccinelle:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//switchx2.c:183:63-68: WARNING:
conversion to bool not needed here
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The static array 'mlxsw_afk_element_infos' in 'core_acl_flex_keys.h' is
copied to each file that includes the header, but not all use it. This
results in the following warnings when compiling with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//core_acl_flex_keys.h:76:44:
warning: ‘mlxsw_afk_element_infos’ defined but not used
[-Wunused-const-variable=]
One way to suppress the warning is to mark the array with
'__maybe_unused', but another option is to remove it from the header
file entirely.
Change 'struct mlxsw_afk_element_inst' to store the key to the array
('element') instead of the array value keyed by 'element'. Adjust the
different users accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In merge commit 50853808ff ("Merge branch
'mlxsw-Prepare-for-VLAN-aware-bridge-w-VxLAN'") I flipped mlxsw to use
emulated 802.1Q FIDs and correspondingly emulated VLAN RIFs. This means
that the non-emulated variants are no longer used. Remove them and
suppress the following warnings when compiling with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:7572:38: warning:
‘mlxsw_sp_rif_vlan_ops’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_fid.c:584:41: warning:
‘mlxsw_sp_fid_8021q_family’ defined but not used
[-Wunused-const-variable=]
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suppress following warnings when compiling with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1552: warning:
Function parameter or member 'mlxsw_sp' not described in
'__mlxsw_sp_ipip_entry_update_tunnel'
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1552: warning:
Function parameter or member 'ipip_entry' not described in
'__mlxsw_sp_ipip_entry_update_tunnel'
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1552: warning:
Function parameter or member 'extack' not described in
'__mlxsw_sp_ipip_entry_update_tunnel'
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suppress following warning when compiling with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//i2c.c:78: warning: Function
parameter or member 'cmd' not described in 'mlxsw_i2c'
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leon Romanovsky says:
====================
Those two patches from Michael extends mlx5_core and mlx5_ib flow steering
to support RDMA TX in similar way to already supported RDMA RX.
====================
Based on the mlx5-next branch at
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
Due to dependencies
* branch 'mlx5_tx_steering':
RDMA/mlx5: Add support for RDMA TX flow table
net/mlx5: Add support for RDMA TX steering
Add new RDMA TX flow steering namespace. Flow steering rules in
this namespace are used to filter transmitted RDMA traffic.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200324061425.1570190-2-leon@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch reverts 5829210483 ("net: ks8851-ml: Fix 16-bit IO operation")
and edacb098ea ("net: ks8851-ml: Fix 16-bit data access"), because it
turns out these were only necessary due to buggy hardware. This patch adds
a check for such a buggy hardware to prevent any such mistakes again.
While working further on the KS8851 driver, it came to light that the
KS8851-16MLL is capable of switching bus endianness by a hardware strap,
EESK pin. If this strap is incorrect, the IO accesses require such endian
swapping as is being reverted by this patch. Such swapping also impacts
the performance significantly.
Hence, in addition to removing it, detect that the hardware is broken,
report to user, and fail to bind with such hardware.
Fixes: 5829210483 ("net: ks8851-ml: Fix 16-bit IO operation")
Fixes: edacb098ea ("net: ks8851-ml: Fix 16-bit data access")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds XPN handling.
Our driver doesn't support XPN, but we should still update a couple
of places in the code, because the size of 'next_pn' field has
changed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for MACSec statistics on Atlantic network cards.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the Atlantic HW-specific bindings for MACSec statistics,
e.g. register addresses / structs, helper function, etc, which will be
used by actual callback implementations.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for MACSec ingress HW offloading on Atlantic
network cards.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the Atlantic HW-specific bindings for MACSec ingress, e.g.
register addresses / structs, helper function, etc, which will be used by
actual callback implementations.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for MACSec egress HW offloading on Atlantic
network cards.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the Atlantic HW-specific bindings for MACSec egress, e.g.
register addresses / structs, helper function, etc, which will be used by
actual callback implementations.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds basic functionality for MACSec offloading for Atlantic
NICs.
MACSec offloading functionality is enabled if network card has
appropriate FW that has MACSec offloading enabled in config.
Actual functionality (ingress, egress, etc) will be added in follow-up
patches.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TI AM65x/J721E SoCs Gigabit Ethernet Switch subsystem (CPSW2G NUSS) has
two ports - One Ethernet port (port 1) with selectable RGMII and RMII
interfaces and an internal Communications Port Programming Interface (CPPI)
port (Host port 0) and with ALE in between. It also contains
- Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) interface for physical layer device
(PHY) management;
- Updated Address Lookup Engine (ALE) module;
- (TBD) New version of Common platform time sync (CPTS) module.
On the TI am65x/J721E SoCs CPSW NUSS Ethernet subsystem into device MCU
domain named MCU_CPSW0.
Host Port 0 CPPI Packet Streaming Interface interface supports 8 TX
channels and one RX channels operating by TI am654 NAVSS Unified DMA
Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P) controller.
Introduced driver provides standard Linux net_device to user space and supports:
- ifconfig up/down
- MAC address configuration
- ethtool operation:
--driver
--change
--register-dump
--negotiate phy
--statistics
--set-eee phy
--show-ring
--show-channels
--set-channels
- net_device ioctl mii-control
- promisc mode
- rx checksum offload for non-fragmented IPv4/IPv6 TCP/UDP packets.
The CPSW NUSS can verify IPv4/IPv6 TCP/UDP packets checksum and fills
csum information for each packet in psdata[2] word:
- BIT(16) CHECKSUM_ERROR - indicates csum error
- BIT(17) FRAGMENT - indicates fragmented packet
- BIT(18) TCP_UDP_N - Indicates TCP packet was detected
- BIT(19) IPV6_VALID, BIT(20) IPV4_VALID - indicates IPv6/IPv4 packet
- BIT(15, 0) CHECKSUM_ADD - This is the value that was summed
during the checksum computation. This value is FFFFh for non fragmented
IPV4/6 UDP/TCP packets with no checksum error.
RX csum offload can be disabled:
ethtool -K <dev> rx-checksum on|off
- tx checksum offload support for IPv4/IPv6 TCP/UDP packets (J721E only).
TX csum HW offload can be enabled/disabled:
ethtool -K <dev> tx-checksum-ip-generic on|off
- multiq and switch between round robin/prio modes for cppi tx queues by
using Netdev private flag "p0-rx-ptype-rrobin" to switch between
Round Robin and Fixed priority modes:
# ethtool --show-priv-flags eth0
Private flags for eth0:
p0-rx-ptype-rrobin: on
# ethtool --set-priv-flags eth0 p0-rx-ptype-rrobin off
Number of TX DMA channels can be changed using "ethtool -L eth0 tx <N>".
- GRO support: the napi_gro_receive() and napi_complete_done() are used.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Tested-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Tested-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for default thread configuration for AM65x CPSW NUSS ALE to
allow route all ingress packets to one default RX UDMA flow.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Tested-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Tested-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new CPSW ALE version, available on TI K3 AM654/J721E SoCs family,
allows to switch any external port to MAC only mode. When MAC only mode
enabled this port be treated like a MAC port for the host. All traffic
received is only sent to the host. The host must direct traffic to this
port as the lookup engine will not send traffic to the ports with the
p0_maconly bit set and the p0_no_learn also set. If p0_maconly bit is set
and the p0_no_learn is not set, the host can send non-directed packets that
can be sent to the destination of a MacOnly port. It is also possible that
The host can broadcast to all ports including MacOnly ports in this mode.
This patch add ALE supprt for MAC only mode.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Tested-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Tested-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On AM65xx MCU CPSW2G NUSS and 66AK2E/L NUSS the unregistered multicast
packets are still can be received with promisc and allmulti disabled.
This happens, because ALE VLAN entries on these SoCs do not contain port
masks for reg/unreg mcast packets, but instead store indexes of
ALE_VLAN_MASK_MUXx_REG registers which intended for store port masks for
reg/unreg mcast packets.
ALE VLAN entry:UNREG_MCAST_FLOOD_INDEX -> ALE_VLAN_MASK_MUXx
ALE VLAN entry:REG_MCAST_FLOOD_INDEX -> ALE_VLAN_MASK_MUXy
The commit b361da8373 ("net: netcp: ale: add proper ale entry mask bits
for netcp switch ALE") update ALE code to support such ALE entries, it is
always used ALE_VLAN_MASK_MUX0_REG index in ALE VLAN entry for unreg mcast
packets mask configuration, which is read-only, at least for AM65xx MCU
CPSW2G NUSS and 66AK2E/L NUSS. As result unreg mcast packets are allowed
always.
Hence, update ALE code to use ALE_VLAN_MASK_MUX1_REG index for ALE VLAN
entries to configure unreg mcast port mask.
Fixes: b361da8373 ("net: netcp: ale: add proper ale entry mask bits for netcp switch ALE")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Tested-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Tested-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy-gmii-sel can be only auto selected in Kconfig and now the pretty
complex Kconfig dependencies are defined for phy-gmii-sel driver, which
also need to be updated every time phy-gmii-sel is re-used for any new
networking driver.
Simplify Kconfig definition for phy-gmii-sel PHY driver - drop all
dependencies and from networking drivers and rely on using 'imply
PHY_TI_GMII_SEL' in Kconfig definitions for networking drivers instead.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Tested-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Tested-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a devlink region for exposing the device's Non Volatime Memory flash
contents.
Support the recently added .snapshot operation, enabling userspace to
request a snapshot of the NVM contents via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids
are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be
created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id
to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink,
so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates
multiple snapshots on different regions.
There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an
xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id,
replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id.
The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to
insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and
U32_MAX.
The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and
__devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how
many snapshots currently use an id.
Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release
their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots.
By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is
possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray
when it is not in use.
With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all
snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via
DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots.
This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to
request a snapshot.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The
snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code.
A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this
function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in
an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value.
This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and
aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management.
Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids,
add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the
snapshot_id would over flow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It does not makes sense that two snapshots for a given region would use
different destructors. Simplify snapshot creation by adding
a .destructor op for regions.
This operation will replace the data_destructor for the snapshot
creation, and makes snapshot creation easier.
Noticed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations
on regions.
Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from
within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to
the devlink_health_reporter_ops).
This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in
the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region
directly without a snapshot.
In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their
declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the
compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move away from the deprecated API and return the shiny new ERRPTR where
useful.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move away from the deprecated API and return the shiny new ERRPTR where
useful.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
list_for_each_entry_from_reverse() iterates backwards over the list from
the current position, but in the error path we should start from the
previous position.
Fix this by using list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse() instead.
This suppresses the following error from coccinelle:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_mr.c:655:34-38: ERROR:
invalid reference to the index variable of the iterator on line 636
Fixes: c011ec1bbf ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add the multicast routing offloading logic")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload action pedit ex munge when used with a flower classifier. Only
allow setting of DSCP, ECN, or the whole DSField in IPv4 and IPv6 packets.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QOS_ACTION is used for manipulating the QOS attributes of the packet.
Add the defines and helpers related to DSCP and ECN fields, and dscp_rw.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original idea was to reuse this set of actions for ECN rewrite as well,
but on second look, it's not such a great idea. These two items should each
have its own command. Rename the existing enum to make it obvious that it
belongs to switch_prio_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In qlcnic_83xx_get_reset_instruction_template, the variable
of null test is bad, so correct it.
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Cleanups from Dan Carpenter and wenxu.
2) Paul and Roi, Some minor updates and fixes to E-Switch to address
issues introduced in the previous reg_c0 updates series.
3) Eli Cohen simplifies and improves flow steering matching group searches
and flow table entries version management.
4) Parav Pandit, improves devlink eswitch mode changes thread safety.
By making devlink rely on driver for thread safety and introducing mlx5
eswitch mode change protection.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl58SW8ACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4AxQf8DdrFrBD0NFTcAILS4bnTJC0I3xKRPb/2oYtWLVyJ9G5XAZqHC0DAG7xs
jy8xhIFbeUxgLEdcx0la5vdR1mPlzs4XBHTe99YwzwK/jojrA7YXrlb3kv+RXWVY
uNVAby68wh4EnO61R51ahIBXLPNbiYpo/wAWKvvBKRkOcYMVTKIFiP157AnJWObY
fxnt06I0NFaIX8Va4MEqkrmUYrI4jJcqOJC9FwRBLDhFHcFkLh0Gav3vJJ7M4BCB
ggPJpuZ4pu43qX9TtSOm8V/GlWWN0RB7PdbvliFBEHYG21hf9MfE8bPPKRlB7CO+
B5+9ULhpvbjX7yRrkZ7fd4zlQ1siew==
=Flln
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-03-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-03-25
1) Cleanups from Dan Carpenter and wenxu.
2) Paul and Roi, Some minor updates and fixes to E-Switch to address
issues introduced in the previous reg_c0 updates series.
3) Eli Cohen simplifies and improves flow steering matching group searches
and flow table entries version management.
4) Parav Pandit, improves devlink eswitch mode changes thread safety.
By making devlink rely on driver for thread safety and introducing mlx5
eswitch mode change protection.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl2.c:40:19: warning: ‘atl2_driver_string’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
static const char atl2_driver_string[] = "Atheros(R) L2 Ethernet Driver";
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
commit ea97374214 ("net/atheros: Clean atheros code from driver version")
left behind this, remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently eswitch mode change is occurring from 2 different execution
contexts as below.
1. sriov sysfs enable/disable
2. devlink eswitch set commands
Both of them need to access eswitch related data structures in
synchronized manner.
Without any synchronization below race condition exist.
SR-IOV enable/disable with devlink eswitch mode change:
cpu-0 cpu-1
----- -----
mlx5_device_disable_sriov() mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set()
mlx5_eswitch_disable() esw_offloads_stop()
esw_offloads_disable() mlx5_eswitch_disable()
esw_offloads_disable()
Hence, they are synchronized using a new mode_lock.
eswitch's state_lock is not used as it can lead to a deadlock scenario
below and state_lock is only for vport and fdb exclusive access.
ip link set vf <param>
netlink rcv_msg() - Lock A
rtnl_lock
vfinfo()
esw->state_lock() - Lock B
devlink eswitch_set
devlink_mutex
esw->state_lock() - Lock B
attach_netdev()
register_netdev()
rtnl_lock - Lock A
Alternatives considered:
1. Acquiring rtnl lock before taking esw->state_lock to follow similar
locking sequence as ip link flow during eswitch mode set.
rtnl lock is not good idea for two reasons.
(a) Holding rtnl lock for several hundred device commands is not good
idea.
(b) It leads to below and more similar deadlocks.
devlink eswitch_set
devlink_mutex
rtnl_lock - Lock A
esw->state_lock() - Lock B
eswitch_disable()
reload()
ib_register_device()
ib_cache_setup_one()
rtnl_lock()
2. Exporting devlink lock may lead to undesired use of it in vendor
driver(s) in future.
3. Unloading representors outside of the mode_lock requires
serialization with other process trying to enable the eswitch.
4. Differing the representors life cycle to a different workqueue
requires synchronization with func_change_handler workqueue.
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Subsequent patch protects eswitch mode changes across sriov and devlink
interfaces. It is desirable for eswitch to provide thread safe eswitch
enable and disable APIs.
Hence, extend eswitch enable API to optionally update num_vfs when
requested.
In subsequent patch, eswitch num_vfs are updated after all the eswitch
users eswitch drops its reference count.
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to check eswitch state under a lock, prepare code to split
capability check and eswitch state check into two helper functions.
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5_register_device() doesn't check for any error and always returns 0.
Simplify mlx5_register_device() to return void and its caller, remove
dead code related to it.
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Group version is used when modifying a rule is allowed
(FLOW_ACT_NO_APPEND is clear) to detect a case where the rule was found
but while the groups where unlocked a new FTE was added. In this case,
the added FTE could be one with identical match value so we need to
attempt again with group lock held.
Change the code so version is retrieved only when FLOW_ACT_NO_APPEND is
cleared. As result, later compare can also be avoided if FLOW_ACT_NO_APPEND
is cleared.
Also improve comments text.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
FTE version is not used anywhere in the code so avoid incrementing it.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When adding a rule to a flow group we need increment the version of the
group. Current code fails to do that and as a result, when trying to add
a rule, we will fail to discover a case where an FTE with the same match
value was added while we scanned the groups of the same match criteria,
thus we may try to add an FTE that was already added.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Instead of using two different structs for searching groups with the
same match, use a single struct and thus simplify the code, make it more
readable and smaller size which means less code cache misses.
text data bss dec hex
before: 35524 2744 0 38268 957c
after: 35038 2744 0 37782 9396
When testing add 70000 rules, delete all the rules, and repeat three
times taking the average, we get (time in seconds):
Before the change: insert 16.80, delete 11.02
After the change: insert 16.55, delete 10.95
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The correct type is u32.
Fixes: d18296ffd9 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce global tables")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We allocate a temporary memory but forget to free it.
Fixes: 11b717d615 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c0 value on CQE")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Register c0 loopback is needed to fully support chains and prios.
Enable chains and prio only if loopback (of reg c1 which came together
with c0), is enabled. To be able to check that, move enabling of loopback
before eswitch chains init.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reg c0/c1 matching, rewrite of regs c0/c1, and copy header of regs c1,B
is needed for the restore table to function, might not be supported by
firmware, and creation of the restore table or the copy header will
fail.
Check reg_c1 loopback support, as firmware which supports this,
should have all of the above.
Fixes: 11b717d615 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c0 value on CQE")
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The function mlx5e_rep_setup_ft_cb check chain_index is zero twice.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The actions_match_supported() function returns a bool, true for success
and false for failure. This error path is returning a negative which
is cast to true but it should return false.
Fixes: 4c3844d9e9 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Introduce connection tracking")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Overlapping header include additions in macsec.c
A bug fix in 'net' overlapping with the removal of 'version'
string in ena_netdev.c
Overlapping test additions in selftests Makefile
Overlapping PCI ID table adjustments in iwlwifi driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds support to catch any bits set in SGE_INT_CAUSE5 for Parity Errors.
F_ERR_T_RXCRC flag is used to ignore that particular bit as it is not considered as fatal.
So, we clear out the bit before looking for error.
This patch now read and report separately all three registers(Cause1, Cause2, Cause5).
Also, checks for errors if any.
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Kundu <rahul.kundu@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since set_rx_mode takes a mutex lock for sending mailbox
message to admin function to set the mode, moved logic
to a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed an issue wherein while refilling receive buffers
for the last page allocated, recount is not being updated.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently ENA only provides the PCI remove() handler, used during rmmod
for example. This is not called on shutdown/kexec path; we are potentially
creating a failure scenario on kexec:
(a) Kexec is triggered, no shutdown() / remove() handler is called for ENA;
instead pci_device_shutdown() clears the master bit of the PCI device,
stopping all DMA transactions;
(b) Kexec reboot happens and the device gets enabled again, likely having
its FW with that DMA transaction buffered; then it may trigger the (now
invalid) memory operation in the new kernel, corrupting kernel memory area.
This patch aims to prevent this, by implementing a shutdown() handler
quite similar to the remove() one - the difference being the handling
of the netdev, which is unregistered on remove(), but following the
convention observed in other drivers, it's only detached on shutdown().
This prevents an odd issue in AWS Nitro instances, in which after the 2nd
kexec the next one will fail with an initrd corruption, caused by a wild
DMA write to invalid kernel memory. The lspci output for the adapter
present in my instance is:
00:05.0 Ethernet controller [0200]: Amazon.com, Inc. Elastic Network
Adapter (ENA) [1d0f:ec20]
Suggested-by: Gavin Shan <gshan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_filter.c: In function cxgb4_get_free_ftid:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_filter.c:547:23:
warning: variable tab set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
commit 8d174351f2 ("cxgb4: rework TC filter rule insertion across regions")
involved this, remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl56fu0ACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4g1Qf/edWPTCMGK4eb0jBPUvnxkoGPYj4cq0tfeUaY7Q4r95RzNjuW3gTotzGV
JZymoC2OoWQxUR2Ye0FkM1C/RQFIAHinEX/KFOMJ6PL+k4+micXeIGNfVo3aflO0
kaTcBdgZKqFS5hpRtWZc/DVRWckqJYtaAJEFliQbYGwmfiZNoNr0/ZeU+/DX2dHn
bQkRHQZ3Zq43P4FhVBSyrfmsxUI71k7GtCdJ5G4i80e8qCCARKZDx7q1FRC0k6fh
a84+7NxpFRkl+kT+se/bxcQaFht49YSJVauGMKK8Ae+pz0XEaNrYsFz9zQY/s7W6
4a62hzlHuVmUwteZfH+secZzCnOkUw==
=rO1d
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-03-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2020-03-24
This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
From Aya, Fixes to the RX error recovery flows
From Leon, Fix IB capability mask
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
For -stable v5.5
('net/mlx5_core: Set IB capability mask1 to fix ib_srpt connection failure')
For -stable v5.4
('net/mlx5e: Fix ICOSQ recovery flow with Striding RQ')
('net/mlx5e: Do not recover from a non-fatal syndrome')
('net/mlx5e: Fix missing reset of SW metadata in Striding RQ reset')
('net/mlx5e: Enhance ICOSQ WQE info fields')
The above patch ('net/mlx5e: Enhance ICOSQ WQE info fields')
will fail to apply cleanly on v5.4 due to a trivial contextual conflict,
but it is an important fix, do I need to do something about it or just
assume Greg will know how to handle this ?
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original change fixed an issue on RTL8168b by mimicking the vendor
driver behavior to disable MSI on chip versions before RTL8168d.
This however now caused an issue on a system with RTL8168c, see [0].
Therefore leave MSI disabled on RTL8168b, but re-enable it on RTL8168c.
[0] https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1792839
Fixes: 003bd5b4a7 ("r8169: don't use MSI before RTL8168d")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all DMA address accesses wrapped, we can actually support 64-bit
DMA if this option was chosen at IP integration time.
If the IP has been configured for an address width greater than 32 bits,
we assume the full 64 bit DMA width is working. In practise this will be
limited by the actual system address bus width, which will ideally be the
same as the DMA IP address width.
If this is not the case, the actual width can still be configured using a
dma-ranges property in the parent of the MAC node.
This increases the DMA mask on those systems to let the kernel choose
buffers from memory at higher addresses.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When newer revisions of the Axienet IP are configured for a 64-bit bus,
we *need* to write to the MSB part of the an address registers,
otherwise the IP won't recognise this as a DMA start condition.
This is even true when the actual DMA address comes from the lower 4 GB.
To autodetect this configuration, at probe time we write all 1's to such
an MSB register, and see if any bits stick. If this is configured for a
32-bit bus, those MSB registers are RES0, so reading back 0 indicates
that no MSB writes are necessary.
On the other hands reading anything other than 0 indicated the need to
write the MSB registers, so we set the respective flag.
The actual DMA mask stays at 32-bit for now. To help bisecting, a
separate patch will enable allocations from higher addresses.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer revisions of the AXI DMA IP (>= v7.1) support 64-bit addresses,
both for the descriptors itself, as well as for the buffers they are
pointing to.
This is realised by adding "MSB" words for the next and phys pointer
right behind the existing address word, now named "LSB". These MSB words
live in formerly reserved areas of the descriptor.
If the hardware supports it, write both words when setting an address.
The buffer address is handled by two wrapper functions, the two
occasions where we set the next pointers are open coded.
For now this is guarded by a flag which we don't set yet.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer versions of the Xilink DMA IP support busses with more than 32
address bits, by introducing an MSB word for the registers holding DMA
pointers (tail/current, RX/TX descriptor addresses).
On IP configured for more than 32 bits, it is also *required* to write
both words, to let the IP recognise this as a start condition for an
MM2S request, for instance.
Wrap the DMA pointer writes with a separate function, to add this
functionality later. For now we stick to the lower 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mii-tool is useful for debugging, and all it requires to work is to wire
up the ioctl ops function pointer.
Add this to the axienet driver to enable mii-tool.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer revisions of the IP don't have these registers. Since we don't
really use them, just drop them from the ethtools dump.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the DT binding, the Ethernet core interrupt is optional.
Use platform_get_irq_optional() to avoid the error message when the
IRQ is not specified.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Especially with the default 32-bit DMA mask, DMA buffers are a limited
resource, so their allocation can fail.
So as the DMA API documentation requires, add error checking code after
dma_map_single() calls to catch the case where we run out of "low" memory.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out the code that cleans up a number of connected TX descriptors,
as we will need it to properly roll back a failed _xmit() call.
There are subtle differences between cleaning up a successfully sent
chain (unknown number of involved descriptors, total data size needed)
and a chain that was about to set up (number of descriptors known), so
cater for those variations with some extra parameters.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 0 is a valid DMA address, we cannot use the physical address to
check whether a TX descriptor is valid and is holding a DMA mapping.
Use the "cntrl" member of the descriptor to make this decision, as it
contains at least the length of the buffer, so 0 points to an
uninitialised buffer.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When axienet_dma_bd_init() bails out during the initialisation process,
it might do so with parts of the structure already allocated and
initialised, while other parts have not been touched yet. Before
returning in this case, we call axienet_dma_bd_release(), which does not
take care of this corner case.
This is most obvious by the first loop happily dereferencing
lp->rx_bd_v, which we actually check to be non NULL *afterwards*.
Make sure we only unmap or free already allocated structures, by:
- directly returning with -ENOMEM if nothing has been allocated at all
- checking for lp->rx_bd_v to be non-NULL *before* using it
- only unmapping allocated DMA RX regions
This avoids NULL pointer dereferences when initialisation fails.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we fail allocating the DMA buffers in axienet_dma_bd_init(), we
report this error, but carry on with initialisation nevertheless.
This leads to a kernel panic when the driver later wants to send a
packet, as it uses uninitialised data structures.
Make the axienet_device_reset() routine return an error value, as it
contains the DMA buffer initialisation. Make sure we propagate the error
up the chain and eventually fail the driver initialisation, to avoid
relying on non-initialised buffers.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DMA error handler routine is currently a tasklet, scheduled to run
after the DMA error IRQ was handled.
However it needs to take the MDIO mutex, which is not allowed to do in a
tasklet. A kernel (with debug options) complains consequently:
[ 614.050361] net eth0: DMA Tx error 0x174019
[ 614.064002] net eth0: Current BD is at: 0x8f84aa0ce
[ 614.080195] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/locking/mutex.c:935
[ 614.109484] in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, non_block: 0, pid: 40, name: kworker/u4:4
[ 614.135428] 3 locks held by kworker/u4:4/40:
[ 614.149075] #0: ffff000879863328 ((wq_completion)rpciod){....}, at: process_one_work+0x1f0/0x6a8
[ 614.177528] #1: ffff80001251bdf8 ((work_completion)(&task->u.tk_work)){....}, at: process_one_work+0x1f0/0x6a8
[ 614.209033] #2: ffff0008784e0110 (sk_lock-AF_INET-RPC){....}, at: tcp_sendmsg+0x24/0x58
[ 614.235429] CPU: 0 PID: 40 Comm: kworker/u4:4 Not tainted 5.6.0-rc3-00926-g4a165a9d5921 #26
[ 614.260854] Hardware name: ARM Test FPGA (DT)
[ 614.274734] Workqueue: rpciod rpc_async_schedule
[ 614.289022] Call trace:
[ 614.296871] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1a0
[ 614.308311] show_stack+0x14/0x20
[ 614.318751] dump_stack+0xbc/0x100
[ 614.329403] ___might_sleep+0xf0/0x140
[ 614.341018] __might_sleep+0x4c/0x80
[ 614.352201] __mutex_lock+0x5c/0x8a8
[ 614.363348] mutex_lock_nested+0x1c/0x28
[ 614.375654] axienet_dma_err_handler+0x38/0x388
[ 614.389999] tasklet_action_common.isra.15+0x160/0x1a8
[ 614.405894] tasklet_action+0x24/0x30
[ 614.417297] efi_header_end+0xe0/0x494
[ 614.429020] irq_exit+0xd0/0xd8
[ 614.439047] __handle_domain_irq+0x60/0xb0
[ 614.451877] gic_handle_irq+0xdc/0x2d0
[ 614.463486] el1_irq+0xcc/0x180
[ 614.473451] __tcp_transmit_skb+0x41c/0xb58
[ 614.486513] tcp_write_xmit+0x224/0x10a0
[ 614.498792] __tcp_push_pending_frames+0x38/0xc8
[ 614.513126] tcp_rcv_established+0x41c/0x820
[ 614.526301] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x8c/0x218
[ 614.537784] __release_sock+0x5c/0x108
[ 614.549466] release_sock+0x34/0xa0
[ 614.560318] tcp_sendmsg+0x40/0x58
[ 614.571053] inet_sendmsg+0x40/0x68
[ 614.582061] sock_sendmsg+0x18/0x30
[ 614.593074] xs_sendpages+0x218/0x328
[ 614.604506] xs_tcp_send_request+0xa0/0x1b8
[ 614.617461] xprt_transmit+0xc8/0x4f0
[ 614.628943] call_transmit+0x8c/0xa0
[ 614.640028] __rpc_execute+0xbc/0x6f8
[ 614.651380] rpc_async_schedule+0x28/0x48
[ 614.663846] process_one_work+0x298/0x6a8
[ 614.676299] worker_thread+0x40/0x490
[ 614.687687] kthread+0x134/0x138
[ 614.697804] ret_from_fork+0x10/0x18
[ 614.717319] xilinx_axienet 7fe00000.ethernet eth0: Link is Down
[ 615.748343] xilinx_axienet 7fe00000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control off
Since tasklets are not really popular anymore anyway, lets convert this
over to a work queue, which can sleep and thus can take the MDIO mutex.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to axienet, the temac driver is now architecture agnostic, and
can be at least compiled for several architectures.
Especially the fact that this is a soft IP for implementing in FPGAs
makes the current restriction rather pointless, as it could literally
appear on any architecture, as long as an FPGA is connected to the bus.
The driver hasn't been actually tried on any hardware, it is just a
drive-by patch when doing the same for axienet (a similar patch for
axienet is already merged).
This (temac and axienet) have been compile-tested for:
alpha hppa64 microblaze mips64 powerpc powerpc64 riscv64 s390 sparc64
(using kernel.org cross compilers).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb4_ptp_fineadjtime() doesn't pass the signedness of offset delta
in FW_PTP_CMD. Fix it by passing correct sign.
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For non-fatal syndromes like LOCAL_LENGTH_ERR, recovery shouldn't be
triggered. In these scenarios, the RQ is not actually in ERR state.
This misleads the recovery flow which assumes that the RQ is really in
error state and no more completions arrive, causing crashes on bad page
state.
Fixes: 8276ea1353 ("net/mlx5e: Report and recover from CQE with error on RQ")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In striding RQ mode, the buffers of an RX WQE are first
prepared and posted to the HW using a UMR WQEs via the ICOSQ.
We maintain the state of these in-progress WQEs in the RQ
SW struct.
In the flow of ICOSQ recovery, the corresponding RQ is not
in error state, hence:
- The buffers of the in-progress WQEs must be released
and the RQ metadata should reflect it.
- Existing RX WQEs in the RQ should not be affected.
For this, wrap the dealloc of the in-progress WQEs in
a function, and use it in the ICOSQ recovery flow
instead of mlx5e_free_rx_descs().
Fixes: be5323c837 ("net/mlx5e: Report and recover from CQE error on ICOSQ")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When resetting the RQ (moving RQ state from RST to RDY), the driver
resets the WQ's SW metadata.
In striding RQ mode, we maintain a field that reflects the actual
expected WQ head (including in progress WQEs posted to the ICOSQ).
It was mistakenly not reset together with the WQ. Fix this here.
Fixes: 8276ea1353 ("net/mlx5e: Report and recover from CQE with error on RQ")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add number of WQEBBs (WQE's Basic Block) to WQE info struct. Set the
number of WQEBBs on WQE post, and increment the consumer counter (cc)
on completion.
In case of error completions, the cc was mistakenly not incremented,
keeping a gap between cc and pc (producer counter). This failed the
recovery flow on the ICOSQ from a CQE error which timed-out waiting for
the cc and pc to meet.
Fixes: be5323c837 ("net/mlx5e: Report and recover from CQE error on ICOSQ")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The cap_mask1 isn't protected by field_select and not listed among RW
fields, but it is required to be written to properly initialize ports
in IB virtualization mode.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-rdma/88bab94d2fd72f3145835b4518bc63dda587add6.camel@redhat.com
Fixes: ab118da4c1 ("net/mlx5: Don't write read-only fields in MODIFY_HCA_VPORT_CONTEXT command")
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
checkpatch found a lack of appropriate whitespace after certain keywords
as per the style guide. Add it in.
Signed-off-by: Logan Magee <mageelog@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_queues.c: In function nicvf_sq_free_used_descs:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_queues.c:1182:12: warning:
variable tail set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
It's not used since commit 4863dea3fab01("net: Adding support for Cavium ThunderX network controller"),
so remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zheng zengkai <zhengzengkai@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ring counts are not reset when ring reservation fails,
bnxt_init_dflt_ring_mode() will not be called again to reinitialise
IRQs when open() is called and results in system crash as napi will
also be not initialised. This patch fixes it by resetting the ring
counts.
Fixes: 47558acd56 ("bnxt_en: Reserve rings at driver open if none was reserved at probe time.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other shutdown code paths will always disable PCI first to shutdown DMA
before freeing context memory. Do the same sequence in the error path
of probe to be safe and consistent.
Fixes: c20dc142dd ("bnxt_en: Disable bus master during PCI shutdown and driver unload.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code ignores the return value from
bnxt_hwrm_func_backing_store_cfg(), causing the driver to proceed in
the init path even when this vital firmware call has failed. Fix it
by propagating the error code to the caller.
Fixes: 1b9394e5a2 ("bnxt_en: Configure context memory on new devices.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The allocated ieee_ets structure goes out of scope without being freed,
leaking memory. Appropriate result codes should be returned so that
callers do not rely on invalid data passed by reference.
Also cache the ETS config retrieved from the device so that it doesn't
need to be freed. The balance of the code was clearly written with the
intent of having the results of querying the hardware cached in the
device structure. The commensurate store was evidently missed though.
Fixes: 7df4ae9fe8 ("bnxt_en: Implement DCBNL to support host-based DCBX.")
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an indexing bug in determining these ethtool priority
counters. Instead of using the queue ID to index, we need to
normalize by modulo 10 to get the index. This index is then used
to obtain the proper CoS queue counter. Rename bp->pri2cos to
bp->pri2cos_idx to make this more clear.
Fixes: e37fed7903 ("bnxt_en: Add ethtool -S priority counters.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not
implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore,
there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated
with inside the trap structure.
Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group
identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps
between groups.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the previously added API to explicitly register / unregister
supported packet trap groups. This is in preparation for future patches
that will enable drivers to pass additional group attributes, such as
associated policer identifier.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far only the reset bit it set, but the handler executing the reset
is not scheduled. Therefore nothing will happen until some other action
schedules the handler. Improve this by ensuring that the handler is
scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation makes the implicit assumption that if a bit
is set, then the work is scheduled already. Remove the need for this
implicit assumption and call schedule_work() always. It will check
internally whether the work is scheduled already.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently rtl_task() is designed to handle a large number of tasks.
However we have just one, so we can remove some overhead.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out setting GPHY 10M to new helper rtl8168g_enable_gphy_10m.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-03-21
Implement basic support for the devlink interface in the ice driver.
Additionally pave some necessary changes for adding a devlink region that
exposes the NVM contents.
This series first contains 5 patches for enabling and implementing full NVM
read access via the ETHTOOL_GEEPROM interface. This includes some cleanup of
endian-types, a new function for reading from the NVM and Shadow RAM as a flat
addressable space, a function to calculate the available flash size during
load, and a change to how some of the NVM version fields are stored in the
ice_nvm_info structure.
Following this is 3 patches for implementing devlink support. First, one patch
which implements the basic framework and introduces the ice_devlink.c file.
Second, a patch to implement basic .info_get support. Finally, a patch which
reads the device PBA identifier and reports it as the `board.id` value in the
.info_get response.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes wrapper fn()s around mutex_init/lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed MODULE_VERSION and fixed MODULE_AUTHOR.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With MTU sized receive buffers it is not expected to have CQE_RX
with multiple receive buffer pointers. But since same physcial link
is shared by PF and it's VFs, the max receive packet configured
at link could be morethan MTU. Hence there is a chance of receiving
plts morethan MTU which then gets DMA'ed into multiple buffers
and notified in a single CQE_RX. This patch treats such pkts as errors
and frees up receive buffers pointers back to hardware.
Also on the transmit side this patch sets SMQ MAXLEN to max value to avoid
HW length errors for the packets whose size > MTU, eg due to path MTU.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF shares physical link with PF. Admin function (AF) sends
notification to PF whenever a link change event happens. PF
has to forward the same notification to each of the enabled VF.
PF traps START/STOP_RX messages sent by VF to AF to keep track of
VF's enabled/disabled state.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added ethtool support for VF devices for
- Driver stats, Tx/Rx perqueue stats
- Set/show Rx/Tx queue count
- Set/show Rx/Tx ring sizes
- Set/show IRQ coalescing parameters
- RSS configuration etc
It's the PF which owns the interface, hence VF
cannot display underlying CGX interface stats.
Except for this rest ethtool support reuses PF's
APIs.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On OcteonTx2 silicon there two two types VFs, VFs that share the
physical link with their parent SR-IOV PF and the VFs which work
in pairs using internal HW loopback channels (LBK). Except for the
underlying Rx/Tx channel mapping from netdev functionality perspective
they are almost identical. This patch adds netdev driver support
for these VFs.
Unlike it's parent PF a VF cannot directly communicate with admin
function (AF) and it has to go through PF for the same. The mailbox
communication with AF works like 'VF <=> PF <=> AF'.
Also functionality wise VF and PF are identical, hence to avoid code
duplication PF driver's APIs are resued here for HW initialization,
packet handling etc etc ie almost everything. For VF driver to compile
as module exported few of the existing PF driver APIs.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When FLR is initiated for a VF (PCI function level reset),
the parent PF gets a interrupt. PF then sends a message to
admin function (AF), which then cleanups all resources attached
to that VF.
Also handled IRQs triggered when master enable bit is cleared
or set for VFs. This handler just clears the transaction pending
ie TRPEND bit.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added 'sriov_configure' to enable/disable virtual functions (VFs).
Also added handling of mailbox messages from these VFs.
Admin function (AF) is the only one with all priviliges to configure
HW, alloc resources etc etc, PFs and it's VFs have to request AF
via mbox for all their needs. But unlike PFs, their VFs cannot
send a mbox request directly. A VF shares a mailbox region with
it's parent PF, so VF sends a mailbox msg to PF and then PF forwards
it to AF. Then AF after processing sends response to PF which it
again forwards to VF.
This patch adds support for this 'VF <=> PF <=> AF' mailbox
communication.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building arm32 allyesconfig:
ld.lld: error: undefined symbol: __aeabi_uldivmod
>>> referenced by spectrum_cnt.c
>>> net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_cnt.o:(mlxsw_sp_counter_resources_register) in archive drivers/built-in.a
>>> did you mean: __aeabi_uidivmod
>>> defined in: arch/arm/lib/lib.a(lib1funcs.o)
pool_size and bank_size are u64; use div64_u64 so that 32-bit platforms
do not error.
Fixes: ab8c4cc604 ("mlxsw: spectrum_cnt: Move config validation along with resource register")
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 53eca1f347 ("net: rename flow_action_hw_stats_types* ->
flow_action_hw_stats*") renamed just the flow action types and
helpers. For consistency rename variables, enums, struct members
and UAPI too (note that this UAPI was not in any official release,
yet).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl5hh6wACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6qvQf9HQsiQ+cE1UIbM/IzyTWXeBMzjljCWFgQfvyKQjSFnoATeVl6GMQJNk7M
ovQ7XHOlN36E/tQW/ypnwbX+btjl/mDEJsxEcvVf4gnw/QH1AwUjo291vPfrE5md
DcWWe9Jrq2MkHeZAgIt/Tnw4GYIwQOBVmYgky3A0+azzuvxK+nXX6JJG5JqRR8Wd
tBsN9UKok1nOt73d+TyHjGnzQHWzGBdS0vlxl0MYcD1QD66UzA0Atgz5aUQLGvTK
Nk/IcHr3SF+0kvbtpjRxlrpi4ywD2gBNHXMJX1DDnCkqg9nWjJ5DByYDASo+I6uL
0fMNsimp/gZG8HD0oFEVTFgaqPACUA==
=DEqe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-03-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2020-03-05
This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
For -stable v5.4
('net/mlx5: DR, Fix postsend actions write length')
For -stable v5.5
('net/mlx5e: kTLS, Fix TCP seq off-by-1 issue in TX resync flow')
('net/mlx5e: Fix endianness handling in pedit mask')
====================
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit ed0a72e0de ("net/freescale: Clean drivers from static versions")
leave behind this, remove it .
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, PF responds to VF depending on what mailbox it is
handling, it is a bit inflexible. The correct way is, PF should
check the mbx_need_resp field to decide whether gives response
to VF.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For making the code more readable, this adds several new
structure to replace the msg field in structure
hclge_mbx_vf_to_pf_cmd and hclge_mbx_pf_to_vf_cmd.
Also uses macro to instead of some magic number.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when mailbox handling fails, the PF driver
just responds 1 to the VF driver. It is not sufficient
for the VF driver to find out why its mailbox fails.
So the error should be responded to VF, but the error
is type int and the response field in struct
hclge_mbx_pf_to_vf_cmd is type u16, a conversion is
needed.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware offloading of the NETIF_F_HW_CSUM and NETIF_F_RXCSUM
features requires the use of Transmit Status Blocks before transmit
frame data and Receive Status Blocks before receive frame data to
carry the checksum information.
Unfortunately, these status blocks are currently only enabled when
the NETIF_F_HW_CSUM feature is enabled. As a result NETIF_F_RXCSUM
will not actually be offloaded to the hardware unless both it and
NETIF_F_HW_CSUM are enabled. Fortunately, that is the default
configuration.
This commit addresses this issue by always enabling the use of
status blocks on both transmit and receive frames. Further, it
replaces the use of a dedicated flag within the driver private
data structure with direct use of the netdev features flags.
Fixes: 8101553978 ("net: bcmgenet: use CHECKSUM_COMPLETE for NETIF_F_RXCSUM")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we clean up devicetree related configuration
also when clock init fails.
Fixes: fecd4d7eef ("net: stmmac: dwmac-rk: Add integrated PHY support")
Signed-off-by: Emil Renner Berthing <kernel@esmil.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure the queue structs exist before trying to tear
them down to make for safer error recovery.
Fixes: 0f3154e6bc ("ionic: Add Tx and Rx handling")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a little more cleanup when tearing down the queues.
Fixes: 1d062b7b6f ("ionic: Add basic adminq support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't worry if the rx filter add firmware request fails on
EEXIST, at least we know the filter is there. Same for
the delete request, at least we know it isn't there.
Fixes: 2a654540be ("ionic: Add Rx filter and rx_mode ndo support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't save the lif->dentry until we know we have
a good value.
Fixes: 1a58e19646 ("ionic: Add basic lif support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible (but unlikely) that FW was busy and missed a heartbeat
check but is still alive and will process the pending request, so don't
clean the dev_cmd in this case. This occasionally occurs when working
with a card that is supporting many devices and is trying to shut them
all down at once, but still wants to see that last LIF disable request.
Fixes: 97ca486592 ("ionic: add heartbeat check")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Short circuit the cleanup if we get a timeout error from
ionic_qcq_disable() so as to not have to wait too long
on shutdown when we already know the FW is not responding.
Fixes: 0f3154e6bc ("ionic: Add Tx and Rx handling")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Headers ionic_if.h and ionic_regs.h are licensed under three alternative
licenses and the used SPDX-License-Identifier expression makes
./scripts/spdxcheck.py complain:
drivers/net/ethernet/pensando/ionic/ionic_if.h: 1:52 Syntax error: OR
drivers/net/ethernet/pensando/ionic/ionic_regs.h: 1:52 Syntax error: OR
As OR is associative, it is irrelevant if the parentheses are put around
the first or the second OR-expression.
Simply add parentheses to make spdxcheck.py happy.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Bulwahn <lukas.bulwahn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the minimum value of skb len that hw supports is 32 rather than 17
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the second input parameter of wait_for_completion_timeout should
be jiffies instead of millisecond
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add read barrier in driver code to keep from reading other fileds
in dma memory which is writable for hw until we have verified the
memory is valid for driver
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
should disable eq irq before freeing it, must clear event queue
depth in hw before freeing relevant memory to avoid illegal
memory access and update consumer idx to avoid invalid interrupt
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
it's unreliable for fw to check whether IO is stopped, so driver
wait for enough time to ensure IO process is done in hw before
freeing resources
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export a unique board identifier using "board.id" for devlink's
.info_get command.
Obtain this by reading the NVM for the PBA identification string.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The devlink .info_get callback allows the driver to report detailed
version information. The following devlink versions are reported with
this initial implementation:
"fw.mgmt" -> The version of the firmware that controls PHY, link, etc
"fw.mgmt.api" -> API version of interface exposed over the AdminQ
"fw.mgmt.build" -> Unique build id of the source for the management fw
"fw.undi" -> Version of the Option ROM containing the UEFI driver
"fw.psid.api" -> Version of the NVM image format.
"fw.bundle_id" -> Unique identifier for the combined flash image.
"fw.app.name" -> The name of the active DDP package.
"fw.app" -> The version of the active DDP package.
With this, devlink dev info can report at least as much information as
is reported by ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO.
Compare the output from ethtool vs from devlink:
$ ethtool -i ens785s0
driver: ice
version: 0.8.1-k
firmware-version: 0.80 0x80002ec0 1.2581.0
expansion-rom-version:
bus-info: 0000:3b:00.0
supports-statistics: yes
supports-test: yes
supports-eeprom-access: yes
supports-register-dump: yes
supports-priv-flags: yes
$ devlink dev info pci/0000:3b:00.0
pci/0000:3b:00.0:
driver ice
serial number 00-01-ab-ff-ff-ca-05-68
versions:
running:
fw.mgmt 2.1.7
fw.mgmt.api 1.5
fw.mgmt.build 0x305d955f
fw.undi 1.2581.0
fw.psid.api 0.80
fw.bundle_id 0x80002ec0
fw.app.name ICE OS Default Package
fw.app 1.3.1.0
More pieces of information can be displayed, each version is kept
separate instead of munged together, and each version has an identifier
which comes with associated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The nfp driver uses ``fw.bundle_id`` to represent a unique identifier of the
entire firmware bundle.
A future change is going to introduce a similar notion in the ice
driver, so promote ``fw.bundle_id`` into a generic version now.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Begin implementing support for the devlink interface with the ice
driver.
The pf structure is currently memory managed through devres, via
a devm_alloc. To mimic this behavior, after allocating the devlink
pointer, use devm_add_action to add a teardown action for releasing the
devlink memory on exit.
The ice hardware is a multi-function PCIe device. Thus, each physical
function will get its own devlink instance. This means that each
function will be treated independently, with its own parameters and
configuration. This is done because the ice driver loads a separate
instance for each function.
Due to this, the implementation does not enable devlink to manage
device-wide resources or configuration, as each physical function will
be treated independently. This is done for simplicity, as managing
a devlink instance across multiple driver instances would significantly
increase the complexity for minimal gain.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current implementation of .get_eeprom only enables reading from the
Shadow RAM portion of the NVM contents. Implement support for reading
the entire flash contents instead of only the initial portion contained
in the Shadow RAM.
A complete dump can take several seconds, but the ETHTOOL_GEEPROM ioctl
is capable of reading only a limited portion at a time by specifying the
offset and length to read.
In order to perform the reads directly, several functions are made non
static. Additionally, the unused ice_read_sr_buf_aq and ice_read_sr_buf
functions are removed.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When reading from the NVM using a flat address, it is useful to know the
upper bound on the size of the flash contents. This value is not stored
within the NVM.
We can determine the size by performing a bisection between upper and
lower bounds. It is known that the size cannot exceed 16 MB (offset of
0xFFFFFF).
Use a while loop to bisect the upper and lower bounds by reading one
byte at a time. On a failed read, lower the maximum bound. On
a successful read, increase the lower bound.
Save this as the flash_size in the ice_nvm_info structure that contains
data related to the NVM.
The size will be used in a future patch for implementing full NVM read
via ethtool's GEEPROM command.
The maximum possible size for the flash is bounded by the size limit for
the NVM AdminQ commands. Add a new macro, ICE_AQC_NVM_MAX_OFFSET, which
can be used to represent this upper bound.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVM version and Option ROM version information is stored within the
struct ice_nvm_ver_info structure. The data for the NVM is stored as
a 2byte value with the major and minor versions each using one byte from
the field. The Option ROM is stored as a 4byte value that contains
a major, build, and patch number.
Modify the code to immediately extract the version values and store them
in a new struct ice_orom_info. Remove the now unnecessary
ice_get_nvm_version function.
Update ice_ethtool.c to use the new fields directly from the structured
data.
This reduces complexity of the code that prints these versions in
ice_ethtool.c
Update the macro definitions and variable names to use the term "orom"
instead of "oem" for the Option ROM version. This helps increase the
clarity of the Option ROM version code.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVM contents are read via firmware by using the ice_aq_read_nvm
function. This function has a couple of limits:
1) The AdminQ commands can only take buffers sized up to 4Kb. Thus, any
larger read must be split into multiple reads.
2) when reading from the Shadow RAM, reads must not cross sector
boundaries. The sectors are also 4Kb in size.
Implement the ice_read_flat_nvm function to read portions of the NVM by
flat offset. That is, to read using offsets from the start of the NVM
rather than from a specific module.
This function will be able to read both from the NVM and from the Shadow
RAM. For simplicity NVM reads will always be broken up to not cross 4Kb
page boundaries, even though this is not required unless reading from
the Shadow RAM.
Use this new function as the implementation of ice_read_sr_word_aq.
The ice_read_sr_buf_aq function is not modified here. This is because
a following change will remove the only caller of that function in favor
of directly using ice_read_flat_nvm. Thus, there is little benefit to
changing it now only to remove it momentarily. At the same time, the
ice_read_sr_aq function will also be removed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ice_read_sr_aq function returns words in the Little Endian format.
Remove the need for __force and typecasting by using a local variable in
the ice_read_sr_word_aq function.
Additionally clarify explicitly that the ice_read_sr_aq function takes
storage for __le16 values instead of using u16.
Being explicit about the endianness of this data helps when using tools
like sparse to catch endian-related issues.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Driver reclaims descriptors in much smaller batches, even if hardware
indicates more to reclaim, during backpressure. So, fix the check to
restart the Txq during backpressure, by looking at how many
descriptors hardware had indicated to reclaim, and not on how many
descriptors that driver had actually reclaimed. Once the Txq is
restarted, driver will reclaim even more descriptors when Tx path
is entered again.
Fixes: d429005fdf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add support for SGE doorbell queue timer")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 7c3bebc3d8 ("cxgb4: request the TX CIDX updates to status page")
reverted back to getting Tx CIDX updates via DMA, instead of interrupts,
introduced by commit d429005fdf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add support for SGE
doorbell queue timer")
However, it missed reverting back several code changes where Tx CIDX
updates are not explicitly requested during backpressure when using
interrupt mode. These missed changes cause slow recovery during
backpressure because the corresponding interrupt no longer comes and
hence results in Tx throughput drop.
So, revert back these missed code changes, as well, which will allow
explicitly requesting Tx CIDX updates when backpressure happens.
This enables the corresponding interrupt with Tx CIDX update message
to get generated and hence speed up recovery and restore back
throughput.
Fixes: 7c3bebc3d8 ("cxgb4: request the TX CIDX updates to status page")
Fixes: d429005fdf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add support for SGE doorbell queue timer")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload action skbedit priority when keyed to a flower classifier. The
skb->priority field in Linux is very generic, so only allow setting the
bottom 8 priorities and bounce anything else.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QOS_ACTION is used for manipulating the QoS attributes of a packet.
Add the corresponding defines and helpers, in particular for the
switch_priority override.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
it will check the return value of dwmac_dma_reset() in the
stmmac_init_dma_engine() function and report an error if the
return value is not zero. so don't need check here.
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_main.c: In function 'octeon_chip_specific_setup':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_main.c:1378:8: warning:
variable 's' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
It's not used since commit b6334be64d ("net/liquidio: Delete driver version assignment")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During initialization the driver issues a software reset command and
then waits for the system status to change back to "ready" state.
However, before issuing the reset command the driver does not check that
the system is actually in "ready" state. On Spectrum-{1,2} systems this
was always the case as the hardware initialization time is very short.
On Spectrum-3 systems this is no longer the case. This results in the
software reset command timing-out and the driver failing to load:
[ 6.347591] mlxsw_spectrum3 0000:06:00.0: Cmd exec timed-out (opcode=40(ACCESS_REG),opcode_mod=0,in_mod=0)
[ 6.358382] mlxsw_spectrum3 0000:06:00.0: Reg cmd access failed (reg_id=9023(mrsr),type=write)
[ 6.368028] mlxsw_spectrum3 0000:06:00.0: cannot register bus device
[ 6.375274] mlxsw_spectrum3: probe of 0000:06:00.0 failed with error -110
Fix this by waiting for the system to become ready both before issuing
the reset command and afterwards. In case of failure, print the last
system status to aid in debugging.
Fixes: da382875c6 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Extend to support Spectrum-3 ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Compiler warnings and cleanup for the connection tracking series
2) Bug fixes for the connection tracking series
3) Fix devlink port register sequence
4) Last five patches in the series, By Eli cohen
Add the support for forwarding traffic between two eswitch uplink
representors (Hairpin for eswitch), using mlx5 termination tables
to change the direction of a packet in hw from RX to TX pipeline.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl5ximgACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4iGwf9FrTxtGjgVXuwmc5LmSU6tak5SjK+dW5PdCw4mNorN2hSJeV/f9evLrf7
7Cxfm4OH8/ivOSpVQz6XZEF0aYTq9T3JakGzAWESWwo/s+i7iwA+lVPYKhcvHXeg
C9ImWbnyDCZkPZM6jz4KNpSMRWkyB7sEtQ51hYF0bdiSzcLSDaLCoKPEljp7sNKb
f1456/yDuOIZ3sb6rYPH6e8EqqfUMiyYAyY3bBu09sl3deXopyueYVqPSPgjOoC7
SfM5K+9nnuQJdvSqwUJLexxDZo1Z7fizz73LwUp0SBLk5zvZdn2bhxbt4wPS/xH/
CSjsWFAs1eu2rDqRH48G3jKqTZeq2w==
=LkML
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-03-17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-03-17
1) Compiler warnings and cleanup for the connection tracking series
2) Bug fixes for the connection tracking series
3) Fix devlink port register sequence
4) Last five patches in the series, By Eli cohen
Add the support for forwarding traffic between two eswitch uplink
representors (Hairpin for eswitch), using mlx5 termination tables
to change the direction of a packet in hw from RX to TX pipeline.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement occupancy counting for counters and expose over devlink
resource API.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put all init operations related to subpools into
mlxsw_sp_counter_sub_pools_init().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the validation of subpools configuration, to avoid possible over
commitment to resource registration. Add WARN_ON to indicate bug
in the code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement devlink resources support for counter pools. Move the subpool
sizes calculations into the new resources register function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new field to subpool struct that would indicate which
resource id should be used to query the entry size for
the subpool from the device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the global static array of subpools is used. Make it
per-instance as multiple instances of the mlxsw driver can have
different values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bank size is different between Spectrum versions. Also it is
a resource that can be queried. So instead of hard coding the value in
code, query it from the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chelsio NICs have 3 filter regions, in following order of priority:
1. High Priority (HPFILTER) region (Highest Priority).
2. HASH region.
3. Normal FILTER region (Lowest Priority).
Currently, there's a 1-to-1 mapping between the prio value passed
by TC and the filter region index. However, it's possible to have
multiple TC rules with the same prio value. In this case, if a region
is exhausted, no attempt is made to try inserting the rule in the
next available region.
So, rework and remove the 1-to-1 mapping. Instead, dynamically select
the region to insert the filter rule, as long as the new rule's prio
value doesn't conflict with existing rules across all the 3 regions.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the support for Enterprise MAC IP version which is very similar to
XGMAC. It's so similar that we just need to check the device id and add
new speeds definitions and some minor callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <Jose.Abreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add XLGMII support for stmmac including the list of speeds and defines
for them.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <Jose.Abreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
last_keep_alive_jiffies is updated in probe and when a keep-alive
event is received. In case the driver times-out on a keep-alive event,
it has high chances of continuously timing-out on keep-alive events.
This is because when the driver recovers from the keep-alive-timeout reset
the value of last_keep_alive_jiffies is very old, and if a keep-alive
event is not received before the next timer expires, the value of
last_keep_alive_jiffies will cause another keep-alive-timeout reset
and so forth in a loop.
Solution:
Update last_keep_alive_jiffies whenever the device is restored after
reset.
Fixes: 1738cd3ed3 ("net: ena: Add a driver for Amazon Elastic Network Adapters (ENA)")
Signed-off-by: Noam Dagan <ndagan@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx req_id is an index in struct ena_eth_io_rx_cdesc_base.
The driver should validate that the Rx req_id it received from
the device is in range [0, ring_size -1]. Failure to do so could
yield to potential memory access violoation.
The validation was mistakenly done when refilling
the Rx submission queue and not in Rx completion queue.
Fixes: ad974baef2 ("net: ena: add support for out of order rx buffers refill")
Signed-off-by: Noam Dagan <ndagan@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bug:
In short the main issue is caused by the fact that the number of queues
is changed using ethtool after ena_probe() has been called and before
ena_up() was executed. Here is the full scenario in detail:
* ena_probe() is called when the driver is loaded, the driver is not up
yet at the end of ena_probe().
* The number of queues is changed -> io_queue_count is changed as well -
ena_up() is not called since the "dev_was_up" boolean in
ena_update_queue_count() is false.
* ena_up() is called by the kernel (it's called asynchronously some
time after ena_probe()). ena_setup_io_intr() is called by ena_up() and
it uses io_queue_count to get the suitable irq lines for each msix
vector. The function ena_request_io_irq() is called right after that
and it uses msix_vecs - This value only changes during ena_probe() and
ena_restore() - to request the irq vectors. This results in "Failed to
request I/O IRQ" error for i > io_queue_count.
Numeric example:
* After ena_probe() io_queue_count = 8, msix_vecs = 9.
* The number of queues changes to 4 -> io_queue_count = 4, msix_vecs = 9.
* ena_up() is executed for the first time:
** ena_setup_io_intr() inits the vectors only up to io_queue_count.
** ena_request_io_irq() calls request_irq() and fails for i = 5.
How to reproduce:
simply run the following commands:
sudo rmmod ena && sudo insmod ena.ko;
sudo ethtool -L eth1 combined 3;
Fix:
Use ENA_MAX_MSIX_VEC(adapter->num_io_queues + adapter->xdp_num_queues)
instead of adapter->msix_vecs. We need to take XDP queues into
consideration as they need to have msix vectors assigned to them as well.
Note that the XDP cannot be attached before the driver is up and running
but in XDP mode the issue might occur when the number of queues changes
right after a reset trigger.
The ENA_MAX_MSIX_VEC simply adds one to the argument since the first msix
vector is reserved for management queue.
Fixes: 1738cd3ed3 ("net: ena: Add a driver for Amazon Elastic Network Adapters (ENA)")
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overview:
We don't frequently change the msix vectors throughout the life cycle of
the driver. We do so in two functions: ena_probe() and ena_restore().
ena_probe() is only called when the driver is loaded. ena_restore() on the
other hand is called during device reset / resume operations.
We use num_io_queues for calculating and allocating the number of msix
vectors. At ena_probe() this value is equal to max_num_io_queues and thus
this is not an issue, however ena_restore() might be called after the
number of io queues has changed.
A possible bug scenario is as follows:
* Change number of queues from 8 to 4.
(num_io_queues = 4, max_num_io_queues = 8, msix_vecs = 9,)
* Trigger reset occurs -> ena_restore is called.
(num_io_queues = 4, max_num_io_queues =8 , msix_vecs = 5)
* Change number of queues from 4 to 6.
(num_io_queues = 6, max_num_io_queues = 8, msix_vecs = 5)
* The driver will reset due to failure of check_for_rx_interrupt_queue()
Fix:
This can be easily fixed by always using max_num_io_queues to init the
msix_vecs, since this number won't change as opposed to num_io_queues.
Fixes: 4d19266022 ("net: ena: multiple queue creation related cleanups")
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we don't recognize the transceiver type, set the xcvr type
and data length such that ethtool can at least print the first
256 bytes and the reader can figure out why the transceiver
is not recognized.
While we're here, we can update the phy_id type values to use
the enum values in sfp.h.
Fixes: 4d03e00a21 ("ionic: Add initial ethtool support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the adminq's napi struct when tearing down
the adminq.
Fixes: 1d062b7b6f ("ionic: Add basic adminq support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't bother de-initing RSS if it wasn't selected.
Fixes: aa3198819b ("ionic: Add RSS support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we don't set a port type, the devlink code will eventually
print a WARN in the kernel log. Because the mgmt device is
not really a useful port, don't register it as a devlink port.
Fixes: b3f064e974 ("ionic: add support for device id 0x1004")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP flower offload uses delayed stats. Kernel recently gained
the ability to specify stats types. Make nfp accept DELAYED
stats, not just the catch all "any".
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_action_hw_stats_types_check() helper takes one of the
FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*_BIT values as input. If we align
the arguments to the opening bracket of the helper there
is no way to call this helper and stay under 80 characters.
Remove the "types" part from the new flow_action helpers
and enum values.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As noted in commit 28c2d1a7a0 ("net: bcmgenet: enable loopback
during UniMAC sw_reset") the UniMAC must be clocked at least 5
cycles while the sw_reset is asserted to ensure a clean reset.
That commit enabled local loopback to provide an Rx clock from the
GENET sourced Tx clk. However, when connected in MII mode the Tx
clk is sourced by the PHY so if an EPHY is not supplying clocks
(e.g. when the link is down) the UniMAC does not receive the
necessary clocks.
This commit extends the sw_reset window until the PHY reports that
the link is up thereby ensuring that the clocks are being provided
to the MAC to produce a clean reset.
One consequence is that if the system attempts to enter a Wake on
LAN suspend state when the PHY link has not been active the MAC
may not have had a chance to initialize cleanly. In this case, we
remove the sw_reset and enable the WoL reception path as normal
with the hope that the PHY will provide the necessary clocks to
drive the WoL blocks if the link becomes active after the system
has entered suspend.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3a55402c93.
This is not a good solution when connecting to an external switch
that may not support the isolation of the TXC signal resulting in
output driver contention on the pin.
A different solution is necessary.
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver already correctly rejected all unsupported
parameters. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver already correctly rejected all unsupported
parameters. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver already correctly rejected all unsupported
parameters.
While at it remove unnecessary zeroing on get.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
The check for use_adaptive_tx_coalesce will now be done by
the core.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per the dt-binding the interrupt is optional so use
platform_get_irq_optional() instead of platform_get_irq(). Since
commit 7723f4c5ec ("driver core: platform: Add an error message to
platform_get_irq*()") platform_get_irq() produces an error message
orion-mdio f1072004.mdio: IRQ index 0 not found
which is perfectly normal if one hasn't specified the optional property
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e1f550dc44.
platform_get_irq_optional() will still return -ENXIO when no interrupt
is provided so the additional error handling caused the driver prone to
fail when no interrupt was specified. Revert the change so we can apply
the correct minimal fix.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not allow forwarding of encapsulated traffic received from one eswtich's
uplink to another eswtich's uplink.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add dependencny on cap termination_table_raw_traffic to allow non
encapsulated packets received from uplink to be forwarded back to the
received uplink port.
Refactor the conditions into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Termination tables change the direction of a packet in hw from RX to SX
pipeline. Use that to offload hairpin flows received from uplink and
sent back to uplink.
Currently termination tables are used for pushing VLAN to packets
received from uplink and targeting a VF. Extend the implementation to
allow forwarding packets to uplink. These packets can either be
encapsulated or not.
In case encapsulation is needed before forwarding, move the reformat
object to the termination table as required.
Extend the hash table key to include tunnel information for the sake of
reusing reformat objects.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Don't use termination tables for packets that are steered to the slow path,
as a pre-step for supporting packet encap (packet reformat) action on
termination tables. Packet encap (reformat action) actions steer the packet
to the slow path until outer arp entries are resolved.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Check if QoS is enabled for the eswitch before attempting to configure
QoS parameters and emit a netlink error if not supported.
Introduce an API to check if QoS is supported for the eswitch.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
If udevd is configured to rename interfaces according to persistent
naming rules and if a network interface has phys_port_name in sysfs,
its contents will be appended to the interface name.
However, register_netdev creates device in sysfs and if
devlink_port_register is called after that, there is a timeframe in
which udevd may read an empty phys_port_name value. The consequence is
that the interface will lose this suffix and its name will not be
really persistent.
The solution is to register the port before registering a netdev.
Fixes: c6acd629ee ("net/mlx5e: Add support for devlink-port in non-representors mode")
Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The original condition rejected all egress rules that
are not on tunnel device.
Also, the whole point of this egress reject was to disallow bad
rules because of egdev which doesn't exists today, so remove
this check entirely.
Fixes: 0a7fcb78cc ("net/mlx5e: Support inner header rewrite with goto action")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Register loopback which is needed for tunnel restoration, is now always
enabled if supported and not just with metadata enabled, check for
that instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix the following warnings: [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
In function ‘mlx5_tc_ct_entry_add_rule’:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/tc_ct.c:541:1:
error: the frame size of 1136 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes
In function ‘__mlx5_tc_ct_flow_offload’:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/tc_ct.c:1049:1:
error: the frame size of 1168 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes
Fixes: 4c3844d9e9 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Introduce connection tracking")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
If CONFIG_MLX5_TC_CT isn't enabled, all offloading of eswitch tc rules
fails on parsing ct match, even if there is no ct match.
Return success if there is no ct match, regardless of config.
Fixes: 4c3844d9e9 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Introduce connection tracking")
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/tc_ct.c:
In function mlx5_tc_ct_parse_match:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/tc_ct.c:699:36: warning:
variable unnew set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Fixes: 4c3844d9e9 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Introduce connection tracking")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Restore modify header writes the chain mapping on the packet.
This modify header and action is added on all prios connections,
and gets overwritten with the same value consecutively in prios
of the same chain.
Use the chain's modify header only for the last prio of a given tc
chain.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, if firmware doesn't support fwd and modify, driver fails
initializing eswitch chains while entering switchdev mode.
Instead, on such cases, disable the chains and prio feature (as we can't
restore the chain on miss) and the usage of fwd and modify.
Fixes: 8f1e0b97cc ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Mark miss packets with new chain id mapping")
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When CONFIG_MLX5_ESWITCH is unset, clang warns:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/main.c:58:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch.h:670:1: warning: unused
function 'esw_add_restore_rule' [-Wunused-function]
esw_add_restore_rule(struct mlx5_eswitch *esw, u32 tag)
^
1 warning generated.
This stub function is missing inline; add it to suppress the warning.
Fixes: 11b717d615 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c0 value on CQE")
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Clang warns:
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/mr.c:63:21: warning: variable
'key' is uninitialized when used here [-Wuninitialized]
mkey_index, key, mkey->key);
^~~
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/mlx5_core.h:54:6: note:
expanded from macro 'mlx5_core_dbg'
##__VA_ARGS__)
^~~~~~~~~~~
../include/linux/dev_printk.h:114:39: note: expanded from macro
'dev_dbg'
dynamic_dev_dbg(dev, dev_fmt(fmt), ##__VA_ARGS__)
^~~~~~~~~~~
../include/linux/dynamic_debug.h:158:19: note: expanded from macro
'dynamic_dev_dbg'
dev, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
^~~~~~~~~~~
../include/linux/dynamic_debug.h:143:56: note: expanded from macro
'_dynamic_func_call'
__dynamic_func_call(__UNIQUE_ID(ddebug), fmt, func, ##__VA_ARGS__)
^~~~~~~~~~~
../include/linux/dynamic_debug.h:125:15: note: expanded from macro
'__dynamic_func_call'
func(&id, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
^~~~~~~~~~~
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/mr.c:47:8: note: initialize
the variable 'key' to silence this warning
u8 key;
^
= '\0'
1 warning generated.
key's initialization was removed in commit fc6a9f86f0 ("{IB,net}/mlx5:
Assign mkey variant in mlx5_ib only") but its use was not fully removed.
Remove it now so that there is no more warning.
Fixes: fc6a9f86f0 ("{IB,net}/mlx5: Assign mkey variant in mlx5_ib only")
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/932
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
XDP-redirect is broken in this driver sfc. XDP_REDIRECT requires
tailroom for skb_shared_info when creating an SKB based on the
redirected xdp_frame (both in cpumap and veth).
The fix requires some initial explaining. The driver uses RX page-split
when possible. It reserves the top 64 bytes in the RX-page for storing
dma_addr (struct efx_rx_page_state). It also have the XDP recommended
headroom of XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM (256 bytes). As it doesn't reserve any
tailroom, it can still fit two standard MTU (1500) frames into one page.
The sizeof struct skb_shared_info in 320 bytes. Thus drivers like ixgbe
and i40e, reduce their XDP headroom to 192 bytes, which allows them to
fit two frames with max 1536 bytes into a 4K page (192+1536+320=2048).
The fix is to reduce this drivers headroom to 128 bytes and add the 320
bytes tailroom. This account for reserved top 64 bytes in the page, and
still fit two frame in a page for normal MTUs.
We must never go below 128 bytes of headroom for XDP, as one cacheline
is for xdp_frame area and next cacheline is reserved for metadata area.
Fixes: eb9a36be7f ("sfc: perform XDP processing on received packets")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the case where the last mvneta_poll did not process all
RX packets, we need to xor the pp->cause_rx_tx or port->cause_rx_tx
before claculating the rx_queue.
Fixes: 2dcf75e279 ("net: mvneta: Associate RX queues with each CPU")
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
printk in macro vxge_debug_ll uses __VA_ARGS__ without "##" prefix,
it causes a build error when there is no variable
arguments(e.g. only fmt is specified.).
Signed-off-by: Zheng Wei <wei.zheng@vivo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove set but not used variables 'sw_comp_cons' and 'hw_comp_cons'
to fix gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c: In function qede_selftest_receive_traffic:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:1569:20:
warning: variable sw_comp_cons set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c: In function qede_selftest_receive_traffic:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:1569:6:
warning: variable hw_comp_cons set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
After removing 'hw_comp_cons',the memory barrier 'rmb()' and its comments become useless,
so remove them as well.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zheng Zengkai <zhengzengkai@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Treat all internal delay variants the same as RGMII.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac4_dma_reset() function use an open coded of readl_poll_timeout().
Replace the open coded handling with the proper function.
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The init_systime() function use an open coded of readl_poll_timeout().
Replace the open coded handling with the proper function.
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since snprintf() returns the would-be-output size instead of the
actual output size, the succeeding calls may go beyond the given
buffer limit. Fix it by replacing with scnprintf().
Cc: "David S . Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since snprintf() returns the would-be-output size instead of the
actual output size, the succeeding calls may go beyond the given
buffer limit. Fix it by replacing with scnprintf().
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Cc: "David S . Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: oss-drivers@netronome.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since snprintf() returns the would-be-output size instead of the
actual output size, the succeeding calls may go beyond the given
buffer limit. Fix it by replacing with scnprintf().
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: "David S . Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: oss-drivers@netronome.com
To: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since snprintf() returns the would-be-output size instead of the
actual output size, the succeeding calls may go beyond the given
buffer limit. Fix it by replacing with scnprintf().
Cc: "David S . Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
To: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cited commit set a value of 2^31-1 in order to "disable" the shaper
on a given a port. However, the length of the maximum shaper rate field
was not updated from 28 bits to 31 bits, which means ports are still
limited to ~268Gbps despite supporting speeds of 400Gbps.
Fix this by increasing the field's length.
Fixes: 92afbfedb7 ("mlxsw: reg: Increase MLXSW_REG_QEEC_MAS_DIS")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code, which
contains platform_get_resource and devm_ioremap_resource.
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Being a non-physical port, the CPU port does not have an ocelot_port
structure, so the ocelot_port_writel call inside the
ocelot_port_set_maxlen() function would access data behind a NULL
pointer.
This is a patch for net-next only, the net tree boots fine, the bug was
introduced during the net -> net-next merge.
Fixes: 1d34357931 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net")
Fixes: a8015ded89 ("net: mscc: ocelot: properly account for VLAN header length when setting MRU")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the hardware TID index is assumed to start from index 0.
However, with the following changeset,
commit c219399988 ("cxgb4: add support for high priority filters")
hardware TID index can start after the high priority region, which
has introduced a regression resulting in remove filters entry
failure for cxgb4 unload path. This patch fix that.
Fixes: c219399988 ("cxgb4: add support for high priority filters")
Signed-off-by: Shahjada Abul Husain <shahjada@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
